MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 1

Academic Departments

Letter from the President

Dear Students,

On behalf of the faculty, staff and administrators of Marymount Manhattan College, I am pleased to welcome you to our College and to this next phase of your academic journey. We believe that you have made a wise decision in choosing to attend Marymount Manhattan. We take pride in our mission, in the vigor of our academic programs and in the strength of our diverse community. We hope that as you come to know more about us through your experiences here, you will share in that sense of community and take advantage of all that Marymount Manhattan has to offer you.

As the President of MMC, I hope you share my enthusiasm about our College and my excite- ment about the opportunities it will afford us. I trust that you, like me, are looking forward to a year of challenges and opportunities for learning, not only in your classes, but also through your interaction with all of us and through your exploration of this dynamic city that is home to MMC.

The “facts” about MMC are presented in the pages of this catalogue. I encourage you to get to know those facts; being well informed will help you make good decisions for yourself. As you learn about MMC, keep in mind that a strength of our community is the availability of individualized guidance. Speak with us about your issues, ask us your questions, present us with your new ideas. You will always find someone willing to listen and to assist you. I look forward to meeting you during the ensuing months and to learning more about MMC from your unique perspective.

I wish you all a creative and productive academic year.

Sincerely,

Judson R. Shaver, Ph.D. President MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 2

Academic DepartmentsCalendar 2005-2006

December 20, Tuesday Resident Student Move Out July December 21- January 1 Residences Closed July 26, Tuesday Payment due for Fall 2005 December 22 -Thursday Fall Grades Due December 24 - January 1 College Closed August August 2, Tuesday Summer II Ends January (Monday schedule) January 2, 2006 January Session Resident August 8, Monday Summer II Grades Due Students Move In August 29 - September 2 Fall Faculty Prep Week January 2, Monday MMC Reopens August 30 - 31 New Student Resident Move In January 2, Monday January 2006 Session Begins January 2, Monday January Late Registration & September Program Change September 1 - 2 New Student Orientation January 2, Monday Last Day to Submit Internship September 3 - September 4 Continuing Resident Move In and Independent Study September 5, Monday Labor Day - College Closed Contracts for January September 6, Tuesday Fall Semester Begins September 6 - September 12 Fall Late Registration/Program Last Day to Register for Change Pass/Fail for January September 12, Monday Last Day to Submit Internship and Independent Study Last Day to Apply for an Audit Contracts for Fall

Last Day to Add a Class Last Day to Register for January 2, Monday Last Day to Drop a Course Pass/Fail for Fall w/o a Grade January 3, Tuesday Payment Due for Spring 2006 Last Day to Apply for an Audit January 3, Tuesday January “W” Period Begins January 6, Friday Last Day to Withdraw from Last Day to Add a Class January with a “W” Grade September 27, Tuesday Last Day to Drop a Course January 16, Monday Martin Luther King, Jr. Day - w/o a Grade College Closed September 28, Wednesday Fall “W” Period Begins January 20, Friday January Session Monday and Friday classes meet October January 23-27 Spring Prep Week October 10, Monday Columbus Day - College Closed January 26, Thursday New Student Resident Move In October 13, Thursday Yom Kippur – January 27, Friday New Student Orientation No Classes/College Open January 28, Saturday January Session Ends October 18, Tuesday Thursday Classes meet January 28, Saturday Returning Student Resident October 25, Tuesday Last Day to a Withdraw from Fall Move In with “W” grade January 30, Monday Spring 2006 Semester Begins October 28 – 30, Friday-Sunday Parents’ Weekend October 29, Saturday Honors Reception February October 31, Monday Advisement begins for January January 30 - February 4 Spring Late and Spring 2006 Courses Registration/Program November Change November 7 -18 January/Spring 2006 Registration November 23 - November 27 Thanksgiving Recess - January 31, Tuesday January Grades Due College Closed November 28, Monday Advisement & Registration for February 4, Saturday Last Day to Submit Internship New Students and Independent Study December Contracts for Spring December 6, Tuesday Payment Due for January 2006 December 13 –19, Tues. - Mon Finals Week Last Day to Register for December 19, Monday Last day of Fall Semester Pass/Fail for Spring MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 3

Academic CalenderCalendar 2005-2006

Last Day to Apply for an Audit May 24, Wednesday Last Day to Drop a Course Last Day to Add a Class w/o a Grade Center for Student Services will May 25, Thursday Baccalaureate/Commencement be open from 10:00 a.m. May 25, Thursday Summer I “W” Period Begins – 2:00 p.m. May 26, Friday Residence Halls Close at 2:00 February 17, Friday Last Day to Drop a Course p.m. for all graduating seniors w/o a Grade May 29, Monday Memorial Day – College Closed February 18, Saturday Spring “W” Period Begins February 20, Monday Presidents’ Day – College Closed June June 1, Thursday Last Day to Withdraw from ` March Summer I with a “W” Grade March 15, Wednesday Honors Day, no classes June 3, Saturday New Student Advisement & March 17, Friday Last Day to Withdraw from Registration Spring with a “W” Grade June 9, Friday New Student Advisement & March 20 – 26 Spring Break – College Open – Registration No Classes June 15, Thursday New Student Advisement & Registration April June 26, Monday Summer I Ends April 10, Monday Advisement Begins for Summer June 26 – 28 Mon - Wed Summer II Late and Fall Courses Registration/Program Change April 11, Tuesday Advising Day, no classes June 27, Tuesday Summer II Begins April 14-16 College Closed June 28, Wednesday Summer I Grades Due April 17 – May 1 Fall Registration June 28, Wednesday Last Day to Submit Internship April 20, Thursday Advising Day, no classes and Independent Study April 21, Friday Last day to request permission Contracts for Summer II to walk at Commencement Last Day to Register for May Pass/Fail for Summer II May 1, Monday New Student Advisement & Registration Last Day to Apply for an Audit May 2, Tuesday Payment Due for Summer I and II 2006 Last Day to Add a Class May 15 – 20, Mon. – Sat. Finals Week June 28, Wednesday Last Day to Drop a Summer II May 19 - 24 Fri.- Wed Summer I Late Course w/o a Grade Registration/Program Change June 29, Thursday Summer II “W” Period Begins May 20, Saturday Spring Semester Ends Residence Halls Close at 5 p.m. July except for graduating seniors or July 4, Tuesday Independence Day - students who have College Closed Saturday exams July 7, Friday Last Day to Withdraw from May 21, Sunday Residence Hall Closes at 5:00 Summer II with a “W” Grade p.m. for all students with August Saturday Exams August 1, Tuesday Summer II Ends: May 22, Monday Summer I Begins August 7, Thursday Summer II Grades Due May 24, Wednesday Spring Grades Due May 24, Wednesday Last Day to Submit Internship & Independent Study Contracts for Summer I Last Day to Register for Pass/Fail for Summer I Last Day to Apply for an Audit Last Day to Add a Class MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 4

Table of Contents

Letter from the President

Academic Calendar Religious Studies ------115 Sociology ------118 General Information Spanish ------125 Mission Statement ------6 Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology - - - - -128 History and Heritage Theatre Arts ------132 Accreditations and Memberships Additional Opportunities for Earning Credit ------145 Cooperative Programs ------145 The Curriculum Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) ------145 General Education Requirements ------10 CLEP/CPE ------145 College Skills ------14 Technology at MMC

Alternative Learning Formats ------15 The College Website: www.mmm.edu ------146

Academic Semester/Year Abroad ------16 Student email accounts and MMC Connect ------146 Computer Stations and Laptop ------146

Programs of Study Computer Specifications ------146 The Academic Departments ------17 TECs and WECs ------146 Accounting ------17 Blackboard™ ------146 Art ------20 Online and Hybrid Courses ------146 Biology ------28

Business Management ------33 Academic Regulations

Chemistry ------39 Degree Requirements ------148 Communication Arts ------41 Limitations and Exclusions ------148 Dance ------48 Classification of Degree Students ------148 Economics ------56 Grades ------148 Education ------58 The Grading System ------148 English ------65 Pass/Fail Option ------149 French ------72 Incomplete Grades ------149 General Science ------75 Change of Grade ------149 History ------77 Academic Appeals and Grade Challenges ------149 Humanities ------83 Course Duplication ------149 International Studies ------86 Grade Reports ------150 Mathematics ------91 Computing the Grade Point Average ------150

Music ------95 Transcripts ------150 Philosophy ------98 Degree Completion and Commencement ------150

Physics ------103 The Audit Process ------150 Political Science ------104 Psychology ------107 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 5

Table of Contents

Academic Standards and Policies Financial Information ------162

Academic Standards ------152 Financial Aid ------162 Maintaining Good Academic Standing ------152 Tuition and Fees ------164 Probation and Dismissal from the College ------152 Refund Policy ------164 College Policies ------152 Facilities Academic Integrity: The Academic Honesty Policy -152 Main Building ------166 Voluntary and Involuntary Leaves of Absence - - - -153 The Hewitt Gallery of Art ------166 Withdrawal Policy ------153 Regina S. Peruggi Mezzanine ------166 Readmission Policy ------154 The Chapel ------166 Samuel Freeman Science Center ------166 Academic Recognition Ruth Smadbeck Communication Academic Honors ------155 and Learning Center ------166 The Dean’s List ------155 Joseph C. Nugent Building ------166 Honors Reception ------155 Center for Student Services ------166 Honors Day ------155 Theresa Lang Theatre ------166 Honor Societies ------155 Nugent Lounge ------166 Graduation Honors ------156 Thomas J. Shanahan Library and Media Center - -166 Center for Academic Advancement ------167 Academic Services The Writing Center ------167 Academic Advisement ------157 Technology Enhanced Classrooms (TEC) ------168 The Advisement Structure ------157 Theresa Lang Center for Producing ------168 The Advisement Process ------157 Residence Halls ------168 At-Risk Intervention ------157 55th Street Residence The Office of Adult and Transfer Students (OATS) - -157 De Hirsch Residence International Students Office ------157 The “V” Higher Education Opportunity Program (HEOP) - - - -158

Career Development and Internships ------158 Institutional Information Counseling ------158 Family Education Right to Privacy Act (FERPA) - - - -168 Disability Services ------158 Equal Opportunity ------168 Student Support Services ------158

Learning Disabilities ------159 Directories Program for Academic Access ------159 Board of Trustees ------170 Speech Communication Services ------159 Administrative Directory ------171 Tutoring ------159 Part-Time Faculty Directory ------175

Admission and Financial Information Directions to the College ------182

Admission Information ------160 Appendices ------183 Guidelines for Transfer of Credit ------161 Index ------192 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 6

AcademicGeneral Information Departments

MISSION STATEMENT Marymount Manhattan College is an urban, independent expanded and enriched by a larger and more diverse stu- undergraduate liberal arts college. The mission of the dent body and wider, more responsive innovative program College is to educate a socially and economically diverse offerings. Since becoming an independent college in 1961, population by fostering intellectual achievement and per- Marymount Manhattan has opened its classrooms to and sonal growth and by providing opportunities for career shared its resources with students of all ages and extend- development. Inherent in this mission is the intent to devel- ed its campus on site and in outreach to the larger com- op an awareness of social, political, cultural and ethical munity: it has successfully experimented with non-tradi- issues, in the belief that this awareness will lead to concern tional modes of granting credit and strengthened the cur- for, participation in and improvement of society. To accom- riculum by the careful integration of programs in profes- plish this mission, the College offers a strong program in sional studies. the arts and sciences for students of all ages, as well as substantial pre-professional preparation. Central to these ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIP efforts is the particular attention given to the individual stu- Marymount Manhattan College is a four-year college of dent. Marymount Manhattan College seeks to be a post-secondary education, accredited by the Middle States resource and learning center for the metropolitan Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the community. regional accrediting body of The Commission on Higher Education. The University of the State of New York inde- HISTORY AND HERITAGE pendently chartered MMC to grant degrees. The College is Marymount Manhattan College (MMC) is one of six col- a member of numerous organizations concerned with the leges founded in the United States by the Religious of the advancement of higher education, including the American Sacred Heart of Mary, evidence of their worldwide and con- Council on Education, the American Association of Higher tinuing commitment to educational access and excellence. Education, the Association of American Colleges and The College was originally established as the city campus Universities, the New York Association of Independent of Marymount College, Tarrytown, New York. In 1961, the Colleges, and the Commission of Independent Colleges College was independently chartered by the Board of and Universities. Regents of the State of New York and separately incorpo- rated as Marymount Manhattan College. The College flour- The College is also a member of the American Association ishes today as a co-educational, non-sectarian of University Women, the Faculty Resource Network, the liberal arts college. New York Liberal Arts College Partnership, the Council of Higher Educational Institutions in New York City, the Throughout the history of the College, students have stud- Society for College and University Planning, NAFSA and ied the traditional academic disciplines with faculty who The College Board. have upheld high academic standards and who have strongly encouraged the development of responsible and thoughtful citizens. This heritage continues to flourish,

16 Marymount Manhattan College MMC CatalogInside003868/5/0512:02PMPage7

The Curriculum MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 8

AcademicThe Curriculum Departments

General Education Requirements will encounter in the Shared Curriculum while also demonstrating the type of focused and in-depth study that is the hallmark of The MMC community believes the following statement reflects its intellectual inquiry; second, as a writing-centered course, it under- understanding of the meaning of the liberal arts: scores the crucial role that well-tuned critical skills will play in both their college and professional lives. Non-audit. Prerequisite: by As a contemporary American liberal arts college, MMC believes placement (3). that the intellectual, imaginative, and experiential exploration of the human condition is the best foundation for the development of WRIT 102. Writing Seminar II the individual and for professional training. Liberal education is [Must be taken in the spring or fall semester immediately follow- the continuous process of learning how to grow in the knowledge ing the successful completion of Writing Seminar I] This course and understanding of our human selves: as the persons we are emphasizes the development of research skills through exercises and the persons we aspire to become, as inhabitants, investiga- in the selection of research topics, the use of a variety of library tors and manipulators of a physical universe, as inheritors and resources, and the evaluation of research materials, leading to the inventors of communities, as recorders, interpreters and creators completion of a major paper. Throughout the term, instructor-stu- of our experience through sound and movement, shape and color. dent conferences facilitate individualized criticism of research The study of the materials and modes of human knowledge and procedures and the development of the final paper. Prerequisite: expression as actually and potentially interrelated fields of learn- WRIT 101 or by placement; ESL students may be required to take ing enables the student to acquire a disciplined vision which CS 105 to replace this course. Non-audit. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 strives to see the whole despite its apparently contradictory parts, or placement. (3). and to become a responsible member of society. COR 113. Quantitative Reasoning To fulfill this mission, MMC has shaped its General Education This course is an introduction to how one can view the world requirements or CORE Curriculum in the following manner: quantitatively. Students gain experience in solving problems in a variety of areas in the natural and social sciences. The focus is on General Education Requirements: The Core the reasoning involved in solving these problems as opposed to particular mathematical content. Some of the questions that will FYM 101. First Year Mentoring be addressed include the following: What can one do with math- FYM 101 is a one-credit course designed to assist incoming stu- ematics? What tools should be used when? How does one pull dents in making the successful transition into the intellectual com- the key information out of a difficult problem? How similar are the munity of MMC. Students enrolled in FYM 101 will discover the approaches to seemingly very different problems? Prerequisite: value of a liberal arts education as they learn about the curriculum MATH 109 or exemption (3). of MMC and are oriented to its diverse campus and learning envi- ronment. They will develop their study skills and be introduced to NOTES: With the approval of the Division Chairperson, one of the a wealth of electronic and informational resources. They will also following courses may substitute for COR 113. participate in career development activities, cultural activities both on campus and in the New York City area, and campus-spon- • Students in the Biology major should, depending on placement, sored events. Working closely with an instructor and a student take MATH 129, MATH 139/140, MATH 141, or MATH 210, in peer mentor, students in FYM 101 will join a vibrant first year place of COR 113. learning community (1). • Students in the Business Management and Accounting majors must take MATH 139 or MATH 141 in place of COR 113. If they WRIT 101. Writing Seminar I are not sufficiently prepared for MATH 139, they must take The goal of this course is to foster a learning community amongst MATH 129 in place of COR 113 and then take MATH 139 to ful MMC faculty and students while strengthening students’ reading, fill their Shared Curriculum requirement in category “B” at the writing and analytical capabilities. To accomplish this goal, this 100-/200-level. course allows members of the faculty to interact with first year • Other students with advanced preparation in mathematics may students in an intimate classroom environment. In this seminar take MATH 139, MATH 141, MATH 210, or BUS 224 in place of setting, faculty and students have an opportunity to explore a par- COR 113. ticular theme or topic from several perspectives while strengthen- ing a range of critical skills. Thus, it aims at building two essen- tial foundations upon which students’ academic careers will be built: first, it exposes them to several of the disciplines that they

18 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 9

AcademicThe Curriculum Departments

COR 200. Critical Thinking III: Fundamentals one of the Shared Curriculum areas at the 300-level to fulfill the of Public Speaking upper division course requirement in that area.] Prerequisite: [Should be taken in the semester immediately following Writing COR 200 (3). Seminar II] This course prepares students for a variety of aca- demic and other situations in which formal presentations are Sample titles of Cultural Studies II: Contemporary required. Topics will include cultural conventions and speech, Issues: perceptions of others, verbal and nonverbal messages, and tech- Ethical Issues in Current Domestic and International Affairs niques of oral presentation and persuasion. Students will learn (COR.A 301) how to research, outline, and deliver short, informal presentations Jazz and America Identity: A Psychosocial History of American as well as longer speeches. Prerequisite: WRIT 102. (3). Jazz (COR.A/COR.E 301) The Environment: A Multidisciplinary Approach (COR.B 301) COR 300. Cultural Studies I: Historical Perspectives New York: A World City (COR.C 301) [Must be taken after completion of the Writing Seminar sequence, Lesbian and Gay Studies (COR.C 301) usually upon completion of 60 or more transcript credits] These Readings in Political Economy (COR.C 301) courses take a retrospective look at the cultural realities that have War and Peace (COR.C 301) helped to shape modern life. Students will expand their own abil- Revolting Bodies: Embodiment, Identity and Difference ( ities in the areas of historical information gathering and research COR.D 301) skills in order to take increasing responsibility for learning in a Language and Culture (COR.D 301) focused way. Each offering addresses a different theme. Please Comics and Animation (COR.D 301) check the course bulletin for individual courses offered in a given In Their Own Words: Women Writers and Film Makers from semester. [Based on the theme of the course chosen for study, Africa and the Americas (COR.D 301) credit will be applied to one of the Shared Curriculum areas at the Contemporary Images of Women (COR.E 301) 300-level to fulfill the upper division course requirement in that Gender in Performance (COR.E 301) area.] Prerequisite: COR 200 (3). COR 400. Capstone Sample titles of Cultural Studies I: Historical Each major provides a culminating experience – a Capstone Perspectives: course — a seminar, a project, a thesis — where students demon- Death and Dying (COR.A 300) strate the scope and the depth of their competency in their cho- The Islamic Revolution (COR.A 300) sen field of study. Students must take a Capstone course in the Anthropology of the Body (COR.B 300) senior year among the 30 credits immediately preceding gradua- A Cultural History of the City (COR.C 300) tion. Each academic department codes COR 400 courses as the Perversity, Deviance and Social Control (COR.C 300) appropriate 400-level course that serves as the Capstone for that Lives of Women (COR.C 300) department. The three credits for the Capstone count among the China Created (COR.C 300) required credits for the major. Please check requirements for the Ralph Ellison’s The Invisible Man: Cultural and Historical major to determine the specific course that is the Capstone for Contexts (COR.D 300) that major. Prerequisites are specific to the discipline and may be Language in Society (COR.D 300) found within the description of the given course. Humor and Its Uses (COR.E 300) Opera and History (COR.E 300) Creative Expressions in Art and Music (COR.E 300)

COR 301. Cultural Studies II: Contemporary Issues [Must be taken after completion of the Writing Seminar sequence, most usually upon completion of 60 or more transcript credits] These courses look at contemporary American cultures and the ways in which they influence each other. Students will expand their own abilities in the areas of topical information gathering and research skills in order to take increasing responsibility for learn- ing in a focused way. Each offering addresses a different theme. Please check the course bulletin for individual courses. [Based on the theme of the course chosen for study, credit will be applied to

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 19 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 10

AcademicThe Curriculum Departments

General Education: The Shared Curriculum All students must complete 30 credits of coursework from the Shared Curriculum Areas. Students must choose one course from each area at the 100-/200-level and one course from each area at the 300-/400-level for a total of ten courses or 30 credits. The student may count COR 300 and 301 as part of this requirement.

The Shared Curriculum Areas are as follows:

A. Human Nature and Values Students must also select one of the following Courses in this area study human nature and the means by which courses at the 300- or 400-level: we acquire knowledge and values through the disciplines of Philosophy, Psychology, and Religious Studies. Spirituality of Women (RS 301) Phenomenology (PHIL 307) Students must select one of the following courses at Parables of Jesus (RS 309) the 100- or 200-level: Psychology of Women (PSYCH 311) The Bible as Literature (RS 312) Introduction to Philosophy (PHIL 101) Women Philosophers of the Past (PHIL 314) General Psychology (PSYCH 101) Religion and Experience (RS 315) Hebrew Bible (RS 101) Existentialism (PHIL 317) Introduction to Ethics (PHIL 103) Religion and Literature (RS 318) The New Testament (RS 107) Human Sexuality (PSYCH 319) Introduction to Logic (PHIL 109) Philosophy of Religion (PHIL 322) Themes in Humanities (HUM 123) Heritage: Civilization and the Jews (RS 332) World’s Major Religious Texts (RS 200) Religion, Society and Culture (RS 333) Ancient Philosophy (PHIL 201) Mind and Body (PHIL 338) Medieval Philosophy (PHIL 203) Contemporary Ethical Issues (PHIL 347) Religion and Psychology (RS/PSYCH 207) Philosophical Psychology (PSYCH 353) Intro to American Philosophy (PHIL 211) Psychological Portraits in Literature (PSYCH 357) Jesus in the Writings of Luke (RS 219) Problems in Philosophy (PHIL 357) Mysticism: East and West (RS 224) Perversity, Deviance and Social Control Development of Christianity (RS 227) OR Science and Technology Issues and Philosophy (PHIL 228) Any COR.A 300 or 301 of appropriate thematic content Aesthetics and Criticism (PHIL 251) Plato (PHIL 401) Believing and Behaving (RS 252) Faith after the Holocaust (RS 402) Textual Analysis (HUM 253) Aristotle (PHIL 403) Political Philosophy (PHIL 261) Feminist Theories (PHIL 408) World Religions I (RS 261) History and Philosophy of Science (PHIL 409) World Religions II (RS 262) History of Arabic Thought (PHIL 411) Contemporary Political Philosophy (PHIL 263) Religion and Social Justice (RS 466) Modern Philosophy (PHIL 293) Senior Seminar in Interdisciplinary Study (HUM 496)

101 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 11

AcademicThe Curriculum Departments

B. The Natural Sciences Courses in this area study the nature of the physical world, and how the methods and results of this study relate to our knowledge of society through the disciplines of General Science, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, and Mathematics.

Students must select one of the following courses at Students must also select one of the following the 100- or 200-level: courses at the 300- /400-level:

Nutrition (BIOL 116) Nutrition and Health (BIOL 317) Evolution (BIOL 127) Sociobiology (GS/SOC 340) Heredity (BIOL 129) Science and Civilization (GS 345) Human Reproduction (BIOL 140) Combinatorics (MATH 332) Human Biology (BIOL 145) Graph Theory (MATH 334) Chemistry and Society (CHEM 105) Number Theory (MATH 340) Principles of Natural Science (GS 105) Modern Geometry (MATH 350) Environmental Science (GS 183) Emergence (MATH 345) Introductory Astronomy (GS 201) History of Mathematics (MATH 351) Introduction to Space Science (GS 202) OR Plagues and Humankind (GS 250) Any COR.B 300 or 301 of appropriate thematic content College Algebra (MATH 139)* Precalculus (MATH 141)* Discrete Mathematics (MATH 209)* Calculus I (MATH 210)* Calculus II (MATH 211)* Linear Algebra (MATH 213)* Statistics (MATH 224)* *NOTE: Students with advanced preparation in mathematics who have chosen to fulfill the Core requirement in Mathematics by taking one of the above courses are required to fulfill the Shared Curriculum requirement in the Natural Sciences by choosing another course at the 100-/200-level from the approved ist above.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 111 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 12

AcademicThe Curriculum Departments

C. The Social Sciences: D. Language and Literature Courses in this area study the nature of society, and the histories Courses in this area study the nature of communication and liter- and structures of particular civilizations through the disciplines of ary art, and the languages and literatures of particular civilizations History, Sociology, Political Science, Economics, International through the disciplines of Communication Arts and Sciences, Studies and Business. English, Modern Languages and Speech Pathology.

Students must select one of the following courses at Students must select one of the following courses at the 100- or 200-level: the 100- or 200-level: The Contemporary Workplace (BUS 100) Elementary or Intermediate French Economy, Society and the State (ECO 150) (FREN 101-102; 201-202) International Relations (IS 109) Elementary or Intermediate Spanish Anthropology (SOC 103) (SPAN 101-102; 201-202) Ancient Worlds (HIST 215) Communications Today (COMM 102) Europe: Antiquity to Enlightenment (HIST 216) Story, Play and Film (ENG 100) Making of the Modern World (HIST/IS 218) Introduction to Linguistics (SPCH 160) Modern Europe (HIST 220) Narrative Fiction (ENG 180) Modern Russia (HIST 221) Introduction to Poetry (ENG 200) American Cities (HIST 228) French Conversation (FREN 203) Women in American History (HIST 255) Spanish Conversation (SPAN 207) East Asian Civilizations (HIST 232) American Sign Language I (SPCH 209) Modern East Asia (HIST 237) Modern China (HIST 238) Woman as Writer, Subject and Audience (ENG 223) Modern Japan (HIST 239) African-American Authors (ENG 276) Introduction to Africa (HIST 241) Modern Africa (243) Students must also select one of the following African American History (HIST 244, 246) courses at the 300- or 400-level: Latin America (HIST 287, 289) French or Spanish language courses at the 300-level, The Politics of American Democracy (PS 262) e.g.: (FREN 301, 303, 305, 309, 325) or (SPAN 313, 314) Valuing Difference (SOC 204) American Sign Language II (SPCH 309) World Geography (IS 207) Hispanic Civilization (SPAN 315) Women, Society and Culture (SOC 213) The English Novel (ENG 320) Contemporary France: Social, Political and Economic Students must also select one of the following courses at the 300- or 400-level: Perspectives (FREN 326) Social Issues in Literature (ENG 327) Business and Society (BUS 321) American Romanticism (ENG 331) Topics in European Cultural Formation (HIST 340) American Realism (ENG 332) Cross Cultural Encounters (HIST 306) Contemporary Latin American Fiction (SPAN 347) Topics in Modern History (HIST 307) Hispanic Women Writers (SPAN 357) Women and Gender in Modern Europe (HIST 308) Psychological Portraits in Literature (ENG 357) Twentieth Century Europe (HIST 309) Recent International Literature in English (ENG 359) Nazi Germany and the Holocaust (HIST 320) Revolution and Literature (SPAN 360) Twentieth Century Religious Movements (HIST 311) Voices from the Third World (SPAN 361) Black Women in America (HIST 356) Classical Literature (ENG 382) The Middle East in the Twentieth Century (HIST 346) Medieval Literature (ENG 383) Islamic Civilization (HIST 368) OR Women and Family in Chinese History (HIST 372) History of the Peoples Republic of China (HIST 374) Any COR.D 300 or 301 of appropriate thematic content War and Peace (HIST 351/IS 356) Magical Realism (SPAN 416) Law, Government and Politics in the United States Seminar on Contemporary Authors (SPAN 463) (PS 324) Great Social Thinkers (SOC 330) OR Any COR.C 300 or 301 of appropriate thematic content

121 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 13

AcademicThe Curriculum Departments

E. Creative Expression: The Arts PLEASE NOTE Courses in this area study the nature of the fine and performing The College reserves the right to change the programs, require- arts, and the arts of particular civilizations through the disciplines ments, policies and other provisions set forth in this catalogue, of Art, Music, Dance, Theatre, Film/Video and Creative Writing. as it deems necessary.

Students must select one of the following courses at Every student, regardless of his/her date of admission to the the 100- or 200-level: College, is subject to compliance with new policies or proce- Introduction to Dance (DANC 105) dures. Changes in policies or procedures will be posted on the Introduction to Drama and Theatre (THTR 105) College website. Introduction to World Music (MUS 110) Courses and programs described in the Catalogue are subject to Introduction to Film and Video (COMM 131) change through normal academic channels. New courses and Fine Arts: Theory and Practice (ART 154) changes in existing programs are initiated by the sponsoring Introduction to Creative Writing (ENG 201) departments and divisions and approved by the Curriculum Exploring the Performing Arts (THTR 214) Committee and the Academic Vice President. Students are sub- Introduction to Opera (MUS 231) ject to program requirements in effect at the time of their admis- Exploring the Visual Arts (ART 266) sion or readmission to the College; however, upon the recom- Aesthetics and Criticism (ART 291/PHIL 251) mendation of his/her faculty advisor, a student may choose to complete more recent program requirements, should these be Students must also select one of the following better suited to the student’s professional and career goals. courses at the 300- or 400-level: Additions and/or changes to the curriculum are published in the New York City Arts Seminar (THTR 300) catalogue that is printed subsequent to the approved change, in Dance History (DANC 354) addition to the College website. Renaissance and Baroque Art (ART 355) Modern Art (ART 357) Please refer to the version of the catalogue that appears on the Visual Arts Seminar: New York City (ART 362) College website at www.mmm.edu for the most up-to-date infor- Philosophy of Art (ART 310) mation about programmatic and administrative matters. The Avant-Garde in Art, Film and Theatre (ART/COMM/THTR 475) OR Any COR.E 300 or 301 of appropriate thematic content

Things to keep in mind: • Courses taken to satisfy major requirements may not be credit- ed toward the Shared Curriculum. • Students following the catalogue under which they entered may, if they wish, opt to follow the new requirements.

• For descriptions of courses that fulfill Shared Curriculum requirements, please see the Course Descriptions section of this catalogue under individual departmental listings.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 113 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 14

AcademicThe Curriculum Departments

College Skills

These following courses, offered through the Center for Academic 104: ESL Writing Seminar I Advancement, assist students in mastering the skills they need to This text-based course for non-native speakers of English devel- succeed in college ops the student’s ability to refine linguistic skills through reading and writing at the college level. In learning to “converse” with an 097: ESL Basic Writing author, students will learn to understand main ideas and to apply This course for non-native speakers of English provides practice these to essays composed during the term. Interpretive compre- in basic reading and writing skills in English, including vocabulary hension, summarizing, basic grammar and vocabulary study in an development, basic grammatics, sentence construction, para- effort to identify and to eliminate errors common to ESL composi- graph organization and essay structure. Non-audit. Fee: tion are skills learned here (3). $15.00. 105: ESL Writing Seminar II 099: Composition This text-based course for non-native speakers of English devel- This text-based course focuses on interpretive reading and ana- ops research skills through exercises in a selection of research lytical writing at the developmental level in preparation for Critical topics, the use of a variety of library resources, and the evaluation Thinking I. The instruction emphasizes integration of reading and of research materials, leading to the completion of a major paper. writing skills to develop student abilities in writing short, well- Throughout the term, instructor-student conferences facilitate organized arguments that demonstrate an understanding of basic individualized criticism of research procedures and the develop- writing principles. Non-audit. Fee: $15.00. ment of a final documented essay. Readings will instruct in the subtleties of language, assisting in making students critical 100: Effective Thinking thinkers (3). This course introduces students to a variety of active study and thinking strategies. These areas include systematic study skill for- mulas to textbook reading, notetaking and test taking techniques. Students work to polish their thinking, reasoning, and problem- solving abilities. Emphasis will be given to understanding organi- zational structures and thinking patterns used by a variety of writ- ers to express ideas (3).

141 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 15

AcademicThe Curriculum Departments

Alternative Learning Formats its; they are not usually approved for the same semester during which a student registers for an Independent Study. Students Each academic department offers courses that permit students to may neither audit an Internship nor request to take an Internship work with faculty members to design a course of study particular for a Pass/Fail grade. Internships may be designed at the 2-, 3- to the student’s interest. or 400-level.

298/398/498. Directed Study (1-6 credits) Students wishing to register for either an Independent Directed Study is designed to enable the faculty to develop cours- Study or an Internship must do the following: es in an academic area of special interest to them and to their stu- 1.Submit a signed Independent Study or Internship “Registration” dents that is not listed in the regular course offerings. The form, in order for the credits to be entered on their programs for Academic Dean must approve a course description at the begin- the semester in question. ning of the term. Directed Studies may be repeated with depart- 2. Develop a proposal for the project (in the case of Independent mental permission, provided the topic is different. Courses are Study) with the faculty member who has agreed to sponsor the offered at the 2-, 3-, and 400-level. project. The forms are available from the Office of Career Development and Internships. 299/399/499. Independent Study (1-6 credits) 3. Obtain the written approval of the Director of Career Independent Study encourages the experienced student with high Development and Internships or the Career Counselor and the academic standing to design an individual project with a faculty appropriate Divisional Chairperson. mentor. Such projects may not duplicate existing courses in the 4. Submit the approved form to the Office of Career Development curriculum. Independent Study projects range from independent and Internships for Internship credit and the Office of Academic reading, guided fieldwork, clinical practica, and creative endeav- Advisement for Independent Study. Consult the Course ors. To register for an Independent Study, a student must current- Bulletin for specific deadline dates for submission of forms ly be a declared major in a department of the College, and have each semester. successfully completed at least thirty (30) credit hours of study at MMC. A cumulative GPA of 3.0 will be required. Generally, inde- NOTES: pendent study courses are approved for 3 credits; they are not • No more than fifteen credits may be earned through Independent Study usually approved for the same semester during which a student and/or Internships combined. registers for an internship. Students may neither audit an • No more than twelve credits earned through Independent Study and/or Independent Study nor request to take an Independent Study for Internship may be applied to requirements in a given major. a Pass/Fail grade. Independent studies may be designed at the • Independent Study and Internship credits may not be counted toward 2-, 3-, or 400-level. the thirty-credit residency requirement. • Only degree MMC students are eligible to register for Independent Study 299/399/499. Internships (3 credits) and Internship. Internships provide students with an opportunity to receive prac- tical training in a major area of interest. MMC has arrangements 297/497. Research/Science Research (3 credits) with numerous private companies and public organizations, including non-profit agencies, where students can intern for col- Students may participate in an individual or group research proj- lege credit and sometimes for a stipend. Among the many regu- ect under the direction of a member of the faculty. The Academic lar recipients of MMC interns are MTV, Salomon, Smith Barney, Dean must approve a written outline of the research project before Rockefeller University, Saturday Night Live, Morgan Stanley, CBS the start of the term. A minimum of a final written report must be and ABC soap operas, Jim Henson, and various theatre compa- presented at the end of the term describing the process under- nies, art galleries, museums and financial institutions. Students taken and the insights gained from the research. Prerequisite: can also arrange internships at other organizations with the help Permission of Division faculty members. Research may be con- of the Office of Career Development and Internships. ducted at the 2-, 3-, or 400-level.

Students will be charged tuition when they register for a credit Interdisciplinary Courses internship. Adult students, who build a learning project into their The College offers a number of courses, carefully designed to full time jobs, may use their job as a basis for internship credit. To examine subject matter from the perspective of different academ- register for an Internship, a student must have successfully com- ic fields. These classes are sometimes team-taught and often pleted at least thirty (30) credit hours of study at MMC and must feature guest lectures and encourage lively discussion. A few have a GPA of at least 2.8. Internships will be approved for 3 cred- such courses are Psychological Portraits in Literature; Science,

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 115 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 16

AcademicTHE CURRICULUM Departments

Technology and Society; Cross-Cultural Encounters; abroad for their third/junior year; although, some sophomores and Sociobiology; East Asian Civilization; and Film and Literature. seniors do go abroad, as well. Generally, students transferring to Interdisciplinary courses are usually cross-listed among the MMC with 15 or more credits will not be permitted to study departments whose faculty have designed the curriculum. abroad until they have completed two semesters of full time study at MMC. All students interested in Study Abroad are asked to Travel/Study Courses pick up a brochure in the Office of Academic Affairs, entitled “So During the January and Summer terms, Marymount Manhattan You Think You Want to Study Abroad?” and to begin arrange- may offer opportunities for groups of students to study in foreign ments in the previous year with the assistance of their faculty lands under the guidance of a faculty member. Recent offerings advisors and the Director of Summer/Winter Programs and Study have included Travel/Study in France, Canada, Eastern Europe, Abroad. Students, who are eligible to receive federal financial aid Spain and Latin America, and Performing Arts in London. to study at the College are usually eligible to apply that aid to an accredited study abroad program. MMC scholarships are not Academic Semester/Year Abroad applicable. Credits and grades earned by MMC students in study Marymount Manhattan College offers students opportunities, abroad programs are applied to students’ MMC transcripts. through consortial agreements, to study at colleges and universi- Students must arrange to have transcripts from the host institutu- ties in Europe, Asia, Africa, South America and Australia. ion sent to MMC immediately upon the conclusion of the study Students may spend one or both semesters of an academic year abroad semester or year. abroad. The College recommends that students consider study

161 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 17

Academic Departments

Accounting

Accountants are key professionals in today’s business world. Outside the classroom, MMC students benefit from New York They use their accounting knowledge, computer proficiency and City’s sophisticated business environment with its vast array of g n

business strategy skills to participate in major corporate deci- Wall Street, Madison Avenue and Fortune 500 companies. i t

sions. The problem-solving skills and analytical abilities that Accounting majors have an opportunity to take internship posi- n u

accountants contribute to the management team are central to tions with local, public accounting firms, in some cases as paid o

any business’ success. Accounting is both an essential busi- interns, thereby gaining valuable work experience before they c c

ness skill and an excellent beginning for those seeking positions graduate. A requiring business leadership. Accounting faculty work closely with students to provide resume The Accounting program at MMC prepares students for careers preparation, internship advisement and access to a wide range in public accounting, private sector firms, nonprofit organizations of financial corporations, banks, and accounting firms such as, and government agencies. The program combines training in Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu accounting principles with courses that give students a firm Donaldson Lufkin & Jenrette grounding in current business practices, management informa- Ernst & Young tion systems and communication skills. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) PricewaterhouseCoopers The Accounting major provides a flexible program of study rele- vant to all areas of accounting including: financial accounting, Many of our students are offered full-time positions following a managerial accounting, income tax and auditing. Students will successful internship. also gain a broad background in business management through courses in economics, finance, marketing, information technolo- Additional Learning Opportunities gy, and management. In addition to accounting and business In addition to the courses mentioned above and to the intern- courses, students take a broad range of liberal arts courses. ships, students can meet degree requirements in Accounting or Through the integration of business and liberal arts, students Business Management through other methods of study: obtain the knowledge, sensitivities and skills mandated by an Independent Study allows the experienced student with high increasingly complex, globally interdependent, and technologi- academic standing to design an individual project with a faculty cally sophisticated world. mentor; Directed Study enables faculty members to develop courses in an academic area of special interest to them and to Another advantage of MMC’s Accounting program is that the their students not included in the departmental course offerings; articulation agreements with St. John’s and Pace Universities Study Abroad, which offers students opportunities to study at enable students to complete the 150 credit-hour requirement colleges and universities in other parts of the world; Prior needed to sit for the CPA exam in New York and earn a Learning Assessment through which students may gain credit master’s degree. for learning acquired through their professional, non-college experience.

Division: Accounting and Business Management Division Chairperson: Eileen A. Tynan, Ph. D. [email protected] Division Assistant: Carmen Jackman Torres [email protected] Division Office: Nugent 551 Phone: (212) 517-0631

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 17 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 18

Academic Departments Accounting

Department Faculty:

Corinne L. Crawford Rosina Wachtel Assistant Professor of Accounting Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S. Fordham University B.S., New York Institute of Technology M.Ed., Iona College J.D., Brooklyn Law School M.B.A., Pace University LL.M., New York University C.P. A. C.P. A. Nugent 552 Nugent 551 (212) 517-0623 (212) 517-0632 [email protected] [email protected]

MAJOR: B.S. IN ACCOUNTING (0502) 60 credits

ACCT 215 Principles of Accounting I 4 BUS 224 Statistics for Business 3 ACCT 217 Principles of Accounting II 4 BUS 277 The Legal Environment of Business 3 ACCT 319 Intermediate Financial Accounting I 3 BUS 309 Financial Management 3 ACCT 321 Intermediate Financial Accounting II 3 BUS 316 Organizational Behavior 3 ACCT 324 Intermediate Managerial Accounting 3 IT 330 Business Management and Information Technology 3 ACCT 325 Income Taxation of Individuals 3 BUS 347 Corporation Finance 3 ACCT 435 Auditing 4 ECO 375 Money, Banking and Financial Markets 3 BUS 200 Management 3 BUS 403 Strategic Management 3 BUS 210 Marketing 3 ECO 210 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 Note: All Open Elective credits must be taken outside of the Accounting & ECO 213 Principles of Microeconomics 3 Business Management Division.

COORPERATIVE PROGRAMS

Our articulation agreements permit students to complete the 150 credit-hour requirement needed to sit for the CPA exam in New York and earn a graduate degree.

St. John’s University MMC students who qualify for admission to The Peter J. Tobin College of Business at St. John’s University are given priority for admis- sion into the M.S. program and will earn a Master of Science from the Department of Accountancy and Taxation.

Pace University MMC Accounting graduates who wish to attend the Lubin School of Business at Pace University will earn an M.S. in Accounting.

For more information about these programs and others, contact the Division of Accounting and Business Management.

18 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 19

Academic Departments

Accounting

ACCOUNTING COURSES (ACCT) 215. Principles of Accounting 1 324. Intermediate Managerial Accounting 329. Taxes and Business

This course covers fundamentals of accounting The study of cost accounting principles, includ- Management Decisions g n i

theory and practice, including the recording of ing activity based costing, total quality manage- This course provides students with an under- t

financial transactions, the completion of the ment as applied to job order and process cost- standing that most business actions trigger n u

accounting cycle, and the preparation of finan- ing, budgeting and standard costs. The appli- some form of tax benefit or cost. Students will o cial statements. Topics: receivables, invento- cation of such principles to business decisions, learn to recognize the potential tax benefits c c

ries, payables, payrolls, property and equip- and performance evaluation and product pricing associated with alternative business manage- A ment. Prerequisite: MATH 109 [Offered: F] (4). will be covered. Prerequisites: ACCT 217; ment decisions, viewed in terms of tax-after-tax MATH 139 or MATH 141 [Offered: F] (3) costs and after-tax benefits. The Internal 217. Principles of Accounting II Revenue Code and applicable regulations and The accounting principles are applied to corpo- 325. Income Taxation of Individuals rulings will be studied, with particular emphasis rations. Topics include: income taxation, state- This course presents a study of the Federal on the tax principles that affect business. ment of cash flow, bonds, and financial state- Internal Revenue Code and applicable regula- Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). ment analysis. The analysis of accounting data tions and rulings with particular emphasis on the for management decisions is introduced. taxation principles that affect individuals. 428. Advanced Financial Accounting Prerequisite: ACCT 215 [Offered: S] (4). Prerequisite: ACCT 217 (3). This course provides an in-depth study of the accounting principles of business combinations, 319. Intermediate Financial Accounting I 326. Advanced Income Taxation multinational operations, not-for-profit enterpris- This course provides an in-depth study of the This course presents an analysis of the Federal es, and partnerships. accounting of cash, receivables, inventories, Internal Revenue Code and the applicable regu- Prerequisite: ACCT 321 [Offered: F] (3). property and equipment, and current liabilities. lations and rulings with particular emphasis on Principles related to accounting theory and the the basic tax principles that affect corporations 435. Auditing measurements of income are further studied. and partnerships. New York State and local The theory and practice of auditing with empha- Prerequisite: ACCT 217 [Offered: F] (3). taxes levied on businesses are also discussed. sis on auditing standards, professional liabilities Prerequisite: BUS 277; ACCT 325 of Certified Public Accountants, the AICPA 321. Intermediate Financial Accounting II [Offered: S] (3). Code of Ethics, and the preparation of audit pro- A continuation of ACCT 319 to the topics: grams and reports. Statistical sampling and accounting for long-term liabilities, pensions, 328. Financial Statement Analysis electronic data processing applications in audit- stockholder’s equity, earnings per share, finan- Students will be engaged in a thorough study of ing are discussed. Prerequisites: ACCT 321, cial statement analysis, and the statement of the analysis and interpretation of financial state- 324; BUS 224 [Offered: S] (4). cash flow. Prerequisite: ACCT 319 ments as an aid to investing and lending deci- [Offered: S] (3). sions. Accounting principles that govern the 297/497. Research presentation of financial statements are cov- ered. Other topics include financial forecasts, 298/398/498. Directed Study capital structure analysis, and evaluation of operating performance. Prerequisite: ACCT 217 299/399/499. Independent Study/ Internship [Offered: S] (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 191 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 20

Academic Departments

Art

Images and design have central importance for the conveyance As part of a small liberal arts college in New York City — the pre- of information and values. Visual literacy is critical to our under- miere center for art and design and museum culture in the United standing of contemporary society, and students with such a skill States — students in the Art Department take full advantage of are well served not only in the arts, but also in the sciences, pol- the professional opportunities of the metropolitan area through itics, education, and business. Developing the visual intelligence internships in galleries, auction houses, design studios, advertis- of all liberal arts students through the analysis and production of ing agencies, and publishing houses. Recent internships include images expands their overall cognitive development and com- the Children’s Museum of Manhattan, the Clampart Gallery, Kim petence as professionals. Foster Gallery, YM Magazine, the International Center of Photography, and Sotheby’s. MMC provides students with a unique approach to the study of art. The program integrates art theory and studio practice within With the guidance of full-time faculty advisors, students fashion the framework of a liberal arts curriculum. Small class sizes and their own curriculum. In addition, it is recommended that all Art individual attention from faculty foster close academic interac- Majors and Minors study abroad at some point in their under- tions and encourage students to achieve their creative goals. graduate career. The College has relationships with a range of The unsurpassed resources of New York City add immediacy, worldwide university programs where MMC students richness, and breadth to the visual studies. Students work with have studied. able and committed professionals who stress individual and innovative instruction. Student/faculty collaboration can take a number of forms. Students publish their work in the annual MMC Review, work on The Art Major includes three areas of concentration: Art History, the student newspaper, The Monitor, and design for various col- Graphic Design, and Studio Art. The flexibility and design of the lege events and publications. The Art History and Photography program encourages students to concentrate in more than one Clubs offer more opportunities for students to explore the variety area. In Art History, students explore visual culture from multiple of New York’s art offerings. Faculty members accompany stu- aesthetic and theoretical viewpoints to develop an awareness of dents to artists’ studios here in the heart of New York City, and the breadth of cultural and historical perspectives. In Graphic lead an annual one-week intensive art and theatre course in Design, students develop the visual language of imagery to com- London. municate content in design and illustration through the use of analog and digital technology. In Studio Art, students develop a The resources of the Art department include a full studio envi- personal artistic vision through the exploration of techniques and ronment accommodating painting, drawing, and printmaking; styles in painting, drawing, design, photography, printmaking, professional ceramics and photography labs; a state-of-the-art ceramics and multi-media. Macintosh design lab featuring 3D software and design tools; a recently upgraded art history teaching environment; and a pro- Acceptance into the Graphic Design and Studio Art concentra- fessional gallery — the Hewitt Gallery of Art. tions requires a portfolio review. The Hewitt Gallery of Art All students at the College may minor in any of the concentra- The Hewitt Gallery of Art provides a venue for professional artists tions. Furthermore, multidisciplinary studies are available to exhibit their work and provides students with the experience through courses that integrate art with dance, theatre, commu- of relating to artists on the MMC campus. Students gain first- nication arts, the humanities, politics, psychology, education, hand experience in organizing and curating exhibits with the business, and arts management. Gallery Director. MMC faculty often incorporate lectures and discussion of the featured art in their coursework. Seniors have Enhanced Learning Opportunities and Careers the opportunity to exhibit their work in the two Black and White Rooms of the Hewitt Gallery and in the Corridor Gallery. Graduates with a degree in Art will find themselves well equipped for a variety of career opportunities and well prepared to pursue further study on the graduate level so as to enter the academic world.

20 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 21

Academic Departments Art

Division: Fine and Performing Arts Division Chair: Mary R. Fleischer, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Administrative Secretary: Hally Gutman [email protected] Operations Director for FAPA Division: Ross Chappell [email protected] Division Office: Theatre Office, Main Building Art Office: Main 800 Phone: 212-774-0760 212-517-0693

Department Faculty: t Hallie Cohen Millie Falcaro James Martin r A Assistant Professor of Art Assistant Professor of Art Assistant Professor of Art Coordinator, Art Program B.A., Empire State College of the Arts, State Studio Manager B.F.A., Tyler School of Art University of New York B.F.A., University of Texas M.F.A., Maryland Institute College of Art M.F.A., University of Hartford M.F.A., East Texas State University Main 800 Main 800 Main 800 212 517-0691 212 517-0693 212 517-0694 [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

Millie Burns James Holl Jason Rosenfeld Assistant Professor of Art Associate Professor of Art Assistant Professor of Art History Director, Hewitt Gallery of Art B.A., University of Washington B.A., Duke University B.A., New York University M.F.A., Columbia University M.A., Institute of Fine Arts, New York University Nugent, Continuing Education Suite Nugent 554 Ph.D. Institute of Fine Arts, New York University 212 517-0692 212 744-4819 Main 704 [email protected] [email protected] 212 517-0677 [email protected]

MAJOR: B.A. IN ART (1003)

ART HISTORY CONCENTRATION 36 Credits

ART 250 Survey of Western Art I 3 Four Art History Electives at the 200-/300-/400-levels 12 ART 355 Renaissance and Baroque Art 3 ART 111 Drawing I 3 ART 357 Modern Art 3 ART 114 Painting I or ART 116 Color and Design 3 ART 384 Contemporary Art 3 One Studio Art Elective 3 ART 451 Senior Art History Seminar 3

MAJOR: B.A. IN ART (0831)

STUDIO ART CONCENTRATION 39 Credits

ART 111 Drawing I 3 Five Studio Art Electives at the 200-/300-/400-levels 15 ART 114 Painting I 3 ART 250 Survey of Western Art I 3 ART 116 Color and Design 3 ART 252 Survey of Western Art II 3 ART 301 Figure Drawing 3 One Art History Elective at the 200/300/400 levels 3 ART 411 Senior Art Seminar 3

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 121 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 22

Academic Departments

Art

MAJOR: B.A. IN ART (0831)

GRAPHIC DESIGN CONCENTRATION 39 Credits ART 111 Drawing I 3 ART 215 Illustration I 3 ART 116 Color and Design 3 ART 257 History of Graphic Design 3 ART 210 Digital Imaging 3 ART 301 Figure Drawing 3 ART 237 Graphic Design I 3 ART 344 Typography and Image 3 ART 316 Illustration II: Digital 3 ART 346 Artists’ Books 3 ART 338 Graphic Design II: Digital 3 ART 352 3-D Animation 3 ART 411 Senior Art Seminar 3 COMM 131 Introduction to Film & Video 3 ART 480 Professional Portfolio 3 COMM 225 Multimedia I 3 ART 250 Survey of Western Art I 3 COMM 233 Beginning Video Workshop I 3 ART 252 Survey of Western Art II 3 COMM 325 Multimedia II 3 COMM 340 Advanced Animation 3 Three Electives in Art and Communication Arts COMM 359 Intermediate Video 3 from the following: COMM 429 Advanced Video 3 ART 114 Painting I 3 COMM 481 Advanced Web Production 3 ART 121 Photography 3 IT 118 Fundamentals of Programming 3 ART 206 Printmaking 3 IT 318 Programming Languages for the Internet 3

MINORS:

ART HISTORY 15 Credits

ART 250 Survey of Western Art I 3 ART 355 Renaissance and Baroque Art 3 ART 357 Modern Art 3 Two Art History Electives at the 200-/300-/400-levels 6

ARTS MANAGEMENT 13 Credits

The Arts Management program is designed to train students with business and/or arts backgrounds for entry and mid-level arts man- agement positions. The program covers cultural institution administration as well as the theoretical concepts and practical skills nec- essary for successful marketing, funding, programming, and management. The Arts Management minor is a logical complement to a dance, acting, theatre, or art major because it builds on the academic knowledge and skills the students have acquired, while prepar- ing them for additional employment

ART/DANC/THTR 290 Management of the Arts 3 One of the following: ART/DANC/THTR 392 Management of the Arts II 3 BUS 210 Marketing 3 ART/DANC/THTR 499 Art, Dance or BUS 293 Public Relations 3 Theatre Management Internship 3 ART/DANC/THTR 324 Careers in Arts Administration 1

GRAPHIC DESIGN 18 Credits ART 116 Color and Design or ART 237 Graphic Design I 3 One Elective from the following: ART 210 Digital Imaging 3 ART 344 Typography and Image 3 ART 316 Illustration II: Digital 3 ART 346 Artists’ Books 3 ART 338 Graphic Design II: Digital 3 ART 352 3-D Animation 3 COMM 225 Multimedia I 3 ART 480 Professional Portfolio 3

221 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 23

Academic Departments Art

PHOTOGRAPHY 18 Credits ART 116 Color and Design 3 One Elective from the following: ART 121 Photography I 3 ART 346 Artists’ Books 3 ART 205 History of Photography 3 ART 338 Graphic Design II: Digital 3 ART 210 Digital Imaging 3 ART 399 Independent Study/Internship 3 ART 213 Photography II 3

STUDIO ART 15 Credits ART 111 Drawing I 3 ART 116 Color and Design 3 ART 114 Painting I 3 Studio Art electives 6

ART COURSES (ART) t

111. Drawing I 121. Photography I 206. Printmaking r

This course develops the student’s perception This course provides an introduction to camera Students will explore the creation of an original A and technical facility by drawing in a variety of handling and basic black and white darkroom print in the media of linocut, etching, silkscreen, media including pencil, charcoal, conte crayon, techniques. The curriculum includes: camera lithography, and monotype. Development of an and pen and ink. More advanced students will operations, principles of exposure, film develop- individual style is encouraged. May be repeated be encouraged to experiment with color, and to ment, printing, picture content and presentation. for an additional 3 credits. Fee: $40.00 (3). explore a wide range of varied paper surfaces. Students must bring their own 35mm camera [Offered F, S each year] (3). (with adjustable shutter and aperture) to the 208. Portraiture second class. Fee: $40.00. (3). This course offers a practical approach to the 114. Painting I specialized area of portraiture. A variety of Course ranges from introductory oil painting 129. Computer Graphics media and techniques will be covered with an projects through more advanced uses of other (Same as COMM 129) emphasis on the student’s personal interpreta- media, thus one student will progress from the Many aspects of computer technology will be tions. Fee: $40.00 (3). study of traditional techniques to greater exper- covered but the main thrust of this course is the imentation with the aim of developing a person- creation of images. Basic design concepts form 209. Ceramics II al style of expression. [Offered S each year] (3). the basis of the student’s visual vocabulary. This is an advanced course in ceramics to These basic principles are applicable to other develop further skills in hand building and on the 115. Ceramics I computers. Fee: $40.00. potter’s wheel, in glaze theory and practice, This course provides an introduction to the Prerequisite: Writ 101 (3). emphasizing the development of each student’s ceramic medium both as sculpture and as pot- particular interests and style. This course may tery, including instruction on the potter’s wheel, 154. Fine Arts: Theory and Practice be taken at a more advanced level for an addi- materials, and firing. This course may be taken This beginning level studio course is designed tional three credits. Fee: $40.00 Prerequisite: for an additional three credits. Fee: $40. for the non-major and combines studio projects ART 115; or previous experience in ceramics. [Offered F, S each year] (3). with a discussion of artistic styles and theories. [Offered F, S each year] (3). In this hands-on course, students will complete 116. Color and Design projects exploring a variety of media and tech- 210. Digital Imaging Course concentrates on the elements and prin- niques. [Offered F, S each year] (3). This lecture and demonstration course will pres- ciples of design and color theory as applied to ent the computer and related technology in the both two and three-dimensional images. The 205. History of Photography context of photo imaging and photo manipula- media will range from collage, acrylics, and oth- This course chronicles the major contributions tion. Students will gain an expertise in using the ers suited to flat surfaces, to more sculptural to the art and science of photography. professional software Photoshop TM to ones that stress volume, mass and space. Paralleling world history, it provides a back- enhance and transform traditional photography [Offered F each year] (3). ground to build an understanding of and appre- through digital techniques. Projects will address ciation for light-sensitive materials, photograph- color correction and enhancement, photo ic skills and technologies, and introduces stu- retouching and compositing. Inventive stylistic dents to the pioneers, scientists, and major solutions, using the full power of this software artists/photographers from photography’s debut will be encouraged. Fee: $40.00. No previous in 1839 to the present. Classroom lectures are computer experience is necessary. augmented by audio/visual presentations, [Offered F, S each year] (3). exhibit visits, and readings. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 123 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 24

Academic Departments Art

ART COURSES (ART) 213. Photography II 230. Pastels 252. Survey of Western Art II This course is for students with an intermediate Pastels provide the opportunity for students to This class provides a thorough survey of understanding of black and white photography, explore color through drawing. Projects will be Western Art from the late-Gothic period to the darkroom techniques and camera handling who designed to develop technical skills and to early-twenty-first century, and presents a broad are prepared to explore the creative potential of encourage experimentation. Emphasis will be introduction to the period and the discipline for the photographic medium and broaden their placed on the utilization of color and its proper- new students and continuing majors. The approach to picture making. The curriculum ties to create dynamic drawing. Open to begin- course covers interconnections among the vari- includes: image stability, archival issues, com- ning through advanced students (3). ous arts: painting, sculpture, photography, bining images, toning, pinhole cameras and graphic arts and design, and architecture. photograms. Students must provide their own 237. Graphic Design I Students will learn a variety of methodological 35mm cameras (with adjustable shutter and This course introduces students to the funda- approaches to the study of works of art. The aperture). Fee: $40.00. Prerequisite: ART 121 mentals of two-dimensional print design. class will also include visits to local collections or interview with portfolio (3). Students will solve graphical problems that both with and without the instructor. explore issues concerning composition, typog- Prerequisite: WRIT 101 215. Illustration I raphy and the relation of form to content. This [Offered F, S each year] (3). Illustration is a visual language that enhances hands-on course will emphasize craftsmanship and communicates content. This hands-on and nurture an analytical approach necessary to 257. History of Graphic Design course explores the fundamentals of composi- succeed as a professional graphic designer. This course surveys the pivotal events and tion and color, application of media and stylistic Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). achievements that have led to the current state solutions. A method for solving problems begin- of graphic communication. From prehistoric ning with research, thumbnail sketches, through 239. Acrylic Painting cave paintings to the latest imaginative designs, the finished illustration is presented. Projects, Acrylic paint was developed during the mid- students will discover the creative thinkers, which encourage students to develop a person- twentieth century using a synthetic polymer as innovations and breakthroughs that have al style, as well as to communicate specific con- the vehicle for standard artist pigments. The shaped the evolution of visual communication. tent, are emphasized. Prerequisite: ART 111 (3). qualities of acrylic include a great range of vis- Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). cosity, fast dying time, ability to create many of 216. Introduction to Color Photography the same effects as oil paint in less time and 258. Introduction to Fine Arts Management This introduction to color photography will fol- with low toxicity. Collage, screen printing, and This is a basic course to introduce the interest- low its development through the history of the airbrush are all techniques easily employed with ed student to the broad spectrum of opportuni- medium. Through lectures, readings, demon- this material. Students will learn basic and ties in the growing field of arts management and strations and hands-on assignments, students experimental approaches on an individual basis. administration. It is designed to create aware- will develop a body of work that will include the An active sketchbook, frequent visits to muse- ness of current trends, structures and functions earliest techniques of hand-coloring black and ums and galleries will contribute Illustration is a of various arts organizations such as galleries, white photographs as well as the use of nega- visual language that enhances and to this museums, community, government and corpo- tive and slide films. Special emphasis will be on process. Prerequisite: ART 116 or ART 154 (3). rate programs. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). the techniques utilizing Polaroid film to create unique color prints. Fee: $40.00. Prerequisite: 250. Survey of Western Art I 261. Images of Women in Art ART 121 (3). The aim of this class is to provide a thorough Using selected images of women throughout survey of Western Art from the Prehistoric peri- the history of art from ancient through modern, 222. Mixed Media od to the late-Gothic era, and to present a broad this course deals with aesthetic considerations This course emphasizes experimental introduction to the period and the discipline for and the attitudes that contributed to the creation approaches to multimedia. Students learn ways new students and continuing majors. of these images. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). of expressing ideas in a variety of media includ- Interwoven throughout the course are the inter- ing painting, drawing, photography and various connections among the various arts: painting, 266. Exploring the Visual Arts sculptural techniques. A wide range of possibil- sculpture, graphic arts and design, and archi- This is an innovative course designed to famil- ities in collage, construction and installation will tecture. Students will learn a variety of method- iarize students with a broad spectrum of the be encouraged through diverse ological approaches to the study of works of art. visual arts and to facilitate the development of student projects (3). The course will also include visits to local col- analytical skills. Through visits to art museums lections both with and without the instructor. and galleries, and film and video screenings, Prerequisite: WRIT 101 students are introduced to new ways of looking [Offered F, S each year] (3). at the visual arts. Readings provide a necessary background for class discussion. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 [Offered F, S each year] (3).

241 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 25

Academic Departments

Art

ART COURSES (ART) 269. The Art of Africa and Oceania 303. Watercolor Painting 317. Narrative Illustration A survey of selected tribal art that will focus on Course studies various approaches to this ver- The focus of the class will be the analysis and the form, function and content of the arts in rela- satile and lively medium, both by itself and in the creation of narrative illustration, the develop- tion to their meaning in tribal society. combination with other media. Students will be ment of a personal style and the exploration of Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). exposed to the styles and techniques of both various media and technical skills. Each class historical and contemporary watercolor artists. will begin with a lecture, demonstration and cri- 270. Survey of Asian Art Course may be repeated for another three tique, followed by studio work and one-on-one This course will consider major artistic centers in credits (3). consultations. The goal of the class is for the China, Japan, India and Southeast Asia focus- student to write an original narrative, create ing on painting, sculpture and temple architec- 305. Sculpture characters to advance the story, and design and ture. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). Course examines a variety of sculpture-making execute the sequencing/page layout for the fin- processes, both traditional and innovative and ished illustrated story. Portfolio quality illustra- 271. Art of the Americas may be repeated at a more advanced level for tions will be created. Prerequisites: WRIT 102 This course is an exploration of major traditions another three credits. Fee: $40.00 (3). and ART 116 (3). t in painting, sculpture and architecture from r A North America, Mexico, Central and South 310. Philosophy of Art (Same as PHIL 310) 324. Careers in Arts Administration America. It will focus on the relationship of the This course is intended to help the advanced (Same as DANC/THTR 324; see Theatre arts to their specific cultural contexts. student understand the philosophical perspec- Department for description). Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). tives that inform particular periods or trends in the history of art. It will also analyze the degree 338. Graphic Design II: Digital 290. Management of the Arts to which these perspectives have shaped or can This course introduces professional desktop (Same as DANC/THTR 290; see Theatre shape the way we look at or interpret works of publishing software for print. The class will Department for description). art. These issues will be explored through read- emphasize typography and the relationship ings in theoretical texts, artists’ writings and between type and photo. Fundamental design 291. Aesthetics and Criticism visual analysis of works of art. Prerequisites: principles concerning form and content will be (Same as PHIL 251) This course introduces the WRIT 102; PHIL 101, PHIL 103 or PHIL 251/ART employed to solve visual communication prob- student to major contributions to the philosophy 291; ART 250 or ART 252 (3). lems. Projects will include the design and pro- of art and beauty. It examines the role of criti- duction of each student’s personal letterhead cism in the arts and its relation to philosophical 315. Painting II and resume. All projects will be structured to considerations. The first part of the course con- This course provides an opportunity for contin- prepare students for professional design and siders the aesthetic theories of Plato, Aristotle, ued development of a personal style along with production positions in the editorial, corporate Plotinus, Kant, Hegel, and Nietzsche. In the sec- greater technical proficiency. This course may and advertising fields. Portfolio quality print ond part of the course the nature of criticism in be taken for an additional 3 credits. Prerequisite: media will be created. Fee: $40.00 No previous the arts and its relation to aesthetic theory is ART 114 (3). computer experience is necessary. explored. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Prerequisite: ART 237 (3). 316. Illustration II: Digital 301. Figure Drawing I This lecture and demonstration class will pres- 339. Drawing II This course provides the opportunity to draw ent the computer and related technology in the Course is based upon understanding and utiliz- the human figure in a variety of media. Study of context of illustration. Students will gain an ing the elements of frame, line, value, texture the basics of anatomy gives students a greater expertise in using the professional software and color in a specific context. Offers an oppor- understanding of the human form. Professional Adobe Illustrator TM using digital techniques tunity for advanced drawing experience aimed models are provided. Fee: $40.00. analogous to a traditional pen and ink approach. at personal development and expression. Prerequisite: ART 111 (3). The class will include typographical explorations Course may be taken for an additional 3 credits. and instruction addressing print preparation and Prerequisite: ART 111 302. Figure Drawing II complementary software applications. Projects [Offered F, S each year] (3). This course provides further study of the human will encourage a successful communication of figure as an expressive form in space with content as well as the development of a person- emphasis on the development of a personal al style. No previous computer experience is style and individual use of the media. Fee: necessary. Prerequisite: ART 215 or permission $40.00. Prerequisite: ART 301. Course may be of instructor Fee: $40.00 (3). repeated for an additional 3 credits (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 251 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 26

Academic Departments Art

ART COURSES (ART) 340. Process and Concept 350. Watercolor Painting II 357. Modern Art Students in this advanced studio course will Building on the basic techniques of watercolor Beginning with a brief look at the art of the eigh- focus on key concepts and concerns of con- painting, students will be able to explore less teenth century, this course concentrates on the temporary art. In a series of studio projects, stu- traditional avenues by mixing media, using col- artistic development of the nineteenth century dents will explore notions of postmodernism, lage, working large-scale and three-dimension- and the further and varied expressions of the multiculturalism, gender, the body, environmen- ally. The instructor works with students on an twentieth century. The aim is to acquaint the talism and the role of mass media. A variety of individual basis. The objective is to develop a students with major international movements media, processes and individual approaches will portfolio of work and a personal style in this live- and develop an awareness of the nineteenth be explored. Prerequisite: ART 111; ART 114; ly and versatile medium. Prerequisite: ART 303 century artistic inheritance and its progeny. In and one other studio course (3). or permission of instructor (3). particular, the class interrogates not only the forms of art in the period, but also the construc- 344. Typography and Image 351. Ancient and Classical Art tion of art history in the age of Modernism and A comprehensive understanding of typography This is an upper level research course that the development of institutions that largely is necessary for designers of print as well as focuses on the arts of ancient Egypt, the ancient shape the discipline. Visits to museums and gal- multimedia. This class will consider type as an Near East and ancient Greece and Rome. leries are an integral part of this course. abstract form as well as a vehicle enabling com- Assigned readings as well as individual research Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ART 252 or ART 266 munication. Aspects of type and its related projects form the basis for the class. This course [Offered S each year] (3). design issues will be studied through lectures, is designed as a topics oriented seminar. demonstrations and studio projects. Projects Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ART 250 (3). 360. Fine Arts Management Internships will be created for the students’ professional Each student will devote the equivalent of nine portfolio. They will address specific applications 352. 3-D Animation hours per week as a Fine Arts Management in the corporate, editorial and advertising fields. 3-D computer graphics have defined the world Intern in such areas as Museum Administrative Techniques, technical problem solving, aesthet- of video games and are making inroads into tel- Apprenticeships, Gallery Assistants, and ic considerations, creative typographical solu- evision and film. This class is an introduction to Corporate Arts Interns. Non-audit. Prerequisite: tions and the relationships between type and the process of developing, creating and produc- WRIT 102 [Available all sessions] (3). photo will be emphasized in the course. Fee: ing 3-D environments, applying textures and $40.00. Prerequisite: ART 316 or 338 (3). lighting, and creating animation. Fee: $40.00 361. Curatorial Skills Seminar Prerequisite: COMM 225, ART 210 or This seminar is an upper level course in which 345. An Issue of Identity: Images by Women ART 316 (3). students curate an art exhibition from start to Artists from 1970 to the Present finish. Students select the theme of the exhibi- This course focuses on the works of contempo- 355. Renaissance and Baroque Art tion, review artists’ slides, visit artists’ studios, rary women artists who are confronting and This course studies the visual arts beginning select artworks and write a proposal describing restructuring images of female identity. Cultural with the late-Gothic era and tracing its roots in the exhibition. The proposal is submitted to the stereotyping, gender roles, attitudes towards Byzantine Art and icons, then follows practices Selection Committee for possible inclusion in the body and an exploration of collective and in Italian painting at the time of Giotto in the turn MMC Gallery’s Exhibition Season. Prerequisites: personal histories are examined in sculpture, of the thirteenth century, and then moves WRIT 102; ART 252; or permission installation art, environmental art, video and per- through Flemish art of the fifteenth century and of instructor (3). formance. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ART 252 or the Italian Renaissance. It works through ancil- ART 357 (3). lary movements such as Mannerism, and con- 362. Visual Arts Seminar: New York City cludes with an examination of the various state- This off-site seminar is an upper level course, 346. Artists’ Books ments of the European Baroque in the seven- which provides an in-depth view of New York’s The book has become an expressive artistic teenth century, covering Italy, France, Germany, art and architectural scene, blending history and medium, whether combining image with text or England, the Low Countries and Spain. Areas current exhibitions. Weekly field trips are sup- consisting solely of image or containing text covered include painting, sculpture, architec- plemented by critical and historical readings. only. Students will be introduced to a variety of ture, manuscript illumination, graphic arts and Through experiential learning, students will hone techniques in various media, which will be other media and the course will include manda- their critical and evaluative skills regarding explored and integrated with appropriate soft tory visits to local collections both with and works of art, the history of the City, and the role and hard covered book structures. without the instructor. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; of residents in its pulsating aesthetic and cultur- Prerequisites: ART 111; WRIT 102 (3). ART 252 or ART 266 [Offered F each year] (3). al life. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ART 250 or ART 252 or ART 266; or permission of instructor (3). 356. American Painting This course presents American painting from pre-colonial times through contemporary art, with special emphasis on the uniqueness of the American aesthetic. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3).

261 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 27

Academic Departments

Art

367. Creative Expressions in Art and Music 403. Apprenticeship in Concentration 475. The Avant-Garde in Art, (Same as MUS 367) Students will have the opportunity to be placed Film and Theatre This course is an in-depth audiovisual interdisci- in various professional situations as an appren- (Same as COMM/THTR 475) This course exam- plinary experience, which explores various tice upon the approval of the Art Department. ines four major 20th century avant-garde move- themes and styles in painting and music. It is not This close association with individuals and stu- ments (and their own interrelated movements)- presented chronologically nor is it, strictly dios will provide a unique opportunity to learn Cubism, Surrealism, Modernism, and Post- speaking, an art or music history course. Rather professional practices and techniques. Any sen- Modernism from the perspective of their the approach is through an exploration of form ior involved in this apprenticeship must have the achievements in theatre, art, and film. In double- and content creating the basis for deeper under- necessary course preparation in the particular class lecture/ discussions, the class explores standing and enjoyment. area of concentration. An apprenticeship may the political, ideological, and aesthetic dimen- Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). be repeated for a maximum of 12 credits. sions of the avant-garde from its earliest 19th Prerequisite: Advanced study in art (3). century roots, through the major World Wars, to 369. Symbolism in the Visual Arts our contemporary world. This interdisciplinary This course studies some of the basic symbols 411. Senior Art Seminar course is team-taught. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; t that recur throughout the history of painting and This capstone course for the art major provides THTR 230, THTR 231 or ART 266 or ART 252 or r A sculpture and how they reflect the attitudes and an overview of the contemporary art world and COMM 131 (3). aspirations of the peoples who created them. career opportunities. Students will select a proj- Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). ect that, upon conclusion, will demonstrate pro- 480. Professional Portfolio ficiency in one of the areas of concentration: This is a seminar class in which students apply 384. Contemporary Art studio art, art history or graphic communica- the skills learned in their college career toward This course presents an international survey of tions. Some of the topics of special concern are developing a professional print or web portfolio. the disparate trends and currents in the visual funding for the arts, legal issues, marketing The goal is to prepare the student for job inter- arts since the 1970s, including feminist art, con- strategies, copyright and intellectual property views in the professional design field of their ceptual art, environmental art, post-minimalism, issues. Open to art majors only. Prerequisite: choice or portfolio reviews for entry into gradu- neo-expressionism, post-modernism, and Advanced study in art [Offered F each year] (3). ate design programs. The portfolio will be ori- deconstruction in recent art. Prerequisites: ented toward a specific field. In print design this WRIT 102; ART 252 or ART 357 (3). 415. Advanced Painting may be editorial, advertising, corporate design This course will give students additional oppor- and identity. Other areas of research may be 392. Management of the Arts II tunities to develop a personal direction and style web design, illustration, packaging and informa- (Same as DANC/THTR 392; see Theatre while continuing to increase their proficiency in tion design. The student will identify the field of Department for description.) the medium. Although primarily focusing on oil research. In consultation with the instructor, painting, the course may include non-traditional design problems will be established. Class time 395. Creative Projects: Art History materials and techniques. will be used for presentations and critiques. The A unique type of research with a different aim: to Prerequisite: ART 315 (3). solutions of the design problems will be pro- involve each student in developing his/her own duced as printed or web media. Prerequisites: approach to what s/he wants to explore in 451. Senior Art History Seminar ART 210 or ART 316 or ART 338 or COMM 225 selected topics in Art History. This course is As a culmination of an intensive program of or permission of instructor [Offered S] (3). ideal for both the Art History Major or Minor and study for the Major or Minor in Art History, this the student without a vast knowledge in the area course will work through various historiographic 297/497. Research but who is interested in researching specific and theoretical methodological approaches to topics. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ART 250 or the history of art through selected texts of the 298/398/498. Directed Study ART 252; or permission of instructor (3). field including the writings of Hegel, Wölfflin, Riegel, Panofsky, Gombrich, Schapiro, 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship 396. Studio Art Projects Greenberg, Benjamin, T.J. Clark, Baxandall, Course provides an opportunity for students to Nochlin, Crow, Foucault, and others. It will design and implement particular projects that encompass multiple topics and critical analysis will further develop skills and techniques in spe- and culminate in a major research paper and an cialized areas of interest. Unlike the traditional oral presentation. By special permission, stu- Independent Study program, students share dents majoring in other disciplines studio space and a specific time period in which may enroll. (3) to have a concentrated semiprofessional experi- ence. Prerequisite: Advanced study in art (3). 458. Criticism Writing Workshop (Same as DANC/THTR 458; see Dance Department for description).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 271 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 28

Academic Departments

Biology

Biology is part of the Department of Natural Sciences and Department Goals and Objectives: Mathematics; the major prepares students to excel in the bio- logical, chemical, physical and mathematical sciences. The • To provide students with solid life-science education and train- overall nature of the department, a mixture of professors from all ing, balanced with a liberal arts curriculum, enabling them to pur- disciplines of the natural sciences and mathematics, creates a sue fulfilling careers or professional programs in medicine, den- unique and intimate educational venue for students. The aca- tistry, pharmacology or other health science fields. demic program incorporates innovative and interdisciplinary • To provide students with an integrated knowledge of contem- courses that enhance the traditional scientific curriculum. porary principles of biology, chemistry, physics and mathematics Faculty members provide students with an exceptional founda- so they can obtain advanced degrees and careers in research, tion in both analytical and quantitative skills and rigorous life sci- industry, business and education. ence course work, along with the opportunity to participate in • To provide high quality, laboratory-enriched learning environ- faculty-mentored research. A broad exposure to non-science, ments, allowing students hands-on experience and the opportu- liberal arts classes enhances our pedagogical mission, creating nity to enhance their critical thinking skills. a critical combination of experiences essential for applying • To provide opportunities for students to participate in signifi- life science skills to future careers. cant research projects under faculty guidance: to present their research findings and to interact with other scientists through Two major programs comprise the Biology curriculum: a B.A. attendance at scientific conferences. degree and a B.S. degree, both with Pre-Med tracks. There are • To create strong and individualized relationships between stu- two minor programs: Mathematics and Neuroscience. We also dents and faculty in the department through highly interactive provide support for the minor programs in Drama Therapy and classroom settings, department affiliated scientific associa- Forensic Science. For many years, Pre-Med has been a major tions/events and an open-door policy to departmental offices. focus of the Biology major at MMC. Our curriculum leading • To provide non-science majors with the quantitative and ana- toward a Bachelor’s of Science in Biology provides excellent lytical skills needed to participate critically in our society and in educational training for those who wish to go on to professional our world. programs after graduation. • To provide non-science majors with instruction in scientific knowledge, scientific reasoning and the scientific process. Our B.S. in Biology is appropriate for students who intend to go on to medical, dental or veterinary school, as well as graduate The Department of Natural Sciences and Mathematics strongly school in biology, biochemistry, biomedical sciences or nutrition. encourages students to participate in science through guided This degree is also excellent for those students who intend to scientific experiences. Internships and Independent Study pursue a career in the health science field or the biomedical Projects, co-mentored by department faculty and various mem- industry. In addition, we also support a Biology program for non- bers of the many excellent NYC biomedical facilities, have been majors interested in the Pre-Med track. The department offers a hallmark of the Department for years. In addition, there exist many levels of support to its pre-med students, from pre-profes- many opportunities for student-centered scientific experiences sional committees that aid and guide students to professional at MMC. Students can gain valuable experience in their chosen programs with seminars that bring current health field profes- field through peer advising or tutoring, through assisting in the sionals into the classroom. preparation or execution of laboratory courses, and by conduct- ing significant scientific research in laboratory spaces available Our B.A. in Biology is appropriate for students intending to pur- within the department. Current research topics include botani- sue studies in physical therapy, occupational therapy, or physi- cal systematics, computational chemistry, molecular neuro- cian assistant programs. science, applied mathematics, genetics, game theory, medicinal microbiology and neurodegenerative disease. The Department also makes a major contribution to the College’s liberal arts curriculum by offering required courses in the Core and Shared Curriculum. Quantitative and analytical thinking in mathematics, science and other fields, are very important skills for college students and informed citizens of the world.

28 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 29

Academic Departments Biology

Division: Sciences Division Chairperson: Ann D. Jablon, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Secretary: Rekha Swami [email protected] Division Office: Main 7th Floor Phone: 212-774-0721

Department Faculty:

Steven Wat Judith Garrison Hanks Assistant Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Biology Director, Natural Sciences and Mathematics Programs B.S., The City College/The City University of New York B.A., University of Hawaii M.A., Lehman College/The City University of New York M.S., Courant Institute at New York University Ph.D., The City University of New York/New York Botanical Garden Main 603 Main 614 212-517-0652 212-517-0667 [email protected] [email protected]

Ann Aguanno Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., The State University of New York, College at Buffalo M.S., New York University

Ph.D., New York University y g

Main 603 o l

212-774-4838 o i

[email protected] B

MAJOR: B.S. IN BIOLOGY (0401) 61-71 Credits

This major is appropriate for those students who intend to go to Medical, Dental or Veterinary School or to Graduate School in Biology, Biochemistry, Biomedical Sciences or Nutrition (most programs).

Prerequisite Requirements 0-10 *MATH 140 Trigonometry and Functions for GS 105 Principles of Natural Science 0-3 Science Majors 0-2 GS 106 Principles of Natural Science Laboratory 0-2 MATH 141 Precalculus (4 credits) may substitute *MATH 139 College Algebra 0-3 for MATH 139+140

Biology majors must take the above prerequisite courses unless specifically exempted by the Department of Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Students must obtain a grade of C or better in these courses before they can enter the B.S. Biology degree program. Prerequisite requirements, if applicable, may be used to fulfill the Core Mathematics requirement or the 100/200-level Shared Curriculum requirement in Area B.

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 61 Credits

BIOL 220 General Biology I (w/laboratory) 4 PHYS 262 General Physics II (w/laboratory) 5 BIOL 222 General Biology II (w/laboratory) 4 CHEM 317/318 Organic Chemistry I (w/laboratory) 5 BIOL 240 Cellular and Molecular Biology (w/laboratory) 3 CHEM 319/320 Organic Chemistry II (w/laboratory) 5 CHEM 233/234 General Chemistry I (w/laboratory) 5 BIOL 320 Microbiology (w/laboratory) 4 CHEM 235/236 General Chemistry II (w/laboratory) 5 BIOL 329 Physiology (w/laboratory) 4 *MATH 210 Calculus I 4 BIOL 425 Genetics 4 PHYS 261 General Physics I (w/laboratory) 5 BIOL/CHEM 441 Biochemistry 4

*NOTE: B.S. Biology majors should not take COR 113, Quantitative Reasoning. They are required to take mathematics courses up to and including MATH 210, Calculus I. Depending on mathematical background, biology majors should start at the appropriate place in the following sequence of courses:

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 129 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 30

Academic Departments Biology

MATH 129 Intermediate Algebra 3 MATH 141 Precalculus (4) may substitute for MATH 139+140 MATH 139 College Algebra 3 MATH 210 Calculus I 4 MATH 140 Trigonometry and Functions for Science Majors 2 MATH 211 Calculus II 3 MATH 139 and 140 should be taken concurrently

Two courses in this sequence [MATH 129, 139 (or 141), 210, 211] may be used to fulfill the Core Mathematics requirement and the 100-/200-level Shared Curriculum requirement in area B.

MAJOR: B.A. IN BIOLOGY 51-61 Credits This major is appropriate for those students intending to pursue studies in Physical Therapy, Occupational Therapy or Physician Assistants Programs, and for some Nutrition Programs.

Prerequisite Requirements 0-10 credits *MATH 140 Trigonometry and Functions for Science Majors 0-2 GS 105 Principles of Natural Science 0-3 GS 106 Principles of Natural Science Laboratory 0-2 Note: MATH 141 Precalculus (4 credits) may substitute *MATH 139 College Algebra 0-3 for MATH 139+140.

Biology majors must take the above prerequisite courses unless specifically exempted by the Department of Natural Sciences and Mathematics. Students must obtain a grade of C or better in these courses before they may enter the B.A. Biology degree program. Prerequisite requirements, if applicable, may be used to fulfill the Core Mathematics requirement or the 100/200-level Shared Curriculum requirement in Area B.

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 51 Credits

BIOL 136 Anatomy (w/laboratory) 4 CHEM 235/236 General Chemistry II (w/laboratory) 5 GS 183 Environmental Science 3 MATH 224 Statistics 3 BIOL 220 General Biology I (w/laboratory) 4 PHYS 201 Introduction to Physics (w/laboratory) 4 BIOL 222 General Biology II (w/laboratory) 4 BIOL 320 Microbiology (w/laboratory) 4 BIOL 240 Cellular and Molecular Biology (w/laboratory) 3 BIOL/CHEM 340 Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry 4 BIOL 234 Human Physiology (w/laboratory) 4 BIOL 425 Genetics or BIOL/CHEM 441 Biochemistry 4 CHEM 233/234 General Chemistry I (w/laboratory) 5

*NOTE: In addition, students who intend to pursue graduate studies in Nutrition must take Nutrition (BIOL 116) to satisfy the 100/200-level Shared Curriculum requirement in Area B.

MATH 139 and MATH 140 fulfill the Core Mathematics requirement, replacing COR 113. See also the Note in the B.S. section.

The following course are strongly recommended: PSYCH 101 General Psychology (satisfies the 100/200-level Shared Curriculum requirement in Area A) PSYCH 201 or 216 Child or Developmental Psychology SOC 101 General Sociology (satisfies the 100/200-level Shared Curriculum requirement in Area C)

301 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 31

Academic Departments

Biology

BIOLOGY COURSES (BIOL) 116. Nutrition 136. Anatomy 227. Comparative Anatomy In this course, the student will learn about the A study of human anatomy; emphasis is placed Course studies the phylogeny of chordate sys- science of nutrition, the physiology of digestion, on form/function relationships. The skeletal- tems, especially vertebrates. There will be lab- and the chemistry and function of fats, carbohy- muscular, cardiovascular, respiratory, urogenital oratory dissections of representative types, with drates, proteins, vitamins and minerals. Other and neuro-endocrine systems will be studied, emphasis on the study of progressive evolution topics include: cellular metabolism of nutrients, with appropriate lab work. Three-hour class; within each line of descent. Two-hour class; energy metabolism, relation of nutrition to exer- three-hour lab. Fee: $45.00 (4). four-hour lab. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: GS cise, eating disorders, preparation of food and 105/106 or permission of the instructor (4). use of preservatives. Co-requisite: CS 099, 140. Human Reproduction if required (3). Human reproduction, conception, development, 231. Biology and Physiology of Aging birth and early infancy are among the topics Discusses the current knowledge of the chemi- 127. Evolution covered in this course. Current advances will be cal, cellular, and physiological changes that Course reviews historical and current views of considered as well. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 (3). occur during normal aging. Declines, losses, the origin and evolution of life on earth, mecha- and biochemical changes associated with the nisms of organic evolution as inferred from dif- 145. Human Biology various physical systems of the body will be ferent lines of evidence, and basic population This course studies the systems of the human covered along with current biological theories of dynamics. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 (3). body in an integrative manner. The anatomy aging. Diseases related to aging and their and physiology of all body systems will be pre- symptoms and treatments will be discussed. 129. Heredity sented placing emphasis on the interrelation- Prerequisite: BIOL 220 or GS 105 or permission This course is a study of basic human genetics; ships between structure and function. The of instructor (3). the interweaving roles of genes and environ- maintenance of normal function (homeostasis) ment; methods of obtaining information about and the problems that arise when any system 234. Human Physiology

inherited traits; and medical, sociological, and ceases to perform optimally will be discussed. This course presents a systems approach to y

economic problems related to genetic counsel- Health related information helps to provide the human physiology. The functions of the major g o ing. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 (3). student with the necessary knowledge to make organ systems and the physiological mecha- l o informed decisions about her/his own body. nisms by which these functions are controlled i B 132. Anatomy and Physiology I The course will help students discover the are considered. Three-hour lecture; three-hour This course begins the study of the structure remarkable scientific design of the lab. Fee: $45.00 (4). and function of the human body with emphasis human body (3). on the interrelationships between anatomical 240. Cellular and Molecular Biology and physiological factors involved in the func- 220. General Biology I This is a lecture and laboratory course focusing tioning of all major body systems. Particularly, Course studies principles of cell biology, includ- on the principles and techniques of molecular studies will be: the chemical basis of life, struc- ing the chemical basis of life, cell structure and and cellular biology with an emphasis on recent ture and metabolism of the cell, tissues and function, energetics, and classical and molecu- advances in molecular biology. Topics include homeostasis, the skeletal system, the muscular lar genetics. In the laboratory the student is the structure and function of the cell and its sub- system, circulation and immune responses, the introduced to the basic tools and techniques of cellular organelles, biological macromolecules, digestive system, and the endocrine system. biological investigation: microscopy, dissection enzymes, biomembranes, bioenergetics, DNA Three-hour class; three-hour lab. Fee: $45.00. and quantitative experimentation. Three-hour replication, protein synthesis and cell motility. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 or permission class; three-hour lab. Fee: $45.00. Techniques include aseptic technique and the of the instructor (5). Prerequisites: GS 105/106 or permission of the handling of microbes, isolation and purification Instructor. [Offered: Spring] (4). of nucleic acids, construction, selection and 134. Anatomy and Physiology II analysis of recombinant DNA molecules, restric- This course continues the study of the structure 222. General Biology II tion mapping, immobilization and hybridization and function of the human body with emphasis This course continues and expands topics intro- of nucleic acids, labeling methods of nucleic on the interrelationships between anatomical duced in BIOL 220, with emphasis on animal acid probes, PCR and basic cell culture. One- and physiological factors involved in the func- biology, including physiological systems and an and-one-half-hour class; three-hour lab. Fee: tioning of all major body systems. Particular introduction to developmental biology. $45.00. Prerequisites: BIOL 220, CHEM study will be devoted to: the nervous system, Principles of evolution and population biology 233/234 or permission (3). the respiratory system, the urinary system, and ecology are also discussed. The laboratory water and electrolyte balance, the reproductive will use the techniques learned in BIOL 221 to system, human growth and development, and further investigate the areas covered in the lec- human genetics. Three-hour class; three-hour tures. Three-hour class; three-hour lab. Fee: lab. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisite: BIOL 132 (5). $45.00. Prerequisites: GS 105/106; BIOL 220 or permission of Instructor. [Offered: Fall] (4).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 311 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 32

Academic Departments Biology

BIOLOGY COURSES (BIOL) 251. Introduction to Research 329. Physiology 425. Genetics (Same as CHEM 251) This course studies the fundamental mecha- This course surveys classical-, molecular-, The student will learn fundamental techniques nisms by which animal systems maintain home- physiological- and population-genetics by and procedures of research in biology and ostasis and adjust to meet the demands of the stressing recent experimental and theoretical chemistry. The course is intended to prepare internal and external environment. Animal sys- advances. Four-hour class. Prerequisites: students for more independent research in tems will be studied to understand the evolution WRIT 102, BIOL 220, CHEM 317/318 (which future semesters and to allow students to test of human systems. Emphasis will be placed on may be taken concurrently) (4). out the research experience while making a the relationship between structure and function. clear and limited time commitment. Eight-hour Three-hour class; three-hour lab. Fee: $45.00. 431. Immunology lab. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: CHEM Prerequisites: WRIT 102, BIOL 220, CHEM This course explores cellular and humoral 317/318 or BIOL 320 and permission of the 235/236 (4). immune responses; physical and chemical instructor (3). properties of antigens and antibodies and of 333. Behavioral Neuroscience their reaction, hypersensitivity, and autoimmuni- 317. Nutrition and Health (Same as PSYCH 333) ty; and the problem of immune response sup- This course continues and expands the topics The student will learn the structure and function pression. Prerequisites: WRIT 102, BIOL 220, covered in BIOL 116 (Nutrition). Students will of the central nervous system in relation to sen- CHEM 235/236 (3). learn about nutritional needs over the lifespan sory processes, sleep and wakefulness, motiva- (from pre-natal to older adults). The effects of tion, emotion, learning, and other selected top- 441. Biochemistry (Same as CHEM 441) exercise, weight loss and allergies on nutritional ics. Prerequisites: PSYCH 101 or 105 and Course examines the chemistry and functions of needs will be investigated; specialty diets for BIOL 220 (3). tissues and cells and of carbohydrates, lipids, people with diabetes, heart disease and special proteins, and nucleic acids. Prerequisites: needs will also be discussed. Readings will 340. Introduction to Organic and WRIT 102, BIOL 222, CHEM 319/320 (which include text and articles from nutrition and pro- Biochemistry (Same as CHEM 340) may be taken concurrently) (4). fessional journals. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; In this course, the major organic functional BIOL 116 or permission of the department (3). groups will be presented together with the basic 495. Special Topics in Biology concepts of organic reaction mechanisms. This course will explore a different topic in biol- 320. Microbiology Stereochemistry will also be considered. ogy each time that it is offered. Among the top- This course studies the morphology, life cycles, Emphasis will be placed on the biological rele- ics that may be in focus will be: endocrinology, physiology and ecology of bacteria, algae, fungi vance of organic reactions. In the second part genetic engineering, cancer research, popula- and protozoa. It surveys applied microbiology. of the course, the basic concepts of structural tion genetics, plant physiology, etc. May be Laboratory studies deal principally with bacte- and metabolic biochemistry will be presented. repeated for up to 9 credits, provided that each ria. Three-hour class; four-hour lab. Fee: Four-hour class. Prerequisites: time there is a different announced topic. $45.00. Prerequisite: BIOL 220 (4). CHEM 235/236 (4). Prerequisite: BIOL 220 or permission of instructor (3). 321. Histology 379. Comparative Psychology/Animal Course studies the microstructure of cells, tis- Behavior (Same as PSYCH 379) 297/497. Research sues, and organs of vertebrates. There will be This course studies the principal problems, laboratory studies of prepared specimens and methods, and findings in the field of animal 298/398/498. Directed Study of methods of preparing material for microscop- research (both experimentation and field work). ic study. Two-hour class; four-hour lab. Fee: Among the topics treated will be: classification, 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship $45.00. Prerequisite: BIOL 220 (4). innate behavior, maturation, imprinting, sensory processes, learning, motivation, and social 328. Animal Embryology organization. Recent research trends in com- Course emphasizes the description and analysis parative psychology/animal behavior will be crit- of development prior to birth or hatching. It is ically evaluated. Prerequisites: WRIT 101, BIOL an introduction to experimental embryology. 220, PSYCH 101, PSYCH 333 or permission of Three-hour class; three-hour lab. Fee: $45.00. Instructor (3). Prerequisite: BIOL 220 (4).

321 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 33

Academic Departments

Business Management

Can you see yourself working at the New York Stock Exchange The Business Management faculty and the Office of Career or J. P. Morgan Bank and Trust? Developing a marketing plan for Development and Internships work closely with each student to Dream Works’ next blockbuster movie? Opening your own busi- develop a resume and to secure an internship, while mentoring ness? Pursuing an MBA? Whatever career you pursue, one the student throughout the semester. Students may register for thing is certain: The job will not stay the same for long. To suc- internships for up to 12 academic credits that count toward ceed, you will have to continually learn new skills to adapt to the graduation. Many students have been so successful at their ever-changing business world. internships that they have been offered full-time positions fol- lowing graduation. Even students who work full-time may devel- MMC’s Business Management program, in the heart of New York op internships for credit on the job. Internship opportunities are City, offers a rigorous course of study that teaches the skills available at: needed in both business and the liberal arts. The mission of the business Management major is consistent with the College’s: To Art & Auction Network educate a socially and economically diverse student population Magazine Fox News Radio by fostering intellectual achievement and personal growth. We Avon Merrill Lynch accomplish this by giving each student the necessary skills to Big Apple Circus Morgan Stanley Dean build successful careers in business, government and non-prof- Bloomberg Business Witter it institutions. We provide each student with a strong academic News Simon & Schuster base for continuing education, including professional develop- CBS Standard & Poor’s ment, graduate study, and lifelong learning. Citibank Time Warner Dolce & Gabanna United Parcel Service All Business Management majors take courses in accounting, Dream Works (UPS) economics, marketing, finance and management. After complet- Financial News Young & Rubicam ing the basic courses, students choose a concentration in Finance and Investments, Human Resources, International We have many successful alumni in positions throughout the Business and Economics, or Marketing. Each program empha- New York City metropolitan area. It is never too early for sizes the fundamental intellectual skills: reading critically, think- students to learn how to network, and our graduates are great

ing analytically, and writing clearly. Feedback from business pro- resources for internships and jobs and as mentors. t n

fessionals and our alumni stress the importance of communicat- e m

ing clearly, delivering effective presentations, and working well in Additional Learning Opportunities e g

teams. In addition to the courses and the internships mentioned above, a n students can meet degree requirements in Accounting or a M

The Business Management faculty has solid credentials in their Business Management through other methods of study: s s e

respective disciplines as well as extensive industry experience. Independent Study allows the experienced student with high n i s

In addition to their dedication to teaching excellence, our faculty academic standing to design an individual project with a faculty u B contribute to professional associations, pursue research, present mentor; Directed Study enables faculty members to develop conference papers, publish books and articles, and consult for courses in an academic area of special interest to them and their businesses and non-profit organizations. students that are not included in the departmental course offer- ings; Study Abroad offers students opportunities to study at col- At MMC, courses in business are only one part of a comprehen- leges and universities in other parts of the world; Prior Learning sive education. Our active internship program, coupled with our Assessment allows students to gain credit for learning acquired location in the nation’s corporate and financial capital, provides through their professional, non-college experience. each business student the chance to explore the many resources of New York City while pursuing her/his studies. Students majoring in Business Management can expect to work in banking, advertising, personnel, retailing, communications, entertainment, and many other fields.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 33 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 34

Academic Departments Business Management

Division: Accounting and Business Management Division Chair: Eileen A. Tynan, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Secretary: Carmen Jackman Torres [email protected] Division Office: Nugent 551 Phone: (212) 517-0631

Department Faculty: Eileen A. Tynan Leslie Levin Vladimir V. Pashkevich Associate Professor of Business Management Associate Professor of Business Management Assistant Professor of Business Management Chair, Division of Accounting and B.A., Goucher College M.S., Belarus State University Business Management M.B.A., Columbia University Ph.D., University of Cincinnati B.A., Marymount Manhattan College Ph.D., Brown University Nugent 551 Ph.D., University of Colorado at Boulder Nugent 551 (212) 517-0631 Nugent 551A (212) 517-0634 [email protected] 212-517-0621 [email protected] [email protected] Rosina Wachtel Matthew Paldy Assistant Professor of Accounting and Marvelle S. Colby Assistant Professor of Business Management Business Management Professor Emerita of Business Management B.S., University of Massachussetts at Amherst B.S., New York Institute of Technology B.A., Hunter College of The City University of M.S., W. Averell Harriman School, SUNY J.D., Brooklyn Law School New York Ph.D., University of Rhode Island LL.M., New York University M.A., University of Northern Colorado 551 Nugent C.P.A. D.P.A., Nova University (212) 517-0631 Nugent 551 [email protected] [email protected] (212) 517-0632 [email protected] Richard Garrett Associate Professor of Economics B.A., Texas Christian University Ph.D., New School University Nugent 552 212-517-0636 [email protected]

MAJOR: B.S. IN BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (0506) 59 Credits

BUS 100 The Contemporary Workplace 3 BUS 224 Statistics for Business 3 BUS 200 Management 3 BUS 277 The Legal Environment of Business 3 BUS 210 Marketing 3 BUS 309 Financial Management 3 ECO 210 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 BUS 316 Organizational Behavior 3 ECO 213 Principles of Microeconomics 3 IT 330 Business Management & Information Technology 3 ACCT 215 Principles of Accounting I 4 BUS 403 Strategic Management 3 ACCT 217 Principles of Accounting II 4 BUS/ACCT/ECO Electives 6

Note: All Open Electives must be fufilled through the completion of liberal arts courses

34 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 35

Academic Departments Business Management

TWELVE CREDITS FROM ONE CONCENTRATION (*Required courses in concentration) 12 Credits Finance and Investments Human Resources *BUS 223 Intro to Investments 3 PSYCH 313 Group Dynamics 3 BUS 337 Securities Analysis 3 *BUS/PSYCH 317 Personnel Psychology 3 *BUS 347 Corporation Finance 3 PSYCH 330 Tests & Measurement 3 BUS 357 International Finance 3 *PSYCH 344 Training & Development 3 ECO 375 Money, Banking & Fin Markets 3 PSYCH 369 Dynamics of Interviewing 3 PSYCH 393 Career Development Cycle 3

International Business and Economics Marketing ECO 214 The Global Economy 3 BUS 207 Entrepreneurship 3 *ECO 317 International Economics 3 BUS 232 Advertising 3 *BUS/ECO 351 International Business 3 BUS 293 Public Relations 3 BUS 352 International Marketing 3 BUS 313 Sales Management 3 BUS 357 International Finance 3 BUS 335 Interactive Marketing Using the Web 3 *BUS 345 Marketing Research 3 *BUS 378 Consumer Behavior 3

MINOR: BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 16 Credits

BUS 100 The Contemporary Workplace (Required) 3 ACCT 215 Principles of Accounting I (Required) 4 BUS Core (Choice of one) 3 Note: The Business Management Minor is not available to students major- Business Electives (Choice of two) 6 ing in Accounting. t n e

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COURSES (BUS) m e g a

100. The Contemporary Workplace 102. Personal Computing 200. Management n a

All organizations are responding to new tech- Course will introduce students to the fundamen- This course introduces students to management M

nologies and the intensified competition of the tal operations of the personal computer using in government, business, and nonprofit organi- s s e

global economy, creating risks, uncertainties microcomputers and microcomputer software. zations. Students will learn the basic manageri- n i

and opportunities. These changes have gener- The course will focus on utilizing the personal al functions of planning, organizing, motivating, s u

ated new career paths and demands for new job computer for research and decision-making. leading and controlling. Groups of students will B skills. Whatever career path is chosen, basic Topics will include use of hardware and soft- design and implement hands-on management Business principles and the Business functions ware. [Offered: F, S, Sum] (3). projects. Students will keep journals of their of management, marketing, and finance need to experiences. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; BUS be understood. This course analyzes the 103. Personal Finance 100 or PS 106 or exemption dimensions of change in the contemporary Course provides the student with practical infor- [Offered: F, S, Sum] (3). workplace, explores the strategies for benefiting mation and skills necessary to effectively man- from them and the potential for each individual age their personal finances. Students engage in 207. Entrepreneurship to make a contribution to society. Co-requisite: the learning experiences in both financial plan- This course introduces the student to those WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). ning and management, and in purchasing meth- skills that are necessary to become a success- ods. Topics discussed include personal bank- ful entrepreneur. Through case studies, students ing, personal credit and investments, income will learn to appreciate the entire entrepreneurial taxes, health, life and asset insurance, budget- process from feasibility plans, business plans, ing, estate planning and purchases of consumer financing, and managing growth, through exit goods and housing. A financial planning soft- strategies. In a practical hands-on approach, ware package may be used. Prerequisite: they will work their own business ideas through- MATH 109, if required [Offered: Sum] (3). out the course. Prerequisite: BUS 210; ACCT 215 [Offered: F] (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 135 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 36

Academic Departments Business Management

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COURSES (BUS) 210. Marketing 232. Advertising (Same as COMM 232) 300. Special Topics in Business: Trends This introductory marketing course focuses on This course aims at giving students a broad- and Issues the marketing function in business organiza- based introduction to advertising methods and Course may vary from semester to semester but tions. The course is designed to give students techniques. It covers the social and economic will focus on a single topic of current or histori- an understanding of the marketing management roles of advertising, impact of direct and indirect cal interest, for example: Strategic Organization process, marketing strategy, and elements of “restraints,” organization of the advertising Design. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; BUS 224 the marketing mix, including pricing, distribu- industry, modern campaign planning techniques [Offered: Jan, Sum] (1-3). tion, promotion, and advertising. It will also pro- and the role of research, the creation of adver- vide an overview of marketing research, con- tising messages, and the changing nature of the 309. Financial Management sumer behavior, and new product development. media. It also considers the coordination of Course introduces students to the financial Prerequisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S, Sum] (3). advertising with other elements of the marketing manager’s role in the corporation. Topics and communications mix. Prerequisite: BUS include time value of money, application to 222. Calculus for Business 210 or permission of Instructor securities pricing, analysis of financial state- This course introduces the differential and inte- [Offered: F, S] (3). ments, break-even analysis, working capital gral calculus for polynomial, exponential and management, and an introduction to capital logarithmic functions. Applications of the deriv- 276. Business Law II budgeting. Prerequisite: ACCT 215, 217; BUS ative, and to a lesser extent the integral, of these A systematic presentation of the legal concepts 224; or permission of Instructor. functions are the most frequently used models and principles of ownership, control, and man- [Offered: F, S] (3). in business and economics. Many of these agement of natural resources (real property); standard applications of calculus will be devel- accumulated capital, consumer goods, and 313. Sales Management oped in this course. Prerequisite: MATH 139 or legal rights in goods and diverse intangibles This course is designed to give students a basic MATH 141 (formerly MATH 111) or permission of (personal property); the structure and functions understanding of both sales functions and man- instructor [Offered: F] (3). of business enterprises/partnerships, corpora- agement of the sales force. Elements of the tions, and holding companies, the distribution of sales function will emphasize selling demonstra- 223. Introduction to Investments risks through primary and secondary underwrit- tions and presentations. Sales management Course is designed to present an overview of ers (guaranty and suretyship); creditors’ rights, topics include organizing, recruiting, training, investment vehicles and the financial markets in failure or rehabilitation of failing firms (creditors’ supervising, compensating, and motivating which they operate. Types of investments stud- compositions and bankruptcy); and the ele- sales personnel. The difference between retail ies will include fixed-income securities, equity- ments of providing wealth and/or income during and industrial selling will be examined. A sales related securities, and leveraged investments. life and after death (trust and wills). Prerequisite: simulation program will be a component of the The course will introduce theories of valuation. BUS 277 [Offered: S] (3). course. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; BUS 210 Prerequisite: MATH 139 or MATH 141 (formerly [Offered: S] (3). MATH 111) [Offered: F] (3). 277. The Legal Environment of Business This introductory course shows how the legal 314. Operations Management 224. Statistics for Business environment affects profit and nonprofit organi- This course provides an introduction to some of This course surveys methods of organizing zations. Topics include antitrust law, securities the quantitative techniques useful in operations numerical data, frequency distributions, graphs, regulation, product liability, legally permissible management: decision theory, queuing or wait- measures of central tendency and dispersion. It business forms, consumer protection, constitu- ing time theory, forecasting, optimization, and also covers elementary probability theory, sam- tional law, employment law and environmental graphical planning techniques. These tech- pling and sampling distribution. Prerequisite: law. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 [Offered: F, S] (3). niques will be applied to problems in inventory MATH 139 or equivalent [Offered: F] (3). control, scheduling, facilities location, quality 293. Public Relations (Same as COMM 293) control and maintenance. Additional topics 231. Leadership in the Social Sector Course gives a broad-based introduction to might include product and process flow, and Develop the skills necessary to lead a nonprofit public relations methods and techniques and market potential and penetration measures. organization efficiently and effectively. Three provides insights into the role of public relations Prerequisites: MATH 139 or MATH141 (formerly modules focus on basic executive issues con- in business and nonprofit organizations. It cov- MATH 111) or permission of instructor; fronting all nonprofits including mission, ers PR history and professional opportunities as BUS 224 (3). Board/staff effectiveness, and fund-raising well as processes of persuasion, use of media, strategies; design and execution of strategic and scope of campaign planning. Course and operational programs including public rela- emphasizes problem solving, writing skills, and tions and advocacy; and day-to-day operation, the creation of public relations campaigns. including financial management, legal require- Prerequisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). ments, and human resources management. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 or exemption. [Offered: F] (3)

361 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 37

Academic Departments

Business Management

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COURSES (BUS) 316. Organizational Behavior 335. Interactive Marketing Using the Web 345. Marketing Research (Same as PSYCH 316) This course will build upon introductory market- This course will introduce students to the basics Modern applications of psychology to the world ing and computer concepts in order to market of marketing research. Topics will include of business are emphasized in this course. products and services using the Internet and the stages in the research process, research Class participation exercises will be used to World Wide Web. It focuses on the integration designs for data collection, measurement con- enhance understanding of concepts and of the marketing mix with web site development. cepts, sampling designs and procedures, data improve communications skills. A mixture of Students will analyze general marketing, market analysis and presentation. It will also provide a theoretical approaches, experimental literature, research and consumer behavior theories relat- brief overview of the roles of global information case studies and action methods will be used to ing to web site design and development. Topics systems and the Internet in marketing research. illustrate the following topics: motivational con- also include e-mail, online shopping, computer Prerequisites: WRIT 102; BUS 210; BUS 224 cepts related to work; the structure of a busi- software and promotional techniques. [Offered: F] (3). ness organization, including leadership, man- Prerequisites: WRIT 102; BUS 102 or exemp- agement and control; group dynamics such as tion; BUS 210 (3). 347. Corporation Finance communication systems, decision-making and This course continues the study of the corporate conflict resolution; and growth concepts such 337. Securities Analysis finance function within the context of the theory as training and development. Prerequisite: Course is designed to integrate theories of of the firm introduced in BUS 309. Topics WRIT 102; BUS 200 or Psych 101 accounting, economics, and finance using both include capital budgeting, cost of capital, divi- [Offered: S] (3). a quantitative and qualitative approach to secu- dend policy, and financial leverage. The student rities analysis. Students will learn how to apply will be introduced to corporate restructuring, 317. Personnel Psychology current techniques used by financial managers mergers and acquisitions. Prerequisites: BUS (Same as PSYCH 317) in valuing securities. Course content will include 309; BUS 224 [Offered: F, S] (3). This course surveys psychology as applied to analysis of business and economic conditions, the personnel functions of a corporation. industry analysis, and company analysis 351. International Business Among the major topics covered are personnel through the use of financial statements. (Same as ECO 351) and class exercises designed to demonstrate Prerequisite: ACCT 217; ECO 210; BUS 347 (3). This course is an analysis of the principles and concepts and develop students’ recruitment; practices of foreign trade; the mechanism of selection and training, including job analysis; 342. Risk Management international payments; and the scope and sig- personnel interviewing and counseling, includ- In this course, students learn how to examine nificance of international investment. Recent ing psychological assessment; performance and evaluate an organization to determine its policy tendencies and the position of the United appraisal; the supervisory process; morale, and viability to do business. This involves analysis States in the world economy will be discussed.

job satisfaction. The course format will be a mix- of all aspects of an organization, financial struc- Prerequisite: WRIT 102; ECO 210; BUS 200, or t n

ture of lecture/discussion communication skills. ture, human resource practices, and physical permission of instructor [Offered: F] (3). e m

Research and current issues in the field, such as environment. Topics covered will include funda- e g

employee assistance programs (EAP), women mental concepts of insurance, the process of 352. International Marketing a n

managers and affirmative action programs, will risk management, measuring loss exposure, Course will examine approaches to marketing a

also be discussed. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; actuarial analysis, discounted cash flow and as it applies to various regions of the world. M s

BUS 200 [Offered: F] (3). related subjects. Prerequisite: BUS 224 (3). Consideration will be given to changes in the US s e n

position in the international marketplace includ- i s

321. Business and Society 343. Direct Marketing ing the impact of foreign government regula- u This course will examine how business interacts This course will be a classic introduction to tions and cultural differences on the marketing B with the government, customers, suppliers, Direct Marketing. The course is suitable for plan, including product, promotion, distribution shareholders, media and employees, and how business students interested in this growing and price. Prerequisite: BUS/ECO 351 or per- business is influenced by worldwide and future segment of the marketing arena, and executives mission of Instructor [Offered: S] (3). international political, social and economic who wish to hear the basics of the discipline. developments. Business ethics, social respon- Topics to be covered include offers, mailing sibility, accelerating technological and scientific lists/media, creative, and response analysis. We forces, and current events are also examined. will also study several direct marketers selected Prerequisite: WRIT 102; BUS 200 by the instructor and students. Guest speakers [Offered: F] (3). will be invited. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; BUS 210 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 371 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 38

Academic Departments Business Management

BUSINESS MANAGEMENT COURSES (BUS) INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY COURSES (IT)

357. International Finance 118. Fundamentals of Programming 330. Business Management and The rapid expansion of international trade and This course teaches programming concepts and Information Technology foreign direct investment has led to the global- techniques common to all languages. Topics In this course students will gain a conceptual ization of many business operations. This covered include input/output, looping, sub- understanding of IT resources and the ability to course presents the concepts and tools most scripted variables, graphics, file creation and file understand and model business activities and frequently used to deal with the new risks and utilization. This course is a prerequisite to all processes utilizing IT. Through case studies and opportunities resulting from globalization. other IT language courses. Prerequisites: CS research, students will use problem-solving Topics include foreign exchange risk, political 099; MATH 007; if required, and BUS 102 or skills to design Information Technology Systems risk, global capital budgeting and financing, exemption. [Offered: F] (3). applicable to today’s business world. Students reporting evaluation and control of global oper- will learn various applications software, includ- ations. Prerequisite: BUS 347 or permission of 201. Introduction to Computer ing DBMS tools, spreadsheets and project man- Instructor. [Offered: S] (3). Information Management agement tools, such as Microsoft Project and This course covers computers and information the browser. Prerequisite: ACCT 215 and 217 378. Consumer Behavior systems from the perspective of the user of Co-requisite: BUS 309 [Offered: F, S] (3). This course focuses on the ultimate target of all hardware and software. Its primary focus is to advertising: the consumer. It surveys the theo- introduce computers as a powerful problem 297/497. Research retical concepts of consumer behavior and their solving business tool. Topics include the com- application to marketing strategies and advertis- puter based information system, computer 298/398/498. Directed Study ing development. Topics include consumers as hardware and software, data communications decision-makers and cultural influences on con- and connectivity, systems analysis and design. 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship sumer behavior such as, ethnicity, race, religion [Offered: F, S] (3). and age. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; BUS 210 [Offered: S] (3). 318. Programming Languages for the Internet 403. Strategic Management This course prepares students to design and This advanced course is taken during the stu- develop Web pages in the age of e commerce, dent’s senior year. The student applies the con- utilizing various Web authorizing tools. Topics cepts of management, accounting, marketing, covered include a systematic study of Hyper economics and finance to real case situations. Text Markup Language (HTML), and an intro- Student teams will make classroom presenta- duction to basic concepts of Common Gateway tions. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ACCT 217; BUS Interface (CGI), and Java script. Web authoriz- 200; BUS 210 and ECO 210 [Offered: S] (3). ing tools such as FrontPage and PhotoShop will be explored. Prerequisite: IT 118 or exemption (3).

381 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 39

Academic Departments

Chemistry

Chemistry is in the Department of Natural Sciences and Mathematics. There is currently no major, but chemistry cours- es are part of the departmental programs in Biology and the College’s area requirements in the Natural Sciences. Biology majors take up to five semesters of chemistry, a large part of their major requirements. See BIOLOGY for more information.

Division: Sciences Division Chairperson: Ann D. Jablon, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Secretary: Rekha Swami [email protected] Division Office: Main 7th Floor Phone :212-774-0721

Department Faculty: Steven Wat Benedetta A. Sampoli Benitez Assistant Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Chemistry Director, Natural Sciences and B.S., University of Florence Mathematics Programs M.S., University of Florence B.A., University of Hawaii Ph.D., University of California, San Diego M.S., Courant Institute at New York University Main 614 Main 603 212-517-0653 212-517-0652 [email protected] [email protected]

CHEMISTRY COURSES (CHEM)

105. Chemistry and Society This course covers a broad perspective on the 234. General Chemistry I: Laboratory 247. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis knowledge and insights that chemistry provides This course will introduce the experimental pro- Course introduces the student to practical appli- about our environment. Topics include intro- cedures used in analytical, physical and syn- cation of the principles of gravimetric, volumet- ductory chemistry, life processes, synthetics, thetic chemistry. Each student will work individ- ric, electrometric and spectrophotometric tech- drugs, and fuels. This course may not be cred- ually under the supervision of the instructor. niques to quantitative chemical analysis. One- ited toward the major requirements for Biology. This course should be taken concurrently with and-one-half hour class; five-hour lab. Fee: Three-hour class. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 (3). General Chemistry I. Three-hour lab. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: CHEM 235/236 (4). $45.00. Prerequisite: MATH 139 Co-requisite: 233. General Chemistry I CHEM 233 (1.5). 251. Introduction to Research This is the first semester of a two-semester (Same as BIOL 251) cycle of General Chemistry. Principles of the 235. General Chemistry II The student will learn fundamental techniques interaction of matter, as derived from modern This course is a continuation of General and procedures of research in biology and

atomic theory, are systematically developed and Chemistry I. Topics will include chemical kinet- chemistry. The course is intended to prepare y r applied to chemical properties, reactions, stoi- ics, electrochemistry and nuclear chemistry. students for more independent research in t s chiometry, thermodynamics, and equilibria. Some inorganic chemistry will also be covered. future semesters and to allow students to test i Recitations will focus on problem-solving skills Three-hour lecture; one-and-one-half hour- out the research experience while making a m e

and will include computer-assisted instruction. recitation. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: CHEM clear and limited time commitment. Eight-hour h Three-hour lecture; one-and-one-half-hour 233/234, MATH 210 (which may be taken con- lab. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: CHEM C recitation. Prerequisites: MATH 139/140 or currently) Co-requisite: CHEM 236 (3.5). 317/318 or BIOL 320 and permission of the MATH 141 (which may be taken concurrently), instructor (3). and GS 105/106 or permission of Instructor. 236. General Chemistry II: Laboratory Co-requisite: CHEM 234 (3.5). This lab should be taken concurrently with General Chemistry II. Quantitative analytical techniques will be presented. Each student will work individually under the supervision of the instructor. Three-hour lab. Fee: $45.00. Co- requisite: CHEM 235 (1.5).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 39 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 40

Academic Departments Chemistry

CHEMISTRY COURSES (CHEM) 317. Organic Chemistry I 320. Organic Chemistry II: Laboratory 412. Physical Chemistry II This course explores the chemistry of carbon This course should be taken concurrently with This is a continuation of CHEM 411. Three- compounds with emphasis on reaction mecha- Organic Chemistry II. Organic synthesis will be hour class; four-hour lab. Fee: $45.00. nisms, functional group analysis and synthesis. the focus of this lab, culminating with a multi- Prerequisites: WRIT 102, CHEM 411 (4). Stereochemistry will also be covered in detail. step synthesis of a well-known organic com- Recitation will focus on problem-solving skills. pound. Each student will work individually 441. Biochemistry (Same as BIOL 441) Three-hour lecture; one-and-one-half hour- under the supervision of the instructor. Three- Course examines the chemistry and functions of recitation. Prerequisites: CHEM 235/236 Co- hour lab. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: CHEM tissues and cells and of carbohydrates, lipids, requisite: CHEM 318 (3.5). 317/318, MATH 210 Co-requisite: proteins, and nucleic acids. Four-hour class. CHEM 319 (1.5). Prerequisites: WRIT 102, BIOL 222, CHEM 318. Organic Chemistry I: Laboratory 319/320 (which may be taken This course will introduce the experimental pro- 340. Introduction to Organic and concurrently) (4). cedures used in organic chemistry. Isolations Biochemistry (Same as BIOL 340) and purifications techniques will be presented In this course, the major organic functional 495. Special Topics in Chemistry and organic synthesis will be introduced. Each groups will be presented together with the basic This course will explore a different topic in student will work individually under the supervi- concepts of organic reaction mechanisms. chemistry each time that it is offered. Among sion of the instructor. This course should be Stereochemistry will also be considered. the topics that may be in focus will be: stereo- taken concurrently with Organic Chemistry I. Emphasis will be placed on the biological rele- chemistry, polymer chemistry, modern synthetic Three-hour lab. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: vance of organic reactions. In the second part reactions and physical organic chemistry. Can CHEM 235/236, MATH 210 Co-requisite: of the course, the basic concepts of structural be repeated for up to 9 credits provided that CHEM 317 (1.5). and metabolic biochemistry will be presented. each time it is taken, it is taken as a different Four-hour lecture. Prerequisites: CHEM announced topic. Prerequisites: CHEM 319. Organic Chemistry II 235/236 (4). 319/320 or permission of instructor (3). This course is a continuation of Organic Chemistry I. A thorough analysis of the most 411. Physical Chemistry I 297/497. Research important functional groups will be presented, Course studies chemical thermodynamics and as well as a retro-synthetic approach of organic equilibrium. Topics covered include: kinetics, 298/398/498. Directed Study synthesis. Important biochemical compounds electro-chemistry, physiochemical properties of like carbohydrates and lipids, will also be intro- solids, liquids, gases, and surfaces, atomic and 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship duced. Three-hour lecture; one-and-one-half- molecular orbital theory. Laboratory work illus- hour recitation. Prerequisites: CHEM 317/318 trates these principles. Three-hour class, four- Co-requisite: CHEM 320 (3.5). hour lab. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: CHEM 235/236, MATH 211, MATH 212 (which may be taken concurrently) (4).

40 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 41

Academic Departments Communication Arts

Communication Arts students explore the wide array of subjects broad range of fields relating to media, organizational communi- s t r

associated with the study of communication, including: cation, public relations, advertising, broadcasting and communi- A

Multimedia, video and media studies; media writing; interper- cation technology. Faculty members assist students in locating n o i t

sonal skills; public speaking; promotional and organizational internships that designing activities that will assure each student a c communications. Each student completes a core of nine cours- makes the most of their time at the internship site. Guest lec- i n es and then proceeds to select a minimum of four additional tures, field trips, screenings, and other special programs com- u m

courses (including one production course) to complete plement the coursework. m o

the major. C Students should note that production classes require outside lab Set in New York City with its diversity of communication indus- time and should plan their schedules accordingly. tries, the department offers professional intern experiences in a

Division: Humanities Division Chairperson: David S Linton, Ph.D. Division Assistants: Eleanor Bazzini Ryan Cunningham [email protected] [email protected] Division Office: Main 517 Nugent 560 Phone: 212-517-0641 212-774-0834

Department Faculty: Kathleen LeBesco Anastacia Kurylo Morgan Schwartz Associate Professor of Communication Arts Instructor in Communication Arts Assistant Professor of Communication Arts Chair, Communication Arts Department B.A., Stony Brook University B.S.E., Princeton University B.A., The State University of M.A., New York University M.F.A, Tufts University New York at Albany Nugent 560 Nugent 560 M.A., The State University of 212-517-0864 212-517-0865 New York at Albany [email protected] [email protected] Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, Amherst Nugent 560 David S. Linton Laura Tropp 212- 774-4861 Professor of Communication Arts Assistant Professor of Communication Arts [email protected] Chair, Division of Humanities B.A., Hunter College of the City University of President, MMC/AAUP Chapter New York Terri L. Dewhirst B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania M.A., New York University Assistant Professor of Communication Arts M.Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania Ph.D., New York University B.A., Brown University Ph.D., New York University Nugent 560 M.A., New York University Main 517 212-774-4868 M.F.A., Bard College 212-517-0642 [email protected] Nugent 560 [email protected] 212-774-4866 [email protected] Alister Sanderson Professor of Communication Arts Janice Kelly Director, The Theresa Lang Center for Assistant Professor of Communication Arts Producing B.A., Columbia University B.A., Oxford University Ed.M., Columbia University M.A., New York University Nugent 560 Ph.D. New York University 212-774-4862 Nugent 560 jkelly@mmm;edu 212-774-4863 [email protected]

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 41 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 42

Academic Departments Communication Arts

MAJOR: B.A. IN COMMUNICATION ARTS (0601) 39-41 Credits

COMM 102 Communications Today 3 COMM 308 Special Topics in Communication 3 COMM 104 Interpersonal Communication 3 COMM 317 History and Development of COMM 107 Principles & Theories of Communication 3 Communication Theory 3 COMM 131 Introduction to Film and Video 3 COMM 400 Communication and the Future 3 COMM 250 Organizational Communication 3 COMM Electives (see note) 12-14 COMM 290 Media 3

Note: The Communication Arts department requires its majors to take at least an additional 12 credits in electives from the following list of courses. Two of these electives must be from one of the following groups and any one elective must be a production course (designated below by*).

CRITICAL MEDIA STUDIES

COMM 227 Film History I 3 COMM 348 Introduction to Telecommunications 3 COMM 308 Special Topics (ST) in Communication 1-3 COMM 391 Gender, Sexuality and Media 3 (in addition to ST taken as a requirement) COMM 395 Media, Law and Ethics 3 COMM 328 Special Topics in Film and Literature 3 COMM 475 The Avant-Garde in Art, Film & Theatre 3 COMM 343 Media Criticism 3 COMM 480 Advanced Seminar in Communication Arts 3

PROMOTIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATIONS

COMM 214 Administrative Writing 3 COMM 323 Media Writing Workshop 3 COMM 220 Intro to Journalism 3 COMM 339 Communications Management 3 COMM 232 Advertising I 3 COMM 342 The Business of Media Arts 3 COMM 258 Small Group Communication 3 COMM 358 Theories of Organizational Communication 3 COMM 293 Public Relation 3 COMM 375 Advanced Workshop in Promotional COMM 310 Advanced Public Speaking & Debate 3 Communications 3 COMM 322 Writing for Television 3

VIDEO, FILM, SOUND DESIGN COMM 227 Film History I 3 COMM 332 Producing for Television 3 *COMM 233 Beginning Video Workshop I 4 COMM 342 The Business of Media Arts 3 *COMM 240 Introduction to Animation 3 COMM 353 Screenplay Writing 3 COMM 300 Special Topics in Media Production 1-4 COMM 355 Electronic Newswriting 3 *COMM 302 Digital Sound Design 3 *COMM 359 Intermediate Video 3 COMM 322 Writing for Television 3 *COMM 429 Advanced Video 3 COMM 323 Workshop in Media Writing 3

DIGITAL MEDIA

*COMM 225 Multimedia I 3 COMM 342 The Business of Media Arts 3 *COMM 240 Introduction to Animation 3 COMM 347 Digital Broadcasting 3 *COMM 249 Computer Animation 3 COMM 348 Intro to Telecommunications 3 *COMM 302 Digital Sound Design 3 COMM 355 Electronic Newswriting 3 *COMM 325 Multimedia II 3 *COMM 424 Multimedia II: Philosophy, Design COMM 326 Producing for Digital Media 3 & Production 3 *COMM 340 Advanced Animation 3 *COMM 481 Advanced Web Production 3

42 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 43

Academic Departments

Communication Arts

Furthermore, the department encourages students to consider mended for consideration by Communication Arts majors: s t r

taking Internships and Independent Studies, although these Industrial and Organizational Psychology (certificate); Computer A

courses do not satisfy the minimum requirements of the major. Information Management; Business Management; Education; n o i Humanities; Social Science; Political Science; International t a c To develop expertise in an area that will broaden their options for Studies; French; Spanish; Studio Art; Theatre; Art Design; i n

career advancement and graduate study, students may select a Philosophy; Writing. u minor concentration. The following minors are particularly recom- m m o C MINOR

MEDIA STUDIES 15 Credits

COMM 131 Introduction to Film and Video 3 One of the following: COMM 290 Media COMM 300 Special Topics in Media Production 3 3 COMM 308 Special Topics in Communication 3 One of the following: COMM 317 History and Development of COMM 227 Film History I 3 Communication Theory 3 COMM 323 Media Writing Workshop 3 COMM 348 Introduction to Telecommunication 3 COMM 231 Beginning Film Production I 3 COMM 400 Communication and the Future 3 COMM 233 Beginning Video Workshop I 3 COMM 480 Advanced Seminar in Communication Arts 3

Note: Communication Arts majors may not take the Media Studies minor.

COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS Pace University Master’s Degree in Publishing Program MMC majors in English, Communication Arts and Business Management are eligible to apply to participate in the MMC/Pace University Master’s in Publishing Program. Qualified MMC undergraduates (juniors and seniors) may be permitted to earn graduate credits that fulfill requirements of their undergraduate programs, while still in residence at MMC. If admitted to the Pace University M.S. Program, these credits will also be applied to the student’s graduate degree. For information, please contact Dr. Martha Sledge, English Department, Division of Humanities.

COMMUNICATION ARTS COURSES (COMM)

102. Communications Today 104. Interpersonal Communications 107. Principles and Theories of This course is an exploration of the world of Course examines the theory and practice of Communication communications. Students examine aspects of effective interpersonal communication. In-class Interpersonal, non-verbal, small group, organi- the Self as communicator within interpersonal, exercises afford an opportunity to analyze zational and intercultural communication, as intrapersonal, verbal and non-verbal contexts dimensions of the self as communicator. The well as persuasion, rhetoric, and media effects and look at the role of mass media in our socie- acquisition of personal communication skills is are the major discussion areas designed to ty. Classroom activities and exercises strength- encouraged through reading, discussion, field heighten students’ awareness of the meanings en students’ communication skills in a variety of exercises, and interaction within and outside the and motivations of spontaneous interactions. settings. The course also highlights field trips to classroom. Key areas of interest are communi- Classroom activities and exercises are used not communications facilities in the metropolitan cation motivations, listening skills, self-disclo- only to amplify the theoretical material but also area and presentations by professionals from sure, interpersonal communication and the uses to improve students’ communication in a variety the communications industry Co-requisite: CS and abuses of language. Oral communication of social situations. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). 099, if required (3). contexts include family, workplace, small group and dyad. Co-requisite: CS 099, if required (3). 129. Computer Graphics I (Same as ART 129; see Art Department for course description).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 431 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 44

Academic Departments Communication Arts

COMMUNICATION ARTS COURSES (COMM)

131. Introduction to Film and Video 227. Film History I 258. Small Group Communication This course is designed to lead the student to This course surveys the history of narrative film Course is designed to acquaint students with gain a basic understanding of the structure and in the United States and Europe from 1890 to the theory and practice of small group interac- form in these two media. Students will learn the 1930. Topics include: the development of cine- tion through readings, lectures, class discus- vocabulary and technical form of film and video matic technology, the evolution of film form and sions and group projects. Topic areas will through visual examples, discussions, lectures, style, the social impact of the work of Griffith include: the nature of the small group process, projects, and the viewing and analysis of select- and Eisenstein, the German Expressionist film- context of small group communication, problem ed works both in and out of class. NOT a pro- makers, Chaplin and Keaton, the organization of solving and conflict resolution, case studies in duction class. Lab fee: $25.00. Prerequisite: the studio system, the invention of the star, and small group research, non-verbal communica- WRIT 101 (3). the advent of sound film. Films will be screened tion, and dyadic relationships within a small in class. Fee: $55.00. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; group setting. Prerequisite: WRIT 101; COMM 220. Introduction to Journalism COMM 131 (3). 107 or 104 (3). The basics of journalistic writing for newspa- pers, magazines, radio and television are cov- 232. Advertising I 290. Media ered. Students are encouraged to apply their (Same as BUS 232; see Business This course provides an overview of the history skills to the production of college publications. Management Department for course and development of the mass media (print, Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). description). radio, film, and television) and the structure of the mass media industries today. Students ana- 225. Multimedia I 233. Beginning Video Workshop I lyze issues of access to the media, control of the An Introduction to Philosophy, Design This course is a practical introduction to video media, regulation and criticism of the media. and Production production and post-production. Presenting The “media environment” is examined in terms From the words, fonts, pictures, colors, and lay- video technology as a means of making choices of its impact upon the individual and society. out of an automobile ad to a textbook where a and organizing materials, and with students Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). screen has replaced pages, from a cutting edge working in teams, this workshop emphasizes interactive game to an encyclopedia accessed the development of producer skills as much as 293. Public Relations in sound and motion through a CD-ROM, from a those of camera person, director and editor. (Same as BUS 293; see Business motion picture placing real actors in a world of The aim is to enlarge students’ capacities for Management Department for course cartoon animation to surfing the World Wide joint development of creative ideas, for explain- description). Web and the creation of virtual realities, the dig- ing intentions clearly, and for effectively carrying ital revolution has arrived. The first semester of out decisions. Students produce three short 300. Special Topics in Media Production this two-semester sequential course will intro- projects. No previous production experience is Topics may vary from semester to semester, but duce the student to the growing variety of mul- necessary. ADDITIONAL LAB TIME IS the course will focus on a single topic in pro- timedia materials, programs, techniques, and REQUIRED. Limited enrollment. Fee: $60.00. duction. Examples may include Directing; applications as they affect virtually every aspect Non-audit. Prerequisite: COMM 131 or permis- Electronic Editing; Audio or Television Studio of our culture. The reasons for their growth and sion of the Department (4). Production. Additional lab time is required. the implications of their message will be the Students may repeat enrollment for credit, but backbone of a course that explores “how it 250. Introduction to Organizational may not repeat topics. Lab fee may be required. works” and “what it means.” Students will be Communication Prerequisites: COMM 131 and one course in given an introduction to the multimedia capaci- This course provides an examination of the prin- media production (1-4). ties of the computer, and will be exposed, ciples and theory of effective communication through hands-on application, to a wide range within the organizational and business struc- 302. Digital Sound Design of programs from page design, to desktop tures of our society. Topics include: the influ- (Same as DANC 302; see Dance Department video, to interactive projects by working with ence of organizational structure on communica- for course description). such programs as Pagemaker™, Quark™, tion behavior, the nature of the process as Photoshop™, and Premiere™. Finally, students demonstrated in case studies and research, the will be given the tools to effectively review, ana- nature of organizational contexts, and special lyze, and critique various uses, abuses, and skills required of the individual in the organiza- potentials of technology. Lab included. tional/corporate framework. Students will be Prerequisite: COMM 131 (3). required to develop and apply analytic skills in relation to case studies and observations of actual communication contexts and problems. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; COMM 107 (3).

441 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 45

Academic Departments

Communication Arts

COMMUNICATION ARTS COURSES (COMM) s t r 308. Special Topics in Communication 325. Multimedia II 336: Philosophy and Film A n o

Course may vary from semester to semester, In this second semester of the multimedia This course studies the philosophical analysis i t

but will focus on a single topic of current or his- course sequence, students will develop, design, and interpretation of film. Students are given a c torical interest in the field of communication. and produce their own advanced interactive some background of film as a medium, and then i n

Examples: Political Communication; Black projects. Building on the foundation of skills learn to discern the philosophical elements of u Voices Adapting to Film; The Politics of Popular developed in the first semester, students will various films, and to analyze philosophically and m m

Culture; Contemporary Black Cinema; learn to create interactive materials through interpret films on their own. Prerequisites: o Hitchcock; The Cinema of Stanley Kubrick; such programs as Superstudio™ and WRIT 102; COMM 131; one previous Philosophy C Scorsese; Animation: The Aesthetics and Director™. The philosophy of interactive utility course (3). Principles of Storytelling. Students may repeat in education, social services, entertainment, enrollment for credit, but may not repeat topics. business, and on the Internet will be further 339. Communications Management Prerequisites: WRIT 101; COMM 107 or per- explored and inform the student’s production. This course combines lecture, discussion and mission of the Department. [Offered every Additional lab time is required. Prerequisite: presentation. Its subject is communication as it semester] (1-3). COMM 225 (3). applies to managers in organizations in the media. This course will help you to analyze 310. Advanced Public Speaking and Debate 326. Producing for Digital Media audiences, develop arguments, and test your Being able to prepare and deliver a coherent, The goal of this course is to introduce students ability to persuade in writing and speaking with well-organized, articulate oral presentation or to the business processes involved in develop- real issues affecting companies today. Course participate in the give and take of debate are ing a digital media project; the creative decision- work will involve both persuasive and expres- highly desirable skills for success in business, making that must precede production of a digi- sive writing, individual and group presentations, professional and civic life. This course gives tal media project; and the skills needed to work class discussions and voluntary exercises advanced training in these skills through exten- with a client of a potential digital media project. designed to sharpen individual performance. sive class exercises and analysis of live and Students will learn the basic language and pro- Prerequisites: WRIT 102; COMM 342 or 358 (3). taped presentations. Prerequisite: cedures of project management; how to create COR 200 (3). design documents and technical specifications 343. Media Criticism for digital media projects; and how to budget This course will acquaint students with the 317. History and Development of and plan for digital media projects. Prerequisite: major humanities-based approaches to analysis Communication Theory COMM 225 (3). of media texts. Through reading, writing, watch- Examination of the history of communication ing, listening, and class discussion, students will theory from the Greco-Roman period to con- 328. Special Topics in Film and Literature learn how to apply and challenge media criti- temporary times will be the subject of this (Same as ENG 328) This interdisciplinary course cism theories. Class readings will reflect the course. Topics for consideration will include the will examine interrelationships in film and litera- work of scholars in the fields of mass culture theories of Socrates and Plato, the communica- ture. The organizing focus may vary from theory, semiotics, ideological criticism, psycho- tion environment of the Middle Ages and semester to semester, and will emphasize the analytic criticism, gender criticism, and critical responses to the invention of the printing press, relationships in terms of genre, historic period, race theory. Examples will be drawn primarily and information sources, communication mod- theme, or narrative development. Examples: from television and film, although popular litera- els, and methods of communication analysis in The Crime Film and Novel in America; the ture and music may be used. The goal of this the electronic age. 1950s; the New Wave and its Philosophical course is to help students understand how Prerequisites: WRIT 102; COMM 107 (3). Context; Biography; Continuity and the media texts tell us stories about ourselves; to Discontinuous Narrative. Prerequisites: WRIT recognize in whose interests those stories are 322. Writing for Television 102; COMM 131, and ENG 200 or 268 or a liter- told and to what audience; how stories are read Television offers an immense amount of pro- ature course that teaches narrative, or permis- or interpreted; and the way in which these texts gramming in a variety of formats. Students are sion of both departments (3). relate to society. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; introduced to the requirements of various televi- COMM 290 (3). sion genres: the made for TV movie, TV drama, 332. Producing for Television sit-coms and serial drama are possible topics. What does it take to get a TV show on the air? 347. Digital Broadcasting Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). All of the complex aspects of the role of televi- This course is an introduction to using the sion producers are explored in this course: Internet as a broadcast medium. Students will budgeting, scheduling, product development, work in teams to produce Web sites, radio casting, etc. Professional producers share case shows, video broadcasts and other live events studies with the class, and students develop for specific audiences. Students will engage in their own model program proposals. the development and production processes, Prerequisite: COMM 131 (3) and review the communications technology processes behind digital broadcasting. Prerequisite: COMM 225 or 233 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 451 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 46

Academic Departments Communication Arts

COMMUNICATION ARTS COURSES (COMM) 353. Screenplay Writing 391. Gender, Sexuality and Media 429. Advanced Video This course covers the basics of screenplay Media play a pivotal role in the construction of This course gives students a grasp of the four writing with primary focus on the elements of gender and sexuality. Communication positions main ways of making documentaries. Through the feature film: treatment writing, character us as gendered individuals and sexual subjects, in-class exercises, screenings and discussion, development, plot structure, cinematic elements and it is through communication that our identi- and projects undertaken out of class, it encour- and back story. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ties are structured and maintained. Students ages you to engage the aesthetics of COMM 131 (3). will develop critical abilities in reading and Intermediate Video with social and political responding to theoretical materials about gen- issues. Your choice of what you wish to film and 357. Contemporary World Cinema der and sexuality; become familiar with current how you choose to represent it is the central The objective of this course is to explore the ideas and research about gendered communi- concern. After taking this course, the third in the nature of feature film production in various cation experiences; recognize the relationship video producing sequence, you will not only nations of the world and how film production in among language, social interaction, and media have strong filming and editing skills but a firm other countries relates to the American film representations of gender and sexuality; com- ethical and creative position as a producer of industries. Emphasis will be place on “art film” prehend the variability of social, historical, and television and video. Prerequisite: production rather than the more familiar cultural contexts of notions of gender and sexu- COMM 359 (3). Hollywood product as this genre is often the ality; and examine the implications of communi- source of experimental films and new directors cating gender and sexuality on their personal 475. The Avant-Garde in Art, Film and that set the pace for mainstream movies. The practices. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Theatre course is designed to incorporate films being (Same as ART/THTR 475) shown at the annual New York Film Festival at 395. Media, Law & Ethics This course examines four major 20th century Lincoln Center in September/October as well as This course will explore significant constitution- avant-garde movements (and their own interre- at other New York venues. Course Fee deter- al and ethical issues involving media. Topics lated movements)-Cubism, Surrealism, mined by ticket prices. include: a history of media regulation, an intro- Modernism, and Post-Modernism-from the per- Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). duction to theories on ethics, important court spective of their achievements in theatre, art, decisions, the differences between legal and and film. In double-class lecture/discussions, 358. Theories of Organizational ethical issues surrounding print and electronic the class explores the political, ideological, and Communication media, and legal, ethical issues arising concern- aesthetic dimensions of the avant-garde from its This course presents an examination of the the- ing recent communications technology. Some earliest 19th century roots, through the major ories of corporate and organizational communi- specific addressed: television in the courtroom, World Wars, to our contemporary world. This cation. Classes will study patterns, techniques copyright and newer media, ethics in the news- interdisciplinary course is team-taught. and problems related to such topics as: corpo- room, and privacy and new technology. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 230, 231, or rate channels, non-verbal communication, per- Students will use mock trials and case studies ART 266 or 252, or COMM 131 (3). sonal and corporate negotiations, in-house vs. to assess the different questions surrounding external communication modes, small-group the law and media. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; 478. Internship in Communication Arts theory, and communication obstacles and COMM 290 (3). Students, along with their program advisors, will breakdowns. Method of presentation will arrange internships in settings outside the include text and case-study reading assign- 400. Communication and the Future College such as corporations, advertising and ments, lecture, discussion, and field observation This course examines the technological devel- public relations agencies, and film, radio and tel- assignments. Some class meetings may be opment of communication media. Emphasis evision studios. Practical experience can be scheduled off-campus. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; will be placed on the social, political, and eco- obtained in one of the areas of communication. COMM 107; COMM 250 or permission of the nomic forces that influenced and shaped the Prerequisite: Permission of the department. department (3). structure of communications industries. [Offered every semester] (1-6). Students will assess the impact of communica- 359. Intermediate Video tions technology on the individual and upon This course builds upon “Beginning Video” to society. Implications of global communication develop students’ understanding of creative networks will be analyzed. Topics include: elec- process and imaginative possibilities. In class tronic publishing, cable systems and services, exercises, screenings and discussions, and communications satellites, computer history three out-of-class projects encourage you to and development, the Internet and online serv- extend your basic video producing skills through ices, artificial intelligence and robotics, and the expressive power of experimental filmmak- fiberoptics and laser technologies. Open to ing, poetry, dance and drama and using non-lin- seniors only or by permission of the ear digital editing systems. The course also Department. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; COMM develops your approach to documentary 107; COMM 290; COMM 317 (3). through location shoots and interviews. Prerequisite: COMM 233 (3).

461 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 47

Academic Departments

Communication Arts

COMMUNICATION ARTS COURSES (COMM) s t 480. Advanced Seminar in 481. Advanced Web Production The following courses have been offered in the r A Communication Arts This course is designed for the advanced digital past and may be offered in the future in n o

The course provides the opportunity to cover in media student to fill in the blanks of Web devel- response to student need. i t

depth major topics in areas of communication— opment and producing. The course will cover a c media studies, promotional/professional, digital hand-coding HTML; working with MIME appli- 214. Administrative Writing i n

media—which are introduced in other courses. cations: Cascading Style Sheets; cgi; javascript, 240. Introduction to Animation u Each term a different topic will be chosen for server-side scripting and database applications; 323. Media Writing Workshop m m

consideration (previous examples include and Flash™ interface development. Students 340. Advanced Animation o International and Intercultural Communication; will also learn the vocabulary and processes that 342. The Business of Media Arts C Non-commercial Television; Persuasion, are involved in developing and producing digital 348. Introduction to Telecommunications Propaganda and Censorship; Argumentation media projects. Throughout the semester, stu- 355. Electronic Newswriting and Debate; and Shakespeare and Film). dents will work on developing, producing and 375. Advanced Workshop in Promotional Students may repeat enrollment for credit, but publishing their digital portfolios on the Web. Communications may not repeat topics. Lab fee may be required Prerequisite: COMM 325 (3). depending on topic. Prerequisite: Permission of the department (3). 297/497. Research

298/398/498. Directed Study

299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 471 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 48

Academic Departments

Dance

MMC’s Dance Department offers professional training in dance Additional Learning Opportunities technique, a rich liberal arts curriculum and the opportunity to enjoy New York City’s unparalleled cultural resources. The MMC Dance Company is the College’s repertory company. The Company has performed at the 92nd Street Y’s “Fridays at The Department offers two undergraduate degrees for men and Noon,” The Hostos Center for Performing Arts, Aaron Davis Hall, women: the Bachelor of Arts and the Bachelor of Fine Arts. and at public high schools in the New York City area. An audi- Acceptance into both programs requires a Dance Audition tion is held each fall for acceptance into the company. If accept- Application that includes an audition for the Dance Department. ed, the commitment is for one year with weekly rehearsals and a Auditions take place off campus in San Francisco and Chicago special four-week January session with daily classes in the late winter and on campus four times a year in the late win- and rehearsals. ter and spring for fall admittance. Internships and Independent Studies maintain a bridge from col- The B.A. in Dance is a 47-credit program designed for students lege to the professional dance world. The Dance Department’s who wish to pursue careers in dance as teachers, critics, stage relationships with several companies and arts organizations help managers, costume designers, lighting designers, sound design- place students in areas such as fundraising, marketing, compa- ers and videographers. B.A. students obtain a solid foundation ny/school management, production and teaching. Recent in dance technique to facilitate the five areas of concentration: internships have been held with the schools and companies of Teaching, Dance Studies, Theatre Dance, Design & Technical Paul Taylor, Merce Cunningham, Martha Graham and Jose Production for Dance, and Dance & Media. The flexibility of the Limon and organizations such as the Princess Grace program meets the needs of dance students, including dance Foundation, Dance Theater Workshop, The Joyce Theatre, Sony, professionals seeking a degree, interested in pursuing a minor or Lifestyle Media, The Village Voice, and The New York State possible double major in a related field. Council for the Arts.

The B.F.A. is a 61-credit professional program in dance designed A degree program for dance professionals with extensive per- for the student who plans to pursue a career in dance perform- forming experience is available through the Prior Learning ance and/or choreography. To best facilitate the interests and Assessment Program; interested students individually develop a needs of the student, the B.F.A. has a set curriculum that all can- program with a dance faculty advisor. didates must fulfill in four areas of concentration: Ballet, Modern, Choreography, and Jazz. The B.F.A. Dance program emphasizes By the spring semester of senior year, students can begin to the nurturing and further development of each student’s techni- explore options for working/auditioning/interviewing in the New cal skills and artistry and requires a minimum two-year residen- York City area for job placement in their area of specialty. Recent cy. Acceptance into the program is competitive; prospective graduates are members of professional dance companies, students must not only satisfy the academic requirements for Broadway shows and touring companies; other students acceptance into the College, but also give strong evidence of become teachers in both public schools and private settings, professional promise as demonstrated through auditions and operators of their own dance studios, producers of their own interviews. choreography, and successful costume designers and arts administrators. Upon graduation, many students pursue Each semester following the freshman year, the dance faculty graduate work. assess all B.F.A. students according to the following criteria: Evaluation of performance in workshops and productions Evaluation of class work and progress in technique Participation in juries (twice in the first year once a year following) Attendance Maintenance of a 3.0 average or better in academic and dance courses.

48 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 49

Academic Departments Dance

Division: Fine & Performing Arts Division Chairperson: Mary R. Fleischer, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Administrative Secretaries: Hally Gutman Jennifer Spenner [email protected] [email protected]

Operations Director for FAPA Division: Ross Chappell [email protected] Division Office: Theatre Office, Main Building Dance Office: Main 506 Phone: 212-774-0760 212-516-0610 e c n

Department Faculty: a D Katie Langan Elizabeth Higgins Denise Vale Associate Professor of Dance Assistant Professor of Dance Artist-in-Residence, Dance Chair, Dance Department B.F.A., Rutgers University Former Principal Dancer, Martha Graham Former member Zurich Ballet, Twyla Tharp and M.F.A., Florida State University Dance Company Chamber Ballet Main 508 Main 506 B.A., Marymount Manhattan College 212-517-0624 212-517-0614 Main 506 [email protected] [email protected] 212-517-0611 [email protected] MJ Thompson Andrew Warshaw Assistant Professor of Dance Assistant Professor of Music and Dance Anthony Ferro B. A., Ottawa University B.A., Wesleyan University Assistant Professor of Dance M.A., New York University M.F.A., New York University Former member of Twyla Tharp, Louis Falco Main 508 Nugent 554 and Dennis Wayne Dance Companies and 212-517-0615 212-774-4772 The Metropolitan Opera Ballet [email protected] [email protected] B.A., Marymount Manhattan College Main 508 212-517-0613 [email protected]

MAJOR: B.F.A. IN DANCE (1008) 61 Credits

All of the following courses 52 credits Ballet (by placement) 12 DANC 303 Anatomy I 3 Modern (by placement) 12 DANC 351 Dance Composition I 3 Jazz (by placement) 3 DANC 352 Dance Composition II 3 Tap (by placement) 1 DANC 354 Dance History I 3 DANC 100 Technical Crew for Dance 1 DANC 364 Dance History II 3 DANC 203 Rhythmic Training 2 DANC 495 Senior Seminar 3 DANC 291 Music for Dance 3

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 149 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 50

Academic Departments Dance

Students must also complete 9 credits in one of the following concentrations A. Ballet Concentration C. Choreography Concentration Ballet (by placement) 6 DANC 120 Stagecraft for Dance 2 Pointe (by placement)(1 credit each) 2 DANC 240 Improvisation I 1 Special Topic of Related Interest* 1 DANC 340 Improvisation II 1 DANC 294 Projects for Choreographers 1 B. Modern Concentration DANC 453 Dance Composition III 3 Modern (by placement) 6 Special Topic of Related Interest* 1 DANC 240 Improvisation I (1 credit each) 1 DANC 340 Improvisation II (1 credit each) 1 D. Jazz Concentration (with optional Musical Theatre Minor) Special Topic of Related Interest* 1 Jazz (by placement) 6 Tap (by placement) 2 Special Topic of Related Interest* 1

*Examples of Special Topics: Men’s Class, Partnering, African, Flamenco, and/or Contact Improvisation

MAJOR: B.A. IN DANCE (1008) 47 Credits

All of the following courses 29 credits total

Ballet (by placement) 6 DANC 120 Stagecraft for Dance 2 Modern (by placement) 6 DANC 354 Dance History I 3 Jazz (by placement) 3 DANC 364 Dance History II 3 DANC 100 Technical Crew for Dance 1 DANC 495 Senior Seminar 3 DANC 203 Rhythmic Training 2

Students must also complete 18 credits in one of the following concentrations A. Teaching* All of the following 3 credit courses DANC 351 Composition I 3 DANC 357 Techniques of Teaching Dance I 3 DANC 291 Music for Dance 3 DANC 457 Techniques of Teaching Dance II 3 DANC 303 Anatomy I 3 DANC Elective in Modern or Ballet 3

*The student wishing to pursue the Teaching concentration must show proficiency in one of the dance techniques on a 220 level or above at the point of admission to this concentration.

B. Dance Studies One of the following sequences 6 credits THTR 230 & 231 Theatre History I & II (3, 3) 6 ART 250 & 252 Survey of Western Art I & II (3, 3) 6

All of the following 3 credit courses 9 credits ARART 310 Philosophy of Art 3 DANC 351 Composition I 3 DANC 291 Music for Dance 3

One of the following 3 credit courses 3 credits

DANC 458 Criticism Writing Workshop 3 THTR 380 Dramatic Theory & Criticism 3 DANC 497 Research Project 3 THTR 475 Avant-Garde in Art, Film and Theatre 3

50 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 51

Academic Departments

Dance

C. Theatre Dance* (with optional Musical Theatre Minor) 18 credits All of the following Jazz 6 DANC 496 Choreography for the American Tap (1 credit each) 2 Musical Theatre 3 THTR 211 & 212 Acting I for B.A. majors 6 DANC 294 Projects or DANC 425 Production 1 (to be completed in Sophomore Year)

*The student wishing to pursue the B.A. Dance concentration must also audition for acceptance by the Theatre Department for Acting I and Musical Theatre courses before proceeding.

D. Design & Technical Production for Dance All of the following 3 credit courses 12 credits

ART 116 Color & Design 3 THTR 304a Lighting Design I 3 e

THTR 303a Costume Design I 3 THTR 312 Stage Management 3 c n a

Two of the following 3 credit courses 6 credits D DANC 301 Design for Dance (lighting) 3 THTR 200 Technical Production 3 DANC 230 Costume Construction for Dance 3 DANC 399 Independent Study 3 DANC 302 Digital Sound Design 3

E. Dance & Media

All of the following 3 credit courses 9 credits DANC 351 Composition I 3 DANC 291 Music for Dance 3 COMM 131 Intro to Film & Video 3

Three of the following 3 credit courses 9 credits

COMM 233 Beginning Video Workshop I 3 COMM 324 Interactive Media I 3 DANC 302 Digital Sound Design 3 COMM 308 Special Topic: Dance on Film 3 COMM 300 Special Topic: Advanced Video 3 THTR 475 The Avant-Garde in Art, Film and Theatre 3

DANCE COURSES (DANC) Special Notes: Students may not audit per- 100. Technical Crew for Dance 105. Introduction to Dance formance and production courses, or start full- This course consists of approximately 35 hours This course is intended to increase the under- year courses in the Spring Semester, without of production work on a show during the Dance standing and enjoyment of dance as a major art departmental approval. All technique courses Major’s first year in either the fall or spring form of the 20th century. The basic principles of require placement by audition for credit or audit. semester. Students will meet four times dance movement (warm-up, technique, dance A studio fee of $15.00 per credit is charged for throughout the semester in a classroom/theatre phrases, improvisation) will be explored in the performance and production classes to offset setting for basic stage etiquette, terminology, studio. Studio work will be supplemented with costs of maintaining facilities and equipment. safety instructions, wardrobe guidelines and to readings, films, lectures and discussions. Fee: For additional information about policies and set up a schedule for production work. Note: $45.00. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: All programs, students should consult the current Students who fail to complete crew hours and sessions] (3). Standard Operating Procedures for Dance attend meetings satisfactorily will be placed on Students, available in the Dance Department probationary status in the Dance program and Office. will not be allowed to register for Dance courses until their obligations are met. Required for all new students in Dance (1).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 511 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 52

Academic Departments

Dance

DANCE COURSES (DANC) 108. Tap I 189. Modern Dance I for Majors 230. Costume Construction for Dance This is a course for the beginning tap dancer Emphasizes development of basic modern Course explores the methods needed to design interested in learning the basics of tap dance dance concepts and technique including and construct costumes specifically for dance. technique and terminology (Brushes, shuffles, increase of student’s strength, control and Students will study the history of design and ball changes, flaps, crap rolls, time steps, etc.), rhythmic awareness. Course may be repeated construction as well as current practices. There carriage of the body, use of upper body and for up to 9 credits. Fee: $45.00 per term. will be an emphasis on research and collabora- arms, control of tap sounds, relationship of Prerequisite: Dance Majors only tive relationships between the costume design- sounds to increase foot and rhythmic control. [Offered: F, S] (3). er and the choreographer. Students will receive Traditional rhythm phrases will be taught as well hands-on experience working on costumes for as the world renowned Shim Sham Simee. This 203. Rhythmic Training actual dance performances to better under- course may be repeated for up to 4 credits. Fee: A workshop applying rhythmic concepts to the stand how these technical aspects are imple- $15.00 Prerequisite: For Dance Majors only (1). development of dance skills: beat, tempo, mented. Prerequisite: MATH 007, meter, accent, and phrase structure will be ana- if required (3). 120. Stagecraft for Dance lyzed and applied through movement, both (Same as THTR 120) improvised and choreographed. The dancers 240. Improvisation I This course offers students the hands-on skills will accompany movement utilizing both percus- The tools of improvisation are the tools of necessary for the installation of basic scenic ele- sion and voice. Prerequisite: Dance Majors motion. This course is an introduction to the ments and the planning, installation and running only. [Offered: F] (2). use of observation, sensitivity, reflex and per- of lighting for dance. The operation and instal- sonal Rorschach as a foundation for the impulse lation of a simple sound system will be 208. Tap II to move. Students work toward developing a addressed. An historical perspective of the This is a course for the intermediate tap dancer creative movement vocabulary. Students will technical aspects of theatre design will be interested in the continuation of acquiring tech- work honing a sense of intuition and spontane- emphasized. Students will participate in nical skills in tap dance. A continuation of the ity in an effort to answer in movement given assigned production responsibilities for the concepts learned in Tap I will be cultivated to a exercises and problems. This course may be dance performances. level that allows the student to feel proficient repeated for up to 3 credits. Fee: $15.00 per Prerequisite: Dance Majors or permission of the enough to have command and confidence in a term. Prerequisite: Dance Majors only (1). instructor [Offered: F] (2). musical theatre audition. The course material will focus on vocabulary, phrasing, execution, 243. Modern Dance II 145. Ballet Technique I form, style, and performance quality. This This course is a continuation of Modern Dance I This course focuses on placement and align- course may be repeated for up to 4 credits. Fee: technique studies. It aims at further defining ment necessary to execute the style, vocabulary $15.00. Prerequisite: For Dance Majors only; and perfecting basic modern dance technique. and discipline of classical ballet. Elementary DANC 108 or permission (1). Emphasis will be placed upon studio work with sequences are presented; coordination and introduction to choreographic sequences, per- musicality are emphasized. Fee: $45.00 per 220. Ballet Technique II (Advanced formance theory and practice. Fee: $45.00 per term. This course may be repeated for up to 12 Beginners) term. Course may be repeated for up to 12 credits. Prerequisite: Dance Majors by audition This course builds on the technical skills cov- credits. Prerequisite: Dance Majors - by audi- only [Offered: F, S] (3). ered in Ballet I. Alignment, strength, flexibility, tion for placement and/or proficiency shown in musicality, and development of line are empha- Modern I or by permission of the Instructor. 149. Jazz Technique I sized. Introduction of new steps in combina- [Offered: F, S] (3). This is a course for the elementary dance stu- tions increase the ballet vocabulary. Daily class dent interested in developing basic movement meetings are required to develop strength and 249. Jazz Technique II skills of jazz dance. The course material will stamina. This course may be repeated for up to This is a course for the intermediate dance stu- consist primarily of building a solid technical 12 credits. Fee:$45.00 per term. Prerequisite: dent interested in the continuation of acquiring base, learning isolations, rhythmical differences Dance Majors only - by audition for placement technical skills in jazz dance. The course mate- and dynamics. An introduction to the origins of and/or proficiency demonstrated in Ballet I (3). rial will continue with the basics of Jazz jazz as an American phenomenon and its Technique I, assuming the basics of jazz vocab- changing character throughout the years will ulary and idioms. Performance quality and also be covered. Course may be repeated for development will be a major component to the up to 9 credits. Fee: $45.00 course. This course may be repeated for up to Prerequisite: For Dance Majors only (3). 9 credits. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisite: For Dance Majors only; DANC 149 or permission (3).

255. Ballet Technique IIA (Intermediate)

521 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 53

Academic Departments

Dance

DANCE COURSES (DANC) This course builds on the principles of technique 294. Projects 317. Design for Directors & Choreographers acquired in Ballet Technique II (Advanced Individual choreographic projects are created (Same as THTR 317; see Theatre Beginners). Emphasis will be placed on perfect- and rehearsed by students and faculty for the Department for description). ing the student’s understanding of the technical Fall Production. The student choreographers and artistic aspects of ballet. Coursework is rig- and dancers rehearse weekly towards the per- 324. Careers in Arts Administration orous in the content of combinations. Strength formance of their dances. The faculty works cul- (Same as ART/THTR 324; see Theatre and stamina are built through exercises; techni- minate in a performance in the Theresa Lang Department for description.) cal and musical challenges are presented and Theatre. Fee: 15.00 per credit. This course may the aesthetic principles of the art form are be repeated for up to 4 terms. Prerequisite: 340. Improvisation II explored. Daily class meetings develop the dis- Dance majors only [Offered: F] (1). A continuation of the exploration of movement cipline and technical skills required of a pre-pro- possibilities discovered in DANC 240, fessional dancer. This course may be repeated 301. Design for Dance Improvisation I, this course will focus on for up to 12 credits. Fee: $45.00 per term. (Same as THTR 301) increasing the improvisational vocabulary as it e

Prerequisite: For Dance Majors only - by audi- This course explores the methods needed to applies to the individual and the focus of his/her c

tion for placement and/or proficiency demon- conceptualize the set and lighting design for a chosen area of choreography. Group studies n a strated in Ballet 220 (3). dance performance. There will be an emphasis will be explored with exercises that restrict or D on the collaborative relationship between the alter the parameters in which to move. Dancers 256. Beginning Pointe designer and choreographer. Students will work will begin to direct the group explorations both This course covers the fundamental technical in the theatre to observe how the technical within and out of the group. This course may be skills required to perform ballet on pointe. aspects enhance the choreographic concept. repeated for up to 3 credits. Fee: $15.00 per Emphasis will be placed on strengthening exer- Participation in assigned production responsibil- term. Prerequisite: DANC 240 (1). cises and the proper execution of rolling through ities for the dance performances is required. the shoe. Exercises at the barre will constitute Prerequisites: DANC 120, 351, and 352; or per- 341. Modern Dance Technique III the majority of class work with center exercises mission of the instructor (3). This is a concentrated study of intermediate remaining basic to reinforce theories from the technical skills and creative development nec- barre. This course may be repeated for up to 4 302. Digital Sound Design essary for performance work. Open to students credits. Fee: $15.00 per term. Prerequisite: (Same as COMM 302) with demonstrated facility in dance. This course Dance Majors This course will provide an introduction to digi- may be repeated for up to 12 credits. Fee: only (1). tal audio. The art of sound design has under- $45.00 per term. Prerequisite: Audition and/or gone rapid changes in the past few years. proficiency shown in Modern II or permission of 290. Management of the Arts However, the basic elements remain the same: instructor. [Offered: F, S] (3). (Same as ART/THTR 290; see Theatre the placement of audio material in an aesthetic, Department for course description.) temporal landscape. The techniques taught in 343. Ballet Technique III this course will give the student the capability to This is a concentrated study of upper level inter- 291. Music for Dance create a basic sound scor for radio, theatre, mediate ballet technique, principles, placement Emphasis on music history, relationship of dance, television or film. The course will culmi- and strength. Students at this level have already music to dance, listening skills, music sources nate in a ten-minute radio project. Along the attained a mastery of the execution of steps, the and choosing music for choreography projects. way, we will discuss the development of digital fundamental aspects of technique, placement Prerequisite: DANC 203 or permission of sound design, and some of its current issues. and alignment. Combinations are intricate in Instructor. [Offered F] (3). Prerequisite: for Dance majors: DANC 203 (3). terms of sequence, musicality and execution. The finer points of the technique will be empha- 293. Special Studies for 303. Anatomy I sized to highlight the quality of movement as a Intermediate Students This course covers a scientific study of basic platform for artistic expression. This course Includes MMC Dance Company, work with a human anatomy and kinesiology as it relates to may be repeated for up to 12 credits. Fee: faculty member on special projects, performing movement. Uses kinesiological analysis with $45.00 per term. Prerequisite: Dance Majors arts management, etc. Students are under particular reference to dance training. only - by audition for placement and/or profi- supervision of dance faculty or other dance pro- Prerequisite: Dance Majors ciency demonstrated in Ballet IIA (3). fessionals and must follow guidelines for only (3). Independent Study/Internships. Prerequisite: Audition or permission of the instructor (1-3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 531 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 54

Academic Departments

Dance

DANCE COURSES (DANC) 351. Dance Composition I 357. Techniques of Teaching Dance I 441. Modern Dance Technique IV Students will learn the skills of choreography by Creative Dance for Children This course is a continued study of modern creating short studies. Space, time, quality and The emphasis of this course is on teaching cre- dance theory and practice. Advanced skills are design will be analyzed and used as tools to cre- ative dance to children. Includes observations, developed in technique, vocabulary, alignment ate individual statements. Students will learn films, readings, and application of teaching and performance. Fee: $45.00 per term. This how to produce dance quickly, to look at their methods to children of various ages within spe- course may be taken up to 9 credits. work critically and to verbalize what they see. cific social environments. Prerequisites: DANC Prerequisite: DANC 341 or equivalent (3). The secondary emphasis of the course is to 140, 141, 203 (3). develop the student’s awareness of her/his cre- 445. Ballet Technique IV ative ability. Students will be encouraged to 358. Advanced Pointe This is a concentrated study of advanced ballet avoid cliche so as to allow for the emergence of For the advanced ballet dancer, this course cov- technique, principles, placement and strength their own sense of humor, drama, and style. The ers in detail the technique of dancing on pointe. stemming from proper alignment. Dynamics studies will be presented in the form of solos, The finer points of execution are honed with a and the intricacies of execution are emphasized duets, trios and large group dances. Students continued emphasis on proper placement and along with the increasing mastery of ballet will learn the value of being prepared for the development of strength. The execution of vocabulary. Combinations are intricate in terms rehearsals, how to conduct rehearsals and to longer sequences and classical variations aug- of sequence, musicality and execution. The work cooperatively in a group. Fee: $45.00. ment the technical aspect of the training. quality of movement for artistic expression is Prerequisite: Dance Majors only or permission Prerequisite: Ballet level must be 255 or above highlighted as the student is expected to use the of the instructor (3). and by permission of the ballet language as a means of communication. instructor (1). This course may be repeated for up to 12 cred- 352. Dance Composition II its. Fee: $45.00 per term. Prerequisite: Dance This is an advanced choreography course. 364. Dance History II Majors only - by audition for placement and/or Emphasis is on directing group dances, i.e., Dance History II, primarily although not neces- proficiency demonstrated in Ballet III (3). duets, trios, quartets, etc., using a variety of sarily for Dance majors, will delve into an in- music within a variety of dramatic styles. The depth study of the evolution of concert dance 451-452. Externship in Dance academic component requires that students (ballet, modern, jazz and tap) focusing in detail Course provides intensive experience in tech- read about choreographers and choreography on the work important contributors to the forms. nique, composition, and production as students to develop an historical background and under- Particular attention will be paid to the work of work with an artist in summer residence off standing of this art form. Students will be post-World War II choreographers. Current campus. Credits per term determined through encouraged to develop analytical skills to cri- issues in dance will also be addressed through advisement. Prerequisite: Permission of tique their work in a professional manner. discussion and research from a social, political instructor (1-6). Directorial techniques such as casting, rehears- and artistic perspective and the influences on al procedure, director/dancer relationships, and dance therein. 453. Dance Composition III: the choice of technical components such as Prerequisites: WRIT 102; DANC 354 (3). Choreographers’ Workshop costuming and lighting are explored. Fee: Course builds on material covered in $45.00. Prerequisite: DANC 351 (3). 369. Anatomy II Composition I and Composition II. It is Course is a continuation of Anatomy I, with designed for dance students with a commitment 354. Dance History I emphasis on the application of anatomical to choreography, who wish to continue their This is a course designed for both Dance and vocabulary and kinesiology to corrective exer- studies in composition. Students will create and non-dance majors, and includes a broad survey cise and dance training. Prerequisite: DANC refine their own choreographic language, con- of sacred dance forms from other cultures, while 303 [Offered: S] (3). duct their own rehearsals, and develop music gradually tracing the secularization of those ele- and costume choices with a priority toward ments into concert dance. Discussion of how 392. Management of the Arts II expanding and expressing an individual artistic various social dance forms contributed to con- (Same as ART/THTR 392; see Theatre voice and vision. Students will be encouraged cert dance will be included. The course will also Department for description). to develop analytical skills, and time manage- touch upon various important figures and devel- ment skills necessary for realizing their choreog- opments in ballet and a few of the significant 425. Dance Production raphy in performance in Dancers at Work, a stu- modern dance and tap pioneers. Prerequisite: Students will participate as choreographers, dent choreography showcase. Prerequisites: WRIT 102 [Offered: F, S] (3). dancers and technicians to produce the Spring DANC 351, 352. Course may be repeated once Production. All aspects of producing a program (for a total of 6 credits) for work on a new chore- will be addressed including publicity, costuming, ographic project (3). lighting, and scene design. This course may be repeated for up to 4 terms. Prerequisite: Dance Majors only (1).

541 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 55

Academic Departments

Dance

DANCE COURSES (DANC) 457. Techniques of Teaching Dance II 494. Special Studies for Advanced Students 496. Choreography for the American (Same as EDUC 457) Includes MMC Dance Company, work with a Musical Theatre Course offers a practical workshop in how to faculty member on special projects such as (Same as THTR 496) teach dance technique. Organization of lesson assistant choreographer on theatre projects, This course will explore the skills needed to plans, communication skills, and development of performing arts management, etc. Students are choreograph dances and stage numbers for material for ballet, modern, and jazz technique under supervision of dance faculty or other musical theatre. The course will be approached classes will be addressed. Prerequisite: Dance dance professionals and must follow guidelines from an historical perspective in order to trace Majors only; DANC 203, 291, 303, 357 (3). for Independent Study/Internships. This course the development of dance in the commercial may be repeated for up to 15 credits. theatre from vaudeville to present day produc- 458. Criticism Writing Workshop Prerequisite: Audition only (1-3). tions. Students will choreograph numbers from (Same as ART/THTR 458) a variety of shows so as to develop a range of Students will enrich their understanding of their 495. Senior Seminar styles. Topics to be covered are: how to devel- particular fields of interest (dance, theatre, film, Senior dance majors select a project that op characterization through movement, how to e

visual arts, performance art) and sharpen their strengthens and deepens their focused concen- clarify lyrics, how dance can advance the story c

skills of observation and analysis through writing tration and interest in dance. This project will be line, how to choreograph a dance break, how to n a a series of critical essays and reviews. The tra- designed and monitored throughout the semes- choreograph a production number, how to work D ditional and current functions of the critic will be ter by the instructor and presented at the end of with a director and with actors. This course will studied, and the work of contemporary critics the course. Students are also responsible for run concurrently with the Musical Theatre and reviewers will be analyzed and discussed. weekly readings, discussion of current issues course so that students may have the opportu- Prerequisites: WRIT 102 and ART 250/252, or that are facing the professional dance industry, nity to work directly with actors and singers. DANC 354/364, or THTR 230/231, or permission and work on the preparation of materials need- Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: DANC 351, 352 (3). of the department (3). ed for job placement. Prerequisite: Senior Dance majors, or by permission of instructor (3). 297/497. Research

298/398/498. Directed Study

299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 551 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 56

Academic Departments

Economics

The economics curriculum provides students with an introduc- one of the major disciplines contributing to the interdisciplinary tion to the basic principles of economics and an opportunity to major in international studies and is included in the business explore their application to contemporary issues. It provides a management core and the finance, international business and valuable supplement to the educational experience of students economics concentrations. in both the professional and liberal arts majors. Economics is

Divisions: Social Sciences Accounting and Business Management Division Chairs: Kenton Worcester, Ph. D. Eileen A. Tynan, Ph.D. [email protected] [email protected] Division Assistants: Michael Backus Carmen Jackman-Torres [email protected] [email protected] Division Offices: Nugent 456 Nugent 551 Phone: 212-774-4847 212-517-0631

Department Faculty: Faculty from across the College teach Economics courses. Radhika Balakrishnan Richard Garrett Eileen Tynan Professor of International Studies and Associate Professor of Economics Associate Professor of Business Management Economics B.A., Texas Christian University Chair, Division of Accounting and Business B.A. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Ph.D., New School University Management M.A. Rutgers, The State University of New Nugent 552 B.A., Marymount Manhattan College Jersey 212-517-0636 Ph.D. University of Colorado at Boulder Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University of New [email protected] Nugent 551A Jersey 212-517-0621 Nugent 456 [email protected] 212-774-4842 [email protected]

ECONOMICS MINOR: 15 Credits

IS/ECO 150 Economy, Society and the State 3 IS/ECO 210 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 IS/ECO 214 The Global Economy 3 Economics Electives (2 of the following at the 300+ level) 6 Credits

IS/ECO 306 Political Economy of Development and IS/ECO 334 Gender and Development 3 Underdevelopment 3 BUS/ECO 351 International Business 3 IS/ECO 317 International Economics 3 BUS/ECO 375 Money, Banking, and Financial Markets 3

INTERDISCIPLINARY POLITICAL ECONOMY MINOR: 18 Credits IS/ECO Core: 6 credits One of the following: IS/ECO 150 Economy, Society and the State OR IS/ECO 210 Macroeconomics 3 IS/ECO 214 Global Economy 3

Electives 12 credits Four of the following: ECO 305 Economics of Labor 3 IS/ECO 334 Gender and Development 3 IS/ECO 306 Political Economy of IS/ECO 350 Comparative Economics 3 Development/Underdevelopment 3 IS/ECO 317 International Economics 3

56 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 57

Academic Departments Economics

ECONOMICS COURSES (ECO) 150. Economy, Society and the State 227. Work in America 334. Gender and Development (Same as IS 150) This course examines the (Same as IS 227) This course will utilize the (Same as IS 334) This course has four main role of the market economy as a means of both interdisciplinary approach to current issues in objectives. The first is to provide an analysis of achieving economic development and satisfy- industrial relations. Issues examined in the the location of women in the process of devel- ing individual needs. Basic economic con- course will include corporate downsizing, labor opment and to understand the centrality of gen- cepts are introduced and used to analyze the market discrimination, employee participation der in each case. The second is to examine the- interactions of consumers, businesses and schemes, the role of unions in the workplace, oretical and conceptual frameworks for that governmental institutions. The course will also the changing nature of work and wage differen- analysis, including an understanding of the explore a set of related issues including pover- tials. Readings for the course will be drawn interaction of class, race, and ethnicity with gen- ty, the distribution of income, global inequality, from the field of industrial relations as well as der divisions. The third is to reflect upon the the limits of the market and the role of the gov- from economics, sociology and political sci- linkages between the global economy and the ernment in a market economy. Prerequisite: ence. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). gendered macro micro processes of develop- WRIT 101 or permission of the instructor (3). ment. The fourth is to provide a basis for 305. Economics of Labor research, practical action, and policy formation 210. Principles of Macroeconomics This course will investigate such topics as and for evaluating directions and strategies for The student will examine the fundamentals of employment and unemployment programs, social change from a gender perspective. national income theory and develop a working wage theories, industrial labor problems, history Prerequisites: WRIT 101; ECO 150 or 210 (3). model of the aggregate economy. The model of the labor movement, Social Security, and will be used as a tool to investigate spending by legal aspects of labor relations. 350. Comparative Economics consumers, businesses, and government sec- Prerequisite: WRIT 102; ECO 210 or 213 (3). (Same as IS 350) During the last 50 years, tor. The operations of commercial banks and Japan and the countries of North America and the Federal Reserve Bank will be explored. 306. Political Economy of Development Western Europe have experienced historically s

Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). and Underdevelopment high rates of economic growth and achieved c i (Same as IS 306) This course will focus on unprecedented levels of economic prosperity for m

213. Principles of Microeconomics problems and solutions of human development most citizens. While economic outcomes have o Course will help the student examine the funda- within a changing international political and eco- been broadly similar, there are significant differ- n o

mental topics of price theory and will develop a nomic context. The course will focus on the ences among the developed economies. This c model of supply and demand price determina- construction of developmental discourse; the course analyzes the common experiences of the E tion. The model will be built on various behav- reshaping of the world’s economic and political developed economies while also examining the ioral hypotheses of consumer and firm behavior relations; the pivotal role of women in human differences among these countries in terms of and will be used to analyze the current problems development efforts and the elements of an economic goals, corporate structures, govern- of monopoly, price controls, and international environmentally sustainable development ment policies, labor management systems and trade. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). process. financial institutions. These differences are Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ECO 150 or 210 (3). explored through case studies of a set of coun- 214. The Global Economy (Same as IS 214) tries including Japan, Germany and the United This course will examine the changing nature of 317. International Economics States. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ECO 210 or the global economy, trying to understand better (Same as IS 317) Examines the history of 213 (3). the complex interaction between transnational trade; development of foreign trade doctrines corporations and the nation-state set within the and practices; the balance of payments and 351. International Business context of a volatile technological environment. adjustments; international financial markets (Same as BUS 351; see Business Department It will pay particular attention to regional and and the monetary system. The theory and for course description.) international trading blocks and international practice of regional trading groups, such as the organizations such as the World Trade European Union and NAFTA will also be exam- 375. Money, Banking and Financial Markets Organization, The International Monetary Fund, ined. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ECO 210 or This course is a study of the theory and practice and The World Bank. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; 213 (3). of money, credit and banking. The structure of ECO 150 or 210 (3). the monetary and credit systems, their relation to banking and the determination of national income will be analyzed. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ECO 210 (3).

297/497. Research

298/398/498. Directed Study

299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 157 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 58

Academic Departments

Education

Teaching is a highly respected profession, a respect that stems MMC prepares its teacher education students for living, learning from the superior work teachers do with their students. Teachers and teaching in the 21st century. Department faculty members trained at Marymount Manhattan College are prepared to teach train our students to analyze trends, ideas and movements that students and to identify the needs and problems these students will bring about positive futures for our society. Our teachers might encounter in learning and in life. Teacher preparation at know specifically how to foster character in their students and MMC includes a review of educational theory and philosophy, how to instill in these students the kind of professionalism nec- specific study of the needs of diverse children and their families, essary to become strong and caring teachers. and a keen look at the issues encountered by students with spe- cial needs. Marymount Manhattan teacher education graduates are catalysts of change in our world, and they are strong advo- cates for their students.

Division: Social Sciences Division Chairperson: Kenton Worcester, Ph.D. Division Assistant: Michael Backus [email protected] Division Office: Nugent 456 Phone: 212-774-4847

Department Faculty: Sheila Meindl Clare Lowell Helene Napolitano Associate Professor of Teacher Education Assistant Professor of Teacher Education Professor of Teacher Education Director, Teacher Education Programs B.A., Adelphi University Department Chair of International Studies B.S.Ed., St. John’s University M.A., Adelphi University B.A. St. Joseph’s College M.S.Ed. Queens College, The City University of M.S., Columbia University M.A. Hunter College, The City University of New York Ed.D., Hofstra University New York Ed.M., Columbia University Main 500 Ph.D. Fordham University Ed.D., Columbia University 212-774-4854 Main 500 Main 500 [email protected] 212-774-4851 212-774-4852 [email protected] [email protected]

MINOR: TEACHER EDUCATION (5608)

In order to be employed in New York’s public schools, students includes a general education or core curriculum. Thus, each pro- must have a teaching certificate. The New York State Department gram sets the following requirements for all minors: of Education approves teacher preparation programs, qualifying 1. A general education core in the liberal arts and sciences (that students for initial teacher certification. To earn this certification, is, completion of MMC’s Core/Shared curriculum); candidates must satisfactorily complete both program and New 2. A content cor in the liberal arts or sciences (that is, completion York State teaching certification requirements. MMC endorses the of the student’s chosen major or concentration); applications of its students for teacher certification, and recom- 3. A pedagogical cor, including pedagogical knowledge, under mends candidates to the New York State Education Department standing and skills, as well as required field experiences, when candidates satisfy all program requirements. student teaching and/or practica (that is, completion of the specific Teacher Education minor). General Guidelines To prepare for teacher certification in New York State, MMC stu- dents may complete one of four minors in Teacher Education in conjunction with an academic major in the liberal arts, which

58 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 59

Academic Departments Education

Programs in Teacher Education III. Adolescence Education (Grade 7 through Grade 12 for Social MMC offers four programs in Teacher Education, preparing stu- Studies or English) dents to teach particular populations, as follows: IV. Speech and Language Disabilities (For certification to teach I. Childhood Education and Students with Disabilities children with speech and hearing disabilities. See requirements Childhood Education in the Department of Communication Sciences and Disorders (Grade 1 through Grade 6 - Dual Certification) for the Speech-Language Pathology/Audiology program.) II. Adolescence Education and Students with Disabilities Adolescence Education (Grade 7 through Grade 12 for Social Studies or English - Dual Certification)

New York State Requirements for Certification 3. Complete a Fire Safety Workshop provided by the Education Additionally, NY State sets the following requirements for Initial Faculty in the Student Teaching Reflective Practice Seminars; Teacher Certification. Candidates will: 4. Apply for, take and pass the three required New York State 1. Complete a Child Abuse Prevention Workshop provided by the Teacher Certification Examinations: the Liberal Arts and Education faculty in the Student Teaching and Reflective Sciences Test (L.A.S.T.), the Assessment of Teaching Skills- Practice Seminars; Written (ATS/w) exam, and the appropriate Content Specialty 2. Complete a Schools Against Violence workshop provided by Test (CST) in order to be eligible for teaching positions in the Education faculty during the Student Teaching/Reflective public schools. Practice Seminars;

MMC Program Requirements 1. Satisfactory completion of all requirements of the prescribed course of study at MMC, which meets all of the educational requirements of the chosen MMC Teacher Education program. 2. Maintenance of a minimum 2.75 GPA with a grade of B- or better in all Education courses. n o i Core/Shared Curriculum Requirements for all programs State, while partially fulfilling MMC’s requirements in the t a

The New York State Department of Education requires that candi- Core/Shared Curriculum. Students must consult with Education c u

dates seeking initial teacher certification acquire a breadth and faculty early in their studies to select the most appropriate cours- d depth of knowledge in the liberal arts and sciences and in the sub- es for both the Core/Shared Curriculum and electives, to ensure E ject that will be taught. The Education faculty at MMC recommend that they will meet the requirements for the MMC degree and for specific courses in the Core/Shared Curriculum that enable stu- initial state certification dents to begin to meet the minimum requirements of New York

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 159 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 60

Academic Departments Education

Teacher Education Programs

INCLUSIVE CHILDHOOD EDUCATION/STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES CHILDHOOD EDUCATION PROGRAM [Grades 1-6] 42 Credits

Note: This dual certification program addresses needs of classroom standing, and skills needed to work with students with varying learning teachers in serving a diverse student population in grades one through six. needs and/or disabilities. Completion of this program leads to eligibility Ideally, students should begin this program by the second semester of for two initial teaching certificates, one in Childhood Education (Grades 1- their freshman year. Through coursework and professional field place- 6) and one in Students with Disabilities Childhood Education. ments, teacher certification candidates develop the knowledge, under-

Pedagogical Core Courses EDUC 207 The American School 3 EDUC 321 The Mathematics, Science, and Technology SPCH 155 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 Curriculum in Inclusive Settings 3 EDUC/PSYCH 201 Developmental Psychology I: EDUC 345 Learning, Language, and Literacy and Childhood and Adolescence 3 the English Language Arts Curriculum 3 EDUC 210 Children and Youth with Disabilities 3 EDUC 346 Fostering Language and Literacy Development EDUC 220 The Arts and Education 3 through the English Language Arts Curriculum 3 SPCH 251 Normal Language Development 3 EDUC 380 Reflective Practice: Diversity, Issues, EDUC 307 Inclusive Teaching of Children and and Trends in Inclusive Teaching And Learning 3 Youth with Disabilities 3 EDUC 401 Inclusive Childhood Education/Students with EDUC 320 The Social Studies Curriculum in Disabilities Childhood Education Student Teaching/ Inclusive Settings 3 Reflective Practice Seminar 6

INCLUSIVE ADOLESCENCE EDUCATION/STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES ADOLESCENCE EDUCATION PROGRAM [Grades 7-12] 42 Credits

This dual certification program prepares candidates to teach in ments, teacher certification candidates develop the knowledge, the area of their major specialization — Social Studies or English understanding, and skills required to work with students with — at the adolescence education level and also addresses the varying learning needs and, specifically, to work with students needs of adolescence education teachers serving a diverse stu- with disabilities. Completion of this program leads to two initial dent population in grades seven through twelve. Ideally, students teaching certificates, one in Adolescence Education, and one in should begin this program in the second semester of their fresh- Students with Disabilities Adolescence Education. man year. Through coursework and professional field place-

Pedagogical Core Courses EDUC 207 The American School 3 EDUC 338 Literacy Development in the Content Areas 3 SPCH 155 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 EDUC 339 Designing Literacy Development Experiences EDUC/PSYCH 201 Developmental Psychology I: in the Content Areas 3 Childhood and Adolescence 3 EDUC 341 Developing Curricula in Inclusive EDUC 210 Children and Youth with Disabilities 3 Adolescence Education Settings 3 EDUC 215 The Adolescent World 3 EDUC 380 Reflective Practice: Diversity, Issues, EDUC 220 The Arts and Education 3 and Trends in Inclusive Teaching And Learning 3 SPCH 251 Normal Language Development 3 EDUC 416A Inclusive Adolescence Education/Students EDUC 307 Inclusive Teaching of Children and Youth with Disabilities Adolescence Education Student with Disabilities 3 Teaching and Reflective Practice Seminar 6

601 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 61

Academic Departments

Education

ADOLESCENCE EDUCATION PROGRAM 30 Credits

This program prepares candidates to teach in the area of their didates develop the knowledge, understanding, and skills needed major specialization: Social Studies or English at the adolescence to work with students with varying learning needs. Completion of education level in grades seven through twelve. Through course- this program leads to the initial certificate in Adolescence work and professional field placements, teacher certification can- Education.

Pedagogical Core Courses EDUC 341 Developing Curricula in Inclusive Adolescence EDUC 207 The American School 3 Education Settings 3 EDUC 210 Children and Youth with Disabilities 3 EDUC 380 Reflective Practice: Diversity, Issues, and Trends EDUC 215 The Adolescent World 3 in Inclusive Teaching And Learning 3 EDUC 307 Inclusive Teaching Of Children and Youth EDUC 416B Inclusive Adolescence Education Student Teaching with Disabilities 3 and Reflective Practice Seminar 6 EDUC 338 Literacy Development in the Content Areas 3 Note: PSYCH 201 is not required for this program EDUC 339 Designing Literacy Development Experiences in the Content Areas 3

CERTIFICATE FOR TEACHING STUDENTS WITH SPEECH AND LANGUAGES DISABILITIES (Grade 1-12) 30 Credits

A student who completes the major in Speech-Language one through twelve. Candidates complete the following courses Pathology and Audiology may also earn an initial Certificate for in Education and pass the required NY State exams for initial cer- Teaching Students with Speech and Language Disabilities at the tification. Students must begin the sequence in their childhood education and adolescence education levels in grades sophomore year.

Pedagogical Core Courses SPCH 155 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 SPCH 476 Practicum in Speech and Language Disabilities 3 EDUC 210 Children and Youth with Disabilities 3 SPCH 320 Management of Communicatively Impaired SPCH 251 Normal Language Development 3 Children in Academic Settings 3

EDUC 307 Inclusive Teaching of Children and Youth n o i

with Disabilities 3 t a

SPCH 403 Organization of the School Speech and c u

Hearing Program 3 d E

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 611 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 62

Academic Departments Education

EDUCATION COURSES (EDUC)

207. The American School 220. The Arts and Education 320. The Social Studies Curriculum in Explores the historical, philosophical, socio-cul- Explores the influence of arts education on the Inclusive Settings tural, political, economic, and legal influences cognitive and affective development of students Examines curriculum development, instructional on public education and its relation to American in diverse childhood and adolescent education- planning and multiple research-validated and families and communities. Examines cultural al settings. Examines philosophical foundations differentiated instructional strategies, including diversity and the inclusion of all students with of arts education, as well as curricula and remediation and enrichment alternatives, for diverse abilities and needs. Analyzes the research-validated instructional strategies that teaching Social Studies to students across a full teacher’s role in creating a respectful, healthy provide rich opportunities for interdisciplinary range of abilities and needs. Emphasis is placed and safe environment in which all children of and cross-cultural learning through the arts. on considerations in planning and implementing richly diverse cultural and economic back- Field experience: 15 hours. Prerequisite: programs in diverse, multicultural contexts, grounds can learn and grow. Field experience: EDUC 207 (3). using a rich array of resources, including assis- 15 hours. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). tive technology and/or computer based interac- 246. Teaching Methods for the Visual Arts tivity. Field experience: 10 hours. Prerequisite or 210. Children and Youth with Disabilities (Same as ART 246) Co-requisite: EDUC/PSYCH 201; EDUC 207; Explores the historical, social, and legal founda- Explores theory, practice, analysis, and appli- EDUC 210 (3). tions of special education for students with mild, cation of teaching methods in the visual arts. moderate, severe, and multiple disabilities. With An overview of multiple research-validated 321. The Mathematics, Science, and Inclusion and Least Restrictive placement con- strategies for teaching is presented; cultural Technology Curriculum in Inclusive Settings structs as a theoretical underpinning, this diversity in the context of teaching the visual Examines multiple, research-validated instruc- course examines the nature and effects of dis- arts is examined. Emphasis is given to the tional strategies for teaching students with a full abilities and special needs on learning, behav- interdisciplinary and cross-cultural aspects of range of abilities to facilitate all students’ devel- ioral, social and employment outcomes, and teaching the visual arts. Practical projects uti- opment in mathematical analysis, scientific special education, defined as a continuum of lizing appropriate media, construction of units inquiry, and technological competence. appropriate services rather than as a separate of work, and lesson plan designs are significant Investigates the relationships and themes that location. Introduces skills in assessment, indi- components of this study. While designed for connect mathematics, science, and technology vidualizing instruction, assistive technology, Teacher of Art Certification, this course will also with other areas of learning. Participants design computer integration and collaboration with be of interest to Education students and artists and construct differentiated instructional experi- families and community to enable children to who wish to teach. Field experience: 10 hours. ences, including remediation and enrichment meet NY State and national standards and to Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ART 111, 116; EDUC alternatives, using assistive and computer tech- achieve highest levels of academic growth and 207 (3). nology as interactive teaching/learning independence. Field experience: 30 hours. resources with an emphasis on the development Prerequisites: EDUC/PSYCH 201(with excep- 307. Inclusive Teaching of Children with of critical thinking skills. Field experience: 10 tion of Program IIB) and EDUC 207 for Disabilities hours. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Education minors, except Speech majors (3). Honoring the spirit and the word of the EDUC/PSYCH 201. Prerequisites: EDUC 207; Individuals with Disabilities Education Act EDUC 210 (3). 215. The Adolescent World (IDEA), this course examines the Individualized Defining adolescence as a transitional time in Education (IEP) process for students with mild, 338. Literacy Development in the human lifespan, linking childhood with adult- moderate, severe, and multiple disabilities in Content Areas hood, this course explores research in adoles- inclusive settings. Understanding that high This course designs and implements a multiple, cent development and highlights current studies expectations and standards apply to all learn- research-validated assessment, evaluation, and of cognitive, physiological, and social-emotional ers, this course engages students in the exami- instructional strategy for language processes growth and its relationship to the learning nation and practice of multiple, research-vali- (listening, speaking, writing, and reading) in the processes in adolescent education. dated methods of intervention, assessment, content areas with adolescents who are either Participants examine multiple, research-validat- instructional/program planning and outcome native English speakers or English Language ed instructional, motivational, and management evaluation. Explores parental learners. Building richly literate communities in strategies to optimize learning in diverse school collaboration/involvement in diverse school and diverse inclusive and/or high needs school set- contexts. Includes critical evaluation of assess- community contexts. Field experience: 30 tings, for students at all levels of ability, using ment, curriculum design and differentiated hours. Prerequisites: EDUC 210, assistive and instructional technology as inter- instruction. Field experience: 30 hours. EDUC/PSYCH 201 (3). active teaching/learning resources. Field expe- Prerequisite: EDUC 207 (3). rience: 15 hours. Prerequisites: EDUC 207, EDUC 215 (3).

621 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 63

Academic Departments

Education

EDUCATION COURSES (EDUC)

339. Designing Literacy Development 346. Fostering Language and Literacy The Inclusive Education Student Teaching Experiences in the Content Areas Development Through The English and Reflective Practice Seminars Integrating theory with practice, participants Language Arts Curriculum Each discrete teacher education program culmi- gain an understanding of adolescents’ language (Same as PSYCH 346) nates with one of the college-supervised stu- development and strengthen their knowledge of Observing, interviewing, and utilizing formal and dent teaching experiences listed below, accom- the issues, content, and methodology in facili- informal assessment to compose a profile of the panied by weekly seminars, which integrate the tating literacy development in the content areas. student as reader/writer/speaker/ listener. theory and practice of the reflective practitioner. Observation, interviewing, and formal and infor- Participants engage in developing ongoing Participants identify and reflect on critical inci- mal assessment; profile development of a stu- assessment and teaching strategies. Integrating dents that occur in their student teaching and dent as reader/writer/speaker/ listener in a con- instructional and assistive technology, appropri- the implications of those incidents for effective tent area. Design of enrichment and remedial ate materials, and multiple research-validated teaching. Student teachers analyze decisions in instruction to accommodate all levels of student language development strategies that include instruction, classroom management, and con- need in writing, speaking, and listening, includ- enrichment and remedial instruction, including flict resolution. Instructional effectiveness in ing conferences to empower students to meet conferences to empower students to meet the teaching all students in diverse contexts is the appropriate standards. Field experience: appropriate standards. Field experience: 30 emphasized. Understandings of constructivist 30hours. Prerequisite: EDUC 338 (3). hours. Prerequisite: EDUC 345 (3). classroom environments, inclusive education, and home-school partnerships are integral to 341. Curriculum Development for Inclusive 380. Reflective Practice: Diversity, Issues, the discussions. Discrete seminars required by Settings (Grades 7 through 12) – and Trends in Inclusive Teaching law for certification deal with: preventing child Social Studies, English, and Biology and Learning abuse; preventing alcohol, tobacco and other Examines principles and practices of curriculum With specific reference to the New York State drug abuse; providing safety education; and development, differentiated instruction and Board of Regents’ recognition of the diversity of providing instruction in fire and arson preven- materials for teaching and learning in the con- students in a school setting and to the strong tion. Transitional support and career advisement tent areas. Emphasis on addressing the full commitment to integrating the education of all is provided to students as they develop profes- range of student needs through multiple, students into the total school program, partici- sional portfolios, resumes, and license and cer- research-validated instructional strategies in pants re-examine Learning Standards in the tification applications. Prerequisite: Education diverse, inclusive settings using assistive and seven areas of knowledge “which apply to all Courses; Co-requisite: Student Teaching (6). computer technology as interactive resources students, regardless of their experiential back- central to this inquiry. Field experience: 15 ground, capabilities, developmental and learn- Consult education faculty for student teaching hours. Prerequisite: EDUC 339 (3). ing differences, interests, and ambitions.” information related to the following specific pro- Discussion based on current research in the gram components:

345. Learning, Language, and Literacy and most critical instruction/learning areas. n o

the English Language Arts Curriculum Participants analyze and understand the teacher 401. Inclusive Childhood Education/ i t

This course serves as a study of theories and as “reflective practitioner” who is pedagogically Students with Disabilities Childhood a

current research in language acquisition and lit- and culturally responsive to issues of diversity Education Student Teaching and Reflective c u

eracy development for native English speakers and inclusiveness in diverse school contexts. Practice Seminar (6) d

and English Language learners. Emphasis on Field experience: 15 hours. Prerequisite: E issues related to building richly literate commu- EDUC 207 (3). 416A. Inclusive Adolescence Education / nities of children in diverse, inclusive and high Students with Disabilities Adolescence needs school settings through the design and Education Student Teaching and Reflective implementation of multiple, research-validated Practice Seminar (6) assessment, evaluation, and instructional strategies. Participants explore their own read- 416B. Inclusive Adolescence Education ing/writing processes through experiences with Student Teaching and Reflective Practice children’s literature and personal writing and Seminar (6) with the use of assistive and instructional tech- nology as interactive teaching/learning 297/497. Research resources. Field experience: 10 hours. Prerequisites: EDUC 207, EDUC 210, 298/398/498. Directed Study SPCH 251 (3). 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 631 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 64

Academic Departments Education

EDUCATION COURSES (EDUC) EDUC/PSYCH 201. Developmental SPCH 251. Normal Language Development SPCH 403. Organization of the School Psychology I: Childhood and Adolescence The acquisition of “normal” language from infan- Speech and Hearing Program This course studies the human life cycle from cy through adolescence from a psycholinguistic Students will become familiar with the organiza- birth through early adolescence. The source perspective is surveyed. The stages of lan- tion, administration and procedures of a remedi- discusses both theory and research concerning guage development and the development with- al program in speech, language and hearing environmental, psychological and physiological in each stage of each linguistic model are stud- within an educational setting. This course is influences on development. Pre-requisite ied. Specific attention is given to phonetics and required for teacher certification and is to be PSYCH 101, WRIT 101 (3). phonology, morphology, semantics and the lex- taken prior to student teaching. icon, syntax, and pragmatics. The outcome of Prerequisite: SPCH 351, 352 [Offered: F] (3). SPCH155. Introduction to Communication the course should be a clear understanding of Disorders how children construct interim grammars as SPCH 476. Practicum in Speech and This course will provide an overview of the field they progress towards adult-like language sys- Language Disabilities of human communication. Models of verbal and tems. The topics of bilingualism, individual dif- This practicum is designed as the culminating nonverbal communication and theories of ferences in language acquisition, the relation- experience for candidates in the Certificate for speech, language and hearing development will ship of language development to the language Teaching Students with Speech and Language be presented as background to understanding skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing, Disabilities Program. Participants are placed in communication disorders. Topics include: the and the significance of collaboration among a combination of closely supervised, carefully nature and cause of communication disorders, adults in the child’s home and school environ- selected on-campus and off-campus childhood the role of professionals, such as speech-lan- ments are explored. Prerequisite: and adolescence education settings. Through guage pathologists, audiologists, educators, WRIT 101 (3). this practical experience of 150 hours, they psychologists and others who manage treat- practice the skills needed to provide treatments ment of disorders, and the terminology that is SPCH 320. Management of the to students enrolled in speech and language used by those professionals in diverse settings. Communicatively Impaired in Academic services. Prerequisite: SPCH 475 (3). His course requires 5 hours of observation of Settings speech-language therapy. Speech-Pathology This course prepares students in speech-lan- majors must take this course within their first guage pathology and education to work with year. Co-requisite: WRIT 101. [Offered: S] (3). communicatively impaired children in educa- tional settings. Auditory learning, amplification systems, mainstreaming and educational con- siderations, and communication development of hearing impaired children are covered. School observations are required. Prerequisite: SPCH 155; 263 [Offered: F] (3).

641 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 65

Academic Departments English

For most people, the desire to study literature begins with a love of freedom in the selection both of courses and of the means of of reading. Whether it’s remembering the books that were read study. In addition to the courses in the English curriculum list- to us when we were children or recalling those books that cap- ed below, we encourage our students to take advantage of the tured our imaginations when we were young readers, an appre- additional learning opportunities described in the following ciation for the joy and fascination of reading is the foundation pages. Faculty members in the department are available to upon which the academic study of literature is built. assist students in planning programs that accounts for their spe- cific needs and interests. Using this foundation, we have built an academic program that introduces students to an incredible range of writing and invites Students who graduate with a degree in English are prepared for them to explore not only the beauty of the written work but also a variety of different careers, for their skills in writing, research- the power of language and literature across history and cultures. ing, analysis and thinking qualify them to enter the business One of the many advantages of studying literature is that it con- world or, with further study on the graduate level, the academic nects you with so many other kinds of study, from history and world. Recent alumnae include business managers in banking, philosophy to political science and economics. This is because publishing, advertising, insurance and public relations. In addi- when we study literature, we are also studying the authors and tion, our distinguished alumnae include lawyers, judges, societies that produce this literature. From courses in literature researchers, politicians, executives, secondary and university and psychology, or literature and sociology, to courses that teachers and librarians whose success in business or the pro- focus on the incredible range of social and political issues that fessions they largely attribute to the knowledge acquired and every society explores through its literature, we offer our stu- skills developed as English majors at MMC. The department dents an opportunity to use the study of literature as a base from also has a Cooperative Program with Pace University, in which which they can study society at large. English majors can begin pursuing their Master’s degree in pub- lishing while completing their undergraduate degree. See below Students who major in English are given a responsible role in for more information about this program. their own education, for the department affords a large measure

Division: Humanities Division Chairperson: David S. Linton, Ph.D. E-Mail: [email protected] Division Assistants : Eleanor Bazzini Ryan Cunningham [email protected] [email protected] Division Office: Main 517 Nugent 560 Phone: 212-517-0641 212-774-0834

Department Faculty:

John A. Costello Carol Camper Priscilla Hoagland Costello Associate Professor of English Associate Professor of English and Director of Professor Emerita of English Coordinator, English Department Critical Thinking B.A., New York University B.A., Manhattan College B.A., Wittenberg University M.A., New York University

M.A., New York University M.A., The State University of New York, College Ph.D., The Union Institute h s i Main 514 at Buffalo l Cecilia A. Feilla g

212-517-0601 Ph.D., The State University of New York, n

[email protected] College at Buffalo Assistant Professor of English E Main 512 BA, University of Michigan 212-774-0731 MA, New York University [email protected] PhD, New York University Main 514 Joseph P. Clancy 212-774-4857 Professor Emeritus of English and Theatre Arts [email protected] B.A., Fordham University M.A., Fordham University Ph.D., Fordham University

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 65 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 66

Academic Departments English

Peter Naccarato Martha L. Sledge Associate Professor of English Assistant Professor of English B.A., Villanova University, B.A., Louisiana College Ph.D., The State University of New York, M.A., Ohio State University College at Stony Brook Ph.D., Emory University Main 516 Main 516 212-517-0603 212-517-0602 [email protected] [email protected]

Sejal Shah Jerry Williams Assistant Professor of English Assistant Professor of English B.A., Wellesley College B.A., Vermont College M.F.A., University of Massachusetts, Amherst M.F.A., University of Arizona Main 516 Main 516 212-774-4876 212-517-0604 [email protected] [email protected]

MAJOR: B.A. IN ENGLISH (1503) 36 Credits Degree Requirements: ENG 180 Narrative Fiction 3 ENG 185 Introduction to Literary Studies 3 ENG 200 Introduction to Poetry 3 One of the following: 3 Credits ENG 382 Classical Literature 3 ENG 383 Medieval Literature 3

Two of the following: 6 Credits ENG 305 Renaissance Literature3 ENG 306 Chaucer and His Contemporaries 3 ENG 311 Shakespeare 3 Two of the following: 6 Credits ENG 307 Restoration and Eighteenth Century Literature 3 ENG 401 Romantic Literature 3 ENG 403 Victorian Literature 3 ENG 413 Modern British Authors 3

One of the following: 3 Credits ENG 331 American Romanticism 3 ENG 332 American Realism 3 ENG 415 Modern American Authors 3

Three English Electives at the 200-/300-/400-levels 9 Credits

MINOR 18 Credits ENG 180 Narrative Fiction 3 6 Credits ENG 200 Introduction to Poetry 3

One of the following: 3 Credits ENG 305 Renaissance Literature 3 ENG 311 Shakespeare 3 ENG 306 Chaucer and His Contemporaries 3

66 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 67

Academic Departments

English

MINOR (continued) One of the following: 3 Credits ENG 307 Restoration and Eighteenth Century Literature 3 ENG 402 Victorian Literature 3 ENG 401 Romantic Literature 3 ENG 413 Modern British Authors 3

3 Credits ENG 331 American Romanticism 3 ENG 415 Modern American Authors 3 ENG 332 American Realism 3

One elective course at the 200-level or above 3 Credits

WRITING MINOR 18 Credits

The English department, in conjunction with other departments, offers this minor. Students design an individual minor in writing, in consultation with a faculty advisor, choosing courses from the options listed below.

ENG 346: Intermediate Creative Writing 3 ENG 391: Special Topics in Creative Writing 3 ENG 180: Narrative Fiction 3 ENG 200: Introduction to Poetry 3 ENG 201: Introduction to Creative Writing 3

One additional course selected from the following:

ENG 441: Workshop in Writing Poetry 3 ENG 442: Workshop in Writing Fiction 3 ENG 443: Workshop in Writing Creative Nonfiction 3

COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS

Joint Program in Publishing with Pace University Students can complete their undergraduate degree at MMC while beginning a Master of Science in Publishing degree at Pace University. Eligibility requirements: This program is open to students who have reached their junior year, are majoring either in English, Humanities, Business Management or Communications Arts, and who have an overall GPA of 3.0 and a major GPA of 3.2. For more information, contact Dr. Martha Sledge.

ENGLISH COURSES (ENG)

110. Story, Play and Film 180. Narrative Fiction 185. Introduction to Literary Studies This course is designed to help students devel- Course examines the diversity and range of nar- This course introduces students to the field of op the skills necessary to understand and enjoy ratives, emphasizing the short story and novel. literary studies. It examines such concepts as h

short stories, novels and narrative poems, and Texts may also include selections in film and genre and period, introduces research tools and s i l

the theatrical and cinematic presentation of verse. Study will focus on the analysis of ele- methodologies, including selected critical theo- g

story. It will include the study of at least one ments of narrative, and students will develop ries of literature. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: n work of narrative fiction in its original and dram- their critical writing skills in a series of short ana- WRIT 101 (3). E atized forms, and the analysis of several theatre lytic papers. [Students who have taken ENG 110 and film productions. Not open to students who will not receive credit for ENG 180] (Formerly have completed WRIT 101 or ENG 180. Co-req- ENG 280) Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). uisite: CS 099, if required (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 671 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 68

Academic Departments English

ENGLISH COURSES (ENG)

200. Introduction to Poetry literary quality. Recommended to all students, 305. Renaissance Literature Designed to help students develop the skills and especially to those working with children as This course explores the development of necessary to understand and enjoy poetry, this parents, teachers, and community workers. English literature from 1560 to 1660, an aston- course will explore the diversity and range of Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). ishing era of self-discovery, self-dramatization, poetry. Emphasis will be placed on the analysis and self-doubt. Emphasis will be on the poems of short lyric poems, and selected examples of 220. The Short Play of Sidney, Spenser, Shakespeare, Donne, verse drama, verse essay, and narrative poems (Same as THTR 220) Jonson, Herbert, Marvell, and Milton, and the will also be included. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). In the hands of such writers as Edward Albee, prose of Bacon and Browne. Prerequisites: Eugene Ionesco, Samuel Beckett, Vaclav Havel, WRIT 102; ENG 200 (3). 201. Introduction to Creative Writing and Harold Pinter, the one-act play has become This is an introductory course in creative writing. a major form of dramatic expression. This 306. Chaucer and His Contemporaries It is designed to assist students in developing an course will explore a selection of both recent This course will examine The Canterbury Tales, appreciation for the power of the imagination in and older short plays with emphasis on their other representative works of Chaucer, Sir literary creation as well as their own literary potential for performance. Prerequisite: WRIT Gawain and the Green Knight, Pearl, Piers interests and abilities by concentrating on the 101 (3). Plowman, and selected works of Malory. Within underlying concepts and principles of three the social and cultural context of the closing of basic genres (poetry, fiction, and creative non- 223. Woman as Writer, Subject, the Middle Ages in England, portrayals of fiction) through critical reading and creative writ- and Audience human experience as comic, tragic, and ironic ing. Prerequisites: WRIT 101, ENG 180 and Course will study several representative works will be emphasized together with attitudes ENG 200 (3). of literature written by, about, and for women, toward love, sex, and human freedom. emphasizing the societal forces upon women Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG 200 (3). 203. Administrative Writing and role of literature in both accepting and chal- (Same as BUS 203/COMM 214) lenging roles and options for women. Works by 307. Restoration and Eighteenth This course provides experience in writing clear, authors such as Charlotte Bronte, Virginia Woolf, Century Literature concise business correspondence, researching Harriet Jacobs, and Jean Rhys may be included. With the restoration of Charles II to the English and analyzing data, and constructing reports. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). throne in 1660, many authors emphasized the Specific tasks will include writing business let- analogy between post-civil war England and ters, memoranda, proposals, instructions, pro- 233. The Modern American Short Story Augustan Rome, giving this period one of its cedures, policy statements, a technical presen- Course studies the short story in the social and many labels, the Augustan Age. During this tation and a grant application. Students will cultural context of the United States during the same period, an emphasis on wit and the power work on such problems as editing, getting twentieth century. Special attention will be given of language would lend another label to the peri- approvals, “ghost” writing and reviewing of cor- to Faulkner and Hemingway and such recent od, the Age of Satire. This range of literary respondence. Non-audit. Prerequisite: WRIT writers as Baldwin, Flannery O’Connor, Bellow, experimentation took place against a backdrop 102 (3). Malamud, and Tillie Olsen. The unique develop- of complex intellectual and cultural changes. ment of the short story as a narrative form, the This course explores the links between the liter- 210. The Modern British and Irish growth of regional and ethnic consciousness, ary and social change during this period by Short Story and emergence of alienated heroes and anti- engaging selected works of Dryden, Swift, This course will study a representative selection heroes are some of the topics. Prerequisite: Pope, and Johnson, among other representative of English, Irish, Scottish and Welsh short sto- WRIT 101 (3). writers, including a range of novelists, drama- ries, as they reflect their diverse cultures in the tists, essayists and poets. Prerequisites: WRIT 20th century. Particular attention will be paid to 276. African American Authors 102; ENG 200 (3). writers whose major achievement is in the short This course will be a study of the development narrative form, such as Rudyard Kipling, of African-American literature beginning with the 311. Shakespeare Katherine Mansfield, Frank O’Connor, Sean period of slavery and continuing through the (Same as THTR 311) O’Faolain, Mary Lavin, and Rhys Davies. present. Authors studied may include Harriet Shakespeare’s work is explored in the context of Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). Jacobs, Jean Toomer, Ralph Ellison, Richard the Elizabethan culture and theatre. A study of Wright, Paule Marshall, Alice Walker, and Toni selected histories, comedies, romances, and 211. Children’s Literature Morrison. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). tragedies will reveal how Shakespeare gave dra- Literature for children in the genres of picture matic expression to his understanding of human books, traditional stories, modern fiction, poet- 278. Essay and Editorial Writing experience. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG 200 ry, plays, biography, and general non-fiction will Course is designed to provide students with the or THTR 215 (3). be examined, with particular emphasis on the opportunity to develop their writing abilities in nature and uses of narrative. Students will description, persuasion and analysis. Students explore children’s literature collections in local will also become familiar, through their readings, public libraries and will consider the books with the range of stylistic devices available to appropriate for a child’s development and their them. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3).

681 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 69

Academic Departments

English

ENGLISH COURSES (ENG)

316. British Drama and Theatre 328. Special Topics in Film and Literature 340. Freelance Article Writing (Same as THTR 316) (Same as COMM 328) An intensive workshop for students majoring in Beginning with a brief look at its medieval ori- This interdisciplinary course will examine inter- any academic discipline who are interested in gins, this course will study a selection from the relationships in film and literature. The organiz- writing articles for magazines, newspapers, or Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare’s contempo- ing focus may vary from semester to semester, business and professional journals. Course will raries (e.g. Marlowe, Jonson, Webster, and will emphasize the relationships in terms of explore issues of style and audience; creating, Middleton) examples of the “comedy of man- genre, historic period, theme, or narrative devel- researching and developing a topic; finding the ners” in the Restoration and Eighteenth Century, opment. Examples: The Crime Film and Novel right magazine; writing to specific requirements; and several modern and contemporary works in America; the 1950s; the New Wave and its and will examine the range and diversity of pub- by such playwrights as Shaw, O’Casey, Pinter Philosophical Context; Biography; Continuity lications in a particular field. Students will read a and Churchill. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG and the Discontinuous Narrative. Prerequisites: variety of appropriate articles, and will work on 200 or THTR 230-231 (3). WRIT 102; COMM 131; and ENG 180 or permis- individual projects from conception to “publica- sion of both departments (3). tion ready” stage. Prerequisites: WRIT 102, 319. American Drama and Theatre writing sample (3). (Same as THTR 319) 331. American Romanticism Beginning with a brief look at early popular American literature emerges as a unique nation- 346: Intermediate Creative Writing entertainments, this course moves through the al literature between 1800 and 1865 when writ- This course should build upon ENG 201. main periods and forms of American theatre and ers deal with issues confronting the growing Students begin looking at the formal craft ele- its drama up to the present. Representative United States – nationalism, abolition of slavery, ments of poetry, fiction, and creative nonfiction works by such playwrights as O’Neill, Miller, women’s rights, Native American rights. This while reading literary texts with a more critical Williams, Albee, Shepard, Mamet, Fornes and course will explore how these cultural issues are writer’s eye. In addition, students will be other contemporaries are studied. Attendance worked out in literature through the writings of encouraged to reflect both on their own literary at relevant theatre productions in New York City authors such as Catherine Sedgwick, Ralph practice and the literary practice of their class- is stressed. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG 200 Waldo Emerson, Henry David Thoreau, Edgar mates through continued presentation and dis- or THTR 230, 231 (3). Allen Poe, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Herman cussion of various writing assignments. Melville and Frederick Douglass. Prerequisites: Prerequisites: WRIT 101, WRIT 102, ENG 180, 320. The English Novel WRIT 102; ENG 180 or 200 (3). ENG 200, ENG 201 (3). Since its development in the Eighteenth Century, the novel has been the most popular 332. American Realism 353. Modern European Fiction form of imaginative literature. Course will study This course explores the development and This course will study a representative selection a selection of major English novels from the diversity of American literature from 1865 to of 19th and 20th century European novels and works of Defoe, Fielding, Richardson, Austen, 1914. Writers investigated post Civil War socie- stories. Such authors as Stendhal, Dostoyevsky, the Brontes, Dickens, Eliot, Hardy, Conrad, and ty with a critical eye, the rapid growth of indus- Flaubert, Kafka, Proust, and Mann will be Joyce. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). trialism creating a complex and often harsh included. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG 180 (3). environment in which few could realize the 327. Social Issues in Literature promise of the American dream. Struggle for 357. Psychological Portraits in Literature (Same as SOC 327) survival and meaning affected all social classes. (Same as PSYCH 357) This course examines This course explores how various social issues Writers from all over the U.S. addressed these how writers use psychological insight to devel- have been portrayed in literature. Sociological issues, introducing the American reading public op characters and how, as Jung realized, imag- analysis will be applied to such problems as to regional settings and cultural conditions vast- inative literature frequently provides psychologi- industrialization, crime, prejudice, poverty, and ly different from their own. Texts may include cal insight into human behavior prior to scientif- sex roles. How sociological knowledge is works by writers such as Walt Whitman, Emily ic formulation. These portraits will be related to

enhanced through literature and how literature Dickinson, Rebecca Harding Davis, Mark Twain, current psychological theories and research. h s

becomes even more meaningful when under- Kate Chopin, Mary W. Freeman, Henry James, Writers from the Greeks to the present will be i l

stood from a sociological perspective will also Theodore Dreiser and Edith Wharton. included, including readings from major psycho- g be examined. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG 180, 200 (3). logical works. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PSYCH n E 101 or 105 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 691 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 70

Academic Departments English

ENGLISH COURSES (ENG)

359. Recent World Literature in English 383. Medieval Literature 401. Romantic Literature The vitality of English language literature in the The Middle Ages in Europe marked an extraor- This course explores the development of latter half of the 20th century is nowhere more dinary flourishing of diverse cultures within the English literature from 1780 to 1830 exclusive of evident than in England’s former colonies. From unity of Christendom. This course will explore drama and prose fiction. Emphasis is placed on India to Nigeria, South Africa to Australia, and the literary expressions of that diversity and that the major poems of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Jamaica to Canada the literature of these peo- unity by studying a group of major heroic and Byron, Shelley, and Keats, their individual char- ples and nations represents a collective deter- romantic narratives, e.g., The Gododdin, The acteristics, and the intensely subjective nature mination of these diverse cultures to shape their Cattle Raid of Cooley, The Mabinogion, Njal’s of this revolutionary era. Prerequisites: WRIT identities socially, politically, and artistically. Saga, The Niebelungenlied, The Song of 102; ENG 200 (3). Noteworthy stories, novels, poems, and plays Roland, Gottfried von Strasburg’s Tristan, by such writers as Narayan, Naipaul, Achebe, Wolfram von Eschenbach’s Parzival, Arthurian 403. Victorian Literature Gordimer, P.White, Atwood, Walcott and Davies romances and Dante’s Divine Comedy. The The Victorian Age, alternately described as sen- will be explored within these contexts. course will also treat a selection of lyric poems timental, smug, and prudish, or as delightfully Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG 180 (3). from Ireland, Wales, France, Germany, Italy, nostalgic and charming, was in fact one of Spain and England. This course will study the lit- intense conflicts, social, philosophical, and 380. Recent Fiction erature in translation. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; artistic. The development of English literature Fiction, since the 1960s, grapples with issues of ENG 180 or 200 (3). between 1830 and 1900, exclusive of prose fic- identity and meaning as the individual questions tion and drama, is treated in this course focus- traditional assumptions about the self and soci- 390. Special Topics in English ing on the determination of Victorian writers to ety. Technology, commercialism, and violence This course gives the advanced student an search for meaning in the midst of chaos. threaten family, cultural, and philosophical val- opportunity to study aspects of literature not Emphasis is placed on the poetry of Tennyson, ues, and challenge the ability of narrative and ordinarily covered in other courses. These may Browning, Hardy, and Hopkins and on the prose language itself to communicate meaningful include interdisciplinary approaches to litera- of Carlyle, Newman, Arnold, and Pater. experience. Readings will be selected from fic- ture, critical theory, performance study, travel Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG 200 (3). tion in English, mostly, and will include works by study. Specific topics will vary each semester. such writers as John Barth, Marguerite Duras, R. [This course may be repeated once for a total of 413. Modern British Authors: 1900-1950 Carver, Anne Tyler, Doris Lessing, Roland 6 credits, but the topic may not be repeated.] This course explores the diversity and range of Barthes, Toni Morrison, M. Kundera, J.M. Prerequisites: ENG 200; ENG180 or permission British poetry as well as the development of the Coetzee, and Janet Frame. Prerequisite: of instructor (3). British novel in the first half of the twentieth cen- ENG 180 (3). tury. The poetry of Yeats, Eliot and Auden will be 391. Special Topics in Creative Writing emphasized. Representative works of such nov- 381. Classical Drama and Theatre This course gives students an opportunity to elists as D.H. Lawrence, Conrad, Joyce and (Same as THTR 381) study, in greater depth, more specific aspects of Virginia Woolf will also be studied. Prerequisites: This course will explore the origins and develop- poetry, fiction, and creative nonfiction for the WRIT 102; ENG 180; ENG 200 (3). ment of ancient Greek and Roman drama and purpose of applying this knowledge to their own theatre with an emphasis on the plays of writing. Topics will vary from semester to 415. Modern American Authors Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and semester and may include such subject areas This course investigates the development of Aristophanes. Some attention will be given to as developing a Character in Fiction, New American poetry and fiction in the first half of the the influence of the classical drama on subse- Formalism in Poetry, the Trauma Memoir, New twentieth century, examining the literary quent periods of theatre history. Prerequisites: York Schools Poets, Violence in Contemporary response – both in content and style – to socie- WRIT 102 and ENG 180 or THTR 215 (3). Fiction, and Literary Magazine. (This course tal upheavals such as World War I and World may be taken twice for a total of 6 credits, but War II, radical politics and racial issues. Texts 382. Classical Literature the topic may not be repeated.) Prerequisites: may include works by H.D., T.S. Eliot, William The major authors of ancient Greece and Rome WRIT 101, WRIT 102, ENG 180, ENG 200, ENG Faulkner, F. Scott Fitzgerald, Robert Frost, have constantly influenced subsequent Western 201 (3). Ernest Hemingway, Ann Petry, Gertrude Stein, literature and thought, and they retain their Wallace Stevens, Jean Toomer and William imaginative vitality today. This course will study Carlos Williams. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG the epics of Homer, Virgil and Ovid; the devel- 180; ENG 200 (3). opment of tragedy in Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides; the comedy of Aristophanes; the lyric poetry of Sappho, Alcaeus, Catullus, Horace and Ovid; and the verse essays and satires of Lucretius, Horace, and Juvenal. This course will study the literature in translation. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG 180 or 200 (3).

701 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 71

Academic Departments

English

ENGLISH COURSES (ENG)

421. Internship in Library Service Workshops in Writing: Additional Learning Opportunities The purpose of this internship is to introduce Each of the following courses has as its particu- In addition to the courses listed above, students students to contemporary practices in academ- lar purpose the goal of providing the student can meet degree requirements in English ic libraries by providing the opportunity for them with the opportunity to develop writing ability in through the following methods of study: to work with the College’s professional librari- a specific genre with the guidance of an experi- Independent Study, which allows the experi- ans. Students will be exposed to the reference enced professional: enced student with high academic standing to and research collections, the use of video and design an individual project with a faculty men- other non-print materials, the application of 441. Workshop in Writing Poetry tor; Directed Study, which enables faculty mem- computer technologies to library work, the bers to develop courses in an academic area of preparation of aids for the teaching of library 442. Workshop in Writing Fiction special interest to them and their students but skills, and the like, depending on their particular that is not included in the departmental course interest. Libraries are changing rapidly today in 443. Workshop in Writing offerings; Research, in which an individual or order to be better able to deal with the “infor- Creative Nonfiction group of students may engage in a research mation explosion’’ and students will be able to Each of these courses has as its particular pur- project under the direction of a faculty member; learn about their structure, function, and servic- pose the goal of providing students with the Internships, which provide students with oppor- es. Readings, practical exercises, bibliographi- opportunity to seriously sharpen their own writ- tunities to receive practical training and hands- cal research, and computerized retrieval of infor- ing skills in a specific genre, in a group setting, on work experience in an area of interest; Study mation will be expected. Prerequisites: WRIT with the guidance of an experienced profession- Abroad, which offers students opportunities to 102 and permission of the Librarian (3). al. Special emphasis will be placed on the study at colleges and universities in other parts process of revision. Students also read and dis- of the world; Prior Learning Assessment, a cuss literary works along with the criticism and process through which students can gain credit commentary of distinguished practitioners of for learning acquired through their professional, the discipline. Pre-requisites: ENG 346: non-college experience. Students interested in Intermediate Creative Writing (3). taking advantage of any of these additional learning opportunities should begin by reading more about them on pages and by talking with their academic advisor.

297/497. Research

298/398/498. Directed Study

299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship h s i l g n E

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 711 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 72

Academic Departments

French

French language and culture have long exerted a fascination on Note: Some courses are taught in translation. people and continue to maintain an important role throughout MMC’s French program assists candidates in preparing for the the centuries. As far back as the 13th century, Marco Polo wrote Chamber of Commerce of Paris examinations for the Certificat about his travels in French. Today, French is a vehicle for diplo- de Français Professionnel and the Diplôme de Français des macy, holding a privileged position at the United Nations as one Affaires, recognized throughout the French business community of the five official languages and one of two working languages as signifying the attainment of French language expertise. Since (English being the other). With the reconstitution of Europe in 1980, the College has been an established Center of 1992, French language and culture have only become Examination for these certificates. more influential. A summer study program offers students the opportunity to To meet our students’ needs, the French department offers a study French in Languedoc Roussillon. These students may variety of courses to provide: apply for a scholarship and spend the summer at the University a) basic language instruction; of Laval in Quebec. b) a study of various cultural developments; c) an understanding of literature from the Middle Ages Students who become proficient in French prepare for a variety through the Twentieth Century; of entry-level positions in international business, government, d) special studies in technical use of the languages; schools, museums and galleries. Recent alumnae include cor- e) global awareness. porate executives, scholars, teachers, curators, translators, interpreters, and diplomats.

Division: Humanities Division Chairperson: David S. Linton, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Assistants : Eleanor Bazzini Ryan Cunningham [email protected] [email protected] Division Office: Main 517 Nugent 560 Phone: 517-0641 774-0834

Department Faculty:

Carmen Coll Associate Professor of French Coordinator, French Program Chevalier des Palmes Academiques Licence-es-Lettres, University of Nancy Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center, The City University of New York Main 512 212-517-0626 [email protected]

FRENCH MINOR 18 Credits For students with no previous French:

FREN 101 Elementary French I 3 FREN 309 Advanced Grammar and Composition 3 FREN 102 Elementary French II 3 FREN Elective 3 FREN 201 Intermediate French I 3 FREN 202 Intermediate French II 3

72 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 73

Academic Departments French

FRENCH MINOR (Continued)

For students with the equivalent of FREN 101-102: h

FREN 201 Intermediate French I 3 FREN 309 Advanced Grammar and Composition 3 c FREN 202 Intermediate French II 3 FREN Electives 6 n e r

FREN 203 French Conversation OR F FREN 303 Explication de Textes 3

For students with the equivalent of FREN 201-202:

FREN 203 French Conversation 3 FREN 309 Advanced Grammar and Composition 3 FREN 303 Explication de Textes 3 FREN Electives 6 FREN 301 French Translation OR FREN 305 French Phonetics and Conversation 3

FRENCH COURSES (FREN) 101. Elementary French I 201. Intermediate French I 301. French Translation A direct and immediate involvement with the liv- The purpose of this course is to strengthen and Course stresses translation of texts concerning ing language is the fundamental aim of the expand the student’s familiarity with the lan- business, politics, science, journalism, literature, course. Emphasis is placed on understanding guage as an oral and written instrument of com- and other fields, with emphasis on modern and speaking in order to develop a basic knowl- munication. Contemporary stories, grammar, usage of French and English. Prerequisite: edge of French. Student participation is vital and short poems will emphasize modern FREN 303 (3). since this course involves much oral work car- idiomatic expressions. Students may begin ried out through interaction among students. their study of French at the intermediate level 303. Explication de Textes Grammatical principles will be introduced only with permission of the Instructor. Not open This course analyzes excerpts from the works of through texts relating various aspects of French to students who have completed FREN 213. contemporary authors from two stylistic and life. Poems and current events from magazines Prerequisite: FREN 101-102 or permission of aesthetic points of view. Prerequisite: FREN will be used along with topical readings to help the instructor (3). 201-202 or the equivalent (3). develop a feeling for French. Not open to stu- dents who have completed FREN 113 (3). 202. Intermediate French II 305. French Phonetics and Conversation This course is a continuation of Intermediate Course studies the sound system of French, its 102. Elementary French II French I. proper pronunciation and intonation, with read- This course is a continuation of Elementary Prerequisite: FREN 201 or permission of the ing and taping. Students will be given the French I. Prerequisite: FREN 101 or permission instructor (3). opportunity to practice those sounds during of the instructor (3). conversations centered on a theme. 203. French Conversation Prerequisite: FREN 201-202 or equivalent (3). 113. Elementary French - Intensive Course This course develops the student’s conversa- The development of a strong, workable knowl- tional ability with stress on idiomatic expres- 309. Advanced Grammar and Composition edge of spoken and written contemporary sions and stylistic usage. Students will partici- This course involves an intensive review of French in a minimum amount of time is the pate in debates and free exchange of opinions French grammatical structure to prepare stu- object of this course. Emphasis is placed on on contemporary topics. (Formerly: Advanced dents to understand and translate correctly liter- direct and continued student participation. French Conversation). Prerequisite: FREN 201- ary and non-literary texts. It will also provide Grammar structures, vocabulary, idioms, and 202 or equivalent (3). extensive practice in writing original composi- pronunciation patterns are presented within a tions. Prerequisites: FREN 201-202 or the natural context. Not open to students who have 223. Study in France or Canada equivalent (3). completed FREN 101-102 (6). The course consists in visiting various important cultural centers in France or Canada and writing 325. French for Business a paper on related topics in literature, history, This course offers the opportunity to develop art, etc. Lectures, discussions, seminars are French speaking and writing skills. It empha- conducted by the College faculty and scholars sizes basic vocabulary, idioms, speech struc- in the country visited. Travel related fees are the tures and writing styles used in business. responsibility of the student. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: FREN 201-202 or equivalent (3). Moderate fluency in French [Offered: Summer sessions] (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 173 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 74

Academic Departments French

FRENCH COURSES (FREN) 326. Contemporary France: Social, Political 409. The French Short Story The following courses have been offered in the and Economic Perspectives Course has two objectives: develop skills in past and may be offered in the future in (Same as HIST 326) reading, writing, and speaking in order to response to student need. Course is designed to expose students to encourage students to express their own ideas French politics, society and culture. Emphasis spontaneously; to introduce a special form of will be placed on the economic development of French literature, presenting the origin and 213. Intermediate French-Intensive Course France: its present and future socioeconomic development of the French short story from the 304. French Literature in the Middle Ages situation, its position in the European Economic seventeenth century to modern times. Works by and Renaissance Community and the legislative impact in Europe the most outstanding writers from La Fontaine 405. 18th-Century French Literature of opening national borders. Geographical to Sartre will be examined. Prerequisite: Some 407. 19th-Century French Prose aspects and historical background will serve as knowledge of French (3). 411. Seminar on Existentialism and Theatre a ‘toile de fond’ to enhance the focus on con- of the Absurd (Taught in English) temporary civilization. (This course will be 297/497. Research 413. French Black Literature of the Afro- taught in English.) Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Caribbean 298/398/498. Directed Study 403. 17th Century French Literature This course explores the social, political and 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship psychological complexity of French literature in the 17th century. Such outstanding authors as Moliere, Racine, Corneille, La Rochefoucauld, and Mme. de Sevigne will be examined. (This course will be taught in English.) Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3).

741 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 75

Academic Departments

General Science

General Science courses are taught by the Faculty of the Department of Natural Sciences and Mathematics. These courses are part of the departmental programs in Biology and the College’s area requirements in the Natural Sciences.

Division: Sciences Division Chairperson: Ann D. Jablon, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Secretary: Rekha Swami e

[email protected] c n

Division Office: Main 7th Floor e i

Phone: 212-774-0721 c S l a r

Department Faculty: Faculty from the Department of Natural Sciences and Math teach GS courses. e n e

Steven Wat Judith Garrison Hanks Benedetta A. Sampoli Benitez G Assistant Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Biology Assistant Professor of Chemistry Director, Natural Sciences and Mathematics B.S., The City College/ B.S., University of Florence Programs The City University of New York M.S., University of Florence B.A., University of Hawaii M.A., Lehman College/ Ph.D., University of California, San Diego M.S., Courant Institute at New York University The City University of New York Main 614 Main 603 Ph.D., The City University of New York/New 212-517-0653 212-517-0652 York Botanical Garden [email protected] [email protected] Main 614 212-517-0667 Marc Zucker Ann Aguanno [email protected] Assistant Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Queens College/The City University of B.A., The State University of New York, College Kelsey Jordahl New York at Buffalo Assistant Professor of Physics M.A., The Graduate School and University M.S., New York University B.S., Eckerd College Center, of The City University of New York Ph.D., New York University Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Main 603 Technology/Woods Hole Oceanographic Center, of The City University of New York 212-774-4838 Institution Main 614 [email protected] Main 614 212-517-0668 212-517-0561 [email protected] [email protected]

GENERAL SCIENCE (GS)

105. Principles of Natural Science 106. Principles of Natural Science 183. Environmental Science This course provides an integrated introduction Laboratory This course presents a study of our planet with to the study of the natural sciences. The basic This companion laboratory course to Principles respect to its place in the universe, its origins concepts of mechanics, heat, and sound are of Natural Science introduces the student to and evolution. The course examines the earth introduced as a background for exploration of basic laboratory techniques and covers con- as a complete environment system; the physical the principles of interactions with matter. Topics trolled experiments that illuminate fundamental processes in or on earth (storms, earthquakes, include: levels of organization of matter, the concepts of the lecture course. Three-hour lab. continental drifts) that shape this environment; evolution of the universe (physical, chemical, Fee: $45.00. Co-requisite: GS 105 (2). how human technology has been making this and biological), the chemical basis of life, the into a precarious habitat. Co-requisites: WRIT nature and function of cells, the fundamental 101 and COR 113 or equivalent (3). forces in the universe, principles of energy, and genetics. Co-requisites: WRIT 101 and MATH 109, if required (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 75 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 76

Academic Departments General Science

GENERAL SCIENCE (GS) 201. Introductory Astronomy 250. Plagues and Humankind 287. The Computer, Science, and Society This is a survey course in astronomy and space This course will study the infectious diseases Course covers the effects of computers and the exploration. Starting with a brief discussion of that have threatened humankind throughout the cybernetic revolution on science, the individual, the significant historical events that shaped the ages, as well as the protozoan parasites, from and society. Treats computer technology as the ideas of modern astronomy, the course will the standpoint of transmission and virulence. newest industrial revolution and examines the examine the solar system, stars, pulsars, black The course will also provide an understanding of cultural changes it has caused and the funda- holes and galaxies, the theories on the birth and the treatment regimes as well as the dynamics mental problems being raised by computeriza- death of stars, and the current thinking on the of the process of co-evolution, a type of “dance” tion of society. Prerequisites: WRIT 101 and theories of cosmology. Demonstrations and that occurs between parasite and host (prey). COR 113 or equivalent (3). audiovisuals are used to illustrate and explain The organisms that have been responsible for some of the scientific principles underlying the “plagues” will be investigated in detail, as well 340. Sociobiology (Same as SOC 340) discipline. Prerequisites: WRIT 101 and COR as their effects on society. The newer members The issue of “nature versus nurture” in the devel- 113 or equivalent (3). of the infectious disease assemblage will be opment of human behavior is still unresolved, studied to discern what mankind has learned although it is clear that both heredity and envi- 202. An Introduction to Space Science from past experience, how modern society ronment play important roles. This course will This is an introduction to the new field of space responds to the “unknown” and how the use of present the biological perspective (evolution, science. After a brief survey of the solar system, advanced tools of diagnosis and treatment con- natural selection, heredity) as well as the socio- the stars and the physical universe, the course tribute to or remove the factor of fear. Those logical perspective (culture and socialization) on will explore the questions of the origin of life in organisms that have been “weaponized” for use the major forces influencing human behavior. A space and on other planets; the physical and in bioterrorism will be “deconstructed”. critical analysis of the political implications of biological conditions necessary for the evolution Prerequisites: WRIT 101 and COR 113 or each perspective for understanding and of advanced organisms; the evolution and life- equivalent (3). responding to human behavior will be explored. times of stellar civilizations; interstellar commu- Specific issues to be discussed include aggres- nications and space travel. Prerequisites: WRIT 277. Exploring the Physical World sion, sex roles, intelligence, and the ethics of 101 and COR 113 or equivalent (3). Provides a broad perspective of the knowledge genetic engineering. Studies of twins reared and insights that physics has afforded about our apart will provide a basis for much of the dis- 239. Color and Light universe. Topics include matter in motion, elec- cussion. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). This course explores the science behind color trical and magnetic phenomena and physical and light. It presupposes no previous study of processes that shape our environment. May not 345. Science and Civilization science. It will examine the two seemingly be credited toward the major requirements for Course will examine the history of humanity as a opposed characteristics of light; that it behaves Biology, Chemistry or Mathematics. phenomenon in which natural science emerges both like a wave and like a particle. The interac- Prerequisites: WRIT 101 and COR 113 or as a human activity in each age, at a level appro- tions of light surfaces will be explored, and the equivalent (3). priate to that age. Discussion will focus on sci- student will be introduced to Newton’s experi- ence in its broadest human context, on how civ- ments with mixing colors and other topics in 284. Introduction to Technology ilization and the scientific investigation of the optics. Applications of the science of color and This course introduces the student to the prob- natural world evolved and influenced one anoth- light in painting, stage lighting, television and lem-solving approach typical of engineering. er. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). photography will be treated. Prerequisites: Students will use problem-solving techniques in WRIT 101 and COR 113 or equivalent (3). case studies in communications technology, 409. History and Philosophy of Science solar energy systems, medical technology, and (Same as PHIL 409) nuclear waste disposal. Skills developed will be: This course examines and traces the develop- critical thinking, decision-making, modeling, and ment of scientific thought through the eyes of probabilistic problem solving. Prerequisites: both Philosophers and Scientists and examines WRIT 101 and COR 113 or equivalent (3). the controversies and restructuring of our out- look, especially with the introduction of Relativity and Quantum Mechanics in the early 20th Century. These ideas are therefore studied for what they tell us about how humans relate cognitively to the universe, in both active and passive senses. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PHIL 101 recommended (3).

76 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 77

Academic Departments

History

Historical inquiry expands our conception and understanding of texts or analyzing historical issues. It provides excellent back- what it is to be human. By studying peoples who lived in other ground for information gathering and interpretative work in all times and cultures we encounter the limitations of our own per- forms of media or public policy, and for the study and spectives and take membership in the entire complex human practice of law. venture. The courses offered by the History department give stu- dents a sense of the past, an ability to think historically about History majors at MMC work closely with individual faculty in both differences and continuities between past and present, an building their programs. Students take three social science awareness of the social, cultural and institutional developments credits for theoretical social science background, and a mini- that produced our contemporary world, and an understanding of mum of 33 credits in history. History requirements include 1) a history as a distinctive discipline with its own critical and con- thematic course that introduces students to historical inquiry as ceptual skills of inquiry, interpretation, and expression. a process of source interpretation and narrative construction; 2) survey and thematic courses in European, American, and Asian A major in History prepares students for a wide range of occu- history; 3) an upper level History Colloquium that examines pations and professions because of the breath of understanding methodologies of historical research and interpretation through it gives, and because it develops students’ abilities to research analysis of exemplary historical texts; and 4) an advanced sem- issues, read sources critically and contextually, and express inar or independent research project resulting in a major research understandings in clear focused writing. Historical study is an essay. The history faculty helps majors design their programs in excellent preparation for archival work; elementary, secondary light of their career aspirations. The faculty encourages students and university-level teaching; work in government agencies, to study abroad in a region of particular interest, and/or to museums and other kinds of private and public institutions; or, choose internships exploring possible career paths.

consulting agencies that specialize in developing historical con- y r o t s i H Division: Social Sciences Division Chairperson: Kenton Worcester, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Assistant: Michael Backus [email protected] Division Office: Nugent 456 Phone: 212-774-4847

Department Faculty:

Marjorie Madigan Barbara Ballard Yu-Yin Cheng Associate Professor of History Associate Professor of History Associate Professor of History Coordinator, History Program B.A., Hunter College of the City University of B.A. National Taiwan Normal University B.A., Marymount College New York M.A. University of California, Davis M.A., University of Rochester M.A., The City University of New York Ph.D., University of California, Davis Nugent 452 M.A., Yale University Nugent 452 212 774-4831 Ph.D., Yale University 212-774-4833 [email protected] Nugent 452 [email protected] 212 774-4832 [email protected]

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 77 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 78

Academic Departments History

MAJOR: B.A. IN HISTORY (2005) 36 Credits

A history major consists of 36 credits of history and related discipline study. Certain courses taken outside the history department may count towards the major: consult with your history advisor for specific information. Credit toward the major will be awarded for a score of 4 or 5 on the Advanced Placement Examination in European or American History.

History Major Requirements: 36 Credits One of the following:

IS 207 World Geography SOC 330 Great Social Thinkers 3

One of the following:

HIST 213 Historical Themes HIST/IS 218 The Making of the Modern World 3 HIST 329 History Colloquium 3

One of the following:

HIST 401 History Seminar 3 HIST 497 Independent Study 3

Electives in East Asian, European, United States History 18 Credits Students are required to complete 6 History courses in the following fields: East Asia, Europe, United States:

Take three at the 100/200 level, one from each field. 9 Take three at the 300/400 level, one from each field. 9

Students must also take:

HIST 401 History Seminar 3 HIST 497 Independent Study 3

Open History electives 6 Credits 2 history courses may be taken from any area or period. One course must be at the 300- or 400-level.

MINORS: 18 Credits A History minor consists of 18 credits of history study. Specific program should be arranged in close collaboration with a History faculty advisor. One of the following:

HIST 213 Historical Themes or HIST/IS 218 Making of the Modern World 3 HIST 329 History Colloquium 3 4 History electives, 2 at the 300-level or above 12

78 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 79

Academic Departments

History

HISTORY COURSES (HIST) 101. The American Past I: 210. Modern Britain 216. Europe: Antiquity to Enlightenment This course, exploring the major events leading This course will examine the history of Britain Course provides an overview of European histo- to the founding and development of the United from the late 18th century to the present, with ry with emphasis on those institutional and intel- States to 1877, is organized around historical emphasis on the process and impact of mod- lectual developments that contributed most and literary readings and lectures and class dis- ernization on Britain’s economy, society, poli- directly to forming modern European civilization. cussion. Among the topics covered are the Age tics, culture and world position. Topics will It briefly examines foundations: the Greek polis, of Discovery, the impact of the Spanish empire include the working class experience in the the Roman Empire, and the rise of Christianity. on American colonial development, the estab- Industrial Revolution, the Victorian ethos, politi- It then studies the formation of medieval lishment of the thirteen colonies, the interaction cal reform, England and Ireland, Imperialism, the European society; the expansion of Europe via of European, American, Native American, and wars of the 20th century. Prerequisite: WRIT trade, exploration, war and settlement; and its African-American peoples, the American 101 (3). distinctive capitalist and state system formation Revolution, the Civil War and Reconstruction. from the 16th-18th centuries. It also empha- Co-requisite: CS 099 if required (3). 213. Historical Themes sizes the cultural movements of those centuries: This intensive reading, writing and discussion the Renaissance, Reformation, Scientific 103. The American Past II course introduces students to history as a form Revolution and Enlightenment. Students will Beginning with the post-Reconstruction era and of inquiry and imaginative reconstruction utilize the art and music resources of New York ending circa the 1980s, this course provides a through exploration of a specific topic. City as part of their learning. Prerequisite: WRIT study of why and how the United States evolved Students will gain experience in interpreting 101 or permission of instructor (3). from a relatively insignificant agrarian nation to documents, constructing a coherent story from the world’s major economic and political power. them, and evaluating contrasting interpretations 218. The Making of the Modern World Among the topics to be explored are industrial- of facts, and contextualizing such materials. (Same as IS 218) ization, the impact of immigration, urbanization, Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). This course will examine the history of the twen- World Wars I and II, the impact of modernity, the tieth century from a global perspective. It will y

Great Depression, Civil Rights, Vietnam and the 215. Ancient Worlds: the Foundations of emphasize the material and cultural processes r o

beginning of the post-industrial age. Historical World Civilization of modernization and globalization as they have t s and literary texts, lectures and class discussion This course will first examine comparatively the variously affected peoples throughout the world. i form the basis exploring these issues. Co-requi- formation and development of the earliest civi- After providing background on 19th century H site: CS 099 if required (3). lizations in the ancient Near East and Egypt, European and other industrializations, nation China, India, and the Mediterranean world from state developments and imperialism, the course 209. English History to 1689 ca. 3000 BCE to 500 CE. It will then focus on concentrates on the 20th century: the first half- This survey will trace the major social and polit- the inter-regional contacts and cultural century of war, revolution and international cap- ical developments of the diverse peoples of exchanges of the Eurasian world after 100 CE, italist collapse, and the second half with its England from its original Breton inhabitants, made possible by the existence of a chain of emergence of new patterns of political, social, through Roman and Saxon settlements, Viking empires extending from Rome via Parthia and and economic formation, as well as attempts to invasion, and Norman Conquest, to its emer- the Kushan Empire of India to China, forming an understand our contemporary situation. This gence as a nation with its unique cultural identi- unbroken zone of civilized life from the Atlantic course satisfies shared curriculum, liberal arts ty under the Plantagenets, Tudors, and Stuarts. to the Pacific oceans. This cultural area provid- and international studies major requirements. Emphasis will be placed upon such institutions ed an important channel of trade exchange, e.g. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). as monasticism, feudalism, legal and economic along the silk road; transmission of artistic systems; such conflicts as those between styles, technology and institutions, e.g. the influ- 220. Modern Europe Church and State, rival dynasties, warring reli- ence of Greek sculptural styles on Buddhist art This course surveys European history from the gious groups, monarchs and Parliament; and in India and China; and, most importantly, the era of the French Revolution to the present, with such persons as Alfred, Beckett and Elizabeth I dissemination of the great world religions, emphasis on political and diplomatic develop- whose lives influenced these developments. Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, ments, social and cultural change and continu- Students will read selected historical sources as Zoroastrianism, Judaism, and Christianity. This ity, intellectual and cultural ferment, and the Bede’s History, biographical and literary works. will be a reading, viewing, and discussion methodologies of doing history. It will introduce Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). course based mainly on primary texts, with lec- students to historical debates around such tures and brief secondary materials providing issues as the French Revolution, industrializa- background. Class will regularly visit the tion, nationalism and state construction, Metropolitan Museum of Art and other muse- Socialism, fascism, the Holocaust, and the ums as appropriate. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 or nature and impact of the Cold War. Prerequisite: permission of instructor (3). WRIT 101 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 791 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 80

Academic Departments History

HISTORY COURSES (HIST) 221. Modern Russia Modern Japan 250. Old World Civilizations and Contacts, Course examines the major themes and prob- (Same as IS 239) 300-1450 C.E. lems of Russian history from mid-nineteenth Course examines the development of Japanese This course surveys historical developments century to the present. Emphasis will be placed politics, economy and society from mid-19th and expanding encounters within the Afro- on the debates around modernization, national century to the present. Issues to be empha- Eurasian Ecumene (area of settled civilizations identity and political participation. Prerequisite: sized will include: Japanese industrialization, and contacts) in the period from 300-1450 C.E. WRIT 101 (3). emergence as a world power, the post-war It focuses on the spread of the world’s religions “economic miracle,” and the impact of these of Buddhism, Islam and Christianity as well as East Asian Civilizations developments on Japanese society. the broadening of trading networks. It looks at (Same as IS 232) Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). China as the cultural, institutional and political Through literature and museum visits, this center of the East Asian World; Islamic civiliza- course introduces the principal cultural ele- 241. Introduction to Africa tion as the global civilization of Afro-Eurasia in ments of East Asian countries, including China, This course introduces students to the early his- this period; and the making of a distinctive Korea, Vietnam, and Japan before the onset of tory of the peoples of Sub-Saharan Africa, and European civilization at the western end of Western imperialism. The course focuses on traces their history through the mid 19th centu- Eurasia. This course also examines the military exploring how Confucianism, Buddhism, and ry. While the impact of Islam and the slave trade and political expansion of nomadic peoples, Daoism became the building blocks of East San will be treated, emphasis will be on the indige- especially Turks and Mongols, who disrupted civilizations, and how Korea, Vietnam, and nous civilizations and the interplay between settled ways, established vast trans-regional Japan maintained their identity while they environment and culture. The aim is to highlight empires, and sponsored regular systematic absorbed Chinese civilizations. Prerequisite: major dimensions of a diverse African experi- interactions between peoples of different cultur- WRIT 101 (3). ence. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). al traditions from China to Europe. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). Modern East Asia 243. Modern Africa (Same as IS 237) Course examines the process of late 19th cen- 255. Women in American History A study of the emergence of four modern East tury colonial conquest and the dynamics of This course will examine the changing roles, sta- Asian nations - China, Japan, Korea, and colonial rule in Africa. It looks at ways colonial- tus, images, and self-consciousness of women Vietnam - during the past two centuries. Topics ism affected various Africans and ways in which in America from colonial times to the present. to be examined include: the impact of imperial- Africans resisted or worked within the colonial Emphasis will be placed on the impact of indus- ism and nationalism in East Asia; revolutions system to achieve their goals. It examines trialization on women’s lives. Among themes to and communism in China, North Korea and nationalist movements, meanings of nationalism be discussed will be the cult of domesticity as it Vietnam; industrialization and democratization and key themes of post-colonial development applied to factory, pioneer, and slave women in in Japan, Taiwan and South Korea, and the rise throughout Africa. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). the early nineteenth century, sexuality in the of Pacific Rim and its role in today’s global soci- Victorian age, theory and action of the women’s ety. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). 244. African American History: rights movement, and images and realities for The Black Atlantic twentieth-century women. Prerequisite: Modern China This course explores the experiences of people WRIT 101 (3). (Same as IS 238) of African descent in the Atlantic World. While This course surveys the main economic devel- emphasis is on the experience of Africans who 287. Latin America: Conquest, opments, social and political institutions, and came to North America, comparison is made to Colonization, and Independence historical movements of China from late 19th that of black people in the Caribbean. Among This course will study the cultural, political and century to the present. Topics to be examined the topics covered are the Atlantic slave trade, economic heritage of Latin America from the include: the family in late traditional Chinese slavery, the formation of African-American cul- pre-Columbian era. Topics will include the society, Western contacts and imperialist pene- ture, life in colonial America, slave resistance Native American societies, African cultures, and tration, 1911 Revolution and the founding of and rebellions, the Haitian Revolution, the Civil the Hispanic legacy. Emphasis will be on the republican China, May-Fourth Movement and War, and emancipation. Pre-requisite: connections between past and present. Chinese cultural renaissance, peasant rebellions WRIT 101 (3). Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). and Communist revolution, and China’s rising economic and political power in contemporary 246. African-American History Since world. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). Reconstruction This course surveys the history of African Americans in the United States since 1877. It examines the social, political, economic, and cultural forces that led to the rise of Jim Crow, the redefinition of black labor, black mass migration from the South, the development of urban black communities, and the Civil Rights movement. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3).

801 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 81

Academic Departments

History

HISTORY COURSES (HIST) 289. Latin America: The Dynamics of 309. Twentieth Century Europe 324. Industrial and Urban America Modernization (Same as PS 289) (Same as IS 309) Course will consider the major This course explores two concepts: the This course will study economic, political, political, socio-economic, and intellectual devel- “change” that occurred between 1890 and 1939 social, cultural developments since independ- opments of twentieth century Europe. in U.S. social, cultural, political, economic life ence in Latin America. The influence of the his- Emphasis will be placed on the failures and suc- and in the American role in the world, and the torical experience of selected Latin American cesses of European governments in dealing with attempts of historical actors to manage these states on contemporary situations, and the crises engendered by world and cold wars, changes through “reforms,” such as Populism, nature of the systems of formal and informal depression and monetary crises, social transfor- Progressivism and the New Deal. Coursework power in these societies will be emphasized. mations, and class and ideological conflict. includes reading in primary and secondary Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). sources and independent research. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). 306. Cross-Cultural Encounters: 1500-1800 311. Twentieth Century Religious This course explores the significance of expand- Movements in the U.S. 325. Contemporary America ed connections within and between the hemi- This course will explore the complex interaction From 1945 to 1992, the United States sought spheres from ca. 1500-1800, and the nature of between selected religious movements and security, from the Soviet Union in the Cold War the “world system” that emerged. Through the twentieth century American society. It will and also from future Great Depressions through use of a variety of source materials, including examine how religion affected culture, politics its guarantor state programs. This course holdings of the Metropolitan Museum of Art, it and social change. Among topics studied will examines how at the same time the United examines the reasons for, nature of, and be: social gospel movements, fundamentalism, States sought to meet these two challenges responses to European expansion, changes in evangelicalism, civil rights, feminism, and con- other political, economic and international chal- maritime Asian trading patterns, and the eco- servatism. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; HIST 103 or lenges arose. Methods of instruction include nomic, political and cultural implications of permission of the instructor (3). reading and viewing relevant sources and sec- those changes in East and South Asia and ondary materials, and independent research. y

throughout the Islamic world. It studies the 320. Nazi Germany and the Holocaust Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). r o

interaction of Europeans and Africans, particu- This course will critically examine totalitarianism t s larly around the Atlantic slave trade, the forma- as exemplified by Nazi Germany. A number of 326. Contemporary France: Social, Political i tion and diversity of American societies as a topics will be emphasized: World War I and the and Economic Perspectives H result of European exploration, conquest and crisis of the Weimar Republic, the rise of the (Same as FREN 326) plantations, the role of indigenous women as Nazi movement and the collapse of democracy, Course is designed to expose students to agents of European assimilation. Finally, it the role and personality of Adolf Hitler, the Nazi French politics, society and culture. Emphasis assesses the nature and extent of European seizure of power and establishment of the total- will be placed on the economic development of dominance by the end of the 18th century. itarian state, the crisis in gender relations and France: its present and future socio-economic Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Nazi sexual politics, anti-Semitism, World War II situation, its position in the European Economic and the Holocaust, the collapse of the regime Community and the legislative impact in Europe 307. Topics in Modern History and the Nuremberg trials. Also examined will be of opening national borders. Geographical This reading, discussion, and research course the literature of remembrance of this terrible aspects and historical background will serve as will focus on a selected issue in 19th and 20th time. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; HIST 347 or a ‘toile de fond’ to enhance the focus on con- century European, comparative and global his- permission of instructor (3). temporary civilization. (Course will be taught in tory. Possible topics: Comparative industrial- English.) Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). ization and social change; national formation in 322. Expansion and Disunion, 1815-1890 central and eastern Europe; the culture of This course explores the history of the 19th 327 American Foreign Relations European and American modernism: 1880- Century in America, with emphasis on the Civil (Same as IS/PS 327) 1930; the “New Imperialism, “ Film and the glob- War as a critical mid-point. It focuses on insti- This course surveys U.S. foreign relations from alization of culture. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). tutional developments, reform movements, the late 19th century to the present. Power pol- westward expansion, slavery, the Civil War, itics and interstate relations will provide our 308. Women and Gender in Modern Europe which divided, and the Reconstruction, which framework. We will also examine the wider eco- This course examines European women as they did not wholly unite. Prerequisite: nomic, social and cultural dimensions of were affected by the gendered construction of WRIT 102 (3). American engagement with the world, including their social, political, economic and cultured the changing rationales informing American worlds, and as they lived, worked and devel- international activism and the interplay between oped and told their stories, from the 18th centu- interest and values in policies pursued. ry to the present. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). HIST 347 or permission of instructor (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 811 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 82

Academic Departments History

HISTORY COURSES (HIST) 328. Colonial and Revolutionary America 348. Poverty in America (Same as PS 348) 372 Women and Family in Chinese History Course will first study the culture and society of Poverty in the midst of plenty became a nation- (Same as IS 372) colonial America with emphasis on the trans- al political issue in the 1960’s and still haunts the This course will provide for an examination of mission and transformation of English culture in United States today. This course begins with women’s life and women’s roles within Chinese the American environment, interaction with the Johnson Administration’s declaration of war family from antiquity to the modern period. Indian culture, development and role of religion, on poverty, then examines factors contributing Viewing gender as a historical category in ana- and changing roles of the family. It will then to contemporary poverty: race, gender, age, lyzing changes of Chinese society and culture, examine the Revolutionary period through the health, economics. Student responsibilities will the course will cover the following topics: prop- establishment of the federal republic, with par- be to do assigned reading, participate in class erty and inheritance between men and women; ticular emphasis on the nature of the transfor- discussions and do a research project. household economies; marriage; divorce and mations of this “event.” Prerequisite: Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (Some study of maternal roles; reproduction, fertility and infanti- WRIT 102 (3). American history or politics is cide; female chastity and Confucian ritual-pro- recommended.) (3). priety; and women’s social networking and the 329 History Colloquium formation of sisterhood. Prerequisite: WRIT Students will read and analyze exemplary his- 356. Black Women in American History 102 (3). torical texts as a way of more deeply under- This course examines how the intersection of standing both the traditions and challenges of race, gender, and class shaped the lives, critical 374. History of the People’s Republic of the discipline and contemporary best thinking thought, and social consciousness of black China (Same as IS 374) and practice. The general purpose of the women in America from slavery to the present. A comprehensive analysis of recent Chinese History Colloquium is to help students reach a It explores the black woman’s role and percep- history after 1949, including land reform, more sophisticated understanding of the nature tion of herself in relation to the domestic sphere thought reform, the Cultural Revolution, the of history as a discipline and of the approaches of the home, the marketplace, and the commu- post-Mao era, the consequences of the new and methods of historians. Prerequisites: WRIT nity. Although the focus is on black women in economic policies of the 1980s and their social 102; HIST 213 or HIST 218 (3). the United States, comparisons are made with and cultural impacts, the democratic movement the experiences of black women in the since the Tiananmen Square demonstrations, 340. Topics in European Cultural Formation: Caribbean and South America. Prerequisite: and China’s emerging political and economic Middle Ages and Renaissance WRIT 102. Recommended: study of American role in global society. Prerequisite: This course will study some significant literary, and/or African American, and/or women’s WRIT 102 (3). artistic and musical texts of the 12th through history (3). 16th centuries for what they tell us about con- 401. History Seminar ceptions of human nature and life’s meanings 360. Revolution and Literature This is an integrative capstone course for histo- during that period. Discussion will focus on the (Same as SPAN 360; see Spanish ry majors. Students will each develop and exe- 12th century “Renaissance,” scholastic culture Department for course description) (3). cute a significant project reflecting their interest, and its critics, Renaissance humanism and under the direction of the instructor. They will Reformation challenges-all examined in histori- 368. Islamic Civilization meet in a seminar setting to discuss research cal context. Among authors read: Abelard and This course surveys the religious, political and approaches and methods, and to share their Heloise, Aquinas, Dante, Christine de Pizan, cultural institutions of Islam both in their histori- work. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; HIST 213 or Petrarch, More, Machiavelli, Montaigne, cal development and contemporary import. It 218; and History Colloquium (3). Shakespeare. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; will examine the Qur’an and its interpretations, Recommended: HIST 216 (3). mysticism, sectarian divisions and modern 297/497. Research reform movements. It will give an overview of 346. The Middle East in the Twentieth the political and social institutions of the Islamic 298/398/498. Directed Study Century (Same as IS 346/PS 345) world, from Africa to Indonesia as they evolved This course examines contemporary interna- historically. Finally, students will examine 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship tional and regional politics of the Middle East. selected oral, literary and artistic cultural The political and social history of the region will expressions of this civilization. Prerequisite: be explored in terms of its effect on current WRIT 102 (3). political dynamics. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; IS/PS 109 or HIST 347 or permission of the instructor (3).

821 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 83

Academic Departments

Humanities

The Humanities major is an interdisciplinary program in cultural four distinct areas: literature, historical study, conceptual study, studies that incorporates courses from an array of departments, and electives. The Self-Designed Model (Option II) invites appli- such as History, Art History, French, Spanish, English Literature, cations from students who meet specific criteria. In this model, Philosophy and Religious Studies. The interdisciplinary nature of students work collaboratively with a faculty sponsor to identify the major enables students to develop advanced skills in textual an area of concentration and to design a program of study that and critical analysis, historical study, and comparative approach- meets all of the criteria below. Please note: application for this es to culture in its broadest sense. model is open only to students who have completed 30 credits, have maintained a 3.00 GPA and who will have completed at The major requires students to take four interdisciplinary cor least 18 credits of their major at MMC. courses, one at each level of academic study, beginning in the first year and continuing through the senior year. In addition to The base of knowledge and the analytical and critical skills this cor, students have two options for completing the remaining acquired by Humanities students prepares them for a wide range 24 credits that the major requires. The Standard Model (Option of career options and for graduate study in a variety of fields. I) requires students to take two 300/400 level courses in each of

Division: Humanities Division Chairperson: David S. Linton, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Assistants : Eleanor Bazzini Ryan Cunningham [email protected] [email protected] y

Division Office: Main 517 Nugent 560 r o

Phone: 212-517-0641 212-774-0834 t s i H Department Faculty: Faculty from across the College teach Humanities courses. Jeanne Evans Assistant Professor of Religious Studies Coordinator, Humanities Program B.A., Emmanuel College M.A., Andover Newton Theological School Ph.D., University of St. Michael’s College Main 517 212-517-0618 [email protected]

MAJOR: B.A. IN HUMANITIES (4901) 36 CREDITS Core of the Major 12 Credits

HUM 123 Themes in Humanities 3 HUM 312 Methods of Interdisciplinary Study 3 HUM 253 Textual Analysis 3 HUM 496 Senior Seminar (Variable Topics) 3

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 83 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 84

Academic Departments Humanities

In addition, students choose between the following options:

Option I - The Standard Model 24 Credits

Students complete 24 credits at the 300-/400-level, including: 3) Two courses - 6 credits - in conceptual study: such courses would include most philosophy and religious studies courses but 1) Two courses - 6 credits - in literature: such literary study could would not be limited to these. Students should select such cours- be in the original language (French, Spanish, English) or in trans- es with their faculty advisors. lation. 4) Two courses - 6 credits - in electives drawn from Philosophy, 2) Two courses - 6 credits - in historical study: these courses Religious Studies, History, Art History, Communication Arts, could include the history of a specific civilization in a particular French, Spanish, English. time frame, the history of philosophy, religion or the history of art or literature.

IMPORTANT: In order to ensure that students have met the prerequisites and are adequately prepared for the above courses, in any given discipline, at the 300 and 400 level, it is strongly recommended that they select courses both to fulfill the Shared Curriculum requirement and as electives at the introductory, or foundation, level.

Option II - The Self-Designed Model 24 Credits This new option allows highly motivated students to work with a World Culture and Language Studies — 6 credits: One of the chal- faculty sponsor to identify their own area of concentration and to lenges of the self-designed portion of the major is incorporating design their own course of study. Students are invited to apply for into a specific concentration a sense of intellectual range and cul- this option after completing 30 credits and maintaining a 3.00 tural diversity. To help students meet this challenge, they will be GPA. Option II is only available to students who will have com- required to designate at least 6 credits with this specific goal in pleted at least 18 credits of their major at MMC. At the time of mind. In consultation with their faculty sponsors, students will application, students submit a preliminary proposal outlining their identify what courses will most appropriately fulfill this require- area of concentration, a list of the courses they hope to complete, ment given their proposed area of concentration. and other pertinent details to a panel of three faculty members for review, potential modification and approval. In preparing this pro- Self-selected courses —18 credits: these courses must be at the posal, students need to consider the following criteria: 300/400 level and are to be chosen from those normally offered that relate to the student’s chosen field of concentration.

The department strongly encourages students to include independent studies and/or internships among their selections.

Minors particularly recommended for Humanities majors include: Arts Management, Art History, Studio Art, Business, Business Communication, Media Studies, Education, Theatre, Dance, English, French, Philosophy, Religious Studies, Spanish, History, and International Studies.

HUMANITIES MINOR: 18 Credits Two of the following History courses: 6 Credits

HIST 215 Ancient Worlds: the Foundation of World Civilization 3 HIST/IS 218 Making of the Modern World 3 HIST 216 Europe: Antiquity to Enlightenment 3 HIST 306 Cross-Cultural Encounters: 1500-1800 3

All of the following: PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 ART 250 Survey of Western Art I 3 RS 200 World’s Major Religious Texts 3 ART 252 Survey of Western Art II 3

84 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 85

Academic Departments

Humanities

HUMANITIES COURSES (HUM) 123. Themes in Humanities 312. Critical Methods of Interdisciplinary 297/497. Research Primarily an introduction to interdisciplinary Study studies and a basic identification of the func- This course, which presupposes the capacity to 298/398/498. Directed Study tions and contributions of several disciplines, analyze textually, would introduce students to 3- this course will address understandings of 5 different critical methods, the assumptions of 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship human nature and the imaginative and social those scholarly methodologies as well as their worlds we inhabit. As humans we develop sys- strengths and limitations. Students would be The following courses have been offered in the tems and methods to describe how we think expected to employ 3-5 methodologies in their past and may be offered in the future in about and speak about our presence in the own brief scholarly investigations. Such critical response to student need. world and our relationship to transcendent and approaches may include new criticism, struc- immanent realities. We will explore how the turalism, post-structuralism, deconstruction, 251. Ways of Knowing I structures we create to examine human experi- Marxism, psychoanalytic discourse, etc. 301. Human Knowledge and Religious Beliefs ence shape our knowledge. Prerequisite: CS Prerequisite: WRIT 102; HUM 253 (3). 307. Theatre, Mirror of Society 099, if required. [Offered: F, S each year] (3). 309. Aggression 495. Senior Seminar in 311. Time and the Future 253. Textual Analysis Interdisciplinary Study 401. Language, Myth, and Symbol The primary goal of this course is to develop the The capstone course in the Liberal Studies skills of reading diverse texts (some literary, major, this course will require independent some non-literary), of analyzing them, and of research into a topic related to the thematic writing essays, which identify both the rhetorical topic of the course as it is taught in a given strategies and the disciplinary vantage points semester. Students are expected to write an encountered in the texts being analyzed. extended study employing at least one scholar- Prerequisite: FYS 101; HUM 123. [Offered: F, S ly method. Topics of the seminar will vary from each year] (3). semester to semester. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; HUM 312 (3). s e i t i n a m u H

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 851 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 86

Academic Departments

International Studies

The International Studies Program at MMC provides students Students can take advantage of the fact that New York City is with a cross-cultural perspective to help them analyze and eval- host to international corporations and several international uate contemporary issues from a global viewpoint. The program organizations such as the United Nations, Council on Foreign strives to equip students with comprehensive training that is Relations, the Ford Foundation, the Human Rights Watch, interdisciplinary, with a specific emphasis on political science, International Women’s Tribune Center and the World Policy economics, and history. The curriculum is built around cor Institute. With the advice and support of the faculty, students courses that investigate the institutions and dynamics of the can explore learning experiences outside the classroom through global economy and international politics, as well as the histori- study abroad programs, or credit-bearing internships that take cal origins of the international system. Related coursework in full advantage of the many opportunities that are available in the geography, history, sociology, and foreign languages, as well as metropolitan area. Some of the internships that the department courses that explore the cultural dimension of human communi- faculty help students to obtain include: the United Nations ties supplement these cor courses. The department stresses the Populations Fund, the United Nations Commission for Refugees, areas of human rights, development, war and peace, globaliza- the United Nations Development Program, United Nations Fund tion, social movements, and comparative cultures, as well as for Women, MADRE, WEDO, to name a few. gender and ethnic relations. Students have also been able to work with faculty to conduct Students majoring in International Studies often choose to minor joint research or attend conferences globally. Recently, students, in several other fields such as business, political economy, eco- with the support of the College, attended the United Nations’ nomics, political science, communications, sociology, and histo- World Conference Against Racism in Durban South Africa and ry. International Studies can also be a fruitful interdisciplinary the World Social Forum in Porto Alegre, Brazil. In addition, the minor for students interested in any field. The program, leading Department has sponsored several trips to Eastern Europe and to a Bachelor of Arts, serves as an excellent basis for future other parts of the world. graduate studies in the social sciences and the humanities, as well as professional degree programs in law and business. Students prepare for a wide choice of career opportunities in government and international agencies, non-governmental organizations, trans-national corporations, education and research, journalism and publishing.

Division: Social Sciences Division Chair: Kenton Worcester, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Assistant: Michael Backus [email protected] Division Office: Nugent 456 Phone: 212-774-4847

86 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 87

Academic Departments International Studies

Department Faculty:

Radhika Balakrishnan Ghassan Shabaneh Gurcharan Singh Professor of International Studies and Instructor in International Studies Professor Emeritus of Political Science and Economics B.A. William Paterson University International Studies Chair, International Studies M.A. Rutgers, The State University of New M.A. The City University of New York Department Jersey Ph. D. The Graduate School and University B.A. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign M. Phil., The Graduate School and University Center, The City University of New York M.A. Rutgers, The State University of Center, The City University of New York Nugent, Writing Center New Jersey Nugent 456 212-774-4888 Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University of 212-774-4824 [email protected] New Jersey [email protected] Nugent 456 212-774-4842 [email protected]

MAJOR: B.A. IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (2210) 51 Credits Social Science Core 6 Credits IS 207 World Geography 3 HIST/IS 218 Making of the Modern World OR SOC 330 Great Social Thinkers 3 International Studies Core 15 Credits IS/PS 109 International Relations 3 IS/ECO 214 Global Economy 3 IS/ECO 150 Economy, Society and the State OR IS 479 International Studies Seminar 3 IS/ECO 210 Macroeconomics 3 IS/PS 231 Comparative Politics 3

Six of the following courses: 18 Credits IS 311 Democracy and Its Critics 3 IS/PS 322 Totalitarian Systems 3 IS 305 Politics of Developing Nations 3 IS/ECO 334 Gender and Development 3 IS/ECO 306 Political Economy of Development IS/HIST 346 The Middle East in the 20C 3 and Underdevelopment 3 IS/ECO 350 Comparative Economics 3 IS/PS 307 Government and Politics in Russia IS 356 War and Peace (Same as HIST/PS 351) 3 and Eastern Europe 3 IS/HIST 372 Women and Family in Chinese History 3 IS/HIST 309 Twentieth Century Europe 3 IS/HIST 374 History of the People’s IS 313 Global Issues: Conflict Resolution 3 Republic of China 3 IS/PS 315 International Law 3

IS/ECO 317 International Economics 3 s e i d u Note: Internships are highly recommended. t S l

Foreign Language 12 Credits a n

Students are required to complete four college-level courses (through intermediate level II) in a foreign language, unless comparable o i t

proficiency is demonstrated. a n r e t n I I

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 187 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 88

Academic Departments International Studies

MINORS International Studies Minor 18 credits IS Core 12 credits IS/PS 109 International Relations 3 IS/PS 231 Comparative Politics 3 IS/ECO 150 Economy, Society and the State OR IS/ECO 214 Global Economy 3 IS/ECO 210 Macroeconomics 3

IS Electives 6 credits Any two IS courses at the 300 level

Interdisciplinary Political Economy Minor 18 credits IS/ECO Core: 6 credits One of the following:

IS/ECO 150 Economy, Society and the State OR IS/ECO 210 Macroeconomics 3 IS/ECO 214 Global Economy 3

Electives 12 credits Four of the following:

ECO 305 Economics of Labor 3 IS/ECO 334 Gender and Development 3 IS/ECO 306 Political Economy of IS/ECO 350 Comparative Economics 3 Development/Underdevelopment 3 IS/ECO 317 International Economics 3

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES COURSES (IS)

109. International Relations 207. World Geography 214. The Global Economy (Same as PS 109) The purpose of this interdisciplinary and team- (Same as ECO 214) Introduces the basic concepts and approaches taught course is to introduce students to the Course will examine the changing nature of the to the study of world politics and enables them world’s major regions: Africa, Asia, Europe, Latin global economy, trying to understand better the to undertake a systematic analysis of contem- America, the Middle East and North America. complex interaction between transnational cor- porary global problems. Prerequisite: WRIT The course will examine the diversity of physical porations and the nation state set within the 101 (3). environments and natural resources, and its context of a volatile technological environment. impact on human societies. The evolution of the It will pay particular attention to regional and 150. Economy, Society and the State regions’ socio-economic, political, religious and international trading blocks and international (Same as ECO 150) cultural institutions will also be covered. organizations such as the World Trade This course examines the role of the market Prerequisite: WRIT 101 Organization, International Monetary Fund, and economy as a means of both achieving eco- [Offered: F, S each year] (3). The World Bank. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; nomic development and satisfying individual ECO 150 or 210 (3). needs. Basic economic concepts are intro- 213. Women, Society, and Culture duced and used to analyze the interactions of (Same as Soc 213) 218. The Making of the Modern World consumers, businesses and governmental insti- This course will consider the condition of con- (Same as HIST 218; see History Department tutions. The course will also explore a set of temporary women in our own and other soci- for course description.) related issues including poverty, the distribution eties. We will study a variety of theoretical per- of income, global inequality, the limits of the spectives, e.g. psychological, cultural, structural 221. Modern Russia market and the role of the government in a mar- that throw light on the sex/gender relationship; (Same as HIST 221; see History Department ket economy. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 or per- and will explore their applicability in a cross-cul- for course description.) mission of the instructor (3). tural context. Such issues as male/female rela- tions, economic and political inequality, the role of motherhood, sexuality, and forms of resist- ance and protest will be discussed. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S ] (3).

881 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 89

Academic Departments

International Studies

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES COURSES (IS) 230. Social Inquiry 305. Politics of Developing Nations 315. International Law (Same as PS 315) Course looks at how the particular social sci- (Same as PS 305) Examines the evolution and development of ence disciplines construct knowledge about the Examines political institutions and the dynamics International Law and its impact on the political social and cultural world. Readings for the of political processes in selected developing and economic relationships among nations. course focus on a broad theme and utilize texts countries in the context of their historical, cul- Besides the traditional laws of war, peace and that demonstrate methodologies drawn from tural, socio-economic and geo-political environ- neutrality, the course will cover contemporary anthropology, sociology, psychology, political ment. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). international law of cooperation and its social, science, economics and history. Prerequisite: cultural, humanitarian and technological dimen- WRIT 101 (3). 306. Political Economy of Development and sions. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Underdevelopment (Same as ECO 306) 231. Comparative Politics This course will focus on problems and solu- 317. International Economics (Same as PS 231) tions of human development within a changing (Same as ECO 317) Course is intended to introduce students to international political and economic context. Examines the history of trade; development of recent and contemporary political dynamics in The course will focus on the construction of foreign trade doctrines and practices; the bal- different world regions. Particular attention will developmental discourse; the reshaping of the ance of payments and adjustments; internation- be paid to developments in Britain, China, world’s economic and political relations; the piv- al financial markets and the monetary system. Germany, Iran, Japan, Mexico, Nigeria, and otal role of women in human development The theory and practice of regional trading Russia. Course will emphasize the distinctive efforts and the elements of an environmentally groups, such as the European Union and NAFTA role that state structures, production systems, sustainable development process. will also be examined. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; democratic processes, and social identities play Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ECO 150 or 210 (3). ECO 210 or 213 (3). within and across these countries. Class dis- cussions will be organized around course read- 309. Twentieth Century Europe 322. Totalitarian Systems ings, supplemented by documentary films and (Same as HIST 309; see History Department (Same as PS 322; see Political Science guest lectures. for course description.) Department for course description.) Prerequisites: WRIT 101; IS 109 (3). 311. Democracy and Its Critics 326. Contemporary France: Social, Political 232. East Asian Civilization Democratic governance has become the “norm” and Economic Perspectives (Same as HIST 232; see History Department in most regions of the world. Yet the meaning of (Same as FREN/HIST 326; see French for course description.) “democracy” remains contested. Course will Department for course description.) examine democratic theory and practice to 237. Modern East Asia determine whether liberal democracy represents 327. American Foreign Relations (Same as HIST 237; see History Department the best of all possible worlds or whether it is (Same as HIST 327/PS 326; see Political for course description.) vulnerable to the charges that have been raised Science Department for course description.) by communitarians, socialists, traditional con- 238. Modern China servatives, and others. Students will be intro- 334. Gender and Development (Same as HIST 238; see History Department duced to the ideas of classical democratic (Same as ECO 334) for course description.) thinkers as well as to the approaches of con- Course has four main objectives. The first is to temporary authors such as Robert Brenner, Ira provide an analysis of the location of women in 239. Modern Japan Katznelson, and Michael Sandel. Prerequisite: the process of development and to understand (Same as HIST 239; see History Department WRIT 102 (3). the centrality of gender in each case. The sec- for course description.) ond is to examine theoretical and conceptual s e

313. Global Issues: Conflict Resolution frameworks for that analysis, including an i 243. Modern Africa The purpose of this course is to stimulate criti- understanding of the interaction of class, race, d u t

(Same as HIST 243; see History Department cal thinking about the dynamics of conflicts, and ethnicity with gender divisions. The third is S l

for course description.) within and among nations, which are consuming to reflect upon the linkages between the global a

human capital and economic resources. It will economy and the gendered macro micro n o i 289. Latin America: The Dynamics of explore conceptual and operational strategies processes of development. The fourth is to pro- t a

Modernization and provide a road map for analyzing historical, vide a basis for research, practical action, and n r e

(Same as HIST 289; see History Department political, economic, ethno-cultural, legal and policy formation and for evaluating directions t n I

for course description.) diplomatic dimensions for crisis management and strategies for social change from a gender I and conflict resolution. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; perspective. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; ECO 150 IS 109, 214 or permission of instructor (3). or 210 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 891 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 90

Academic Departments International Studies

INTERNATIONAL STUDIES COURSES (IS) 346. The Middle East in the 357. Human Rights in Comparative 477. International Organization Twentieth Century Perspective This course will examine the evolution and (Same as HIST 346/PS 345) (Same as PS 357) development of international organization, its This course examines contemporary interna- This course will view human rights within a role in resolving global conflicts, promotion of tional and regional politics of the Middle East. broad societal context. The course will focus on human rights and economic cooperation, The political and social history of the region will the different conceptions of human rights pre- improving the human rights environment for be explored in terms of its effect on current vailing in the world today. Ideological, cultural, peace and harmony and in planetary manage- political dynamics. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; political and economic factors will be investigat- ment of resources. A major focus of the course IS/PS 109 or HIST 300 or permission of ed as determinants of the varying notions of is the United Nations and its specialized agen- instructor (3). rights. Major controversies such as civil and cies. Students are required to select topic for political vs. economic and social rights, univer- in-depth study. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; 350. Comparative Economics salism vs. cultural relativism, and individual vs. IS 109 (3). (Same as ECO 350) group rights will be examined in detail. Course presents an analytical look at the free Considerations will be given to recent efforts to 479. International Studies Seminar: market system in relation to the centrally recast the foundations of human rights in a (Same as PS/SOC 479) planned economies of Europe and Asia, the “truly” universal human rights doctrine. This interdisciplinary capstone seminar will socialist countries of Europe, the newer eco- Prerequisites: WRIT 102; IS 109 or permission of focus on a particular issue each semester it is nomic structures of Japan and China, and the the instructor (3). taught. Topics include: Labor and the Global interplay of forces with Third World countries. Economy; Social Movements. This course is Prerequisites: ECO 210 or 213 (3). 371. Research Methods in Social Science intended for juniors and seniors in International (Same as PS/SOC 371; see Sociology Studies, Political Science, and Sociology. 356. War and Peace Department for course description.) Prerequisites: WRIT 102 and advanced study in (Same as HIST/PS 351) IS, PS, and/or SOC (3). Course studies the recurrent phenomenon of 372. Women and Family in Chinese History war within the human community, and draws on (Same as HIST 372; see History Department 297/497. Research the perspectives of history and the social, for course description.) behavioral, and natural sciences, philosophy 298/398/498. Directed Study and theology, literature and the arts to explore 374. History of the People’s the consequences of war, the justification of Republic of China 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship war, the impact of modern technology on war- (Same as HIST 374; see History Department fare, the possibilities of averting war, and current for course description. prospects for war or peace. An area of current conflict will be studied. 376. Nationalism and State-Building Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). (Same as PS 376) Nationalism is a powerful force in the contem- porary world. The course will examine the rela- tionship between states and nationalism, the impact of colonial rule and underdevelopment on postcolonial states, and the relationship of ethnic/religious conflict to nationalism and state-building. The course will pay particular attention to the regions of Africa, the Balkans, the Middle East and South Asia. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3).

901 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 91

Academic Departments

Mathematics

Mathematics is in the Department of Natural Sciences and All MMC students are required to take one college-level mathe-

Mathematics. Although there is no major, the department sup- matics course. For those students who enjoy Mathematics and s c ports a minor program in Mathematics. Mathematics courses have done well in their required courses, the Mathematics minor i t

are also part of the departmental programs in Biology, the provides the opportunity to explore more advanced mathemati- a m

College’s Core Mathematics requirement, and area requirements cal ideas. This minor is an excellent choice for students of any e h

in the Natural Sciences. major to enhance their degree with advanced mathematical skills t and knowledge base. It is a valuable addition to a student’s a M Mathematics, the science of patterns, is also the language of preparation for advanced degrees in such areas as mathematics, science; as such, it is a major part of a liberal arts education. statistics, science, business, economics, finance and education. The quantitative and analytical skills students gain in mathe- matics courses apply to future work in the sciences and in many other fields, such as economics and the social sciences. These skills are necessary to participate critically in our society and the world.

Division: Sciences Division Chairperson: Ann D. Jablon, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Secretary: Rekha Swami [email protected] Division Office: Main 7th Floor Phone: 212-774-0721

Department Faculty:

Steven Wat Philip Ording Assistant Professor of Mathematics Instructor in Mathematics Director, Natural Sciences and Mathematics Programs B.A., Columbia University B.A., University of Hawaii M.A. Columbia University M.S., Courant Institute at New York University Main 603 Main 603 212-517-0401 212-517-0652 [email protected] [email protected]

Panama Geer Marc Zucker Assistant Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.A., Wesleyan University B.A., Queens College/The City University of New York M.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute M.A., The Graduate School and University Center, Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute The City University of New York Main 603 Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center, 212-517-0661 The City University of New York [email protected] Main 614 212-517-0668 Philip R. Meyers [email protected] Professor of Mathematics B.S., Brooklyn College of The City University of New York M.A., University of Maryland Ph.D., University of Maryland Main 614 212-517-0663 [email protected]

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 91 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 92

Academic Departments Mathematics

MINORS 15-16 CREDITS

This minor is appropriate for students who have enjoyed Mathematics and done well in Mathematics courses. It allows students to explore more advanced mathematical ideas.

MATH 210 Calculus I or MATH electives (one may be at BUS 222 Calculus for Business 4 or 3 the 200-level; one must be at MATH 211 Calculus II 3 the 300 level or above)** 6 MATH 213 Linear Algebra 3

*MATH 140 Trigonometry and Functions for Science Majors is not a prerequisite for BUS 222 but mathematics minors with weak back- grounds in Trigonometry should take MATH 140.

**The 200-level elective may be selected from the following Statistics courses: BUS 224 Statistics for Business, PSYCH 223 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences I, PSYCH 332 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences II.

MATHEMATICS COURSES (MATH)

Developmental Courses College Level Courses 119. Fundamentals of College Mathematics This is an introduction to set theory, basic logic, 007. Developmental Mathematics 113. Quantitative Reasoning graphs, relations and functions, elementary This course is intended for students whose (Same as COR 113) number theory, arithmetic systems, informal mathematical background is weak in computa- This course is an introduction to how one can geometry, probability, and statistics. This tional skills. Rudiments of arithmetic are cov- view the world quantitatively. Students gain course is especially recommended for satisfac- ered. This course is included in the determina- experience in solving problems in a variety of tion of the mathematics requirements in the tion of student status (full time/part time) and areas in the natural and social sciences. The Early Childhood/Elementary and Special financial aid eligibility. Tuition is based on 3- focus is on the reasoning involved in solving Education programs. This course may not be credit equivalency; however, no academic cred- these problems as opposed to particular math- credited toward a degree in mathematics either it is awarded. Non-audit. Fee: $15.00. ematical content. Some of the questions that as mathematics requirements or electives. Prerequisite: Placement by examination (0). will be addressed include the following: What Prerequisite: MATH 109 or exemption (3). can one do with mathematics? What tools 109. Introductory Algebra should be used when? How does one pull the 129. Intermediate Algebra This is a course in elementary algebra and is key information out of a difficult problem? How This course continues the work of Introductory intended for students whose background is similar are the approaches to seemingly very dif- Algebra and gives the student specific prepara- deficient in algebra and related skills. This ferent problems? Prerequisite: MATH 109 or tion for College Algebra or Precalculus. Topics course will specifically prepare students for exemption (3). covered will include real numbers, linear equa- COR/MATH 113 Quantitative Reasoning or tions, polynomials, quadratic equations, func- MATH 129 Intermediate Algebra. Prerequisite: NOTE: COR/MATH 113 satisfies the Core tions, graphing and factoring. Prerequisite: MATH 007 or placement by examination (3). Mathematics requirement. Any MATH course MATH 109, placement by examination or per- numbered above 113 may be substituted for mission of the instructor (3). COR 113. See COR CURRICULUM section for more information.

115. The Enjoyment of Mathematics This course provides introduction to various topics in classical and modern mathematics, which are interesting, elegant, and simple. This course may not be credited toward a degree in mathematics either as mathematics require- ments or electives. Prerequisite: MATH 109 or exemption (3).

92 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 93

Academic Departments

Mathematics

MATHEMATICS COURSES (MATH) 139. College Algebra 157. Mathematics and Global Survival 213. Linear Algebra s

This course, which includes a quick review of This course helps a student to gain confidence This course analyzes linear transformations, c i algebra, is the study of functions (linear, quad- in thinking about and using numbers. At the vectors, matrices, linear equations, determi- t a ratic, polynomial, rational, exponential, and log- same time, the student becomes aware of the nants, Euclidean spaces, and characteristic m

arithmic) and their graphs, with an emphasis on relevance of mathematical techniques when equations. Prerequisite: MATH 139 or 141 or e h

modeling and real-world applications. It offers thinking about and solving problems occurring 209 or 210 or permission of department. MATH t specific preparation for Calculus (MATH 210 in many critical issues facing all citizens of the 209 recommended (3). a Calculus I or BUS 222 Calculus for Business). world today: issues of population and M This course with MATH 140 Trigonometry and resources, economics, political science, and 224. Statistics Functions for Science Majors replaces the ecology. Topics from these areas will be used to This course presents statistics as the science of Precalculus course (MATH 141) in the Science refresh basic computational skills and to devel- collecting, organizing and interpreting data. The and Business Division majors. Science majors op skills in graphing, the interpretation of charts focus of this course is to present methods of should take both MATH 139 and 140; Business and diagrams, working with sequences, and statistics in a way that emphasizes working with and Accounting majors should take only MATH using concepts in probability and statistics to data and mastering statistical reasoning. Real 139. Prerequisite: Either MATH 129, a grade of make valid inferences about populations based examples from a variety of disciplines will be A- in MATH 109, placement by examination or on sample groups. Prerequisite: MATH 109 or used throughout the course. This course fulfills permission of the instructor (3). exemption (3). the core curriculum quantitative requirement and may be substituted for COR 113. 140. Trigonometry and Functions for 209. Discrete Mathematics Prerequisite: MATH 139 or above or permission Science Majors Discrete means separate and distinct. Discrete of department (3). This course covers vectors, trigonometry, func- mathematics deals mainly with the natural or tions, and modeling with an emphasis on appli- counting numbers (1, 2, 3, …), which are dis- 315. Differential Equations cations to science. Other topics may include crete, whereas calculus is concerned with real Course develops methods of solving differential probability, statistics and linear algebra. This numbers, which are continuous. This course is equations of the first and second order with course with MATH 139 College Algebra replaces an introduction to many of the topics of discrete applications to scientific problems. It will Precalculus (MATH 141). Prerequisites: Either mathematics such as set theory, logic, discrete include solutions by variations of parameters, MATH 129, “A-” in MATH 109, placement by probability, linear algebra, computer science, the method of undetermined coefficients and examination or permission of the instructor (2). graph theory, game theory, number theory, and solutions by series. Prerequisite: group theory. This course teaches some specif- MATH 211 (3). 141. Precalculus ic techniques and applications, but the empha- This course offers specific preparation for sis is on problem solving and proof. 316. Calculus III Calculus and covers most of the same material Prerequisite: COR/MATH 113 or substitution, or This course is a continuation of Calculus II. It offered in MATH 139 College Algebra and MATH placement by examination or permission of includes the study of polar coordinates, para- 140 Trigonometry and Functions for Science department. MATH 129 recommended (3). metric equations, solid analytic geometry, partial Majors. Precalculus has been replaced in the derivatives, and multiple integration line inte- Fall and Spring semesters by these two courses 210. Calculus I grals and differential equations. Prerequisite: but is still offered during the summer. MATH 141 This course covers the concepts of limits, func- MATH 211 (3). will fulfill the MATH 139 requirement for tions, the derivative, differentiation formulas, Business Management and Accounting majors application of the derivative to geometry and 319. Modern Algebra or the MATH 139/140 requirement for Science physics, the integral, integration formulas of This is an introduction to rings, integral domains, majors. Prerequisites: Either MATH 129, A- in trigonometric functions, elementary transcen- fields, groups, homomorphisms and isomor- MATH 109, placement by examination or per- dental functions, and techniques of integration. phisms. Prerequisite: MATH 213 (3). mission of the instructor (4). Prerequisite: Either MATH 139/140 or MATH 141 or permission of the instructor (4). 327. Probability Course explores elementary probability, permu- 211. Calculus II tations, combinations, conditional probability, This course, a continuation of Calculus I, covers Bayes’ Theorem, independence, finite and infi- elementary transcendental functions, tech- nite random variables, expectation, Binomial, niques of integration and applications, and infi- Poisson, Normal and Uniform distributions, Law nite series. Prerequisite: MATH 210 or place- of Large Numbers, Central Limit Theorem. ment by examination (3). Prerequisite: MATH 211 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 931 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 94

Academic Departments Mathematics

MATHEMATICS COURSES (MATH)

331. Statistics II 340. Number Theory 350. Modern Geometry This course covers topics in inferential statistics Number theory is the mathematical theory of the The ideas met in Euclidean geometry are including estimation, hypothesis testing, time integers and, in particular, the natural or count- extended in three ways: by a study of the foun- series analysis, regression and correlation ing numbers. This course covers the principles dations of geometry, by advanced topics in analysis and an introduction to non-parametric of elementary number theory beginning with Euclidean geometry and by an introduction to statistics. This course is strongly recommended mathematical induction and divisibility. Topics projective and non-Euclidean geometries. for students intending graduate study. include the Euclidean algorithm, the fundamen- Prerequisite: MATH 212. (3) Prerequisite: BUS 224 (3). tal theorem of arithmetic, linear congruences, theorems of Fermat and Wilson, the Chinese 351. History of Mathematics 332. Combinatorics remainder theorem, the Moebius inversion for- This course is an historical survey of the funda- Combinatorics, a major branch of discrete mula, reduced residue systems, and prime num- mental ideas of mathematics from antiquity to mathematics, includes enumeration (counting bers. The course concludes with quadratic the present day. It is designed to give mathe- techniques) and graph theory. This course residues, Gauss’s famous law of quadratic reci- matics majors a deeper understanding of, and focuses on enumeration and includes such top- procity, and current applications to computer cultural appreciation for the significance of ics as mathematical induction, the pigeonhole data encryption. This course will emphasize the mathematics in our civilization. Prerequisite: principle, permutations and combinations, gen- writing of mathematical proofs. Prerequisite: A MATH 210 (3). erating functions, recurrence relations, and the 200 level MATH course (209, 210, 211, 213 or inclusion-exclusion principle including derange- BUS 222) or permission of department. MATH 297/497. Research ments. This course will emphasize combinator- 209 recommended (3). ial problem solving and, to a lesser extent, proof. 298/398/498. Directed Study Prerequisite: A 200 level MATH course (209, 345. Emergence 210, 211, 213 or BUS 222) or permission of A multi-disciplinary exploration of the interac- 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship department. MATH 209 recommended (3). tions underlying both real and simulated sys- tems such as: ant colonies, economies, brains, 334. Graph Theory earthquakes, biological evolution, artificial evo- Graph theory, a branch of combinatorics and lution, computers, and life. These emergent discrete mathematics, is the study of graphs systems are often characterized by simple, local consisting of, in the simplest form, vertices (or interactions that collectively produce global points) and edges connecting pairs of vertices. phenomena not apparent in the local interac- This course covers many of the elements of tions. Prerequisites: WRIT 102 and MATH 139 graph theory (paths, cycles, trails, trees, Euler or permission of the instructor (3). cycles, Hamilton circuits, graph coloring, digraphs, connectivity, networks) with applica- tions to business, computers, and the social and natural sciences. This course will explore both the proof of theorems in graph theory and the use of graphs in proofs. Prerequisite: A 200 level MATH course (209, 210, 211, 213 or BUS 222) or permission of department. MATH 209 recommended (3).

941 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 95

Academic Departments

Music

Courses in Music are intended for students who have a particu- credits distributed among three areas of study: Music lar interest in studying music as a complement to their chosen Scholarship (6-9 credits), Musicianship (3-9) and Creative program. While these courses do not provide a major in Music, Production (3-6). In this way, students can customize the minor the College does offer courses in music history, appreciation, to complement or expand their interests and abilities. and performance. Additionally, qualified students may take pri- vate instruction in performance through an independent study Through our articulation agreement with Hunter College, MMC with Divisional approval (an additional charge may be applicable students may take courses during the fall and spring semesters for this instruction). at Hunter as part of their regular MMC course load. The Hunter Music department offers both a BA and MA in Music and many Students may also elect to take the Music Minor, which is of their courses are open to MMC students. For further informa- designed to promote musical knowledge and literacy as a com- tion and current offerings, inquire in the Fine & Performing Arts ponent of interdisciplinary scholarship, and to provide a frame- Divisional Office. c i

work for creative opportunities for students with musical skills s

already at an intermediate level. The Music Minor requires 18 u M

Division: Fine & Performing Arts Divisional Chairperson: Mary R. Fleischer, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Administrative Secretary: Hally Gutman [email protected] Operations Director for FAPA Division: Ross Chappell [email protected] Division Office: Theatre Office, Main Building Phone: 212-774-0760

Department Faculty: Faculty members from across the College teach music courses.

John A. Costello Mark Ringer Andrew Warshaw Associate Professor of English Associate Professor of Theatre Arts Assistant Professor of Music and Dance B.A., Manhattan College B.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., Wesleyan University M.A., New York University M.F.A., University of California, Los Angeles M.F.A., New York University Main 514 Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara Nugent 554 212-517-0601 Nugent, Theatre Office 212-774-4772 [email protected] 212-774-0712 [email protected] [email protected]

MINOR: MUSIC 18 Credits

Music Scholarship 6-9 credits Two or Three of the following:

MUS 110 Introduction to World Music 3 MUS 235 Folk Music Traditions 3 MUS 201 Survey of Music 3 MUS 361 Literature and Music 3 MUS 205 Introduction to Twentieth Century Music 3 MUS 370 History of Rock Music 3 MUS 231 Introduction to Opera 3

Appropriate COR.300 / 301 courses may be used to fulfill these requirements (with permission of advisor). Appropriate courses at Hunter College may be substituted for these requirements (with permission of advisor).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 95 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 96

Academic Departments

Music

Musicianship 3-6 Credits One or Two of the following: MUS 108 Elements of Music (1. Pitch and Harmony, THTR 247/447 Private Vocal Instruction 2. Rhythm, 3. Improvisation) 3 (Musical Theatre Students Only) 3 MUS 120 Chorus 1 DANC 203 Rhythmic Training (non-major sections only) 3

Appropriate courses at Hunter College (including ensembles) may be substituted for these requirements (with permission of advisor).

Music Creation and Production 3-6 Credits One of the following: COMM 302/DANC 302 Digital Sound Design 3 MUS 354 Digital Sound Workshop 3 One of the following: MUS 350 Songwriting in the Studio 3 MUS 398 Special Topics in Music Composition 3 Appropriate courses at Hunter College (including ensembles) may be substituted for these requirements (with permission of advisor).

MUSIC COURSES (MUS)

108. Elements of Music 201. Survey of Music 235. Folk Music Traditions This course is designed to develop in the stu- An historical introduction to the standard classi- This course provides an overview of traditional dent the ability to read music in two clefs, dis- cal repertoire. Students will develop tools nec- folk music of the British Isles and America. cern keys, take musical dictation and under- essary for active listening: a basic acquaintance Research will include the Child Ballads and col- stand basic rhythmic structures (1). with several historical periods and styles, an lections of Cecil Sharp, Alan Lomax, and Carl overview of the lives and works of major com- Sandburg. Folksongs will be examined for their 110. Introduction to World Music posers, and grounding in aural knowledge of literary and musical content. Instrumental music This course provides an introduction to the folk form. Classes include guided listening, in-class for fiddle, mandolin, banjo, guitar, concertina, and traditional music of Europe, Africa, Asia and guest performances and “field trips” to concerts and bagpipes will be surveyed though the vari- the Americas within the contexts of musical with pre- and post-concert discussions. Co- ous recordings of “fiddle tunes” by The Boys of experience, aesthetics, spirituality, and culture. requisite: WRIT 101 (3). the Lough, The Bothy Band, The New Lost City Contemporary examples of these traditional Ramblers, and others. Guest artists and field forms will also be studied where relevant. 205. Introduction to Twentieth trips will be scheduled. Musicians and non- Students will be responsible for weekly listening Century Music musicians are welcome. Prerequisite: and reading assignments. Opportunities to hear An introduction to the music of our century from WRIT 101 (3). live music in New York City will be encouraged. 1910 to the present. Emphasis will be placed on Co-requisite: WRIT 101 (3). the music of Stravinsky, Bartok, Schoenberg, 350. Songwriting in the Studio Hindemith, Debussy, Britten and Shostakovitch. A songwriting workshop with exercises and crit- 120. Chorus A portion of the course will be devoted to icism from teacher/mentor. Half the classes This ensemble will rehearse weekly to sing a American composers (Ives, Gershwin, Copland, meet in the Digital Sound Studio. The course variety of material from many traditions includ- Barber and Bernstein). Classes will include live places emphasis on discovering and refining ing folk, classical, popular and world music. performances as well as guest lectures. artistic “voice,” especially as supported by the Students will acquire skills in sightsinging, group Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). tools and techniques of the recording studio, dynamics, harmony and diction. This course will rather than the stage. Students produce record- help the singer to develop self-confidence when 231. Introduction to Opera ings of several songs. Prerequisite: by inter- singing in small and large groups. The Chorus This course is designed to help students devel- view/audition only (3). will hold a public performance during the year. op the skills and understanding necessary to May be repeated for audit or for credit for a max- enjoy opera. It will include the dramatic and imum of 4 credits. Prerequisite: Audition or per- musical analysis of several representative mission of the instructor (1). operas by such composers as Mozart, Verdi, Wagner and Puccini, and will include attendance at performances. Recommended to all stu- dents. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3).

96 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 97

Academic Departments

Music

MUSIC COURSES (MUS) 354. Digital Sound Workshop 370. History of Rock Music 372. History of American Jazz This course provides an opportunity for stu- This course explores rock and roll music from its Through a broad investigation of jazz history dents to define and complete recording studio inception in the mid 1950s to the present. The from its African roots and its beginnings around projects with the guidance of a teacher/mentor. impact of rhythm and blues, jazz forms, and the turn of the twentieth century, through its var- Digital Sound Workshop projects can involve the radio and television upon early rock, and the ious developments to the present, students will recording, editing, and mastering of musical or social and cultural contexts of the times will be gain an appreciation for the diverse styles of spoken-word projects, the production of audio studied. Topics to be explored include various American jazz, and the cultural and social programming for internet or radio broadcast, or evolutionary developments such as “doo-wop,” dynamics that contributed to this uniquely the production of recorded music or effects for soul, blues, folk rock, psychedelic rock, heavy American form. The styles explored will include live theatrical performance, dance, film, and metal, and punk. Musical artists/groups can “be-bop,” ragtime, blues, swing, funk, fusion, video. It could also involve the composition, include Janis Joplin, Patti Smith, Frank Zappa, and free jazz. Musical artists to be studied can creation, and recording of original vocal and The Rolling Stones, B.B. King, Madonna, Aretha include Scott Joplin, “Jelly Roll” Morton, Louis instrumental music (live and MIDI), or “sound Franklin, The Beatles, The Who, The Buzzcocks, Armstrong, Bessie Smith, Duke Ellington, c composition” using sampled or pre-recorded and The Supremes. Students will develop listen- Fletcher Henderson, Thelonius Monk, Charlie i s

sources. The instructor presents lessons rele- ing and research skills; there will be several sub- Parker, Dave Brubeck, and Miles Davis. u

vant to the semester’s topic and supervises the stantial writing assignments. Prerequisites: Students will develop listening and research M presentations of projects in a workshop setting. WRIT 102 (3). skills; there will be several substantial writing Prerequisite: COMM/DANC 349 or equivalent assignments. Prerequisites: WRIT 102 (3). experience (3). 297/497. Research 361. Literature and Music This course explores interrelationships between 298/398/498. Directed Study literature and music, how selected literary works have inspired compositions, how poems 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship become songs, how legends and folklore become incorporated into music, how human experience becomes creatively expressed in both music and literature. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 971 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 98

Academic Departments

Philosophy

Philosophy, literally ‘the love of wisdom,’ is an investigation of In order to achieve the above goals, the philosophy program at the most important and central questions about the world and MMC focuses on the history of philosophy and the greatest human existence. Among these questions, are: What can I works of that history. Students read and study such thinkers as know? What is truth? Does God exist? What is the highest good Plato, Aristotle, Thomas Aquinas, René Descartes, John Locke, for human beings? How ought I to live my life? What is human Immanuel Kant, Friedrich Nietzsche, and Simone de Beauvoir. nature? What is reality? What is art? What is the mind? What is These great minds represent diverse ways of approaching, the best government or political arrangement? What is justice? examining, and answering the most important questions. Far from being merely of academic or historical interest, they contin- When he was on trial for his life for having practiced philosophy, ue to show us different ways to investigate and transform our Socrates famously said, “The unexamined life is not worth liv- lives. In reading their works, in talking and arguing about them, ing.” This means that in order to live fully and meaningfully, we we understand the world and ourselves better. In addition, stu- need to understand our world and ourselves; therefore, we need dents also consider recent critiques of Western philosophy from to examine these concepts as well. As philosophers, then, we the perspectives of Asian and African cultures, of feminism and pose the central philosophical questions not merely as an aca- revisionist philosophical positions. demic exercise, not merely to gain theoretical insights or abstract knowledge. Rather, we explore these questions and Philosophy and Your Life After College investigate these ideas, as a way to transform our lives. Often, perhaps most often, it’s not the resulting knowledge that’s trans- The philosophy program at MMC emphasizes the reasoning, formative; it is rather the process of asking and investigating the argumentation, and critical thinking skills essential to the exami- questions that change us. To do philosophy is to live the nation and understanding of human existence and the world at examined life. large. These skills are universally applicable in our lives and pro- fessions, and are necessary tools for living the examined life. The philosophy program at MMC is designed to: 1) Help stu- Students who become proficient in philosophy thus not only dents to identify the central questions and issues of human exis- have a better, richer understanding of themselves and the world tence, specifically those dealing with the nature of reality, knowl- around them, they are also well prepared for entry level positions edge, and values; 2) Show students how these questions have in a broad range of professions and in business. They are like- been dealt with and answered by the greatest minds in history; wise prepared for further professional study and research. In 3) Give students the tools to investigate, explore and answer the addition, the study of philosophy is excellent pre-law training, questions themselves, tools such as the ability to analyze texts since reasoning and argumentation are essential tools critically, and the ability for basic philosophical reflection. for attorneys.

Division: Humanities Division Chairperson: David S. Linton, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Assistants : Eleanor Bazzini Ryan Cunningham [email protected] [email protected] Division Office: Main 517 Nugent 560 Phone: 212- 517-0641 212-774-0834

Department Faculty:

Mark Conard David Gandolfo Assistant Professor of Philosophy Assistant Professor of Philosophy Coordinator, Philosophy Program B.A., Saint Joseph’s University B.A., Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio M.A., Columbia University M.A., Miami University, Oxford, Ohio Ph.D., Loyola University Ph.D., Temple University Main 517 Main 517 212-517-0644 212-517-0704 [email protected] [email protected]

98 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 99

Academic Departments Philosophy

MINOR: PHILOSOPHY 18 Credits Philosophy Core 6 Credits PHIL 101 Introduction to Philosophy 3 Credits

One of the following: PHIL 103 Introduction to Ethics OR 3 PHIL 109 Introduction to Logic 3 To complete the minor in Philosophy, choose one of the three following formats:

I. General Minor 12 Credits *One of the following: 3 Credits PHIL 221 Philosophy of Religion 3 PHIL 347 Contemporary Ethical Issues 3 PHIL 251 Aesthetics and Criticism 3 PSYCH 353 Philosophical Psychology 3 PHIL 261 Political Philosophy 3 PHIL 345 New Perspectives in Ethics 3 *Two of the following: 6 Credits PHIL 201 Ancient Philosophy 3 PHIL 293 Modern Philosophy 3 PHIL 203 Medieval Philosophy 3 PHIL 317 Existentialism 3 PHIL 211 Introduction to American Philosophy 3 PHIL 401 Plato 3

PHIL 237 Chinese Philosophy 3 PHIL 403 Aristotle 3 y h

PHIL 239 Indian Philosophy PHIL 407 Marx 3 p s o l

PHIL Elective at the 200 - level or above 3 Credits i h

*In some cases, with the approval of the Philosophy faculty, certain substitutions will be allowed. P

II. History of Philosophy 12 Credits Select 12 credits of courses dealing with the historical aspects of Philosophy, at least 6 must be at the 300-level or above. Contact the Philosophy faculty to select applicable courses.

III. Ethical and Political Thought 12 Credits Select 12 credits from among the following courses, at least 6 must be at the 300-level or above. PHIL 211 Introduction to American Philosophy 3 PHIL 357 Problems in Philosophy 3 PHIL/PS 261 Political Philosophy 3 PHIL 407 Marx 3 PHIL 263 Contemporary Political Philosophy 3 PHIL 408 Feminist Theories 3 PHIL 345 New Perspectives in Ethics 3

PHILOSOPHY COURSES (PHIL)

101. Introduction to Philosophy 103. Introduction to Ethics 109. Introduction to Logic This course introduces the student to some of This course introduces the student to the basic In this course the student is introduced to basic the basic themes in Western philosophy in so far themes in the Western tradition of ethics. The concepts and techniques of formal and informal as it is a study of the structure of reality and a nature of virtue, the criterion of morality, and logic. Immediate inferences, syllogisms, falla- study of the ways of knowing. Special attention moral absolutes will be explored. The basic divi- cies, and propositional calculus will be explored. will be paid to methods philosophers use to sion between value systems that take experi- Emphasis will be placed on the concepts of achieve their insights. Co-requisite: CS 099, if ence at face value and those that do not will be form, substitution and replacement. Non-audit. required [Offered: F, S each year] (3). emphasized. Co-requisite: CS 099, Co-requisite: CS 099, if required (3). if required (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 199 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 100

Academic Departments Philosophy

PHILOSOPHY COURSES (PHIL) 201. Ancient Philosophy 239. Indian Philosophy 263. Contemporary Political Philosophy Differentiation of philosophy from mythic cul- This course explores the central traditions in This course will examine the sources of Western ture, the contributions of the Milesians, Indian philosophy. Emphasis is placed on the political thought since Hegel. The political Pythagoreans, and Eleatics, the importance of Vedas, the Upanishads, Buddhism and other philosophies of Marx, Engels, Lenin, Mao Tse Socrates, Plato’s vision, Aristotle’s work of sys- heterodox schools, and the orthodox schools. Tung and other theorists of the left will be tematization, the Stoics and Epicureans, and the Some attention is paid to Indian philosophy in explored. Anarchism, syndicalism, fascism, var- ecstatic philosophy of Plotinus constitute the the contemporary period. Prerequisite: ious conservative and rightist theories will also content of this course. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). be studied. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). WRIT 101 (3). 243. William James 265. Topics in History of Philosophy 203. Medieval Philosophy This mini-course examines the significance of At various times, select topics or themes in the This course studies the origins of medieval James for American philosophy and civilization. history of philosophy will comprise the focus thought in Augustine, Plotinus, and Boethius Stream of consciousness, radical empiricism, and content of these courses. Prerequisite: and examines the developments of the twelfth- and pragmatism are emphasized. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). century Renaissance and its fruits in such thir- WRIT 101 (1). teenth-century philosophers as Aquinas and 268. Women, War and Peace Bonaventure. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). 245. Henry David Thoreau This course is an interdisciplinary inquiry into the This mini-course explores the major works of relationships of women to war and peace. The 211. Introduction to American Philosophy Thoreau. Special attention is placed on the course will examine women’s experience of war; This course considers the historical develop- themes of the individual and nature, civil the altered economic, social, and cultural posi- ment of American thought from the colonial peri- dis7Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (1). tion of women in the context of war; effects of od to the present. Areas of emphasis include conventional and revolutionary war and milita- the American Dream, Puritan ethic, and the 247. George Santayana rization on women. It will also explore ways in notion of progress and process. Major consid- This mini-course explores some major themes in which women have articulated their views of war eration is given to the development of the work of Santayana such as art, poetry, and and peace and have engaged in various peace Pragmatism as the outstanding philosophical skepticism. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (1). movements. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). position in American thought. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). 249. John Dewey 271. Philosophy of Totality: Spinoza The process philosophy of John Dewey and his This course will explore Spinoza’s conception of 228. Science and Technological Issues role in the development of American thought will the universe as the only true totality. The student and Philosophy be studied in this course. Prerequisite: WRIT will be helped to understand how Spinoza This course will explore current issues in sci- 101 (1). understood everyday life as a kind of slavery, a ence and technology from the point of view of mess of broken pieces, and how Spinoza sees philosophy and provide philosophical analysis 251. Aesthetics and Criticism deliverance as possible if we can get beyond the of the public debate on these issues. Internet (Same as ART 291) fragments of the everyday to a vision of totality. development, relation of logic and computer This course introduces the student to major Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (1). development, stem cell and fetal research, will contributions to the philosophy of art and beau- be among the issues considered. Co-requisite: ty. It examines the role of criticism in the arts 272. Everything a Universe: Leibniz WRIT 101 (3). and its relation to philosophical considerations. In this course the student will explore the phi- The first part of the course considers the aes- losophy of Leibniz for whom the world is an infi- 237. Chinese Philosophy thetic theories of Plato, Aristotle, Plotinus, Kant, nitely rich system of different things. Emphasis This course surveys the Chinese philosophical Hegel, and Nietzsche. In the second part of the will be on Leibniz’s theory that each thing is dif- traditions. The philosophies of Confucius, course the nature of criticism in the arts and its ferent from each other thing and on the comple- Mencius, Mo Tsu, Lao Tse, Chinese Buddhism, relation to aesthetic theory is explored. mentary theory that each thing in the universe Neo-Confucianism, and Chinese Marxism are Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). summarizes all the other things in the universe explored. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). from its own point of view. Prerequisite: WRIT 261. Political Philosophy 101 (1). 238. Great Philosophers of China (Same as PS 261) In a given term a specific Chinese Philosopher Course provides an overview of the major devel- 273. Cultivating Your Garden will be selected and his works studied intensive- opments of political thought in the Western This course will study the significant minority of ly to understand his philosophical position and philosophical tradition. The course also con- philosophers who believed that the best solution the grounding of the positions in a particular cul- trasts the classical tradition with contemporary to the problems of life was to retire into your tural and historical period. Confucius, Mencius, political philosophies. Major authors to be read own garden and mind your own business. Lao-Tse and Chuang-Tse will be among the include Plato, Aristotle, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Epicurus, Hinayanna, Buddha, Voltaire, Stirner philosophers to be chosen. Prerequisite: WRIT Locke, Jefferson, Thoreau, Marx, Gandhi, and and others will be explored. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (1). Fanon. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). 101 (1).

100 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 101

Academic Departments

Philosophy

PHILOSOPHY COURSES (PHIL) 293. Modern Philosophy 313. Simone de Beauvoir 336: Philosophy and Film This course surveys major themes of Minicourse examines key works of the French This course studies the philosophical analysis Rationalism and Empiricism, as developed in feminist and existentialist. Themes such as and interpretation of film. Students are given the 17th and 18th centuries by thinkers such as death, aging, the cultural definition of reality, some background of film as a medium, and then Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, embodiment, and the role of reason in life are learn to discern the philosophical elements of Hume and Kant. The mind-body problem, the stressed. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (1). various films, and to analyze philosophically and relationship between experience and science, interpret films on their own. Prerequisites: WRIT questions of knowledge and of the existence of 314. Women Philosophers of the Past 102; COMM 131, and one previous Philosophy God, issues of subjectivity and objectivity and This course examines the work of women course (3). the understanding of substance and nature are philosophers of the past. It will consider writ- explored. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 ings that stress philosophical, ethical, political 338. Mind and Body Recommended: 100-level Philosophy issues central to the writer’s time. Previously This course focuses on the relationship between course (3). neglected or unknown works will be studied in the mind and the body in Western philosophy. relation to developments of the time and to revi- The course begins with selections from Plato 307. Phenomenology sionist understanding in philosophy. At different and Aristotle and pinpoints the genesis of the This course approaches Phenomenology as a times the course will consider women of differ- “mind-body” problem in Descartes’ dualism and critique and alternative to the Cartesian concep- ent periods and their works. Examples include his rejection of Scholastic, i.e., Aristotelian, phi- tion of human beings and our relation to the Heloise, Hildegard of Bingen, Christine de Pizan, losophy and science. There is also considera- world. The course considers the work of Locke, Elizabeth of Bohemia, Margaret Cavendish, tion of recent thinkers from the “analytic” tradi- Berkeley and Hume as the backgrounds against among others. The course may be repeated as tion for answers to this problem—Gilbert Ryle, which phenomenology derives its philosophical a special topics course with different subject Hillary Putnam (early), John Searle and Paul force. The course focuses on the major figures matters. Prerequisites: WRIT 102 and one phi- Churchland, among others. Prerequisites: WRIT in the phenomenological movement, including losophy course or women’s studies course (3). 102; PHIL 101 or other course in history of y h

Husserl, Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty. Within philosophy (3). p the Cartesian framework, several classical philo- 315. Simone Weil s o l sophical problems are sharpened, e.g., the rela- This mini-course explores the thought of 345. New Perspectives in Ethics i h

tion between mind and body the “reality” of the Simone Weil. Themes discussed are sin, con- This course examines contemporary changes in P external world, and our relationship to others, science, worship, belief and unbelief, and the ethical theory and considers in particular situa- including the existence of other minds. nature and role of institutions. tion ethics, social guilt, and relations of fact and Phenomenologists argue for an alternative way Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (1). value. The readings for the course include pri- to conceive human beings and their relation to mary source readings of contemporary ethicians the world. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). 317. Existentialism and materials analyzing the perspectives and This course examines major thinkers in the exis- problems raised by the new ethical questions. 310. Philosophy of Art tentialist movement. Precursors such as Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PHIL 103 or permis- [Same as ART 310] Kierkegaard, Dostoevsky, Kafka, and Nietzsche sion of the instructor (3). This course is intended to help the advanced are surveyed. Special emphasis is placed on student understand the philosophical perspec- the study of Heidegger, Jaspers, Marcel, and 347. Contemporary Ethical Issues tives that inform particular periods or trends in Sartre. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 Recommended: This course examines the complexity of issues the history of art. It will also analyze the degree PHIL 101 or 103; HUM 123 or 253 (3). that surround many situations people must to which these perspectives have shaped or can experience. The questions of abortion, media shape the way we look at or interpret works of 322. Philosophy of Religion morality, government morality, euthanasia, art. These issues will be explored through read- Objective of course is to explore characteristics responsibilities of rich nations to poor nations ings in theoretical texts, artists’ writings and of religious consciousness and of philosophical will be among those explored. Prerequisites: visual analysis of works of art. Prerequisites: attempts to demonstrate the existence of God WRIT 102; PHIL 101 or 103 (3). WRIT 102, ART 250 or 252 and PHIL 101 or 103 and explain the existence of evil in the world. or PHIL 251/ART 291 (3). Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PHIL 101 or 103 or one 357. Problems in Philosophy RS course (3). This course will explore some particular prob- 311. Jean-Paul Sartre lems in philosophy that will be announced in This mini-course explores basic themes in the 323. Nietzsche each semester that the course is offered. Some work of the great French existentialist. Themes In this mini-course some major works and possible topics include: the problem of God, the such as the en-soi, the pour-soi, freedom, bad themes in Nietzsche’s thought are considered. nature of causality, the problem of knowledge, faith, absurdity, and the self and the other are Emphasis placed on the themes of the transval- the problem of objectivity in values. examined. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (1). uation of values, overman, eternal recurrence, Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PHIL 101, 103 or 109. and freedom. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (1). Recommended: HUM 123 or 253 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 101 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 102

Academic Departments Philosophy

PHILOSOPHY COURSES (PHIL) 401. Plato 408. Feminist Theories The following courses have been offered in the In this course major works of Plato are exam- Course explores themes and issues in the past and may be offered in the future in ined: Apology, Crito, Phaedo, Republic, development of feminist theory in the modern response to student need. Phaedrus, Symposium, Gorgias, and Sophist. and post-modern world. Questions studied will Themes such as the soul, virtue, knowledge, the include the role of feminism as critic of philoso- 220. Intermediate Logic real and the apparent, and the ideal state will be phy, the challenge to categories of “public” and 225. Philosophy of Education discussed. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; one 3- “private,” common good and private interest, 227. Metaphysics credit PHIL course. Recommended: the examination of “subjective” and “objective 241. Russian Philosophy HUM 123, 253 (3). description, changing understandings of ethics 279. Philosophy of Criminal Justice and virtue. Transformation of philosophical 287. Philosophy of Law 403. Aristotle understanding in light of increasing global con- 289. Problems in Ethics and the Life In this course the major contributions of Aristotle sciousness will also be considered in light of the Sciences to Western philosophy are explored. Emphasis role of feminism and the leadership of women in 327. Introduction to Analytic Philosophy is placed on the Organon, the Metaphysics, the recent socio-political and economic changes. 409. History and Philosophy of Science Physics, and the Nichomachean Ethics. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PHIL 101, 103, SOC 411. Arabic Thought Prerequisite: WRIT 102; one 3-credit PHIL 213 or permission of instructor (3). 413. Sociology of Knowledge course. Recommended: HUM 123, 253 (3). 417. Business and Society 297/497. Research 421. Topics in Political Philosophy 407. Marx 467. Philosophy of Myth Course is a study of the main features of Marx’s 298/398/498. Directed Study philosophy in the context of its 19th-century development. It will include intensive reading in 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship Marx and a consideration of the implications, political and philosophical, for contemporary world. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; one 3-credit Philosophy course or one Political Theory course; Recommended: HUM 123, 253 (3).

102 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 103

Academic Departments

Physics

Physics is in the Department of Natural Sciences and Mathematics. There is currently no major, but physics courses are part of the department’s programs in Biology and the College’s area requirements in the Natural Sciences. Biology majors take either a semester of Physics (PHYS 201 for B.A. stu- dents) or a full year (PHYS 261-262 for B.S. students).

Division: Sciences Division Chairperson: Ann D. Jablon, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Secretary: Rekha Swami [email protected] Division Office: Main 7th Floor Phone: 212-774-0721

Department Faculty:

Steven Wat Kelsey Jordahl Assistant Professor of Mathematics Assistant Professor of Physics Director, Natural Sciences and Mathematics Programs B.S., Eckerd College B.A., University of Hawaii Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology/Woods Hole M.S., Courant Institute at New York University Oceanographic Institution Main 603 Main 614 212-517-0652 212-517-0561 [email protected] [email protected]

PHYSICS COURSES (PHYS) s c i

201. Introduction to Physics 261. General Physics I 262. General Physics II s

This survey course, requiring only basic algebra, This course explores basic concepts of This course explores basic concepts of electric- y h

will explore the classical themes of physics in mechanics, heat and sound. It includes com- ity, magnetism, and light with an introduction to P the study of matter and energy. The topics puter-assisted problem solving techniques. modern physics. Includes computer-assisted include mechanics, fluids in motion, sound, Laboratory experiments are designed to help instruction. Four-hour class; two-hour lab. Fee: electromagnetism, optics and themes from the student probe empirical truths about the $45.00. Prerequisite: PHYS 261 (5). modern physics. The laboratory exercises form physical world. Four-hour class; two-hour lab. an integral component and help round out the Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: MATH 210, GS lecture discussions. Three-hour class; three- 105/106 (5). hour lab. Fee: $45.00. Prerequisites: MATH 129, GS 105/106 (4).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 103 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 104

Academic Departments

Political Science

Political Science is the study of government and politics. It is teaching, and business. In particular, faculty members help and concerned with the control, use and abuse of power in institu- encourage students to supplement their academic study with tions, public policy, and social and cultural systems. The pro- internships in New York and Washington, as well as with study- gram at MMC offers courses that focus on political theory, abroad opportunities. American political institutions, processes and behaviors, and comparative politics. Our graduates distinguish themselves in the fields of law, gov- ernment, politics, civil service, private and public corporations, In close collaboration with faculty advisors, students plan pro- and teaching. Political Science faculty members make special grams to prepare them for careers ranging from entry-level posi- efforts to keep in touch with those who are prominent in their tions in government and criminal justice to graduate degrees in fields, inviting them back for frequent contact with current stu- law, public policy and public administration. Majoring in political dents, both formally as guest lecturers in classes and informally science is also excellent preparation for careers in journalism, at get-togethers with undergraduates.

Division: Social Sciences Division Chairperson: Kenton Worcester, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Assistant: Michael Backus [email protected] Division Office: Nugent 456 Phone: 212-774-4847

Department Faculty:

Kenton Worcester Tibor Farkas Associate Professor of Political Science and International Studies Associate Professor of Political Science Chairperson, Division of Social Sciences Ph.D. New School University B.A. University of Massachusetts at Boston Nugent 456 M.A. Columbia University 212-774-4841 M. Phil., Columbia University [email protected] Ph.D. Columbia University Nugent 456 Rosemary Nossiff 212-774-4845 Assistant Professor of Political Science [email protected] B.A., University of New Hampshire M.A., California State University Ph.D., Cornell University Nugent 456 212-774-4893 [email protected]

MAJOR: B.A. IN POLITICAL SCIENCE (2207) Major Requirements 37 Credits Social Science Core 6 Credits IS 207 World Geography 3 SOC 330 Great Social Thinkers 3

Political Science Concentration: 31 Credits PS 106 Introduction to Politics and Government 3 PS 324 Law, Government and Politics in America 3 PS 261 Political Philosophy 3 PS 371 Research Methods in Social Science 4 PS 262 Politics of American Democracy 3 PS 402 American Constitutional Law 3 PS 231 Comparative Politics 3 Political Science Electives (3 courses, at least 2 at the 300+ level) 9 Credits

104 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 105

Academic Departments

Political Science

POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES (PS)

106. Introduction to Politics and 261. Political Philosophy 289. Latin America: The Dynamics of Government (Same as PHIL 261) Modernization (Same as HIST/IS 289) This course will introduce students to political This course provides an overview of the major This course will study economic, political, science by exploring its basic concepts, notably developments of political thought in the Western social, and cultural developments since inde- power and authority, nature of the state, forms philosophical tradition. The course also con- pendence in Latin America. The influence of the of government, political ideologies such as trasts the classical tradition with some contem- historical experience of selected Latin American communism, socialism, pluralism and fascism. porary and non-Western political philosophies. states on contemporary situations and the Government and politics of modern states, rela- Major authors to be read include Plato, Aristotle, nature of the systems of formal and informal tions among nations and basics of international Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Jefferson, Thoreau, power in those societies will be emphasized. law and organization will be discussed. Political Marx, Gandhi, and Fanon. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). problems posed by current domestic and inter- WRIT 101 (3). national issues will be examined. Co-requisite: 305. Politics of Developing Nations WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). 262. Multiculturalism and Democracy (Same as IS 305) This course considers the relationship between This course examines political institutions and 107. Introduction to Criminal Justice democracy and multiculturalism in the United the dynamics of political processes in selected (Same as SOC 107) States. It examines both the strengths and Third World countries in the context of their his- The purpose of this course is to survey and ana- weaknesses of American democracy and torical, cultural, socio-economic and geo-politi- lyze the origin, development, and classification explores whether and how people rule. The cal environment. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; IS 109 of the criminal law. The principal topics to be course examines how the definition of demo- or permission of instructor (3). covered will be grouped into the following areas: cratic citizenship has created exclusions based crime as a legal concept, the objectives of pun- on categories of race, ethnicity, nationality, lan- 307. Government and Politics in Russia and ishment, an overview of the American criminal guage, culture, gender and sexuality. Students Eastern Europe justice system, the trial, the role of the attorneys, will study competing perspectives on the mean- In this course the rise and fall of communist eco- judges, and the jury, the bail system, plea bar- ing of multiculturalism. Prerequisite: nomic and political systems in Russia and gaining, sentencing, jails, prisons, probation, WRIT 101 (3). Eastern Europe are examined. The topics to be and parole. Visits to courts and prisons will be explored include: historical and socio-economic included in the course. Prerequisite: 263. Power and Politics in the City foundations; the theory of Marxism-Leninism; WRIT 101 (3). (formerly Urban Politics) the practice of communism under Stalin, Cities highlight the dramatic interplay of wealth, Kruschchev, and Brezhnev; the meaning of 109. International Relations poverty, racial and ethnic hierarchy, diverse cul- “glasnost” and “perestroika’’ under Gorbachev; (Same as IS 109) tures, work and space in American politics and and the collapse of communism and the emer- This course introduces students to the basic society. This course examines the politics of gence of democracy in Eastern Europe. concepts and approaches to the study of world class, racial and gender inequality, of work and Prerequisite: WRIT 102, IS 106 or permission of politics and enables them to undertake a sys- neighborhood, and of community development the instructor (3). tematic analysis of contemporary global prob- and community organizing from both historical lems. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). and contemporary perspectives. Special atten- 315. International Law tion will be given to the policy issues and politics (Same as IS 315) 231. Comparative Politics confronting New York City. Prerequisite: This course examines the evolution and devel- (Same as IS 231) WRIT 101 (3). opment of International Law and its impact on This course is intended to introduce students to the political and economic relationships among e

recent and contemporary political dynamics in 264. Public Policy Analysis nations. Besides the traditional laws of war, c n

different world regions. Particular attention will This course will systematically analyze factors peace and neutrality, the course will cover con- e i

be paid to developments in Britain, China, affecting public policy making and implementa- temporary international law of cooperation and c

Germany, Iran, Japan, Mexico, Nigeria, and tion and then apply that understanding to an its social, cultural, humanitarian and technologi- S l

Russia. The course will emphasize the distinc- examination of four or five selected contempo- cal dimensions. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). a c

tive role that state structures, production sys- rary issues in national public policy. Students i t i tems, democratic processes, and social identi- will explore these issues through individual l ties play within and across these countries. research, class exercises, discussions and o P Class discussions will be organized around group projects. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; PS 106 course readings, supplemented by documen- or permission of the instructor (3). tary films and guest lectures. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; IS 109 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 105 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 106

Academic Departments Political Science

POLITICAL SCIENCE COURSES (PS) 322. Totalitarian Systems 345. The Middle East in the Twentieth 371. Research Methods in Social Science (Same as IS 322) Century (Same as SOC 371) This course studies the characteristic features of (Same as HIST/IS 346) This course is an introduction to the basic sci- modern totalitarian systems. Using the exam- The contemporary international and regional entific methods used in social science investiga- ples of Nazi Germany, the Soviet Union under politics of the Middle East are analyzed in this tion including problem formation, study design, Stalin, and China under Mao, it explores the ide- course. The political and social history of the data collection, training in the techniques of ology, practice and the political, economic, region will be explored in terms of its effect on observation, questionnaire construction, inter- social and cultural aspects of totalitarianism. current political dynamics. Prerequisites: WRIT viewing, sampling, and statistical analysis. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; IS 106 or permission of 102; IS/PS 109 or HIST 300 or permission of Prerequisites: WRIT 102; Sociology majors are the instructor (3). instructor (3). required to take SOC 301 as a prerequisite (4).

324. Law, Government and Politics in 348. Poverty in America 376. Nationalism and State-Building America (Same as HIST 348; see History Department (Same as IS 376; see International Studies This course surveys and analyzes the basic fea- for course description.) Department for course description.) tures of the American constitutional, legal, gov- ernmental and political systems. The main top- 350. Comparative Economic Systems 402. American Constitutional Law ics to be discussed include the constitution, (Same as ECO 350) This course is a study of the formation and inter- statute law, common law, civil liberties, civil This course will present an analytical look at the pretation of the American Constitution. Class rights, criminal justice system, equal protection free market system in relation to the centrally discussions will focus on leading Supreme of the laws, key features of American politics, planned economies of Europe and Asia, the Court decisions in various areas of the law. The role of public opinion, pressure groups, political socialist countries of Europe, the newer eco- major topics to be covered include: Judicial parties, the electoral process, and main institu- nomic structures of Japan and China, and the review, the Courts, federalism, freedom of tions of the federal government. Students will interplay of forces with Third World countries. speech, press, assembly and religion, libel, slan- explore a several controversial political issues Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). der, obscenity, privacy, criminal procedure, and using a variety of primary sources. Prerequisite: equal protection of the laws. Prerequisites: WRIT 102 (3). 351. War and Peace WRIT 102; PS 106 (3). (Same as HIST 351/IS 356) 326. American Foreign Relations This course studies the recurrent phenomenon 297/497. Research (Same as HIST/IS 327; see History of war within the human community, and draws Department for course description.) on the perspectives of history and the social, 298/398/498. Directed Study behavioral, and the natural sciences, philosophy 337. Crime and Society and theology, and literature and the arts to 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship This course places crime and criminal activity in explore the consequences of war, the justifica- a broader social and historical context by exam- tion of war, the impact of modern technology on ining the ways in which different societies have warfare, the possibilities of averting war, and the defined the boundaries of criminal and non- current prospects for war or peace. An area of criminal behavior. Special emphasis will be current conflict will be studied. Prerequisite: placed on the changing patterns of criminal WRIT 102 (3). activity and the role that cultural forces play in stimulating and preventing criminal behavior. 357. Human Rights in Comparative The course will also explore the representation Perspective of crime in the mass media as well as theories of (Same as IS 357; see International Studies crime causation. Some of the authors whose Department for course description.) works will be featured include: Mike Davis, Michel Foucault, Lawrence Friedman, Gary La Free and Christian Parenti. Prerequisite: WRIT 102. Recommended: PS 107 (3).

106 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 107

Academic Departments

Psychology

People study psychology because they have an interest in with the prison system, the psychology of violence and the understanding human behavior. MMC’s Psychology program assessment and treatment of defendants and convicted offend- y

encompasses a wide field of diverse areas that have as their ers. The Neuroscience Minor is the interdisciplinary study of the g o goal, the preparation for living in a complex society. Courses in neural basis of cognition and behavior and includes courses in l o

biological and socio-cultural influences on behavior encourage biology, chemistry, neurolinguistics and psychology. Our goal is h c

the recognition and appreciation of diversity. Our program is to expose students to the relationships between the nervous y s

designed for students with a range of goals and interests, from system, the mind, and behavior by examining mechanisms and P preparation for graduate work, to gaining insight into their study processes from the molecular to the systems level with an evo- or work in related fields. The Psychology program at MMC pre- lutionary perspective. The Neuroscience Minor provides stu- pares students for advanced graduate training in all areas of psy- dents with theoretical and practical skills for careers in basic and chology, as well as in other fields such as education, social work, applied science, future graduate school studies, and the critical business and the helping professions. While giving students the analysis of issues at the interface of science and humanity. tools to understand human behavior, the program emphasizes critical thinking and the scientific method, important preparation Additional Learning Opportunities for many psychology-related careers. We encourage students interested in graduate study to take advantage of the numerous research and field experiences avail- An important goal of the program is to provide students with a able in New York City. Psychology faculty work with students to broad background and foundation in the field by offering cours- locate internship opportunities, and MMC students have worked es in core traditional content areas, such as Personalities, in field placement settings as diverse as hospitals, psychothera- Learning and Cognition, Physiological and Social Psychology, as py clinics, criminal court psychiatric clinics, human resource well as various applied fields such as Forensics and Industrial/ offices, and public schools. They have worked with diverse pop- Organizational Psychology. Students gain proficiency in research ulations including, psychiatric inpatients, children in foster care, techniques through courses in statistics and experimental psy- children in therapeutic nurseries and homeless teen mothers and chology and also benefit from a broad spectrum of electives their children. Recent graduates have enrolled in doctoral pro- including, Animal Behavior, Human Sexuality, Psychology of grams in Clinical Psychology, Environmental Psychology, Sleep, Psychology of Women and Psychological Portraits in Neuropsychology, Industrial/Organizational Psychology, Literature. Psychology has natural links to other areas of study Educational Psychology and in masters programs in Social Work and our courses are open to non-majors. and Childhood Special Education.

Psychology students at MMC benefit from additional learning Students have had the opportunity to collaborate with faculty on opportunities through certificate programs in Gerontology or ongoing research projects, as well as to explore their own Industrial/Organizational Psychology. Industrial/Organizational research interests. Recent student projects have included: Psychology is an ideal choice for those interested in the busi- “Attitudes towards solitary confinement”, “Sleep paralysis in a ness environment from a psychological perspective, helping to college population”, “Gender differences in stress coping tech- launch a career in such areas as human resources or market niques,” and “Gender bias and stereotypical sex-roles in chil- research. The program in Gerontology is suitable for students dren’s literature.” Faculty/student research reports have been working in this area or for those who would like to enter the field. presented at annual conventions of the Eastern Psychological Gerontology is an employment growth area and prepares stu- and American Psychological Associations and also have been dents for careers related to the elderly population in direct serv- published in such journals as the Academic Psychology Bulletin, ice, administration, research, education and business. the Journal of Social Psychology, the Journal of Psychology and Law and Psychology Reports. Recent publications which Students may also minor in Neuroscience or Forensic included student authors include: “Flashbulb Memories of Psychology. The Forensic Psychology minor provides students Personal Events of 9/11 and the Day After for a Sample of New with the necessary tools for understanding and critically assess- York City Residents”, “Asian American Defendants: A Study of ing important questions of law and mental health issues. The Psychiatric, Psychosocial and Legal Factors” and “Response to minor addresses such important social and political issues as Mentoring as a Function of Attachment Style.” crime investigations, racial profiling, the death penalty, problems

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 107 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 108

Academic Departments Psychology

Division: Sciences Division Chairperson: Ann D. Jablon, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Secretary: Rekha Swami [email protected] Division Office: Main 7th Floor Phone: 212-774-0721

Department Faculty: All faculty are located in the 7th Floor Suite, Main

Richard Tietze Claire Owen Linda Solomon Associate Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor of Psychology Professor of Psychology Chair, Psychology Department Coordinator, B.A., University of Toronto B.A., Iona College Industrial/Organizational Certificate Program Ph.D., University of Toronto Ph.D., Fordham University B.A., Marymount Manhattan College 212-774-4884 212-774-4887 Ph.D., Adelphi University [email protected] [email protected] 212-774-4882 [email protected] Roger Sowala Peter Cain Associate Professor of Psychology Assistant Professor of Psychology Cheryl Paradis B.A., University of Notre Dame Neuroscience Minor Coordinator Associate Professor of Psychology Ph.D., Fordham University B.A., State University of New York at New Paltz Forensic Psychology Minor Coordinator 212-774-4883 M.A., Hunter College B.A., Marymount Manhattan College [email protected] Ph.D., The City University of New York Psy.D., Yeshiva University Donald Williams 212-774-0777 212-774-4885 Associate Professor of Psychology [email protected] [email protected] B.A., City College of the City University of New York Ph.D., University of Houston 212-774-4886 [email protected]

MAJOR: B.A. IN PSYCHOLOGY (2201) 31 CREDITS

PSYCH 101 General Psychology 3 PSYCH 332 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences II 3 PSYCH 223 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences I 3 PSYCH 426 Experimental Psychology 4 One of the following: 3 Credits

*PSYCH 232 Psychology of Learning 3 PSYCH 328 Theories of Learning 3 *PSYCH 237 Motivation and Emotion 3 *PSYCH 333 Physiological Psychology 3 *PSYCH 241 Perception 3 *PSYCH 359 Cognitive Psychology 3

One of the following: 3 Credits

PSYCH 285 Introduction to Counseling Techniques 3 PSYCH 369 Dynamics of Interviewing 3 PSYCH 313 Group Dynamics 3 PSYCH 399 Internship 3 PSYCH 330 Tests and Measurements 3 One of the following: 3 Credits

*PSYCH 201 Developmental Psychology I: *PSYCH 235 Social Psychology 3 Child Psychology 3 *PSYCH 363 Abnormal Psychology *PSYCH 231 Personality Psychology 3 One of the following: 3 Credits

*PSYCH 411 History and Systems 3 *PSYCH 492 Senior Honors Thesis 3 PSYCH 491 Senior Seminar 3 PSYCH 499 Independent Study 3

Two further Psychology electives at the 200 level or above, not to include PSYCH 381, 383 or 387. 6 Credits

108 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 109

Academic Departments

Psychology

GERONTOLOY CERTIFICATE PROGRAM (5506.20) 18 CREDITS

Genrontology Certificate Program y g o To earn the certificate in Gerontology, a student must complete the following courses: 15 Credits l o h

PSYCH 286 The Aged in Society 3 SOC 334 Death and Bereavement 3 c y

PSYCH 371 Psychology of the Later Years 3 SOC 451 Field Service and Seminar in Gerontology 3 s P PSYCH 356 Community Organization and Community Services 3

An additional 3 credits must be taken from the following elective offerings: 3 Credits

BIOL 231 Biology and Physiology of Aging 3 PSYCH 354 Counseling the Older Adult 2 PSYCH 216 Developmental Psychology II: PSYCH 358 Long Term Care and Nursing Home Adult Years 3 Administration 3 PSYCH 347 Family Processes: PSYCH 360 Management of Psychology of the Family 3 Services/Programs/Agencies for the Aging 2 SOC 257 Culture and Personality 3 SOC 371 Research Methods in Social Science 4 PSYCH 352 Issues and Concepts in Specialized PSYCH 499 Independent Study in Gerontology 1 Professions 2

INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY CERTIFICATE PROGRAM (5620) /MINOR 18 CREDITS

Industrial/Organizational Psychology Certificate Program / Minor This minor is appropriate for students who are planning to pursue a major in Psychology. The program trains students to work effec- tively in a range of business and industrial settings as well as preparing them for graduate level work. Attention will be given to research, theory, and practical experience through internship opportunities. This program is also appropriate for the returning student seeking a career change.

A rapidly growing field, Industrial/Organizational Psychology develops and applies psychological insights to the modern organization, both on the individual and group level, with topics such as: human relationships viewed as resource exchanges, management as a dynamic process, and structure/development of organizations.

Required courses 18 Credits PSYCH 380 Industrial/Organizational Psychology 3 PSYCH 369 Dynamics of Interviewing 3 (Students should begin program with this course) PSYCH 399 Internship 3 PSYCH 317 Personnel Psychology 3 Two of the following electives are required: 6 Credits

PSYCH 313 Group Dynamics 3 BUS 316 Organizational Behavior 3 PSYCH 330 Tests and Measurements 3 BUS 320 Human Resources Management 3 BUS/PSYCH 344 Training & Development 3 Recommended electives : 3 Credits PSYCH 398 Career Development Cycle 3

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 109 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 110

Academic Departments Psychology

MINOR: PSYCHOLOGY 18 CREDITS

PSYCH 101 General Psychology 3 6 Credits PSYCH 223 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences I 3 Three of the following: 9 Credits

PSYCH 201 Developmental Psychology I: Child Psych 3 PSYCH 232 Psychology of Learning 3 PSYCH 231 Personality Psychology 3 PSYCH 235 Social Psychology 3

One of the following: 3 Credits One of the following: 3 PSYCH 363 Abnormal Psychology 3 PSYCH 313 Group Dynamics 3 PSYCH 333 Physiological Psychology 3 PSYCH 359 Cognitive Psychology 3

PSYCHOLOGY COURSES (PSYCH)

101. General Psychology 212. Psychology of Exceptional Children 223. Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences I This course is designed to introduce students to and Youth (Same as EDUC 212) This course aims at the development of skills in the basic processes of behavior including moti- This course examines exceptional children in the use of statistical methods as applied to vation, personality, emotion, learning, and mem- terms of psychological adjustment, interperson- behavioral sciences. The course includes the ory. These areas will be explored by means of al development, education and training. The topics of data collection, types of measurement, lecture, demonstration, and discussion. This exceptionalities studied include physical, mental populations and samples, tables and frequency exposure will prepare students for subsequent and emotionally handicapping conditions, as distributions, graphs, descriptive statistics of psychology courses. Co-requisite: CS 099, if well as, those children labeled “gifted.” central tendency and variability, correlation, nor- required [Offered: F, S each year] (3). Observations of children within various settings mal curve, and probability. The course intro- are part of the scope of the course. duces the concepts and uses of statistical deci- 201. Developmental Psychology 1: Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 101 (3). sion-making, inferential statistics and t-tests. Child Psychology Prerequisite: PSYCH 101; COR 113 or This course studies the human life cycle from 216. Developmental Psychology II: MATH 119 (3). birth through early adolescence. The course Adult Years discusses both theory and research concerning Viewing development as a process, which con- 231. Personality Psychology environmental, psychological and physiological tinues throughout the human life cycle, this Designed as a beginning-level approach to the influences on development. Areas include cog- course investigates the special issues of the study of personality, this course will explore nitive, personality, social and emotional devel- period from late adolescence through early issues relating to the historical background of opment. adulthood and middle age, while maintaining personality study (such as philosophical models Prerequisite: PSYCH 101; WRIT 101 (3). continuity with broader developmental issues. and the scientific method). The dimensions of Through examination of the research literature personality (structure, motivational and develop- 207. Religion and Psychology and the newly developing theories on adult mental processes), theoretical approaches and (Same as RS 207) development, the course will examine such applications of personality to psychotherapy, This course examines the complementarity of issues as: the relationship between biological dreams, personality assessment, and research religion and psychology in many aspects of the and psychosocial development; the impact and will be discussed. Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; human person through the media of selected interaction of theory and research; and the inte- WRIT 101 (3). films, drama and story. Co-requisite: CS 099, if gration of cognitive, personality, social and required (3). emotional components during the adult years. 232. Psychology of Learning Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 101 (3). Basic learning process such as acquisition, extinction, spontaneous recovery in instrumen- tal learning and classical conditioning will be considered. Escape and avoidance condition- ing, punishment, discrimination learning, error- less discrimination learning, generalization, transposition effects, and contrast effects will be covered. The influence of motivational variables on learning, such as drive and incentive, will also be discussed. Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 101 (3).

110 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 111

Academic Departments

Psychology

PSYCHOLOGY COURSES (PSYCH) 235. Social Psychology 285. Introduction to Counseling Techniques 313. Group Dynamics

The interaction between the individual and the Course acquaints students with the major cur- Utilizing an experiential laboratory approach, the y g

social world will be studied by examining current rent theories and techniques of individual, goals of this course are to enhance student’s o l

research dealing with aggression and violence, group, and family counseling and psychothera- ability to observe group behavior; through group o group structure, leadership, person perception, py by means of lectures, readings, demonstra- interaction, students will develop the ability to h c

attraction, affiliation, attitude formation, attitude tions, films, and experiential simulations of communicate their observations in verbal and y change, dissonance, compliance and obedi- counseling processes. Attention will also be written formats. This increases both the func- s P ence, conformity, and authoritarianism. given to the contexts of practice, professional- tioning efficiency of the group and the students’ Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 101 (3). ism, and ethical problems. Topics include: communication skills. Course explores basic Client-centered therapy, Existential/Humanistic concepts of group behavior such as role, struc- 237. Motivation and Emotion therapy, Gestalt therapy, Rational Emotive ther- ture, function, cohesiveness, leadership styles, This course explores systematic approaches apy, Behavior therapy, Psycho-drama, conformity, and communication systems. developed to explain the application of causali- Psychoanalytic therapies, Transactional Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 102 (3). ty to behavior, and the origin and functions of Analysis, Marriage Counseling, Family therapies human emotion. A variety of theoretical contri- and Crisis Intervention. Prerequisite: PSYCH 317. Personnel Psychology butions will be examined. Prerequisite: PSYCH 101; WRIT 101 (3). This course surveys psychology as applied to 101; WRIT 101 (3). the personnel functions of a corporation. 286. The Aged in Society Among the major topics covered are: personnel 241. Perception Course is the general introduction to the certifi- recruitment, selection and training, including job The aim of this course is to introduce the stu- cate sequence. The dynamics of aging, the analysis; personnel interviewing and counseling, dent to basic principles in the field of sensation position of the aged in American society, and including psychological assessment; perform- and perception. Among the topics covered will society’s response to the needs of the older ance appraisal, the supervisory process, morale be receptor function and physiology, psy- adult are examined. Particular emphasis is and job satisfaction. The course format will be chophysics, constancy and attention. given to the social and physio-psychological a mixture of lecture/discussion and class exer- Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 101 (3). aspects of aging and the aged. Prerequisite: cises designed to demonstrate concepts and WRIT 101 (3). develop students’ communication skills. 257. Culture and Personality Research in the field, as well as new develop- (Same as SOC 257) 290. Departmental Seminar ments, such as employee assistance programs This course studies, on a cross-cultural basis, This course allows the student to expand and (EAP), women managers and affirmative action the effects of cultural conditioning on the bio- deepen interest in topics chosen by the faculty programs will also be discussed. Prerequisites: logical foundations of personality. Emphasis is to represent current trends in the field of PSYCH 101; WRIT 102 (3). on theories, methodological approaches, and Psychology, which are areas of faculty interest case studies. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; PSYCH and expertise. Topics may include such areas 319. Human Sexuality 101, or SOC 101 or 103. PSYCH 231 is recom- as: Alcoholism, Children and T.V., Child Abuse, (Same as SOC 319) mended (3). Freud vs. Jung, Psychodrama. Prerequisites: Course studies the physiological, social, cultur- PSYCH 101; WRIT 101 (3). al, psychological, moral, artistic, and legal 262. Alcohol and Chemical Dependency: aspects of human sexuality. Fee: $10.00. An Overview 311. Psychology of Women Prerequisite: PSYCH 101; WRIT 102 (3). This course surveys the current body of knowl- This course focuses on theoretical viewpoints edge in the field of alcohol use and abuse. and research findings relevant to female devel- 328. Theories of Learning Alcoholism as a public health problem is viewed opment, psychology and functioning. Particular Course surveys the theoretical interpretation of from a social, psychological, familial, and phys- issues studied will include: gender develop- basic learning processes. Theorists covered iological perspective. Alcoholism as a disease ment, sex differences, sex-roles, socialization, include Pavlov, Watson, Guthrie, Thorndike, process will be discussed and the roles of vari- and life cycle events particular to females. Skinner, Miller, Lewin, Tolman, Hull, and Estes. ous treatment modalities and their effectiveness Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 102 (3). It will focus on a carefully chosen topic in the will be considered. Prerequisites for degree stu- field of learning theory. Prerequisite: PSYCH dents in the Psychology major: PSYCH 101; 232; WRIT 102 (3). WRIT 101 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 111 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 112

Academic Departments Psychology

PSYCHOLOGY COURSES (PSYCH) 330. Tests and Measurements 338. Psychology of the Mentally Retarded 352. Issues and Concepts in This course is designed to provide a basic This course will focus on the behavioral and Specialized Professions understanding of concepts, principles, and learning characteristics of the mentally retarded Students will examine some of the specialized methodology necessary to the construction and and their special needs. A humane and pro- professions that assist those who exhibit indi- interpretation of psycho-educational tests and gressive approach to the mentally retarded and vidual or social pathologies, e.g. substance assessment procedures. The theoretical nature their families is emphasized. Among the issues abuse counselors, physical therapists, social of testing and types of testing procedures cur- to be explored are: normalization, integration, workers, occupational therapists, gerontolo- rently in use in psychology, education and national developments. Prerequisites: PSYCH gists, etc. In each case the history of the pro- industry will be studied. The measurement of 212; WRIT 102 (3). fession will be traced, along with the develop- intelligence, achievement, and personality will ment of its self-concept, its code of service and be included. Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 342. Social and Emotional Maladjustment professional ethics, and some of the problems 102. PSYCH 223 is strongly recommended (3). in Children facing the profession, e.g. constraints on pro- This course presents an overview of childhood fessional behavior imposed by the law, chang- 332. Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences II and adolescent maladjustment. Major areas to ing public commitment to funding for the pro- This course covers the topics of decision-mak- be covered include concepts of normality and fession, etc., and the manner in which such ing and inferential statistics in some depth. The abnormality, symptomatology and diagnosis, problems impact on the way in which each pro- rationale and application of such procedures as theories of causality, as well as techniques of fession serves its clientele. Prerequisite: WRIT regression, t-tests, chi square, one and two way intervention, which are useful in treating or edu- 102; PSYCH 286 (2). analysis of variance, and non-parametric statis- cating the emotionally handicapped child, the tics are taught. The course also provides a autistic child and adolescent. Prerequisites: 353. Philosophical Psychology basic understanding of research design and the PSYCH 201 or 212; WRIT 102 (3). This course is a study of the nature of psycho- fit between design, analysis and interpretation. logical explanation and information and a com- Techniques of literature review and use of 344. Training & Development parison of psychological and philosophical con- American Psychological Association format are (Same as BUS 344) siderations of human nature. Personality, also covered. Prerequisites: PSYCH 223; The application of management and human knowing, and human willing are also WRIT 102 (3). teaching/learning principles to problems of job studied and critically analyzed. The scientific training, supervisory development, executive method will also be covered. Prerequisites: 333. Behavioral Neuroscience growth and the role of business in meeting WRIT 102; PSYCH 101 or permission of the (Same as BIOL 333) urban personnel needs will comprise the focus instructor. Offered as needed (3). The student will learn the structure and function of this course. Train the trainer instruction is of the central nervous system in relation to sen- provided for developing and implementing prac- 354. Counseling the Older Adult sory processes: sleep and wakefulness, motiva- tical programs used in business organizations, In this course the student will examine the sitz tion, emotion, learning, and other selected top- including needs analysis, program design, sub- im leben of older adults, its general outline, the ics. Prerequisite: PSYCH 101 or GS 105 or ject matter, resources, facilities, materials, eval- stresses of this stage of life, and the social and equivalent; WRIT 102 (3). uation and follow-up. Prerequisite: psychological needs that arise for this popula- PSYCH/BUS 317 (3). tion; the student will also examine the way in 334. Death and Bereavement which society provides for counseling this pop- (Same as SOC 334) 347. Family Processes: Psychology ulation and for addressing its needs. The thera- Designed to provide opportunities for the stu- of the Family peutic model, the course of counseling, defini- dent to explore personal feelings and develop The course attempts to deepen students’ tion and measurement of outcomes, and exten- positive attitudes about death, dying, and the understanding of the ways in which families sive examination of case histories will be provid- process of mourning. Death and bereavement function and how the person is defined in rela- ed. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PSYCH 286 (2). will be studied from psychological, biological, tion to family origin. Students will study their cultural, and social perspectives in terms of the own families within a multigenerational family 356. Community Organization and impact upon the individual, the bereaved and systems perspective through text and research Community Services social institutions. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; reading, experiential exercises, film and video- This course provides the student with the skills PSYCH 101 or permission of the tape. Structural and theoretical developments necessary to analyze the characteristics of a department (3). in the field will be used to broaden the students’ local community, to identify patterns of local knowledge beyond their own family structure, leadership, and specific population groups 337. Psychology of Learning Disabilities and topics will include: the family-life cycle, requiring community service (e.g. the aged, Course is designed to examine the etiology of effects of sibling position, comparative models retarded, mentally ill, alcoholic, abused, drug learning disabilities as well as the psychological, of family functioning, uses of the genogram, sin- addicted, etc.) Students will select one of these educational and social characteristics of learn- gle-parent, step and reconstituted family struc- areas and will conduct an intensive survey and ing disabled children and youth. Emphasis will tures, triangles, and intergenerational transmis- analysis to evaluate the effectiveness of com- be placed on diagnosis and methods of inter- sion processes. Prerequisites: PSYCH 201 or munity service agencies and the programs they vention. Prerequisites: PSYCH 212; 231; WRIT 102 (3). provide for the selected population-group. WRIT 102 (3). Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PSYCH 286 (3).

112 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 113

Academic Departments

Psychology

PSYCHOLOGY COURSES (PSYCH) 357. Psychological Portraits in Literature 361. Environmental Psychology 379. Comparative Psychology/Animal

(Same as ENG 357) This course will focus on the interaction Behavior y g

This course examines how writers use psycho- between environments and human behavior. (Same as BIOL 379) o l

logical insight to develop characters and how, Topics studied will include people’s behavior in This course studies the principal problems, o as Jung realized, imaginative literature frequent- specific environmental settings such as eleva- methods, and findings in the field of animal h c

ly provides psychological insight into human tors, subways, crowds, hospital wards; the research (both experimentation and field work). y behavior prior to scientific formulation. These effects of crowded conditions on aggression, Among the topics treated will be: classification, s P portraits will be related to current psychological communication, and adjustment; and cross-cul- innate behavior, maturation, imprinting, sensory theories and research. Writers from the Greeks tural examples of how people in cities and coun- processes, learning, motivation, and social to the present will be included, including read- tries all over the world use physical space in organization. Recent research trends in com- ings from major psychological works. relating to each other. Prerequisites: PSYCH parative psychology/animal behavior will be crit- Prerequisite: WRIT 102; PSYCH 101 (3). 101; WRIT 102 (3). ically evaluated. Prerequisite: WRIT 101; BIOL 220; PSYCH 101, 333 or permission of 358. Long Term Care and Nursing Home 363. Abnormal Psychology instructor (3). Administration This course will focus on the various models of The components of the long term care system mental illness, the psychotic, neurotic and char- 380. Industrial/Organizational Psychology for the aged; their development and organiza- acter disorders and approaches to treatment. Modern applications of psychology to the world tion will be studied. Legal and regulatory poli- Phenomenological, as well as empirical and the- of business are emphasized in this course. cies, funding, personnel and training, staff oretical, aspects of the various disorders will be Class participation exercises will be used to development, supervisory skills, and program- considered. Various historical and contempo- enhance understanding of concepts and ming pertinent to each of the components of the rary models of diagnosis will be discussed. improve communication skills. A mixture of the- system will be explored. Issues of care and Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PSYCH 101; PSYCH oretical approaches, experimental literature, treatment, patient and family services, advoca- 231 or permission of the instructor (3). case studies and action methods will be used to cy, and future needs and trends will be illustrate the following topics: motivational con- addressed. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; PSYCH 369. Dynamics of Interviewing cepts related to work; the structure of a busi- 286 (3). (Same as BUS 369) ness organization, including leadership, man- This course includes didactic and experiential agement and control; group dynamics such as 359. Cognitive Psychology components, providing both theoretical knowl- communication systems; decision-making and Course will focus on the nature of human edge and applied practical experience in the conflict resolution; and growth concepts such thought processes. The topics will include: skill of conducting a variety of interviews. as training and development. Prerequisites: simple and complex modes of problem solving; Feedback discussion between interview partici- PSYCH 101; WRIT 102 (3). the relationship of language to thought; mental pants and observers will enhance both effective structures as they relate to plans, perceptions communication and students’ observations, 393. Special Topics in Psychology and attributions; models of artificial intelligence; improving interview skills and performance. This course will offer both student and faculty physiological bases of thought; and shifts in Different types of interviews including person- the opportunity to focus on one or more topics cognitive process as utilized in therapy and edu- nel, appraisal, structured, open-ended, group, of current relevance to the general discipline of cation. Prerequisites: PSYCH 101 and six addi- counseling, and exit interviews will be demon- Psychology (i.e. newly developing areas within tional credits in Psychology, or permission of the strated and/or simulated. The dynamics of the the discipline) or to the interests of a special Instructor; WRIT 102 (3). interview as interpersonal communication and interest sequence within the major (Substance as personal interaction will be explored, using Abuse, Gerontology or Organizational 360. Management of tapes, cassettes and films, as well as live inter- Psychology). Prerequisites: PSYCH 101 and Services/Programs/Agencies for the Aging view situations. Field visits may be required. another PSYCH course at the 200-level; WRIT This course will explore thoroughly the princi- Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 102 (3). 102. Depending on the breadth of the topic, the ples of efficient management of programs and course will be offered for 1, 2 or 3 credits. To be agencies and other services to the aging. 371. Developmental Psychology III: offered as needed (1-3). Emphasis will be on definition of standards of Psychology of the Later Years professional behavior and outcomes, and meth- This course examines a developmental ods of assessing performance and effective- approach to the last phase of the human life ness. There will be extensive study of case his- cycle. The biological basis and the impact of tories and exploration of issues about funding environment on behavior are reviewed. The especially in the current context of cutbacks of behavioral processes in the later years and psy- Medicare and Medicaid. Prerequisites: WRIT chopathology of the older adult are presented. 102; PSYCH 286 (3). Prerequisites: PSYCH 101; WRIT 102 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 113 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 114

Academic Departments Psychology

PSYCHOLOGY COURSES (PSYCH)

411. History and Systems 451. Field Service and Seminar in 492. Senior Honors Thesis The goal of this course is to provide a broad Gerontology (Same as SOC 451) Particularly designed for the student intending overview of psychology and its evolution from Practical supervised experiences in gerontolog- to go to graduate school, this course involves the parent disciplines of philosophy and medi- ical settings are the major components of this conducting a professional research study under cine. The development of the major systems in two-term course. Class sessions focus on cur- the mentorship of a member of the Psychology psychology (including associationism, struc- rent theoretical and practical trends involved in faculty. A substantial topic would be selected turalism, functionalism, behaviorism, gestalt and working with the older adult. This course should and a study would be designed, conducted and psychoanalysis) will be traced from the origins be taken upon completion of other courses in interpreted according to the American through the present. The major historical devel- the Gerontology sequence. Prerequisite: Psychological Association standards with the opments, experiments, and significant research SOC 353 (3). ultimate goal being publication of the study in a will be studied. This course is highly recom- psychological journal. Prerequisite: PSYCH mended for students planning graduate work in 491. Senior Seminar 426 or permission of the instructor (3). psychology. Prerequisites: PSYCH 101, and at Designed to be an integrative experience for least 15 credits in Psychology. Permission of senior psychology majors, this small group sem- 297/497. Research the instructor (3). inar will direct the student toward the dual goals of reviewing major content areas within the field 298/398/498. Directed Study 426. Experimental Psychology and completing assignments to demonstrate Course is designed to teach the basic principles major skills. These skills will include writing an 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship of psychological research and their application analytical literature review, oral presentation of to the study of social, perceptual or cognitive psychological research and theory, and articula- behavior. Students will conduct laboratory, field tion of an integrative knowledge of the broad and survey investigations, and evaluate the out- field of psychology. Working with a seminar comes as they relate to theory. Students will coordinator, the entire psychology faculty and use computer software to analyze data, will psychologists from outside the college will serve write complete lab reports using APA format, as guest lecturers in their areas of expertise and and will present their research to the group. will create assignments, which reflect both con- Non-audit. Prerequisite: PSYCH 332 (4). tent and skills areas. Prerequisite: PSYCH 101 and 15 credits in Psychology or permission of instructor (3).

1141 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 115

Academic Departments

Religious Studies

Religious Studies at MMC is an enlightening interdisciplinary The role of religion in the development, and sometimes hin- intellectual endeavor that engages international and cross-cul- drance, of the human family permits the student to integrate var- tural content. The program centers on the great religious tradi- ious fields of knowledge from the sociological to the literary, from tions of the world with the goal to provide the student a level of the historical to the cultural and even the psychological to the sophistication in theological, philosophical, literary and psycho- scientific. Religious Studies opens the student to the range of logical perspectives through the use of historical and literary humanity’s cultural and social development and sets a broad, analysis of many of the world’s religious classics. We explore a but surely not complete, foundation for critical thinking in a vari- broad spectrum of religious traditions and developments: ety of fields. These cross-cultural dimensions of Religious Eastern and Western; classical and contemporary; particular and Studies will prepare students for the diversity of belief and prac-

comparative. Students are encouraged to reflect on the beliefs of tice typical of their future work-worlds. s e others throughout the world as well as in the light of their own i d u

beliefs. An assessment of the religious traditions and their role in t

the course of the history of humankind is undertaken in such a S s

manner that the student is able to draw their own well-informed u o conclusions in light of a body of knowledge and practice that i g i spans many societies and generations. l e R

Division: Humanities Division Chairperson: David S. Linton, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Assistants: Eleanor Bazzini Ryan Cunningham [email protected] [email protected] Division Office: Main 517 Nugent 560 Phone: 517-0641 774-0834

Department Faculty: Jeanne Evans Assistant Professor of Religious Studies Coordinator, Religious Studies Program B.A., Emmanuel College M.A., Andover Newton Theological School Ph.D., University of St. Michael’s College Main 517 212-517-0618 [email protected]

MINOR: RELIGOUS STUDIES 18 Credits All of the following: 12 Credits RS 101 The Hebrew Bible 3 RS 261 World Religions I 3 RS 107 Introduction to the New Testament 3 RS 262 World Religions II 3 One of the following: 3 Credits

RS 200 World’s Major Religious Texts 3 RS 332 Heritage: Civilization and the Jews 3 One of the following: 3 Credits RS 211 Introduction to the Writings of Paul 3 RS 309 The Parables of Jesus 3 RS 303 The Gospel of St. John 3 RS 315 Religion and Experience: Seminar 3

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 115 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 116

Academic Departments Religious Studies

Jewish Chautauqua Society Scholar-in-Residence In keeping with MMC’s mission statement, the College is pleased to offer courses taught by a Rabbi through the sponsorship of the Jewish Chautauqua Society’s Scholar-in-Residence Program. The Society is a nonprofit organization dedicated to fostering under- standing through education by creating opportunities for people of different faiths to learn more about each other. The goal is to fos- ter a greater appreciation of the common ground shared by Judaism, Christianity and Islam, as well as the honest differences among the faiths. Among the offerings are: Hebrew Bible (RS 101) 3 Heritage: Civilization and the Jews (RS 332) 3 Judaism in the Time of Jesus (RS 330) 3 Faith After the Holocaust (RS 402) 3

RELIGIOUS STUDIES COURSES (RS)

101. The Hebrew Bible 219. Jesus in Writings of Luke-Gospel 227: Development of Christianity: A survey course of the Jewish Scriptures: the and Acts This course will introduce students to the early Torah, the Prophets and the Writings. Emphasis This course is an inquiry into the personality of decades of the development of Christianity from will be placed on the narrative and philosophical Jesus presented in Luke’s Gospel compared the time of Jesus to the spread of Christianity portions of the Torah, the rhapsodic Prophecies with the Jesus of Acts as seen by the doubting, through Paul to the period of Christianity’s emer- and the wisdom literature. Insights gained from disillusioned, committed followers of the early gence as the state religion of the Roman Empire Talmudic literature, modern archaeology, and Church. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). under Constantine. The interrelation-ship recent Jewish historical experience will be used between Judaism and Christianity will be to understand ancient texts. Co-requisite: CS 221. John Steinbeck: Theologian and explored as well as the multiple portraits of 099, if required (3). Social Critic Jesus and the leadership roles of women within In the study of a selection of Steinbeck’s works, early Christianity. Prerequisite: FYS 101 (3). 107. The New Testament focus will be placed on existing theological 261: World Religions I: The Abrahamic Course investigates the response of the early themes and criticism of social structures and Religions/Judaism, Christianity, Islam. This Christian groups to Jesus as the revelation of behavior. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (1). comprehensive introduction to world religions of God. Topics include: “Audience” study, source the West will acquaint students with the world- materials, personal attributes of the human 222. Thomas Merton: Contemplative view, beliefs, scriptures and rites of Judaism, author, modes of reading the New Testament, and Pacifist Christianity, Islam as well as their common roots and ways of understanding life in the Kingdom. Selected writings from both earlier and later in the tradition of Abraham. Each religion will be Course is a prerequisite for most New Testament periods of Merton’s life will be used to consider studied against its historic and geographic courses. Co-requisite: CS 099, if required (3). specific aspects of his thought and work. backgrounds. The emphasis will be on clarifying Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (1). notable similarities and differences between 200. World’s Major Religious Texts these three of the world’s major religions as The course centers on the texts of the world’s 224. Mysticism: East and West informed by contemporary scholarship and major religions: Hebrew and Christian This course is an appreciative study of the mys- inter-religious dialogue. Prerequisite: Scriptures, Islamic Koran, major texts of tical element in the religious traditions of the Far WRIT 101 (3). Buddhism and Hinduism. Each text will be stud- East, the Middle East and the West. Major dif- ied against its historic/geographic background. ferences as well as convergences will be scruti- 262: World Religions II: Indigenous Religion, The focus will be on notable similarities and dif- nized. The course will direct attention to the Hinduism, Buddhism and Judaism. ferences informed by contemporary scholarship. influence of the world’s mystics on the leader- This comprehensive introduction to world reli- Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). ship in the United Nations over the last two gions will acquaint students with the worldview, decades. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). beliefs, scriptures and rites of Indigenous reli- 207. Religion and Psychology gion, Hinduism, Buddhism and Judaism. Each (Same as PSYCH 207). religion will be studied against its historic and This course will examine the complementation geographic backgrounds. The emphasis will be of religion and psychology in many aspects of on clarifying notable similarities and differences the human person through the media of select- between these representatives of the world’s ed films, drama and stories. Prerequisite: WRIT major religions as informed by contemporary 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). scholarship and inter-religious dialogue. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3).

116 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 117

Academic Departments

Religious Studies

RELIGIOUS STUDIES COURSES (RS) 301. Spirituality of Women: An 332. Heritage: Civilization and the Jews 465. Advanced Study in Religion Autobiographical Approach Seminar This course is based upon the Public Course will give the advanced student an This course is an investigation of the spiritual Broadcasting series television production of opportunity to research and study in areas not development of outstanding women as revealed Abba Eban. It includes extensive audio-visual ordinarily covered in other Religion courses. A in story form. Correlations will be made with the material (9 one-hour videotapes that explore the different topic will be offered each year. Topics contemporary struggle of women for recognition reciprocal impact of the Jewish experience upon may be selected from the following: Protestant and the uniqueness of the feminine contribution human society and society upon the Jews from Religion and Culture in America; The Church to the Church. Some life stories will be Biblical times to the present.) It will include and Culture in Latin America; Black American explored: Simone Weil, Dorothy Day, Teresa of Biblical and post-Biblical reading as well as Religious Experience; the Changing Role of Avila, Therese of Lisieux and Teresa of Calcutta. selected writings of leading historians. The Women in Religious Tradition. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). course is designed both to introduce the stu- WRIT 102 (3). s e i

dent to Jewish history and to deepen knowl- d u

309. The Parables of Jesus edge of it. 466. Religion and Social Justice t

The course will explore the parables as literature Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). This course will explore how religious ideas and S

and story in the ancient Middle East. In addition values shape social justice movements. Special s u

to studying the message of revelation contained 333. Religion, Society and Culture consideration will be given to the religious o i

in the Gospel parables, we propose to review (Same as IS/SOC 333). response to the social challenges posed by sec- g i and utilize a wealth of new materials on parable This interdisciplinary course is designed to ularization and pluralism. A historical survey of l e

study. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; RS 107 or explore diverse religious, ideological and cultur- religious thinking on social justice will be fol- R equivalent (3). al environments, and to analyze their impact on lowed by a discussion of major 20th century fig- social, economic and political relations among ures in the field. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). 312. The Bible as Literature people and nations. The course will also inquire A study of selected books from both Testaments into the conceptual parameters of a global cul- 297/497. Research according to the literary form: historic and ture focusing on human dignity, freedom, justice mythic narrative; poetic and prophetic narra- and peace. 298/398/498. Directed Study tives; story and epistolary narrative. Appropriate Prerequisite: WRIT 102. [Offered: F, S] (3). attention will be given to authorship (when 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship known), purpose in writing and audiences, major 402. Faith After The Holocaust characters and unique features. Prerequisite: This question is applicable both to Jews and The following courses have been offered in the WRIT 102 (3). non-Jews. The historic origin of the holocaust past and may be offered in the future in and the results of it will be examined. Audio- response to student need. 315. Religion and Experience: Seminar visual material will be used. The writings of This course explores religious traditions as they Jewish thinkers published both before and after 205. Prayer are reflected in the lives of individuals. The class the holocaust will be brought to bear on the 210. Social Teachings of the Church will discuss past and present expressions of reli- many problems. This course will deal with the 211. Introduction to the Writings of Paul gious consciousness. The readings will include ways that religious faith has changed as a result 213. Conscience Formation and autobiographies of Gandhi and Malcolm X, Eli of the experience of World War II. Works of the Development Wiesel’s Night, Merton’s Asian Journal, following thinkers will be read in whole or part: 216. Christianity and Human Sexuality Hammarskjold’s Markings and Bonhoeffer’s Kaplan, Buber, Rosenzweig, Rubinstein, 223. Mysticism: Writings Beyond Scripture Letters. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Schwarz-Bart, Wiesel, Wyman, Frank and oth- 227. Development of Christianity ers. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). 229. The Roman Catholic Church in the 318. Religion and Literature Modern World Through the study of poems, stories and plays 411. Senior Seminar 254. Art and Religion from diverse cultures, this course will investigate An advanced seminar is offered for seniors con- 307. Developments in the Theology of ways in which imaginative writers have explored centrating in religious studies. Different topics Sacraments experiences of faith and doubt. Prerequisite: will be explored in different years. Prerequisite: 313. Christianity in the Twentieth Century WRIT 102 (3). WRIT 102 (3). 323. The Holy Spirit 330. Judaism in the Time of Jesus

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1171 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 118

Academic Departments

Sociology

The mission of the Sociology Department is to prepare students Work at MMC is based on systems theory and the strengths to become critically active and civically responsible agents in the perspective. Students train to view problems within the con- world. With such preparation, they may shape those mecha- texts of both interpersonal and social dynamics. Courses in nisms that the sociological imagination impels us to develop a the sequence enhance the quality of each student’s civic and concern for and participate in, ultimately, to improve society. community involvement.

Sociology is one of the core majors of the social sciences. It is Career Possibilities: organized around the study of the complex forces that influence The study of Sociology will benefit students interested in the human behavior in modern societies. As a field of study it matrix of social and cultural forces shaping individual, communi- emerged in the 19th- and 20th-centuries as part of an effort to ty and international behavior and values. Sociological knowl- identify the underlying dynamics of urbanized industrial soci- edge is especially helpful for business and communications eties. In the decades following World War II, the field became majors, or any student whose career goals are likely to involve highly empirical and grew exponentially. extensive contact with the public.

Today, Sociology is a thriving field of study with an impressive Students majoring in Sociology have gone onto successful span of theoretical perspectives and thematic concerns. Its careers in journalism, urban planning, survey research, human areas of inquiry range from ethnicity, gender, and religion to the resources, business, law, criminal justice, social work and non- social organization of sexuality, and the social impact of sci- profit administration. Graduates of the program have also ence and technology. Its theoretical arsenal ranges from its tra- entered academically competitive programs at the Master’s and ditional underpinnings in conflict and consensus theory to femi- Ph.D. levels. nist, post-colonial and queer theories. Opportunities for Faculty-Student Interaction: The Sociology major offers a carefully crafted sequence of The Sociology Department takes maximum advantage of its courses that takes students on a journey from basic concepts small size to foster careful collaboration between faculty and to advanced critical analysis. The program places partic- students for academic advising; writing and researching, devel- ular importance on exposing students to a variety of theo- oping independent study courses, arranging and supervising retical approaches that may be used in professional settings as internships and supporting activities sponsored by the well to acquire the empirical research skills for collecting, Sociology Club. analyzing and understanding data through sociological methodology. Departmental Resources: The Sociology Department faculty members share an office that The major also sponsors a program in Social Work that helps maintains graduate school catalogues and career information. prepare students for graduate education and careers in human Library resources are kept current to support the academic pro- services. Social Work is a focused study of interactions gram. Faculty members make extensive use of New York City as between individuals and their physical and social environments. a social laboratory and as a source of internships. It also includes the study of specific practice skills geared to improving the quality of these interactions. The minor in Social

Division: Social Sciences Division Chair: Kenton Worcester, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Assistant: Michael Backus [email protected] Division Office: Nugent 456 Phone: 212-774-4847

118 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 119

Academic Departments Sociology

Department Faculty:

Mona Cutolo Kathleen Leckband Associate Professor of Sociology Associate Professor of Sociology Coordinator, Sociology Program B.A., Emmanuel College B.S., Fordham University M.A., Fordham University M.A., Fordham University Ph.D., New York University Nugent 555 Nugent 555 212-774-4846 212-774-4843 [email protected] [email protected]

Manolo Guzman Rebecca Sperling Assistant Professor of Sociology Associate Professor of Social Work/Sociology B.A., University of Detroit Coordinator, Social Work Education M.A., New School University B.A., California State University at Los Angeles Ph.D., City University of New York Graduate M.S., Columbia University Center Ph.D., Columbia University Nugent 555 Nugent 555 212-774-4616 212-774-4844 [email protected] [email protected]

MAJOR: B.A. IN SOCIOLOGY (2208)

Major Requirements 37 Credits y

Social Science Core 6 Credits g o l

IS 207 World Geography 3 Credits o i

ECO 150 Economy, Society and the State 3 Credits c o S

Sociology Concentraton 31 Credits SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 SOC 491 Senior Seminar 3 SOC 330 Great Social Thinkers 3 SOC electives SOC 361 Cultural and Social Change 3 (5 courses, at least two at the 300+ level) 15 SOC 371 Research Methods in Social Science 4

MINORS: Sociology Minor 18 Credits SOC 101 Introduction to Sociology 3 SOC 330 Great Social Thinkers 3 SOC 103 Anthropology 3 SOC electives 9

Social Work Minor 18 Credits SOC 105 Introduction to Social Work 3 Soc. 315 Field Experience in Human Services I 4 SOC 204 Valuing Difference 3 Soc. 415 Field Experience in Human Services II 4 SOC 209 Method and Skills in Social Work Practice 4

Students must pass each course with a final grade of C or better to advance to the next course in the sequence.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 119 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 120

Academic Departments

Sociology

Special Interest Sequence in Gender Studies The Sequence in Gender Studies is an interdisciplinary approach to the study of women’s and men’s roles and the function gender dis- tinctions serve in society, both past and present. The sequence includes three core courses recommended for all who elect the pro- gram and three additional courses selected from among the various disciplines listed below.

Recommended Core Courses: 9 credits SOC 213 Women, Society and Culture 3 COR.D 301 Lives of Women 3 PSYCH 311 Psychology of Women 3 Electives: 9 credits

ART 261 Images of Women in Art 3 RS 301 Spirituality of Women: An ENG 223 Woman as Writer, Subject, & Audience 3 Autobiographical Approach 3 HIST 255 Women in American History 3 SOC 355 Women and the Economy 3 PHIL 268 Women, War and Peace 3 SOC 356 Women and Work: Research Seminar 3 PSYCH 290 Departmental Seminar: Women SPAN 357 Hispanic Women Writers 3 Pioneers in Psychoanalysis 3

Additional Learning Opportunities

Internships: Students may take advantage of internship oppor- have participated in international work projects such as building tunities in a wide range of social service and international organ- homes for the poor in Nicaragua and digging in archeological izations in New York. Students interned in community organiza- expeditions in Belize and among Navaho communites. tions dealing with issues such as housing, homelessness, the elderly, immigrant rights, civil rights, legal and educational advo- Research possibilities: Students are encouraged to carry out cacy and international organizations, such as the United Nations independent empirical research based on projects developed High Commission for Refugees, and a number of non-govern- during major course work or as independent study. The annual mental organizations (NGOs) such as Doctors Without Borders. Honors Colloquium provides one such forum for students to The Social Work minor includes required internships as part of present the best student work to the academic community. The the Human Services courses in its curriculum. Students in the American Sociological Association invites students to present minor volunteer for agencies and institutions such as: Mt. Sinai papers at regional and annual meetings. Hospital’s Sexual Assault and Violence Intervention Program, NY Cares, God’s Love We Deliver, Green Chimneys Children’s Student-Faculty collaboration: Close faculty/student interaction Services, City Harvest, Mary Manning Walsh Nursing Home, is facilitated by the small size of the Sociology program and its Memorial Sloan Kettering, The Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual and classes. Faculty members work intensively with students not Transgender Community Center (SAGE), Bedford Hills only in sponsoring independent studies, research projects and Correctional Facility Parents’ Center supervising internships, but also in daily class work by stimulat- ing thoughtful discussions and developing challenging writing Study and travel abroad enables students to learn about differ- assignments. Faculty members provide one-on-one guidance ent cultures and societies and how they address social issues to students in identifying effective research sources and in artic- and concerns. Students have studied in a variety of countries ulating effective arguments characterized by the clear develop- around the world, including: Australia, Spain, Sweden, and some ment of ideas supported by quality evidence.

120 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 121

Academic Departments

Sociology

SOCIOLOGY COURSES (SOC) 101. Introduction to Sociology 204. Valuing Difference 209. Method and Skills in The purpose of this course is to acquaint the Drawing from both theoretical and personal Social Work Practice student with the field of sociology and to pro- sources, this course seeks to heighten each stu- Course provides a close examination of social vide a basis for a greater understanding of con- dent’s awareness and appreciation of our work method: data collection, assessment, temporary society. The socialization process, human differences. Understanding our diversity intervention and evaluation. It also focuses on culture, institutions and inter-group relations are will also make our commonalities more appar- skill development and provides an overview of among the topics explored. Attention will be ent. Students will explore how ideology, as well the various modalities (individual, family, group given to forces of stability and change inherent as public and private discourse, constructs and community work) used in social work prac- in the relationship between the individual and issues related to race, ethnicity, class, religion, tice. Students learn the value of understanding society. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 gender, sexual orientation, age and differing all human behavior in its environmental context. [Offered: F, S] (3). abilities, and how each of these concepts works A concurrent internship in a local community- in combination with others to weave a complex based agency, which offers students direct 103. Anthropology web of human behaviors. Power and authority experience in the field, is also required. The The purpose of this course is to provide the stu- will be featured elements in discussions of iden- internship is intended to provide students with dents with an understanding of the interrelation- tity formation and social dynamics. Course will the opportunity to understand how agencies are ship of social structure and cultural patterns. be taught from a social work perspective, high- organized and how they function on behalf of Through anthropological and analytical means, lighting the consequences of racism and privi- clients. Students will work in an agency for it will examine the works and activities of man lege for everyone in a community. Prerequisite: three hours per week throughout the semester. (social, artistic, and technological) as well as WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). They will keep regular journal entries and pre- theories of social and cultural change. pare a summary report on their experience in the Prerequisite: CS 099, if required 205. Urban Sociology agency. Prerequisite: WRIT 101; SOC 105 or [Offered: F, S] (3). Topics discussed in this course will range from permission of the Instructor [Offered: S] (4).

the origin of cities, the processes of urbanization y 105. Introduction to Social Work and suburbanization, the growth of metropolitan 210. Anthropology at Museums in g o This course provides an introduction to social communities and current developments in urban New York City l o i

work as a profession and to social welfare. It planning. While emphasis will be on the analy- Course will be an ethnographic survey of the c

will include: a history of the development of the sis of American society, cross-national and world’s culture areas and will be oriented o field, an overview of social work ethics and val- cross- cultural comparisons will be made towards museum exhibits in New York City. S ues, discussion of professional roles and set- throughout. Although the focus will be on cities, Classroom lectures and assigned readings will tings as well as an introduction to current theo- the course perspective will encompass a broad- be designed to complement and supplement ries and practices. It features an introduction to er scope - looking at entire societies whose several museum tours taken by the class. the eco-systems and strengths perspectives. institutions are influenced by urbanism in all its Students should be prepared to pay the nominal Students also learn beginning assessment manifestations. Urbanization in underdeveloped student admission fees to the museum. skills. Prerequisite: [Offered: F, S] (3). as well as in modern metropolitan communities Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (Visiting students need and world cities will be examined. Prerequisite: not meet this requirement.) [Offered: Sum] (3). 107. Introduction to Criminal Justice WRIT 101 (3). (Same as PS 107) 213. Women, Society, and Culture The purpose of this course is to survey and ana- (Same as RS 213) lyze the origin, development, and classification This course will consider the condition of con- of the criminal law. The principal topics to be temporary women in our own and other soci- covered will be grouped into the following areas: eties. We will study a variety of theoretical per- crime as a legal concept, the objectives of pun- spectives, e.g. psychological, cultural, structural ishment, an overview of the American criminal that throw light on the sex/gender relationship; justice system, the trial, the role of the attorneys, and will explore their applicability in a cross-cul- judges and the jury; the bail system, plea bar- tural context. Such issues as male/female rela- gaining, sentencing, jails, prisons, probation, tions, economic and political inequality, the role and parole. Visits to courts and prisons may be of motherhood, sexuality, and forms of resist- included in the course. Prerequisite: CS 099, if ance and protest will be discussed. required (3). Prerequisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 121 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 122

Academic Departments

Sociology

SOCIOLOGY COURSES (SOC) 216. New York City: Diversity and Change 245. Stonewall: The Gay Liberation 312. Family Diversity in America Course will explore the historical roots and Movement This course will examine the changing under- dynamic nature of New York City’s diverse and In this course we will study the Stonewall Riots standings of different forms of family life in the specialized neighborhoods. Class will meet at through the lens of social movement theory to contemporary United States. Among others, MMC for initial class lectures and library orienta- understand how these riots led to one of the these include: single parent families, stepfami- tions and thereafter for analysis of observations most successful social reform movements in the lies, same sex, extended and multi racial fami- and guidance for research projects. Class will United States, the Gay Movement. lies. Prerequisite: WRIT 102. (3). tour off-campus at various scheduled sites, Prerequisites: WRIT 101 (3). including the Museum of the City of NY, the 315. Field Experience in Human Services I Planning Commission, South Street Seaport, 247. Special Topics in Anthropology This is the first of the advanced courses in social Battery Park City, Rockefeller Center, Roosevelt This course may vary from semester to semes- work practice. It will be conducted as a seminar Island, Greenwich Village, Harlem, and Orchard ter, focusing on such topics as Urban and includes an internship experience. The Street. Each student will do an individual proj- Anthropology, Ethnography, Women in Film, class work will focus on highlighting the impor- ect on changes in NYC planning policies, zoning Symbol, Ritual and World View or on area stud- tance of substantive knowledge in social work regulations, historic preservations and restora- ies of Latin America, Africa, etc. Students may and will introduce the varieties of theories that tions, or changing neighborhood communities. repeat enrollment but may not repeat topics. inform social work practice, including crisis Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (Visiting students need Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). intervention theory. Students apply their knowl- not meet this requirement.) (3). edge and develop practice and evaluative skills 277. Archaeology: Methods to the work they do in the agency. Students will 221. Social Problems A general survey of the prehistory of man in the work in an agency for three hours per week This introductory, survey course focuses on Old World and the New World; the nature of throughout the semester and will be supervised analyzing the broader social and structural archaeological data and the methods by which by a sponsor at the agency and the course forces responsible for a variety of social prob- these data are gathered, dated, and analyzed; instructor. Those who are taking the course as lems in American society. Utilizing a number of men of the Ice Age, the Neolithic Period and the part of the minor in social work will begin a field theoretical approaches-structural-functionalist, agricultural revolution; the beginning of civiliza- placement in the fall and will continue their conflict, symbolic interactionist, and deviance- tion in the ancient Near East from the Nile to the internship in the same social service agency we will explore the nature, causes, conse- Indus. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). during Field Experience II in spring. quences, and social solutions to, among others, Prerequisites: SOC 209 and 204 for students mental illness, alcoholism, crime, terrorism and 323. Urban Community Analysis taking the minor in social work. Students, who war, poverty, racism, and sexism, amongst oth- This Urban Community Analysis course will are not pursuing the social work minor, may reg- ers. Special attention will be paid to the manner develop community research skills and familiar- ister for the course if they have completed at in which social power differentials influence how ize students with the political structures, social least two courses at the 200-level in their major some issues become problems or not, for exam- resources and demographics of neighborhood or if they have the permission of the Coordinator ple, the role of the media in the construction of communities. Students will use census tract of Social Work Education. (Offered Fall) (4). social problems will be an important focus. data to describe the characteristics of the Since new and unforeseen social problems will inhabitants of a specified community (including 319. Sociology of Childhood emerge in the future, the course will strive to population size, age profile, race and ethnicity, A variety of social factors shape who we are and help students learn not only about specific sex ration, marital status, average income, types to some extent what will become of us. The social problems, but also learn how to apply in of occupations and educational level). institutions of the family, kinship, education as critical fashion those analytic frameworks soci- Observations of community land use will enable well as the peer group, the media and the legal ology has developed to study and understand students to both map and describe the dynam- system, in varying degrees, play a role in the social problems. Prerequisites: WRIT 101, SOC ics and functionality of that community. shaping of our social selves and our future 101 strongly recommended but not required (3). (Observations will include types of housing and goals. This course analyzes these influences its condition, transportation systems, types and from infancy through adolescence with the 236. The Native Americans physical distribution of businesses, available intent of understanding the impact of the larger This course will examine the peoples and cul- open spaces and recreational areas, cultural society on the development of the individual. tures of aboriginal North America. It will include and entertainment facilities, community centers Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). an in-depth discussion of traditional cultures and facilities and social service agencies.) and the impact that United States jurisdiction Students will survey community resources iden- 324. Immigration and Its Impact has had on the expression of traditional beliefs tifying local political leaders, scan community Course will analyze the impact of immigrants, and practices. Contemporary problems of newspapers for local issues of concern, and refugees, migrant workers and illegal aliens on Native American groups will also be analyzed. identify block associations and other communi- society. Issues to be covered include race and Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). ty organizations. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). prejudice, discrimination, extent of cultural and social assimilation, “brain drain,” and social, political and economic adjustments. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3).

122 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 123

Academic Departments

Sociology

SOCIOLOGY COURSES (SOC) 330. Great Social Thinkers 347. Politics, Power and Society 359. Race and Ethnicity In this course, a selected number of classical This course surveys, from a macro-sociological In the United States, the terms “race” and “eth- and contemporary social thinkers who have viewpoint, theories controversies and research nicity” have been subject to a variety of shifting made major contributions to social thought will concerning key topics in political sociology. meanings and definitions over the course of the be examined. Among those to be considered These topics include: the concept of power, the last century. This course will explore contempo- are Comte, de Tocqueville, Adam Smith, Karl formation of states, political institutions, social rary meanings of race and ethnicity and exam- Marx, Max Weber, Veblen, Keyes, Freud and policies and political participation and collective ine the social, political, economic and cultural Michels. In addition, students will select, for action. The studies develop critical analysis of forces that shape those meanings. It will also purposes of a research paper, a major contem- American politics from a comparative and his- introduce students to a variety of sociological porary social thinker from the social sciences torical perspective. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). theories of race relations, including theories of other than those discussed in class, e.g. prejudice and discrimination. Students will also Toynbee, Lasch, Arendt. Prerequisite: WRIT 356. Women and Work: Research Seminar explore the economic, social and historical con- 102 [Offered: F, S] (3). Students select a major issue related to texts of race relations in the U.S., including the women’s problems in the workplace and explore legacy of slavery and the history of immigration, 333. Religion, Society and Culture that issue in depth. These issues may include through an overview of minority groups in the (Same as RS 333) some of the following: affirmative action, com- United States. Using a sociological and histori- This interdisciplinary course is designed to parable worth, sexual harassment, integrating cal lens, we will address contemporary issues in explore diverse religious, ideological and cultur- work and family roles, tokenism, and employ- race relations, including the affirmative action al environments, and to analyze their impact on ment in male-dominated professions, to name a debates, multiculturalism, model minority status social, economic and political relations among few. Students meet once a week to discuss and immigration. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). people and nations. The course will also inquire their progress, but work primarily on their own. into the conceptual parameters of a global cul- The results of the students’ efforts will be evalu- 361. Cultural and Social Change

ture focusing on human dignity, freedom, justice ated on the basis of a major paper submitted Course will examine major historical and con- y and peace. upon completion of the course. Prerequisite: temporary theories of social change. A variety g o Prerequisite: WRIT 102 [Offered: F, S] (3). WRIT 102 (3). of examples of social change will be studied in l o i

order to understand the factors effecting change c

342. Social Movements, Protest 360. Queer Theory in individuals, in organizations and social move- o and Conflict This course will help students master the funda- ments, and in society as a whole; and the ways S This course covers theoretical perspectives and mental questions around which queer theory in which these changes are interrelated. The research on the causes and effects of social emerged in the United States during the latter objective of the course is to enable students to movements. Theoretical topics will include: part of the 20th-century. Through the work of develop an understanding of the PROCESS of collective behavior, rational choice theories, Michel Foucault, Eve Sedgwick and Judith social and cultural change and to develop their resource mobilization, political opportunity, col- Butler we will study the ways in which the social analytical abilities for evaluating ongoing, spon- lective identity and the role of mass media. order is constructed through the normalization taneous, or planned social change. Substantive topics may include: labor move- and regulation of erotic relations. In addition to Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). ments, abortion rights and anti-abortion move- a thorough understanding of the work of these ments, civil rights, animal rights, environmental theorists, the course will also help students 363. Population Studies movements, revolutions and new religious understand how this later work articulates with, This course will address theories of population movements. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). challenges, and expands on those descriptions as well as rates and ratios pertaining to the vital of modern life associated with the earlier work of events of fertility, mortality and migration. 344. The Sociology of Culture and the Arts Karl Marx and Sigmund Freud. Prerequisites: Socio-economic determinants as well as conse- This course presents the study of the institutions WRIT 102, COR 200, and SOC 330 OR COR.C quences of population patterns and trends will and organizations of cultural production includ- 301: Intro to Lesbian and Gay Studies, or per- be an important part of the course. By the end ing art, sculpture, music, film etc. Topics may mission of the instructor (3). of the course, students will become familiar with include: how the arts are defined as art and the census, including how to interpret the cen- given collective and personal meaning within sus tables and how to calculate various rates the value system of the culture that produces it; and ratios based on census data. Prerequisites: theories of cyclic development and the relation- WRIT 102; IS 207 recommended. (3). ship of stylistic characteristics to social change; how political and historical events shape the arts and the response of the arts to political and historical events; the presentation and represen- tation of sex and gender differences in the arts, as well as topics of student interest. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 123 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 124

Academic Departments

Sociology

SOCIOLOGY COURSES (SOC) 371. Research Methods in Social Sciences (Same as PS/IS 371) 401. Seminar in Comparative Sociological 491. Senior Seminar This course is an introduction to the basic sci- Theory Intended for juniors and seniors who have com- entific methods used in social science investiga- Provides a critical examination of the relation- pleted most of their major departmental require- tion including problem formation, study design, ship between social thought and the social real- ments, this course provides the student with an data collection, in the techniques of observa- ity which gives rise to such thought. Students opportunity to study in depth major issues in tion, questionnaire construction, interviewing, will have an opportunity to pursue the sociolog- sociology, many of which have been introduced sampling, and statistical analysis. Prerequisite: ical perspectives. Prerequisites: WRIT 102SOC in earlier courses. A different topic or series of WRIT 102 (Sociology majors are required to 330 (3). topics will be covered in any particular semester take SOC 330 as a prerequisite. ) (4). and the course may, on occasion, be team- 415. Field Experience and Public Policy taught. Topics may include the politics of pover- 373. Latin America: Social Justice and the This is the capstone experience in the minor in ty, women: change agents in the developing Consolidation of Democracy social work. The course will be devoted to world, humanizing technology and its impact, This course examines recent social, economic, directing students to think about social policy utopian communities past and constructing a and political developments and culture in Latin and macro level social work practice. It will utopian future, and literature, drama and social America with emphasis on Mexico and the focus on increasing the knowledge and skills change. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Southern Cone. Of particular interest will be the necessary to provide community based social institutionalization of the liberal ethos in con- services. Students will think about the rele- 297/497. Research temporary Latin America and the shifting US vance of developmental theory to their work in business and diplomatic relations in the region. internships. They will also research the history 298/398/498. Directed Study Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). of a social policy or belief system that impacts the well being of clients in their field placements. 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship 384. Valuing Difference II: Knowledge and Students will continue the internships that they Action for Equity began in Field Experience I and will use their The following courses have been offered in the In a continuing effort to think through how dis- knowledge and experience from both the class past and may be offered in the future in criminatory practices operate to determine and the field to evaluate critically the success of response to student need. (SOC) socio-economic status, the students in this the agency in providing services. (Offered 201. Criminology course will monitor the many ways in which Spring) Prerequisite: SOC 315 (4). 205. Urban Sociology mechanisms of discrimination operate daily (by 247. Special Topics in Anthropology gender, religion, nationality, race, sexual orienta- 451. Field Service and Seminar in 257. Culture and Personality tion, age and ability) to effectively marginalize Gerontology 281. Space: A New Frontier select groups and canonize others. At the same (Same as PSYCH 451) 328. Corporate Cultures time, students will examine how persons, Practical supervised experiences in gerontolog- 329. Crisis Intervention groups, communities, organizations, policies ical settings are the major components of this 334. Death and Bereavement and practices (both past and present) have chal- two-term course. Class sessions focus on cur- 355. Women and the Economy lenged and undermined the status quo. rent theoretical and practical trends involved in 372. Advanced Research Methods Students will study activist models and activities working with the older adult. This course should in order to inform themselves about efforts be taken upon completion of all other courses in directed toward progressive change. the Gerontology sequence. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; SOC 204 (3). Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3).

124 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 125

Academic Departments

Spanish

Spanish is one of the world’s most spoken languages. The Spanish is one of the world’s most spoken languages. The social and political influences of the countries where this lan- social and political influences of the countries that speak this guage is spoken are more and more evident with increasing language are more and more evident as we see increasing num- numbers of Spanish-speaking people in the United States. bers of Spanish-speaking people in the United States. Latino communities are important in New York and other major centers, where Spanish is the second language. The Spanish curriculum offers a strong foundation in the struc- ture of the Spanish language and emphasizes the socio-cultural The Spanish curriculum offers a strong foundation in the struc- changes taking place in Latin America and Spain. As students ture of the Spanish language and emphasizes the socio-cultural gain mastery of the language, they have an opportunity to take changes taking place in Latin America and Spain. As students courses in literature as well as in Spanish for business and inter- gain mastery of the language, they have an opportunity to take national affairs, and to participate in travel-study in the Spanish- courses in literature as well as in Spanish for business and inter- speaking world. The faculty offers literature and civilization national affairs, and to participate in travel-study in the Spanish- courses English translation; any of these courses fulfill require- speaking world. Literature and civilization courses are offered in ments in the Liberal Studies Major and other programs. English translation as well, and fulfill requirements in the Humanities and International Studies Majors and other The 18-credit Hispanic Studies Minor (HSM) is an interdiscipli- programs. nary program drawing upon fields of study in the social sciences and the humanities. Students receive training in the Spanish lan- The Hispanic Studies Minor (HSM) is an interdisciplinary pro- guage and cover historical and current developments in the gram. Drawing upon fields of study in the social sciences and Hispanic community. Courses are taught in both English and the humanities, students receive training in the Spanish lan- Spanish. The HSM also includes an experiential component guage and cover historical and current developments in the through internships in Hispanic business, cultural and communi- Hispanic community. Courses are taught in both English and ty organizations in the New York area. Spanish. The Hispanic Studies Minor also includes an experi- ential component completed by participation in internships in Students who become proficient in Spanish prepare for a variety Hispanic business, cultural and community organizations in the of positions in international business, government, schools, and New York area. organizations providing crucial services in our society. Recent alumnae include corporate executives, scholars, teachers, writ- Students who become proficient in Spanish prepare for a variety ers, researchers, translators, interpreters, social workers, and h s

of positions in international business, government, schools, and diplomats. i

organizations providing crucial services in our society. Recent n a

alumnae include corporate executives, scholars, teachers, writ- p S ers, researchers, translators, interpreters, social workers, and diplomats.

Division: Humanities Division Chairperson: David S. Linton, Ph.D. [email protected] Division Assistants: Eleanor Bazzini Ryan Cunningham [email protected] [email protected] Division Office: Main 517 Nugent 560 Phone: 212 517-0641 212 774-0834

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 125 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 126

Academic Departments Spanish

Department Faculty: Edna Aizenberg Professor of Spanish Ph.D., Columbia University B.A., City College of The City University of 212-517-0627 New York [email protected] M.A., Columbia University M.Phil, Columbia University

MINOR: HISPANIC STUDIES 18 Credits

One of the following Spanish language courses, depending on proficiency level: 3 Credits

SPAN 101 Elementary Spanish I 3 Composition and Translation I 3 SPAN 102 Elementary Spanish II 3 SPAN 314 Advanced Grammar, SPAN 201 Intermediate Spanish I 3 Composition and Translation II 3 SPAN 202 Intermediate Spanish II 3 SPAN 313 Advanced Grammar,

All of the following: 12 Credits

HIST 287 Latin America: Conquest, SPAN 315 Hispanic Civilization 3 Colonization, Independence 3 SPAN 498 Seminar in Hispanic Studies 3 HIST 289 Latin America: The Dynamics of Modernization 3 One of the following: 3 Credits SPAN 499 Internship in Hispanic Studies 3 SPAN Elective 3

SPANISH COURSES (SPAN)

101. Elementary Spanish I 202. Intermediate Spanish II 315. Hispanic Civilization This course provides an introduction to the Second semester Intermediate Spanish. This course explores the multicultural civilization Spanish language and Hispanic culture. Prerequisite: SPAN 201 or permission of the of the Hispanic world from its beginnings on the Emphasis is placed on speaking, reading, and instructor (3). Iberian Peninsula to present-day Spain, Latin writing the language in order to master the fun- America and the United States. The course will damental skills. Not open to native Spanish 207. Spanish Conversation employ literary texts, historical materials and speakers or to students with advanced prepara- Course develops the student’s conversational films to explore the diverse ethnic and religious tion in Spanish. [Offered: F, S] (3). ability to utilize the language through practice in heritages of the Spanish-speaking peoples. real-life situations. Students will be encouraged Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). 102. Elementary Spanish II to use the language through dialogues, discus- Second semester Elementary Spanish. Not sions, debates & role-playing. Prerequisite: 316. Latino Literature open to native Spanish speakers or students SPAN 101-102 or equivalent (3). Latinos are among the most innovative novel- with advanced preparation. Prerequisite: SPAN ists, poets, and playwrights on the contempo- 101 or permission of the instructor 313-314. Advanced Grammar, Composition rary US scene. Creating in an invigorating but [Offered: S] (3). and Translation I/II often painful, contact zone between mainstream These courses review Spanish grammatical and minority cultures, they register issues of 201. Intermediate Spanish I structure and idiomatic expression. They are identity, ethnicity, bilingualism, and multicultur- Designed to develop strong conversational skills helpful in perfecting oral expression, writing, and alism. Their work highlights many of the most and a solid understanding of Spanish grammar, translation for the student who has native fluen- important questions in today’s American socie- and syntax. Classroom activities will focus on cy in the language, as well as for the student ty, even as it incorporates Latin American cultur- oral work, writing, and readings in Hispanic cul- who has completed Intermediate Spanish. al, linguistic, and literary modes. The course will ture. Prerequisite: SPAN 101-102 or permission Prerequisite: SPAN 201-202 or equivalent (6). examine writers of various Hispanic back- of Instructor [Offered: F] (3). grounds, including Richard Rodriguez, Sandra Cisneros, Oscar Hijuelos, Gloria Anzaldúa, Julia Alvarez, Marjorie Agosin and others. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3).

126 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 127

Academic Departments

Spanish

SPANISH COURSES (SPAN) 324. Spanish for Business and 347. Contemporary Latin American Fiction 416. Magical Realism: From Latin America International Affairs Studies the development of the Contemporary to the World This course offers the opportunity to develop Latin American fiction to the present. Juan Magical Realism, a provocative mix of realism Spanish speaking and writing skills. It empha- Rulfo, Jorge Luis Borges, Laura Esquirel, and fantasy, is a literary mode associated with sizes basic vocabulary, idioms, speech struc- Eduardo Mallea, Julio Cortazar, and Gabriel Latin American writers such as Gabriel Garcia tures, and writing styles used in business and Garcia Marquez and others will be read. Marquez and Isabel Allende. In recent years, it international relations. Prerequisite: SPAN 201- Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). has expanded from Latin America to many other 202 or the equivalent (3). literatures and art forms, becoming an important 357. Hispanic Women Writers part of contemporary cultural expression. This 341. Survey of Spanish Literature I The course will deal with the novels, short sto- course will explore the origins and development The internationally recognized achievements of ries and poetry of women writers from the of the mode and its current forms in world liter- the literature of Spain through the Renaissance Spanish-speaking world. Among those to be ature, film, and art. Major writers to be studied and the Baroque periods are studied through studied are Mexico’s Sister Juana Ines de la include Jorge Luis Borges, Garcia Marquez, selections of outstanding works in prose, poetry Cruz; the South Americans Gabriela Mistral, Allende, Ben Okri, Salman Rushdie, Tahar ben and drama. Arabic, Catalan, Galician, Italian Maria Luisa Bombal and Isabel Allende; Spain’s Jelloun, and others. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). and French influences are discussed, as well as Carmen Martin Gaite; and the Puerto Ricans the effects of the Golden Age on the rest of Nicholasa Mohr and Rosario Ferre. Readings, 463. Seminar on Contemporary Authors Europe. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). class discussions and assignments will be in This course provides an in-depth study of select English except for Spanish minors who will do contemporary authors and their writings. 342. Survey of Spanish Literature II the readings and assignments in Spanish. Among the authors to be considered are Jorge Romanticism and Realism in 19th century Spain Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Luis Borges, Guillermo Cabrera-Infante and are studied through representative works. The Gabriel Garcia Marquez. Prerequisite: WRIT controversial Generation of ‘98 is discussed as 360. Revolution and Literature 102 (3). well as the influence of the Nicaraguan poet, (Same as HIST 360) Ruben Dario; the international impact of Ortega Sociopolitical concerns have always been 297/497. Research y Gasset; Jimenez and Lorca; the decline of lit- important in Latin-American literature. This erature under the Franco regime; and current course will examine the interaction of history 298/398/498. Directed Study writing. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). and fiction in writing from Mexico, the Caribbean and South America. Topics will 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship 343. Survey of Latin American Literature I: include the literature of the Mexican Revolution, The Pre-Columbian Era to the Nineteenth the novel of dictatorship, and the U.S. through The following courses have been offered in the Century Spanish-American eyes. Discussions, readings past and may be offered in the future in The course will focus on the formation of a Latin and assignments will be in English. Spanish response to student need.

American cultural identity and on the subversion minors will do readings and assignments in h s of colonial models of language and literature. Spanish. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). 113. Elementary Spanish-Intensive Course i n

Readings will include Native American materi- 213. Intermediate Spanish-Intensive Course a als, Afro-Hispanic poetry, and nineteenth-centu- 361. Voices from the Third World: The Novel 219. Contemporary Latin American p S ry fiction. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). in Latin America and Africa Political Thought This course will examine some fundamental 221. Travel Study to Spain 344. Survey of Latin American Literature II: issues in Third World literature through a com- 223. Travel Study to Latin America The Twentieth Century parative study of Latin American and African 336. Intercultural Relations: USA, Latin The course will survey the literary production of novels. Topics to be examined include the America and Spain this century, including realism and naturalism, search for identity in the historical novel; 346. Contemporary Latin American poetic traditions, and masterpieces of contem- women’s concerns in patriarchal societies; and Short Story porary magical realist, fantastic, and testimonial the challenge of creating new novelistic lan- 353. Survey of Contemporary Latin fiction. Recent works by younger writers, guages. Among the authors to be studied are American Poetry including U.S. Latino authors, will also be con- Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Carlos Fuentes, Maria 355. Contemporary Spanish Poetry sidered. Prerequisite: WRIT 102 (3). Luisa Bombal, Chinua Achebe, Mriama Ba, and 415. Hispanic Theatre: Latin America Yambo Ouologuem. Reading, class discussions and Spain and assignments will be in English. Prerequisite: 423. Miguel de Cervantes WRIT 102 (3). 461. Seminar on the Novel 462. Seminar on Poetry

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 127 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 128

Academic Departments Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology

This major, housed in the Department of Communication The department offers internship opportunities on site in the Sciences and Disorders, offers students an overview of human Ruth Smadbeck Communication and Learning Center. In addi- communication and its disorders. Through study in this disci- tion, students complete an internship in the New York City pub- pline, one develops an appreciation of the normal development lic schools as part of their program of study. The majority of of speech, language and hearing; the theoretical bases underly- alumni pursue graduate study to become Speech-Language ing normal processes in speech, language and hearing; commu- Pathologists, Audiologists, and Speech and Hearing Scientists. nication disorders, including problems in hearing, language, Many obtain graduate scholarships and fellowships. articulation, voice and fluency; the evaluation and management of these disorders; and the professional roles of the Speech- Language Pathologist and Audiologist. The major provides pre- professional preparation for graduate study in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology.

Division: Siences Division Chairperson: Ann D. Jablon, Ph D.. [email protected] Division Assistants: Rekha Swami [email protected] Division Office: Main 7th Floor Phone: 2127740720

Department Faculty:

Susan Behrens Linda Carozza Ann D. Jablon Associate Professor of Speech-Language Clinical Director, Ruth Smadback Associate Professor of Speech-Language Pathology/ Audiology Communication and Learning Center Pathology/ Audiology B.A., Queens College of the B.A., City College of the Chair, Division of Sciences, Department of City University of New York City University of New York Communication Sciences and Disorders M.A., Brown University M.A., City College of the B.A., Queens College of the Ph.D., Brown University City University of New York City University of New York Main 7th Floor M. Phil., The Graduate School and M.A., Queens College of the 212-774-0722 University Center, City University of New York [email protected] The City University of New York Ph.D., The Graduate School and Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center, University Center, The City University of New York The City University of New York Main 7th Floor Main 7th Floor 212-774-0721 212-774-0728 [email protected] [email protected]

128 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 129

Academic Departments Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology

MAJOR: B.A. IN SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY (1220) 36 Credits

A Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology Major consists of 36 credits in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology courses with the following specific requirements: SPCH 155 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 SPCH 351 Speech-Language Pathology I 3 SPCH 160 Introduction to Linguistics 3 SPCH 352 Speech-Language Pathology II 3 SPCH 202 Phonetics 3 SPCH 435 Diagnostic Principles and SPCH 251 Normal Language Development 3 Procedures in Speech-Language Pathology 3 SPCH 260 Speech and Hearing Science 3 SPCH 475 Clinical Methods in Speech-Language SPCH 261 Anatomy and Physiology of Pathology 3 Speech and Hearing Mechanisms 3 SPCH 476 Practicum in Speech-Language SPCH 263 Audiology I: Disorders, Diagnosis Pathology Disabilities 3 and Treatment 3 To meet the Core/Shared Curriculum requirements and the requirements of the American Speech-Language Hearing Association, Speech-Language Pathology/Audiology Majors must complete six credits in math and science.

One of the following Science courses: 3 Credits GS 105 Principles of Natural Science or GS 129 Heredity 3 Recommended Electives:: 3 Credits

PSYCH 201 Developmental Psychology I 3 PSYCH 223 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences I 3 Total Recommended Electives: 6-9 Credits

Specific Additional Requirements for the Major: 1. A minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; 2. A minimum grade point average of 2.5 within the major; 3. Grades of C or better in all courses within the major, as well as in WRIT 101 and WRIT 102 4. Students may retake only one course within the major; 5. Students must continue to follow the prescribed sequence outlined in the major, even if a course is to be retaken; 6. Mandatory semester-end reviews may result in a required change of major.

The American Speech-Language-Hearing Association requires that students in the major fulfill 25 supervised observation hours before enrolling in practice in speech-language pathology. y g o l o h

MINOR: CERTIFICATE FOR TEACHING STUDENTS WITH SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DISABILITIES (Grades1-12) 21 Credits t y a g P o l e

A student who completes the major in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology in the Department of Communication Sciences and o i g d a u Disorders may also earn an initial Certificate for Teaching Students with Speech and Language Disabilities at the childhood education u g A n d a

and adolescence education levels in grades one through twelve. Candidates are required to complete the following courses in n L a - h

Education and pass L.A.S.T. and ATS/W state exams for certification. Students should begin the sequence in their sophomore year. c e e p

Pedagogical Core Courses S SPCH 155 Introduction to Communication Disorders 3 SPCH 320 Management of Communicatively Impaired EDUC 210 Children and Youth with Disabilities 3 Children in Academic Settings 3 SPCH 251 Normal Language Development 3 SPCH 403 Organization of the School Speech and EDUC 307 Inclusive Teaching of Children Hearing Program 3 and Youth with Disabilities 3 SPCH 476 Practicum in Speech and Language Disabilities 3

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 129 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 130

Academic Departments Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology

SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY COURSES (SPCH)

155. Introduction to 202. Phonetics 251. Normal Language Development Communication Disorders The sound system of American English is ana- This is a basic course in the study of language This course will provide an overview of the field lyzed in detail. A major focus is mastery of the development from infancy through the adult of human communication. Models of verbal and International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) for both years. The content will cover theory and nonverbal communication, and theories of reading and transcription purposes. A further research in the acquisition of phonology, speech, language and hearing development will objective is to develop the ability to apply pho- semantics, syntax, and pragmatics. be presented as background to understanding netics to the study of special speech patterns Prerequisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). communication disorders. Topics include: the including dialects and speech sound disorders. nature and cause of communication disorders, Co-requisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). 252. Special Topics in Language Processes the role of professionals, such as speech-lan- The goal of this course is to study the theories guage pathologists, audiologists, educators, 205. Phonetics and Diction Training for the and issues behind the phenomena of such lan- psychologists and others who manage treat- Non-Native Speaker of English guage processes as bilingualism and narratives. ment of disorders, and the terminology that is This course will introduce students to the basic The class will take a linguistic perspective but used by those professionals in diverse settings. concepts of Standard American English (SAE) one that places language in a social and educa- This course requires 2.5 hours of observation of and the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) as tional context. Students will investigate and speech-language therapy. Speech-Pathology an aid to correct speech sound pronunciation. analyze, through a term project, the acquisition majors must take this course within A further objective is to develop a student’s abil- and use of more than one language in the bilin- their first year. ity to understand how his/her speech patterns gual and second language speaker. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). differ from SAE and how s/he can successfully Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). modify those patterns using audiotaping, tutori- 160. Introduction to Linguistics al services and/or technology applications. 260. Speech and Hearing Science This is an introductory course for students with Prerequisite: Non-Native English language Course is designed to cover aspects of speech no background in linguistics; it is designed to background [Offered: S] (3). and hearing science, including acoustics, familiarize students with linguistic terminology physics of sound, speech acoustics, speech and concepts and with the techniques for ana- 209. American Sign Language I perception, spectrum analysis and speech pro- lyzing language. The student will explore the Students are taught fundamental principles of duction. Prerequisite: SPCH 202 main components of language - phonetics and ASL grammar and syntax with the emphasis on [Offered: F] (3). phonology, morphology, semantics and syntax - the language, although aspects of deaf culture in order to relate them to the study of various and history will be covered. Emphasis is placed 261. Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech disciplines. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 on finger-spelling, basic sentence structure, and Hearing Mechanisms [Offered: F, S] (3). tenses, time, negatives and sentence types. The basic structures and functions of the audi- Many aspects of deaf culture will be touched tory and vocal mechanisms and the language upon and students are encouraged to investi- system are discussed in detail. Emphasis is on gate deaf actors, artists and writers. (3). the practical applications of the material to the field of speech and hearing and its usefulness in the clinical treatment of the communicatively impaired. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; SPCH 155. [Offered: S] (3).

130 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 131

Academic Departments

Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology

SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY COURSES (SPCH)

263. Audiology I: Disorders, Diagnosis 320. Management of the Communicatively 435. Diagnostic Principles and Procedures and Treatment Impaired in Academic Settings in Speech-Language Pathology Students are introduced to the field of This course prepares students in speech-lan- Course is designed to familiarize the student Audiology, which is the study of hearing and guage pathology and education to work with with procedures and materials used in the eval- hearing disorders. Topics include physics of communicatively impaired children in educa- uation of speech-language disorders. Course sound, pathology and treatment of auditory dis- tional settings. Auditory learning, amplification will emphasize the theory, administration and orders, interpretation of audiograms and intro- systems, mainstreaming and educational con- critical evaluation of standard-tests, analysis of duction to impedance testing and masking prin- siderations, and communication development of linguistic behaviors, synthesis of clinical infor- ciples, public school hearing-conservation pro- hearing impaired children are covered. School mation, report writing, parent interviewing and grams, and habilitation and rehabilitation of observations are required. Prerequisite: SPCH counseling skills. Prerequisite: SPCH 351; 352 hearing-impaired children and adults. 155; 263 [Offered: F] (3). [Offered: F] (3). Theoretical material will be supplemented by observations in the Ruth Smadbeck 351. Speech-Language Pathology I 475. Clinical Methods in Communication and Learning Center. Students This course covers topics relating to the nature Speech-Language Pathology will also learn and perform audiometric screen- and cause of communication disorders in Course will provide the student with exposure to ings. This course requires 2.5 hours of observa- infants, children, and adults. Diagnostic proce- theoretical and professional issues in Speech tion of audiometric testing. Prerequisites: dures, techniques, and strategies for interven- Language Pathology. Students will intern in the SPCH 260, 261 [Offered: S] (3). tion will be reviewed. Topics may include a Ruth Smadbeck Communication and Learning detailed study of voice, fluency, articulation, and Center. Prerequisites: SPCH 263. Co-requisite: 309. American Sign Language II craniofacial-based problems. This course SPCH 435 [Offered: F] (3). All topics covered in SPCH 209 will be reviewed, requires 10 hours of observation of speech-lan- drilled and employed with emphasis being guage therapy. Prerequisites: SPCH 260; 261 476. Practicum in Speech-Language placed on the more difficult receptive skills used [Offered: F] (3). Pathology Disabilities in finger-spelling, complex sentence types, and A continuation of SPCH 475, this course focus- idioms. Expressive finger-spelling will be drilled 352. Speech-Language Pathology II es on the emerging and ever-changing student, and mastered for clarity, accuracy and speed. Course will cover topics relating to the nature student-teacher, intern, clinical fellow, newly Topics covered will be classifiers, more sophis- and cause of communication disorder in infants, employed and later seasoned professional. ticated grammar and syntax, quantifiers, loca- children, and adults. Diagnostic procedures, Classroom readings will focus on the varied and tional relationships, the use of time and num- techniques, and strategies for intervention will dynamic solitary and/or collaborative roles that bers, interpreting as a career and students will be reviewed. Topics may include a detailed students engage in during the process of clinical develop a more fluent ability and a greater study of language disorders as well as problems engagement with clients (and their families and understanding of ASL and creative signing and related to cerebral palsy, aphasia and dyspha- significant others). Students will intern in the slang. Students will increase their vocabulary gia. This course requires 10 hours of observa- New York City Public Schools. Prerequisite: by another 200 words (approx) and will practice tion of speech-language therapy. Prerequisites: SPCH 475 [Offered: S] (3). conversations and dialogues in sign. This SPCH 202; 351 [Offered: S] (3). course will incorporate several field trips, out- 297/497. Research side projects, sign language interpreted events 403. Organization of the School Speech and and guest speakers. Movies and videos that Hearing Program 298/398/498. Directed Study have to do with ASL or deafness will be shown Students will become familiar with the organiza-

and discussed in greater detail. Literary works tion, administration and procedures of a remedi- 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship y g o by deaf authors will be assigned and discussed. al program in speech, language and hearing l o h t

Prerequisite: SPCH 209 [American Sign within an educational setting. This course is y a g P o

Language I] (3). required for teacher certification and is to be l e o i g d taken prior to student teaching. a u u g Prerequisite: SPCH 351, 352 [Offered: F] (3). A n d a n L a - h c e e p S

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 131 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 132

Academic Departments

Theatre Arts

The Theatre Arts Programs at MMC offer professional theatre progress. The Senior Acting Showcases provide a venue for training combined with a liberal arts education. Individualized actors and musical theatre performers to show their work to pro- attention and a strong faculty advisement program enable qual- fessional agents and casting directors. ified students to take on substantial projects and roles. Independent study projects provide opportunities for specialized MMC Theatre Arts programs are unique in offering specialized training and performance experience. Junior and senior level opportunities to the qualified student. Theatre faculty teach stu- students may also study abroad for credit at schools such as the dents through flexible programs in which intensive production Royal Academy of Dramatic Arts and the Drama Studio, London. experience can be gained. MMC Theatre Arts graduates leave Internships in a variety of settings (Broadway, Off and Off-Off with viable, competitive portfolios. They have made successful Broadway, television, film and dance) develop experience and a careers in theatre, film, and television, and have been accepted potential network in the NYC performing arts community. Co- to highly competitive graduate programs. curricular minors in Musical Theatre, Music, and Arts Management can complement the major in Acting or in Admission to the Programs: All students who wish to major in Theatre Arts. Theatre Arts or in Acting must audition or show a portfolio for acceptance into these programs. Contact the Theatre Dept. for Performance opportunities include four main stage productions more information. per year such as The Three Sisters, As You Like It, Endgame, Road, She Loves Me, The Colored Museum, and The Grass Special Notes: Students may not audit performance and pro- Harp. The MMC Directing Projects are performed in the Box duction courses, or start full-year courses in the Spring Theatre each semester. These short, contemporary plays are Semester, without departmental approval. A studio fee of $10.00 directed by student directors and are cast with student actors. per credit is charged for performance and production classes to Past playwrights include Sam Shepard, Harry Kondoleon, Irene offset costs of maintaining facilities and equipment. For addi- Fornes, Roslyn Drexler, Athol Fugard, Eugene Ionesco, and tional information about policies and programs, students should Christopher Durang. The MMC Play readings provide student consult the current MMC Theatre Arts Student Handbook, avail- playwrights with an opportunity to hear and see their works-in- able in the Theatre Office.

Division: Fine & Performing Arts Operations Director for Division/Department FAPA Division: Ross Chappell Chairperson: Mary R. Fleischer, Ph.D. [email protected] [email protected] Division Office: Theatre Office, Main Building Division Administrative Phone: 212-774-0760 Secretary: Hally Gutman [email protected]

Department Faculty: (All faculty are located in the Theatre Office, Nugent 1st floor.) Barbara Adrian Joseph P. Clancy Jutka Dévényi Associate Professor of Theatre Arts Professor Emeritus of English and Theatre Arts Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts B.A., James Madison University B.A., Fordham University M.A., University of Liberal Arts, Hungary M.F.A., Brooklyn College of The City University M.A., Fordham University Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara of New York Ph.D., Fordham University 212-517-0617 C.M.A., Laban Institute of Movement Studies [email protected] 212-774-0711 Kevin Connell [email protected] Associate Professor of Theatre Arts Robert Dutiel B.F.A., The Ohio State University Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts J. William Bordeau M.F.A., University of California, San Diego B.S., University of Nebraska-Lincoln Professor Emeritus of Theatre Arts 212-774-0713 M.F.A., University of Nebraska-Lincoln A.B., Northern Michigan University [email protected] 212-774-0763 M.A., University of Michigan [email protected] 212-774-0760 [email protected]

132 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 133

Academic Departments Theatre Arts

Department Faculty: Mary R. Fleischer

Associate Professor of Theatre Arts Ray Recht s t Chair, Division of Fine and Performing Arts Associate Professor of Theatre Arts r A B.A., The State University of New York, College at Purchase B.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University e r

M.A., Hunter College of The City University of New York M.F.A., Yale University t

Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center, 212-774-0762 a e

The City University of New York [email protected] h 212-774-0761 T [email protected] Mark Ringer Associate Professor of Theatre Arts Patricia Hoag Simon B.A., University of California, Los Angeles Associate Professor of Theatre Arts M.F.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.F.A., Boston Conservatory of Music Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara M.F.A., Florida Atlantic University 212-774-0712 212-774-0714 [email protected] [email protected] Haila Strauss David Mold Associate Professor of Dance Associate Professor of Theatre Arts B.A., Sarah Lawrence College B.F.A., Boston University M.A., Columbia University M.F.A., The Theatre School, DePaul University 212-774-4871 212-774-0764 [email protected] [email protected] Elizabeth Swain Richard Niles Professor of Theatre Arts Professor of Theatre Arts B.S., The City University of New York B.F.A., NYU Tisch School of the Arts M.A., City College of The City University of New York M.F.A., Brooklyn College of The City University of New York Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center, Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center The City University of New York The City University of New York 212-774-4874 212-774-4872 [email protected] [email protected] Kirche Zeile Ellen Orenstein Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts B.A., Tulane University, Newcomb College B.A., Wesleyan University M.F.A., New York University Tisch School of the Arts M.F.A., University of Washington 212-774-4894 212-774-4873 [email protected] [email protected]

MAJOR: B.A. IN THEATRE ARTS (1007) 42 Credits

There are six areas of concentration within the general program, which develop specific expertise : • Theatre Studies • Directing • Design & Technical Production • Writing for the Stage • Theatre Performance • Producing and Management

A flexible program, the 42-credit B.A. program can be pursued full or part time and is suited to those applying for prior learning experience credit.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 133 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 134

Academic Departments Theatre Arts

Major Requirements 21 Credits

THTR 110 Stagecraft 3 THTR 311 Shakespeare 3 THTR 215 Script Analysis 3 THTR 465 Advanced Studies in Drama & Theatre 3 THTR 230-231 Theatre History I & II 6 THTR 305 Elements of Directing 3

One of the following: 3 Credits THTR 290 Management of the Arts 3 THTR 238 Stage Management I 3 THTR 296 Introduction to Playwriting 3 THTR 355 New York City Arts Seminar 3

Crew Hours: As part of this program, all new students in the Theatre and Acting Programs will be required to complete 50 hours of production work on a specific show during their first year in either the Fall or Spring semesters. Students will receive a specific sched- ule well in advance of the workdays, and students will do production work on shows in which they have not been cast. Crew assign- ments are posted with the cast lists each semester and will not conflict with other course times. Students enroll in THTR 100, Technical Crew, for which they receive one credit (without tuition charge) and a letter grade upon completion of crew hours. Students who fail to complete crew hours satisfactorily will be placed on probationary status in the Theatre programs and will not be able to register for theatre courses until their obligations are met.

Students must also complete one of the six following concentrations for 18 credits A. Theatre Studies 12 credits THTR 320 Dramatic Forms & Genres 3 THTR 499 Dramaturgy Internship 3 THTR 380 Dramatic Theory & Criticism 3 THTR 355 New York City Arts Seminar* 3 *If THTR 355 is taken as a choice in the major, select an additional course from the group below: Two of the following: 6 Credits THTR 316 British Drama and Theatre3THTR 475 The Avant-Garde in Art, Film & Theatre 3 THTR 319 American Drama & Theatre 3 ART/COMM/THTR: THTR 381 Classical Drama & Theatre 3 A 300 or 400 level non-Western film, literature THTR 465 Advanced Studies in Theatre 3 or art history course 3

B. Design and Technical Production One of the following: 3 Credits

THTR 252 Lighting Mechanics 3 THTR 253 Scenery and Prop Technology 3 THTR 113 Costume Construction 3

One of the following: 6 Credits

THTR 302a-302b Scenic Design I 6 THTR 303a-303b Costume Design I 6 THTR 304a-304b Lighting Design I 6

One of the following: 6 Credits THTR 402a-402b Scenic Design II 6 THTR 403a-403b Costume Design II 6 THTR 404a-404b Lighting Design II 6

Students must also take: THTR 238 Stage Management I (if not taken as a requirement in 3 Credits the major) or a 3-credit design elective not taken from the above.

134 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 135

Academic Departments Theatre Arts

C. Directing 15 Credits s

THTR 211-212 Acting I 6 THTR 320 Dramatic Forms & Genres 3 t r

THTR 238 Stage Management I, taken in Theatre Arts Core THTR 385 Directing II 3 A

THTR 287 or 288 Theatre Production Workshop 3 e r t a

One of the following: 3 Credits e h THTR 317 Design for Directors & Choreographers 3 THTR 303a Costume Design I 3 T DANC 302/COMM 349 Digital Sound Design 3 THTR 304a Lighting Design I 3 THTR 302a Scenic Design I 3

D. Theatre Performance 18 Credits

THTR 202-203 Voice & Speech for the Actor I & II 6 THTR 211-212 Acting I 6 THTR 217-218 Acting II 6

E. Writing for the Stage 15 Credits

THTR 296 Introduction to Playwriting 3 THTR 396a-396b Intermediate Playwriting Techniques I & II 6 THTR 496a-496b Advanced Playwriting I & II 6 One of the following: 3 Credits

COMM 322 Writing for Television 3 THTR 410 Playwright/Director Workshop 3 COMM 353 Screenplay Writing 3 THTR 499 Internship in Literary Management 3 COMM/ENG 328 Special Topics in Film and Literature 3

F. Producing & Management 18 Credits THTR 238 Stage Management I* 3 THTR 338 Stage Management II 3 THTR 287 or 288 Theatre Production Workshop 3 THTR 378 Producing Performance 3 THTR 290 Management of the Arts* 3 THTR 499 Internship 3

*If these courses are taken as part of the major, then choose credits from the following:

THTR 385 Directing II 3 DANC 425 Dance Production 3 Technical Production or Design course 3

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 135 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 136

Academic Departments Theatre Arts

MAJOR: B.F.A. IN ACTING (1007) 60 Credits

The B.F.A. in Acting is an intensive 60-credit program focusing on performance work and acting techniques. Prospective students for the BFA must not only satisfy the academic requirements for acceptance to the College, but must also give strong evidence of pro- fessional promise as demonstrated through an interview and audition. The program usually requires a three-year residency at the College. Continuation in the BFA Acting program is based on the Theatre faculty’s evaluation of each student’s progress and potential. All BFA students are evaluated each year and recommendations for continuation in the program are made according to the following criteria: • Maintenance of a 2.8 cumulative average or better in all course work and a 3.0 average or better in all major courses. • Participation in freshman, sophomore and junior Acting Observations. • Yearly evaluation by the student’s acting mentor in consultation with the Acting Program Coordinators.

Major Requirements 60 Credits

THTR 110 Stagecraft 3 Dramatic Literature Course 300/400-level 3 THTR 215 Script Analysis 3 THTR 305 Elements of Directing 3 THTR 202-203 Voice & Speech for the Actor I & II 6 THTR 311 Shakespeare3 THTR 211-212 Acting I 6 THTR 325-326 Acting III 6 THTR 217-218 Acting II 6 THTR 431-432 Acting IV 6 THTR 223-224 Movement for Actors I & II 6 THTR 465 Advanced Studies in Drama & Theatre3 THTR 230-231 Theatre History I & II 6

Crew Hours: As part of this program, all new students in the Theatre and Acting Programs will be required to complete 50 hours of production work on a specific show during their first year in either the Fall or Spring semesters. Students will receive a specific sched- ule well in advance of the workdays, and students will do production work on shows in which they have not been cast. Crew assign- ments are posted with the cast lists each semester and will not conflict with other course times. Students enroll in THTR 100, Technical Crew, for which they receive one credit (without tuition charge) and a letter grade upon completion of crew hours. Students who fail to complete crew hours satisfactorily will be placed on probationary status in the Theatre programs and will not be able to register for theatre courses until their obligations are met.

MINORS:

Arts Management Minor 13 Credits

The Arts Management program is designed to train students with business and/or arts backgrounds for entry and mid-level arts man- agement positions. The program covers cultural institution administration as well as the theoretical concepts and practical skills nec- essary for successful marketing, funding, programming, and management. The Arts Management minor is a logical complement to a dance, acting, theatre, or art major because it builds on the academic knowledge and skills the students have acquired, while prepar- ing them for additional employment opportunities.

ART/DANC/THTR 290 Management of the Arts 3 ART/DANC/THTR 324 Careers in Arts Administration 1 ART/DANC/THTR 392 Management of the Arts II 3 ART/DANC/THTR 499 Art, Dance or Theatre BUS 210 Marketing or BUS 293 Public Relations 3 Management Internship 3

136 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 137

Academic Departments

Theatre Arts

Musical Theatre Minor 24 Credits

This minor is open to Theatre Arts, Acting and Dance majors by audition. Contact the Theatre Office for further information. s t r

Take one (depends on placement): 3 A e

THTR 209 Dance for Actors & Singers r t

THTR 332 Dance Study in NY a e

THTR 228-229 Musical Theatre Techniques I-II 6 h THTR 247-447 Private Vocal Instruction 6 T THTR 334 Audition Techniques: Musical Theatre 3 THTR 330-331 Scene into Song 6

Theatre Minor 15 Credits THTR 101 Theatre Games and Improvisation 3 THTR 214 Exploring the Performing Arts 3 THTR 103 Acting for Non-Majors 3 THTR 215 Script Analysis 3 THTR 110 Stagecraft 3

A student may design an individual theatre minor in consultation with a Theatre Faculty advisor.

Drama Therapy Minor 15 Credits

This minor integrates study in psychology, biology and theatre to give students insight into the field of drama therapy that supports the emotional and physical wellbeing of patients. The Drama Therapy minor prepares students for post-Baccalaureate programs in Drama Therapy or to pursue NADT accredited certification programs.

THTR 103 Acting for Non-Majors 3 or THTR 211 Acting I (for B.A. Theatre or B.F.A. Acting Majors only) THTR 101 Theatre Games & Improvisation 3 PSYCH 101 General Psychology 3

Two of the following: 6 Credits PSYCH 290 Psychodrama 3 BIOL 145 Human Biology 3 PSYCH 285 Introduction to Counseling Techniques 3 or BIOL 220 General Biology I PSYCH 313 Group Dynamics 3 (for B.A./B.S. Biology Majors only) 3 PSYCH 363 Abnormal Psychology 3

THEATRE ARTS COURSES (THTR)

100. Technical Crew 101. Theatre Games and Improvisation 103. Acting for Non-Majors Consists of approximately 50 hours of produc- Course develops the actor’s facility in sponta- This one semester course orients the non-major tion work on a specific show during the Acting neous and creative invention, encouraging the student to the basic elements of acting, starting and Theatre major’s first year, completed in free use of mind and body to invent relevant with group exercises to develop concentration, either the fall or the Spring Semester. Students action and reaction in character (or as oneself as relaxation, imagination, and the use of move- receive a specific schedule and do production a tool to explore character)-an essential skill for ment and voice. These exercises will be applied work on shows in which they have not been the creative performing artist. Fee: $30.00 Co- to develop the student’s emotional and physical cast. Students who fail to complete crew hours requisite: THTR 211 [Offered: F, S] (3). capacity to discover and interpret a monologue satisfactorily will be placed on probationary sta- or scene study. The primary focus of the course tus in the Theatre programs and will not be able is on the individual’s interest in acting, and to to register for theatre courses until their obliga- introduce the student to the kind of activities tions are met. Required for all new students in and preparation that acting entails, rather than Theatre and Acting Programs. May be repeated teaching a specific technique. Students will be for one credit (1). encouraged to attend performances off- Broadway and at the Theresa Lang Theatre. Fee: $30.00. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: All sessions] (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 137 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 138

Academic Departments Theatre Arts

THEATRE ARTS COURSES 105. Introduction to Drama and Theatre for aim at developing the actor’s intellectual, physi- 211-212. Acting I: Process and Technique Non-Majors cal and emotional resources and applying these In this course the student is introduced to basic This course is designed to help students devel- to the work of developing a character/role. acting techniques, physical, vocal, and mental op the skills and understanding necessary to Emphasis will be on relaxation, concentration, exercises. Exercises aim at developing the enjoy theatre in its many forms. Through class focus, imagination and application of specific actor’s emotional and physical capacity to inter- discussion and several guided writing assign- techniques to exercises, monologues, and pret and find a personal approach to character- ments over the course of the semester, students scene studies. Fee: $30. Co-requisites: ization. Actors apply exercises and techniques will analyze works of dramatic literature and of WRIT 101 (3). to improvisations, monologues, and scene stud- theatrical production. Students will be encour- ies. Open to majors only. Fee: $30.00 per term. aged to attend live performances. Not open to 200. Technical Production Co-requisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3-3). theatre majors. Co-requisite: WRIT 101 This course covers the methodology of carrying [Offered: All sessions] (3). the design from drawings to reality. Students 214. Exploring the Performing Arts will learn how to estimate material and labor This course is designed to introduce students to 110. Stagecraft costs to achieve the set on time and within the performing arts. Through weekly group This course offers students the knowledge and budget. The class will explore how to set up attendance at a wide variety of performances in skills for using technical equipment involved in and monitor a production schedule and will NYC (including theatre, dance and music), stu- running a show. Students will have direct expe- examine the collaborative process, which dents will explore and analyze the many ele- rience operating the lighting board, sound con- involves the entire production team. Projects ments that comprise a performance. Students sole, communications equipment, fly system, will include hands-on work related to the current write critiques of each performance and events follow spots, and other related equipment. term’s productions. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; are discussed in class. Additional reading and Stage safety will be addressed, as well as the THTR 110 or permission of instructor (3). research will be assigned. Ticket cost to be imperatives of public assembly and fire codes. determined. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). Two and one half hours of lab are required each 202-203. Voice and Speech for the Actor week. In addition, a running assignment for Fundamental technique course intended to 215. Script Analysis either a main stage or box theatre production develop the actor’s breath, tone, range of the Class is based on the intensive analysis of the- will be assigned, for which attendance is voice and the muscles of the articulators. atrical structure of scripts primarily from the mandatory. Prerequisite: MATH 007, if required Through an integrated approach of movement viewpoint of the actor, director, and designer. [Offered: F, S] (3). and voice, the student begins to develop bal- The emphasis of this analysis is to develop the ance among the body, the voice, the diction, student’s ability to synthesize the intellectual 113. Costume Construction and finally the thought. Vocal techniques and intuitive work required to create a theatrical This course offers students the skills necessary employed include those of Clifford Turner, experience from a written text. Psychological, to construct, fit, alter, treat and maintain cos- Lessac and Linklater. The bodywork can physical, thematic, musical, and abstract struc- tumes. Students will acquire various techniques include Bartenieff Fundamentals, Alexander tures will be explored. Students acquire a thor- for hand and machine sewing. Open to non- Technique, and Feldenkrais. Phonetics training ough understanding of beat analysis and the majors. Prerequisite: MATH 007, if required (3). (Edith Skinner) and vocal practice, which working vocabulary of actors. Secondary read- includes speaking short texts, provide the basis ings and several short papers are required. Co- 120. Stagecraft for Dance for developing simple, clear, unaffected speech. requisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F, S] (3). (Same as DANC 120) Fee: $30.00 per term. Prerequisites: WRIT 101; This course offers students the hands-on skills THTR 212 [Offered: F, S] (3-3). 217-218. Acting II: Rehearsal and Scene necessary for the installation of basic scenic ele- Study ments and the planning, installation and running 209. Dance for Singers & Actors This course is a continuation of basic acting of lighting for dance. The operation and instal- This course provides an introduction to basic technique. The emphasis is on rehearsal lation of a simple sound system will be techniques in jazz, ballet, and ballroom styles, process through scene study and monologue addressed. A historical perspective of the tech- with study of the historical developments of work, incorporating the physical and emotional nical aspects of theatre design will be empha- these styles as well as their physical require- exercises and script analysis skills learned in sized. Students will participate in assigned pro- ments. The foundation for all technical study will Acting I. The aim of the class is to help the actor duction responsibilities for the dance perform- be an anatomical analysis of each student’s discover an effective method for exploring the ances. Prerequisite: Dance Majors or permis- physical strengths and challenges. Fee: $30.00. potential of the text and to make active, theatri- sion of Instructor [Offered: F, S] (1-3). Co-requisite: WRIT 101 (3). cal choices, while maintaining an organic, moment-to-moment technique. Material is 122: Introduction to Acting for Majors taken from modern American realism. Several This course is an investigation into some basic writing assignments will also be required. Fee: tenets and techniques of acting. The aims of the $30.00 per term. course are to define the essence of acting, to Prerequisites: THTR 212, 215 discover the self as basic instrument, and to [Offered: F, S] (3-3). explore basic acting and rehearsal techniques leading to character development. Exercises

138 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 139

Academic Departments

Theatre Arts

THEATRE ARTS COURSES

220. The Short Play (Same as ENG 220) 230. Theatre History I: Antiquity to 235. Scenic Painting and Treatments s t

In the hands of such writers as Edward Albee, the Restoration This course offers students a chance to explore r Eugene Ionesco, Samuel Beckett, Vaclav Havel Beginning with the earliest ritual forms, this the skills and techniques needed to execute the- A e

and Harold Pinter, the one-act play has become course surveys the major periods and trends of atrical painting. Techniques and practices r t

a major form of dramatic expression. This the theatre from ancient times to the include the mixing of various paints and colors, a course will explore a selection of both recent Restoration. Periods studied include Greek, brush selection and attributes, specific applica- e h

and older short plays with emphasis on their Roman, Medieval, Renaissance, and Neo- tions of paint for effect, and the proper use of T potential for performance. Prerequisite: Classic. Emphasis is on kinds of performance additives. Applique and textures, faux finishes, WRIT l01 (3). environments, theatre architecture, scene and ornamental details, foliage, and aging and dis- costume design, acting styles, scripts, audi- tressing are among the techniques considered. 223. Movement for Actors I ences, and the social and cultural conditions out There will be a strong emphasis on the safe use This course focuses on exploring the individual’s of which these conventions emerged. of paint and treatment products. An additional body as an expressive tool of the creative imag- Prerequisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: F] (3). two and a half lab hours are required each week, ination and the actor’s craft. Through a series of which will feature projects which make use of guided studies, and formal and informal exercis- 231. Theatre History II: 18th Century current industry practices, and which will es, students build confidence in their ability to to the Present enhance the development of speed and accura- translate impulses into physical action. Students This course surveys the major periods and cy in execution. Open to non-majors by per- will be assessed on an individual basis in their trends in the theatre through an examination of mission of the Instructor. Fee: $30.00. development of dynamic alignment, breath con- performance environments, theatre architecture, Prerequisite: WRIT 101 (3). nection, strength, flexibility, range of motion, design, acting styles, scripts, audiences, and stamina, and relaxation techniques leading to the social and cultural conditions of the times. 237. Drafting and Model Making their kinetic application in acting choices. Fee: Romanticism, Realism, and 20th century move- This course offers students a fundamental $30.00 Prerequisites: THTR 212, 215 (3). ments will provide a chronological focus for a knowledge of the graphic and model making comprehensive survey. skills required for the execution of designs in the 224. Movement for Actors II Prerequisite: WRIT 101 [Offered: S] (3). theatre. Projects will include the use of a wide This course continues the work of Movement I in variety of working materials and an exploration translating impulse into physical action. Further 233. Theatrical Make-up of architectural perspective, orthographic and development of the student’s dynamic align- An exploration of the styles and techniques of isometric projection. Two and a half lab hours ment, breath connection, strength, flexibility, make-up application with an emphasis on each are required each week. Prerequisites: MATH range of motion, stamina, and relaxation tech- student’s own facial characteristics. Students 007, if required; THTR 110 [Offered: F] (3). niques will be applied to explorations of the examine age make-up, character make-up, and interactions between text and movement. the use of prosthetics to change facial charac- 238. Stage Management I Students will be assessed on an individual basis teristics. Course will also cover special effects Students will examine and experience the on the development of these skills as they are and the use of masks and hair. Differences responsibilities of the stage manager in the pro- applied to text. Fee: $30.00. Prerequisite: among stage, television and film applications duction of live performance. Major responsibili- THTR 223 (3). will be discussed. Historical research and styles ties will include: cueing in a variety of settings, of make-up and hair will be explored. Fee: blocking notation, union rules and contracts, 228-229. Musical Theatre Techniques $30.00. Prerequisite: WRIT 102; THTR 212 (3). production and organizational skills, and per- This course explores the problems unique to the sonality management. Additional lab time is musical theatre and emphasizes the expression required. Fee: $30.00 Prerequisites: WRIT 101; of a dramatic situation through song interpreta- THTR 110; THTR 215 (3). tion, character and movement. Students explore song and dance material drawn from 240. Design Assistant Practicum major periods of the American musical theatre. Through individual mentorship, the intermediate Short papers are assigned which require outside design student will hold the position of crew reading and research. Fee $30.00 per term. chief on a main stage production. The student Prerequisites: WRIT 101 Co-requiste: THTR 247 will meet regularly with designers and technical [Offered: F, S] (3-3). director and attend all production meetings, and will be monitored in collaborative skills. Student responsibilities will vary depending upon the nature of the production but could include serv- ing as master electrician, wardrobe supervisor, master carpenter, or chief scenic artist. Prerequisites: THTR 110 and permission of the Department [Offered: F, S] (1-3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 139 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 140

Academic Departments Theatre Arts

THEATRE ARTS COURSES 243. Teaching Methods for Theatre 248-249: Voice, Speech, and Movement for 283. Performing Arts in London This course explores techniques of creative the Actor This course includes visits to the best available drama as well as disciplined-based instruction This is a full-year, fundamental technique course theatre, dance, opera, and music in London with in performance, playwriting, and production for that develops the actor’s breath, tone, range of seminars and lectures conducted by MMC fac- students from first through twelfth grade. An voice, and the muscles of articulators in con- ulty and British arts professionals. Cost of trip: overview of approaches to theatre education is junction with the body as a whole. Through an to be determined. May be repeated for up to 6 presented and issues of diversity in the context integrated approach to movement and voice, credits. Prerequisite: WRIT 101. of teaching theatre are examined. Emphasis is the student begins to develop a balance among [Offered: Jan] (3). given to the interdisciplinary and cross-cultural the body, voice, and diction that is responsive to aspects of lesson planning and teaching the- moment-to-moment impulses. Vocal tech- 287-288. Theatre Production Workshop atre. Multiple research-validated strategies for niques employed may include those of Clifford Course combines theory and practice by inten- teaching theatre in a variety of settings are Turner, Lessac, and Linklater. The movement sive study and work in the areas of acting, investigated. Practical projects utilizing creative work may include Laban: Effort/Shape/Space, directing, stagecraft, and production manage- dramatics to enrich instruction for a variety of Alexander Technique, Feldenkrais Method, and ment. The emphasis is on rehearsal/perform- subjects and specific theatre techniques for Bartenieff Fundamentals. Phonetics training ance process and production values/tech- school and community based performance are (Edith Skinner), imaginative and practical move- niques. The workshop produces a play at MMC significant aspects of this course. Field experi- ment and voice exercises provide the basis for during the course of the term. Additional lab ence: 10 hours. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; developing a visceral connection to vocal sound hours are assigned. Theatre Production THTR 101, 211, 215, 110 (3). and simple, clear, unaffected speech that is con- Workshop may be repeated for up to 9 credits. nected to the actor’s body. This two-semester Fee: $30.00 per term. Prerequisites: CS 099, if 247/447. Private Voice course is for students in the Theatre required and by audition or permission of By special arrangement, musical theatre minors Performance concentration of the BA Theatre department [Offered: F, S] (3). have the opportunity to study voice privately in Arts program and is a substitute for the THTR sessions of 45 minutes, 12 sessions per semes- 202/203 requirement. Students who successful- 290. Management of the Arts ter, with a teacher in an off-campus studio. ly complete both semesters are eligible to take (Same as ART/DANC 290) Students may also elect to continue study with Movement II as an elective credit. Prerequisite: This course provides a comprehensive view of a teacher with whom they are already working Minimum “B” average in THTR 211/212 (3-3). the arts as a growth industry in America and with permission of the department. This class serves to prepare the student for specialized can be repeated each semester for one credit. 252. Lighting Mechanics courses dealing with various aspects of the An additional fee is required: see the Course This course offers students the skills necessary field. The course traces the development of arts Bulletin for information. for the execution and running of stage lighting institutions and their management and explores Prerequisite: Audition (1). through a comprehensive look at lighting equip- the relationship of government, business and ment, electrical hook-ups, and rigging. other segments of society to the arts. Students will learn how to read a light plot and Background reading and lectures will be supple- the related paperwork necessary to turn the mented by weekly discussions of current devel- concept into reality. Open to non-majors. opments in the field. Classroom visits by sever- Prerequisite: THTR 110 or permission of the al leading arts managers and a field trip to a key Dept; MATH 007, if required (3). cultural organization will be arranged. Special segments on arts writing and public speaking 253. Scenery and Prop Technology will be included. Prerequisite: WRIT 101 Course offers students a fundamental knowl- [Offered: F, S] (3). edge of the planning, building, finishing and shifting of stage scenery and props. In addition, 296. Introduction to Playwriting students will engage in a hands-on exploration A combination lecture, discussion, and lab of the materials, tools, and construction tech- course in which students explore play structures niques currently used to create scenery and and aspects of the creative process through props. Students will learn to read a drafting and weekly exercises devised around key elements turn it into a three-dimensional object. Open to of dramatic writing (time, place, action, voice). non-majors. Prerequisite: MATH 007, if Students will also read and discuss a variety of required (3). contemporary plays, which will be chosen for their relevance to the topics of the weekly writ- ing assignments. Prerequisites: WRIT 101 and THTR 215 [Offered: S] (3).

140 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 141

Academic Departments

Theatre Arts

THEATRE ARTS COURSES 301. Design for Dance 305. Elements of Directing 314. Special Topics in Acting s t

(Same as DANC 301) This course introduces the student to the histo- Topics are offered on a rotating basis, and will r

Course explores the methods needed to con- ry, theory and technique of stage direction. focus on an aspect of acting technique. Past A e

ceptualize the set, lighting and costume design Basic directorial concepts are studied and topics include Acting for Camera, Audition r t

for a dance performance. There will be an applied to scenes and short plays. Topics Techniques, Stage Combat, Comedy a

emphasis on the collaborative relationship include stage visualization; composition and Techniques, Experimental Acting Styles, and e h

between the designer and choreographer. movement; play analysis with emphasis on the Autobiographical Theatre. Students may repeat T Students will work in the theatre to observe how theatrical content of scripts; production enrollment for credit, but may not repeat topics. the technical aspects enhance the choreo- research; rehearsal techniques; and collabora- Fee: $30.00. Prerequisites: THTR 203; 218 (3). graphic concept. Participation in assigned pro- tion with other theatre artists. Student work duction responsibilities for the dance perform- includes selected scenes and projects prepared 315. Performing Shakespeare ances is required. Prerequisite: DANC 120; or for class presentation. Outside rehearsal work Course introduces the student to the challenges permission of department (1-3). is required. Students will concurrently study the involved in acting Shakespeare and verse. history of stage directing through assigned Issues include scansion, breath control, and 302a-b. Scenic Design I readings and discussions. Students will write a how to recognize and take advantage of rhetor- Aesthetics and practices of scene design will be major research paper on a director and will pres- ical devices found in Elizabethan verse. Fee: studied with an emphasis on the theoretical, ent an oral report based on his/her work. Fee: $30. Prerequisites: THTR 203; 218; 223 (3). imaginative and analytical underpinnings of the $30.00. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 211, design process. Activities of the class will focus 215 [Offered: F, S] (3). 316. British Drama and Theatre on the various modes of execution available to (Same as ENG 316) Beginning with a brief look present a design concept, historical context, 307. Dialects for the Stage at its medieval origins, this course will study a production styles, organization and techniques A one-semester technique class to develop a selection from the Elizabethan plays of of production. Lab work and design projects process for acquiring a dialect and to become Shakespeare’s contemporaries (e.g. Marlowe, will be assigned which will enhance the devel- proficient in the most commonly requested Jonson, Webster, Middleton), examples of opment of collaborative skills. Open to non- dialects for the stage. Open to Theatre majors “comedy of manners” in the Restoration and majors by permission of the Instructor. Fee: only. Fee: $30.00. Prerequisites: THTR 203 Eighteenth Century, and several modern and $30.00 per term. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; with a final grade of “B” or better, or permission contemporary works by such playwrights as THTR 253; THTR 237, or permission of instruc- of the department [Offered: S] (3). Shaw, O’Casey, Pinter and Churchill. tor [Offered: F, S] (3-3). Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 230, 231 or 309-310. Voice and Speech Practicum ENG 200 or 268 (3). 303a-b. Costume Design I A continuation of the body/voice techniques Aesthetics and practices of costume design will begun in THTR 202-203, the emphasis of this 317. Design for Directors & Choreographers be studied with an emphasis on script analysis, course is on the application of these techniques (Same as DANC 317) research, character revelation and organization. to various styles of text, developing “standard This is a one-semester course that will give stu- Lab work and design projects will be assigned stage speech,” character choices for voice and dents an understanding of the design process. which will enhance conceptual and collaborative speech, maintaining the health and safety of the There will be an emphasis on visual clues in text skills. Open to non-majors by permission of the voice when difficult demands are made, And and music, research methods, and collaborative Instructor. Fee: $30.00 per term. Prerequisites: transcription (Edith Skinner). Fee: $30.00 per skills. Students will also gain a brief history of WRIT 102; THTR 113 or permission of depart- term. Prerequisite: THTR 223 and completion design and knowledge of a design vocabulary. ment [Offered: F, S] (3-3). of THTR 203 with a grade of “B” or better (3-3). The course will explore the common ground in designing set, lights, costumes, media or sound 304a-b. Lighting Design I 311. Shakespeare as well as their specific goals and needs. Fee: Aesthetics and practice of lighting design are (Same as ENG 311) $30. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 305 or studied with reference to script breakdown and Shakespeare’s work is explored in the context of DANCE 351 (3). analysis, research, color theory, and concept the Elizabethan culture and theatre. A study of development. Students will learn to utilize cur- selected histories, comedies, romances, and 319. American Drama and Theatre rently available lighting units and control equip- tragedies will reveal how Shakespeare gave dra- (Same as ENG 319) ment to execute design ideas. Lab work and matic expression to his understanding of human Beginning with a brief look at early popular design projects will be assigned to develop col- experience. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; ENG 200 entertainments, this course moves through the laborative skills and the techniques needed to or THTR 215 [Offered: F, S, Summer] (3). main periods and forms of American theatre and produce a light plot, hook-up sheets, magic its drama up to the present. Representative sheets, and shop orders. Open to non-majors works by such playwrights as O’Neill, Miller, by permission of the instructor. Fee: $30.00 per Williams, Albee, Shepard, Mamet, Fornes and term. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 252, 237, other contemporaries are studied. Attendance or permission of department at relevant theatre productions in New York City [Offered: F, S] (3-3). is stressed. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 230, 231 or ENG 200 [Offered: F, S] (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 141 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 142

Academic Departments Theatre Arts

THEATRE ARTS COURSES 320. Dramatic Forms and Genres 332. Dance Study in New York 355. New York City Arts Seminar This course provides a systematic survey of the This course provides theatre majors an opportu- Course builds on general appreciation and 100 major genres and forms of dramatic literature. nity to study dance technique within the envi- and 200 level technique courses to provide stu- Through a coordinated examination of plays, ronment of an off-campus professional New dents with an intermediate, comparative explo- dramatic theory, and production history, stu- York City dance studio. Students are placed by ration of performance currently available in New dents engage in a dramaturgical analysis of a audition only and must demonstrate the tech- York City. Students will attend diverse events wide variety of texts. Students will present sev- nique and commitment necessary to participate (dance, theatre, music, performance art), which eral short oral and written reports, and a sub- in classes on an advanced level. May be repeat- will be discussed and analyzed in depth during stantial research paper. Prerequisites: WRIT ed for an additional three credits. Prerequisite: class sessions. Students will be assigned ongo- 102; THTR 230, 231; THTR 215 [Offered: S] (3). Audition (3). ing readings in cultural and performance theory which will be discussed in light of actual per- 324. Careers in Arts Administration 334. Audition Techniques formance and which will serve as the basis for (Same as ART/DANC 324) This course focuses on the skills necessary to several short essays and a longer critical paper. This workshop examines career opportunities, audition successfully for theatre, film and televi- Fee: Ticket cost to be determined. service organizations, placement services, sion. Topics include cold readings, mono- Prerequisites: WRIT 102 and 100/200 level resumes and interviews. Topics also include the logues, television commercials and the business “Area E” course; or Art, Dance, Theatre major changing role of the arts in society, mainstream of dealing with agents and casting directors. equivalent (3). and alternative employment settings, and an Fee: $30.00. Prerequisites: THTR 218, 203, overview of the job market. Students will pre- 223. [Offered: F, S] (3). 370. Beyond Naturalism pare resumes and an employment strategy. This course allows students to experiment with Prerequisite: completion of all other courses for 338. Stage Management II diverse styles of theatricality. Particular atten- the minor [Offered: F, S] (1). A combination lecture, discussion, and lab tion will be placed on the abstractions of course in which students will acquire advanced thought, the visual possibilities of the spoken 325-326. Acting III: Language and Style skills in notation and cueing in a variety of per- word, and the actor’s body in space. This course provides an environment in which formance genres, which can include dance, Postmodern writings by a variety of theatre the student can refine technical skills. Emphasis musical theatre, performance art, opera, and artists including Antonin Artaud, Augusto Boal, is placed on the delivery of the text and how the multi-media productions. Course will also cover Peter Brook, Stephan Berkoff, Richard Foreman, actor’s body can communicate the world of the technical production and design elements, Naomi Iizuka, Robert Lepage, Simon McBurney, play. Material will be taken from plays com- union rules and contract obligations, budgeting Charles L. Mee, Jr., Stephan Schultz, Tadashi posed with heightened language and style that of resources and staff organization. Additional Suzuki, Mac Wellman, and Robert Wilson will be goes beyond contemporary naturalism. lab time is required. Fee: $30.00. Prerequisites: explored. Through play readings, class discus- Playwrights may include Checkov, Ibsen, WRIT 102 and THTR 238 (Stage sions, the creation of scene compositions and Strindberg, Coward, Wilde, Shaw, Churchill, Management I) (3). solo-performances, and the viewing of live per- Stoppard, and others. Emphasis is placed on formances, the student will delve into the intri- individual student research and several writing 340. Intermediate Design Assistant cacies of acting in postmodern plays, at the assignments will be required. Open to BFA Practicum same time establishing an understanding of the Acting majors only. Fee: $30 per term. Through individual mentorship, the advanced demands placed on the director, playwright, and Prerequisites: THTR 203, 218, 223 (3-3). design student will assist a professional design- designer. Fee: $30 plus ticket cost to be deter- er on a main stage or off-campus production. mined. Prerequisites: THTR 203; 218 330-331. Scene into Song The student will meet regularly with the design- [Offered: S] (3). (Formerly THTR 490-491 Musical Theater I & II) ers and technical director and attend all produc- Course provides advanced level work in per- tion meetings and will be monitored in collabo- 372: Acting Solo forming musical theatre material. Students will rative skills. Student responsibilities will vary In our study of Acting in the medium of solo-per- work on scene-into-song studies from tradition- depending on the nature of the production but formance, we will identify and explore the al “book” and style musicals as well as from could include production research, model mak- unique parameters of the solo-artist’s theatrical specialized forms. Students will produce a ing, drafting, color swatching, and production voice. Through the use of historical, non-dra- series of staged “mini-musicals” where they are paperwork. Prerequisite: THTR 302, 303 or 304 matic, biographical, and original materials, the responsible for complete roles. Audition materi- (depending on emphasis) and permission of the student will create several performance pieces als suitable for each individual student will also design faculty [Offered: F, S] (1-3). exploring the varying forms of solo-performance be developed and prepared. Fee: $30.00 per including: the monologist, the storyteller, the term. Prerequisites: THTR 229 performance artist, and the cabaret performer. Co-requisite: THTR 247 [Offered: F, S] (3-3). Solo-artists studied may include Sandra Bernhard, Karen Finley, Spalding Gray, Danny Hock, Holly Hughes, Eddie Izzard, Daniel MacIvor, Robbie McCauley, and Tim Miller, among others. Prerequisite: THTR 370 (3).

142 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 143

Academic Departments

Theatre Arts

THEATRE ARTS COURSES 378. Producing Performance 396a-396b. Intermediate Playwriting 404a-b. Lighting Design II s t

This is a course for theatre and dance artists Techniques I & II This course provides an in depth study of the r

who want to learn how to produce their own In this year long course the student will develop design process, with an emphasis on research A e

work or form their own company. Topics include a technique that is individual, yet grounded in and all paperwork. Projects will be varied and r t

defining the artistic and producing goals of the fundamental dramatic writing skills. During the students will be expected to complete all pro- a

project; locating the right venue; securing rights; first semester, students will write weekly scenes, duction paperwork (magic sheets, light plot, e h

establishing a budget; finding sources of fund- and be guided through exercises to develop shop order, instrument schedules, hook-up T ing; dealing with unions, establishing not-for- facility with storytelling, plotting, stage action, charts), and cut color list and production script profit status, engaging artistic and production dialogue, and thematic unity. During the second with cues. Students will learn to use staff, and establishing and administrating a semester, students will select one or two scenes Lightwright. The course will cover the latest dance or theatre company. Over the course of from the first semester and finish a longer play advances in lighting equipment and control and the semester, students will be engaged in ana- that grows out of this selected scene. Student will discuss the problems associated with tour- lyzing case studies from established companies, work will be read and discussed at each class. ing and repertory. Fee: $30.00 per term. and will utilize the resources of New York City to Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 215; THTR 296, Prerequisites: WRIT 102; COR 200; THTR 304a- research and create their own production plans. or permission of department (6). b or permission of the department (3-3). Prerequisites: WRIT 102, THTR 215 (3). 402a-b. Scenic Design II 406. Directing III 380. Dramatic Theory and Criticism This course provides an in depth study of the Students participate in a directing lab from the This course presents a study of major issues in design process, with emphasis on research and first day of class through practical directing dramatic theory and criticism, including the the skills needed to communicate a design con- exercises on selected scenes. Attention will be nature of imitation and representation, the rela- cept to a director and scenic shops. Projects given to advanced directorial problems of inter- tionship of text to performance, the formation of will be varied and students will learn to do pretation, planning and rehearsal, characteriza- dramatic genres, and the role of the spectator. thumbnail sketches, color renderings, models, tion, style, language, visualization, production Readings include plays and theoretical essays. set plans, sections, elevations, and paint eleva- values and the actor-director relationship. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 215, 230, 231 (3). tions. The class will study the history of scenic Course work will be supplemented by guest lec- design, including the latest technical advances tures and attendance at theatre events. 385. Directing II in set design execution. Fee: $30.00 per term. Students direct a 30-minute theatre piece as This course focuses on directing techniques for Prerequisites: WRIT 102; COR 200; THTR 302a- their final project for public performance for contemporary, realistic plays. Consideration is b or permission of department (3-3). which a minimum of 45 hours spent in inde- given to choosing material, visualizing a produc- pendent rehearsals is required. May be repeated tion, auditions and casting, rehearsal tech- 403a-b. Costume Design II for up to 6 credits. Fee: $30.00. Prerequisites: niques, characterization, physicalization, and This course provides an in depth study of the THTR 385 and permission of department (3). the actor-director relationship. Students will design process, with emphasis on research and work on scenes and exercises in class, and will the skills needed to communicate a design con- 410. Playwright/Director Workshop complete several projects, which necessitate cept to a director and costume shops. Projects The focus of this class will be on the process of rehearsal time in addition to class time. Fee: will be varied and students will develop the skills creating a text and its development through dra- $30.00. Prerequisites: THTR 211, 305 and knowledge necessary to produce finished maturgical investigation, rehearsal, class dis- [Offered: F, S] (3). costume sketches with construction details and cussion, and performance. The process will be fabric swatching. The class will concurrently as follows: a writer will be assigned a director 392: Management of the Arts II study the history of costume design. Fee: and a cast of three actors. A play will be written (Same as ART/DANC 392) $30.00 per term. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; COR within specific parameters (15-20 minutes in This course will cover several key areas of arts 200; THTR 303a-b or permission of department length, minimal production values, with roles for management: institutional organization, financial (3-3). specific actors). Within a particular time period management and budget planning, marketing of four or five weeks the piece will be given a and audience development, legal issues for the cold reading, rehearsed, and brought into class arts, and fund raising. Special emphasis will be for several showings and revisions. Through given to grant proposal research and writing. this procedure, the student will experience the Assignments will include case studies of current collaborativ process of playwright/director/actor New York City arts institutions. Prerequisites: within a supportive environment, which encour- WRIT 102; ART/DANC/THTR 290 (3). ages risk and exploration. Final projects will be given a public performance. Fee: $30.00. Prerequisites: THTR 218, THTR 406; THTR 396, depending on student’s emphasis; plus audi- tion/interview. Contact Theatre Office for more information (3).

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 143 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 144

Academic Departments Theatre Arts

THEATRE ARTS COURSES 431-432. Acting IV: Shakespeare and 458. Criticism Writing Workshop 496a-496b. Advanced Playwriting Period Styles (Same as ART/DANC 458; see Dance course Techniques I & II This advanced scene study class is designed to listings for description). This year long course provides the student with help the student acquire the skills necessary to progressive and advanced assignments in writ- perform the texts of Shakespeare, Moliere, and 465. Advanced Studies in Drama & Theatre ing for the stage. Emphasis will be placed on Restoration and Eighteenth-century play- This course gives the advanced theatre student patterning and structuring of one-act and longer wrights. Students will experiment with tech- an opportunity to acquire more advanced works, non-realistic approaches to character niques and will delve into the worlds of these research skills and to explore a variety of city and environment, and the theatrical potential of plays through text analysis, advanced voice and resources including specialized library and language. Other topics include the variety of bodywork, and new approaches to characteri- museum collections. Different topics will be source materials for dramatic works, writing zation. Emphasis is placed on language-both offered each semester; previous topics include: from improvisation, and the challenges inherent the understanding of it and the ability to com- Modern Irish Dramatists, Russian Theatre, in writing for a particular performer. Students will municate text to an audience within the American Musical Theatre, Asian Theatre, and complete a one-act play over the course of each demands of style and character. Several writing The Dynamics of Silence: Pinter and Chekhov. semester. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; assignments will be required. Fee $30.00 per Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 230, 231 (May THTR 396b (6). term. Open to BFA Acting majors only. be repeated for up to six credits.) Prerequisites: THTR 311; 326 [Offered: F, S] (3). 496. Choreography for the American [Offered: F, S] (3-3). Musical Theatre 475. The Avant-Garde in Art, Film & Theatre (Same as DANC 496; see Dance course list- 434. Senior Acting Showcases (Same as ART/COMM 475) Course examines ings for description). Focusing on the business of acting, students in major 20th century avant-garde movements this course will prepare audition material and (Futurism, Cubism, Surrealism, Modernism, 297/497. Research learn all aspects of producing a professional Post-Modernism) and their interrelated move- acting showcase. The class will culminate in a ments from the perspective of their achieve- 298/398/498. Directed Study student-produced showcase performed for an ments in theatre, art, and film. In double-class invited audience of casting directors and legiti- lecture/discussion sessions, the ideological, 299/399/499. Independent Study/Internship mate talent agents. Prerequisites: THTR 218, political, and aesthetic dimensions of the avant- 203, 334; completion of 90 credits, and a suc- garde are explored from their earliest 19th cen- cessful audition (Check with the Theatre tury roots, through the World Wars, to our con- Department for specific date and time.) temporary world. This interdisciplinary course is [Offered: S] (3). team-taught. A major research paper is required. Prerequisites: WRIT 102; THTR 230, 440. Advanced Design Assistant Practicum 231 or ART 266 or 252, or COMM 131 Through individual mentorship, the advanced [Offered: S] (3). design student will assist a professional design- er on a main stage or off-campus production. Student will meet regularly with the designer and attend all production meetings and will be monitored in collaborative skills. Student responsibilities will vary depending upon the nature of the production but could include pro- duction research, model making, drafting, color swatching and production paperwork. May be repeated for up to 6 credits. Prerequisites: THTR 302a-b, 303a-b or 304a-b (depending on emphasis), and permission of design faculty (1-3).

144 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 145

AcademicAlternative Departments Oppoprtunities for Earning Credit

Cooperative Programs EDUC 298: DS: Seminar in Experiential Education. NOTE: Only matriculated MMC students are eligible to participate in the study In this 2-credit course, students identify their own educational goals and options offered through cooperative programs. analyze how their prior college-level learning fits into the curriculum of their overall degree plan. Students document their achievement of the China Institute learning goals for a particular course(s) in a PLA portfolio and confer with Full-time, matriculated students may study the Chinese language, specif- the instructor who will review the PLA portfolio. This option is offered for ically Mandarin, from basic through intermediate levels at the China Pass/Fail credit only during fall and spring semesters. Institute of America (125 East 65th Street, N.Y.C.). Arrangements for col- lege credits for Chinese language courses are made through the College. It is expected that the PLA portfolio will be near completion by the end of For further information, contact the Office of Academic Affairs (212-517- the EDUC 298 course and will be ready for submission to the instructor by 0520) or the Office of the Registrar (212-517-0500). the middle of the following semester. However, at the discretion of the instructor, students may use a maximum of one additional semester to Hunter College complete their portfolios without an additional fee. Students must submit A reciprocal agreement exists between Marymount Manhattan College their portfolios no later than 30 days before a grade is anticipated so as to and Hunter College/CUNY allowing full time students of both schools to allow for enough time for their portfolio to be evaluated. The fee for port- take courses at the other. This agreement is effective during the fall or folio review is included in the cost of the 2-credit course. spring semesters only and the following conditions apply: a maximum of 6 credits may be taken away from the home institution; the student must Approval forms and additional information on procedures may be be registered for a minimum of 6 credits at the home institution; in addi- obtained from the Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs. To determine if the tion, students must register for CONS 999 at the home institution for the PLA process is appropriate, students should confer with their Faculty number of credits for which they will register for at the visiting institution; Advisor and Department Chair. students must provide proof of registration and payment at the home insti- tution before they will be permitted to register at the visiting institution; Students submit the completed portfolios to the Assistant Dean for students must present a valid ID card from the home institution at the time Academic Affairs, who turns them over for evaluation to the instructor who they register at the visiting institution. Financial aid students are advised has been working with the student on a particular course(s). The instruc- to consult with their financial aid counselors about how their aid will be tor evaluates the portfolio based on the degree to which the student pro- applies to a study program that includes registration through a cooperat- vides evidence of achievement of the learning goals for the course. A ing institution. In general, full-time students should keep in mind that rubric (criteria by which the portfolio will be evaluated) will be provided to since financial aid is applied for through the home institution, registration the student as s/he generates the portfolio. at the home institution must indicate full-time status. Tuition for all cred- its in a student’s program is payable to his/her home institution. College Level Examination Program (CLEP) College Proficiency Examination (CPE) Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) NYU Language Proficiency Examination Prior Learning Assessment is a process through which that awards credit Marymount Manhattan College may approve the granting of college cred- is gained for learning acquired through one’s professional, non-college it to MMC degree students who seek to earn such credit through the suc- experience. This experience corresponds to a particular course(s) offered cessful completion of the College Level Examination Program of the at MMC. Students are required to provide evidence of achievement of the Educational Testing Service (CLEP) or results of the New York State learning goals for the course(s). A Prior Learning Portfolio must present College Proficiency Examination (CPE). Students currently enrolled in the evidence that the student has met all requirements. College are advised to seek the counsel of the Director of Academic Advisement prior to seeking the approval of a Division Chairperson for any MMC will accept up to 30 credits approved through PLA, none of which type of proficiency examinations for credit. The following conditions apply may be used as part of the 30-credit residency requirement. In addition, in order for credit to be granted: students must obtain the approval of the students may not use these credits to satisfy the residency requirement of Chairperson of the Division in which credit would be applied, in writing, their academic major. CLEP credits and other proficiency test scores are before making arrangements to sit for an exam; students may only pres- combined with PLA credits and may not exceed 30 credits. ent results for exams for which they have earned a minimum grade of C. Further information may be obtained by writing to CLEP, Box 12815, Students who plan to transfer to another college or to attend graduate Princeton, New Jersey 08540 or to CPE Program, Room 1919, 99 school after completing their degree at MMC should check with these Washington Avenue, Albany, New York 12230.) Students may also sit for respective schools as not all colleges recognize prior learning credits. PLA the NYU Language Examination to earn a maximum of 12 credits in a lan- credits are not applied to the minimum number of credits required to earn guage other than English, which may be applied to their MMC degree at honors at graduation. the 100-200-level only.

To be eligible to begin the PLA process, a student must be matriculated Questions regarding the acceptance of credits earned through such and must have completed 24 college credits, 12 of which were taken at examination prior to admission to MMC should be addressed to the MMC and include the Core Curriculum, i.e., WRIT 101, WRIT 102, and Director of Academic Advisement. COR113 (Quantitative Reasoning), unless the student was exempted NOTE: Students may only apply 30 credits combined of all forms of prior learning from any of those courses. The student must obtain approval from his/her (including PLA, CLEP, NYU Language Exam, and CPE) toward their MMC degree. academic advisor and the Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs on the PLA Approval Form to register for the required course described below.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 145 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 146

AcademicTechnology Departments at MMC

Technology at MMC TECs and WECs Students are likely to have classes in one of many Technology-Enhanced The College Website Classrooms (TECs) including Main 509 and Nugent 558. In addition, all The Marymount Manhattan College website: www.mmm.edu offers a classrooms on Nugent 4 have recently been equipped with state of the art wealth of information about the College and is readily accessible from your instructional technology, including student access to the network in a home computer. On campus, computer access and usage is available in wireless environment. several locations. Some classes are held in Workstation-Equipped Classrooms (WECs); these include Main 410 and Main 411, each equipped with 22 Intel-based Students at MMC receive access to the MMC network, including email computer workstations. Nugent 556 and Nugent 559 each have 11 accounts, Blackboard and MMC Connect (see below). The College Macintosh workstations. expects students to adhere to the “Guidelines for Appropriate Use of Technology at MMC,” located at the college website: www.mmm.edu Blackboard™ under Academic Resources and Services. Many faculty members use the course management system Blackboard™ for web-enhanced and online classes. Students are able to Student Email Accounts/MMC Connect access reserve material, post assignments, engage in online discussion All current students are given an mmm.edu email account through which and chart their progress in a given course through the Blackboard™ site they can access MMC Connect for Students. This site enables students to associated with the particular course. check their student profile and account, their academic progress and grades, and to register online. The same email account allows students to Online and Hybrid Courses enroll in the Blackboard™ course management system which is used by Each semester, some courses are offered online, while others may use a many faculty at MMC for web-enhanced classes and online classes. hybrid format. Hybrid courses require that students attend in-class ses- sions for half of the class meeting time; the remainder of the work is com- Computer Stations and Laptops pleted online, through Blackboard™. Students should check the course The College provides 28 PC workstations for individual student use in the schedule for a given semester to determine which courses are offered in Library and in the Nugent Lounge. In addition, workstations are available either of these formats in two labs, located on the 4th floor of the Main building, whenever class- es are not in session in those rooms. The Library also maintains 100 lap- top computers, which students may borrow for use anywhere in the Library, which is a wireless environment.

Computer Specifications MMC students may purchase their own computers at a discount (12%) through the College’s account with Dell. Specifications for both MAC and PC formats are available at http://marymount.mmm.edu/become/whatto- bring/technolgy/laptopspec.html., which also provides the discount code and a direct link to Dell. Computers purchased with these specifications will be compatible with all MMC systems.

1461 Marymount Manhattan College MMC CatalogInside003868/5/0512:02PMPage147

Academic and Administrative Policies MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 148

Academic DepartmentsRegulations

degree. Independent studies or internships do not fulfill either the 30 Degree Requirements credit College Residency Requirement or the 12 credit Major Residency Requirement. In order to complete an undergraduate degree at MMC, students must ful- fill the following requirements: 3. D grades will be credited toward the degree, but not toward the fulfill- ment of requirements in the major, an elected minor or a Certificate 1. Satisfactory completion of a minimum of 120 credits at the 100-level or Program A student receiving a grade of D or below in a required major, above, with at least 30 credits at the 300-level or above, at least 3 credits elected minor or Certificate Program course must repeat the course. of which must be at the 400-level. When a student repeats a course, both the D grade and the new grade compute in the cumulative grade point average, but credit is only counted 2. Continuous maintenance of a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or once. In the case of general required courses (Core/Shared Curriculum above in courses taken at MMC based on the grading scale currently pub- and electives), the grade of D is acceptable and does not require repeti- lished in this catalogue. tion; however, a student may elect to repeat such courses to raise his/her grade point average. In no case may a student take any course more than 3. Fulfillment of: twice during his/her entire career at MMC. a. All Core and Shared Curriculum requirements; b. Requirements in a declared major(s) in which the College offers a degree; 4. Students entering the college with insufficient writing or mathematical c. Requirements in a specified minor(s), if the student has elected one. skills will also be required to take certain developmental courses. Students needing to improve their writing skills will be placed into either 4. College Residency Requirement: Completion of at least 30 credits in CS 099 (College Writing) or CS 097 (College Writing for ESL); if either of courses taken in attendance at MMC; these may not include independent these courses is required, it must be taken as part of the student’s first studies, prior learning experiences, internships, or exchange credits, e.g., semester program. Students who are required to complete MATH 007 credits taken in exchange programs with other institutions (such as the (Developmental Mathematics) and/or MATH 109 must do so within their New York Institute of Finance). first 30 credits at the College. None of these courses, except MATH 109 earns credit toward graduation and none fulfills the requirement of com- 5. Residency Requirement for the Major: Completion of at least 12 cred- pleting a college-level math course, which is required by all degrees. its in the student’s major discipline in courses taken at MMC (excluding independent studies, prior learning experience, internships and exchange Classification of Degree Students credits). These 12 credits may be used in fulfilling the College Residency Matriculated/Degree students will be classified on the following basis Requirement. according to the number of credits completed:

6. While MMC encourages all students to explore a variety of fields and First Year 0-29 credits disciplines during their undergraduate experience, it is appropriate for this Sophomore 30-59 credits exploration to occur within the first 60 credits. As such, all students must Junior 60-89 credits declare a major (with a possible field of concentration) upon or before the Senior 90 + credits completion of 60 credits. Students transferring to MMC with 56 credits or more must file their Declaration of Major upon admission or before com- pletion of 15 credits at MMC. Students must file Declaration Forms in the Grades Office of Academic Advisement in the Center for Student Services. The Grading System Once submitted by instructors and processed by the Center for Student NOTE: All transfer students must complete the College Residency Services, grades are considered permanent and may not be changed Requirement and the Residency Requirement for the Major. The College unless serious extenuating circumstances apply. cannot guarantee that a student who transfers into MMC with the maxi- mum number of transfer credits (90) will be able to complete the degree Final grades for courses and independent work may be academic or requirements, including the Residency requirements within the remaining administrative grades. The following are academic grades awarded by the 30 credits. faculty, and the quality points associated with each:

Limitations and Exclusions A Excellent 4.00 points The completion of an undergraduate degree is governed by the following A- 3.66 points limitations and exclusions: B+ 3.33 points B Good 3.00 points 1. In fulfilling the 120-credit minimum, a student may elect the Pass/Fail B- 2.66 points Option for elective courses only, according to the following schedule and C+ 2.33 points limit: no more than 1 course per term may be taken as Pass/Fail and no C Average 2.00 points more than an overall total of four courses or 12 credits (whichever is fewer) C- 1.66 points may be applied to the degree. Students may not elect the Pass/Fail D Poor 1.00 points Option for courses that fulfill requirements in their major or in the F Failure 0.00 points Core/Shared Curriculum. INC Incomplete course 0.00 points

2. In fulfilling the 120-credit minimum, no more than 15 credits earned NOTE: INC grades are automatically converted to grades of F, if not through independent study and/or internships will be applied to the removed in the prescribed time.

1481 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 149

Academic DepartmentsRegulations

The following grades are considered administrative grades and are only Incomplete Grade (I) issued by the Registrar under special circumstances: An Incomplete (I) is a valid grade option awarded by a faculty member upon formal request by the student only to address extenuating circum- W Withdrawal within prescribed time stances and provided specific requirements are satisfied, that is, that the (0 points; not tabulated in GPA) majority of course requirements and assignments have been completed P Pass (not tabulated in GPA) and that the student must postpone, for serious medical or personal rea- sons beyond his/ her control, the completion of a particular final paper, N No credit (not tabulated in GPA) report, examination or other assignment.

NA Not tabulated in GPA (for GRAD 000 listing) Students must submit a “Petition for Grade of Incomplete” to the instruc- tor prior to the week of the final exam or the student will receive the regu- Y Course in progres lar letter grade earned thusfar for the course. The student and faculty (0 points; not tabulated in GPA) member must complete a “Contract to Resolve an Incomplete Grade” out- AUD Audit No Credit lining the outstanding assignments/requirements and the date on which these will be due to the instructor. The faculty member must submit a Z No grade submitted by instructor copy of this contract to the Registrar at the time s/he submits final grades for the course. Pass/Fail Option Students may choose to forego a letter grade and take courses under The petitioning student must understand that: the Pass/Fail Option according to the following conditions: Financial Aid may be withheld until the final grade has been processed by the Center for Student Services and reported to federal and State granti- Eligibility: ng offices and/or lending institution(s). • The student must have completed sixty credits of academic work, Failure to complete the course may cause the student to drop below full including transfer credits. time status, resulting in loss of some or all-financial aid for that term. • The student may not be on academic probation. Honors cannot be considered until all INC grades have been resolved. Incompletes will be changed to an administrative “F” unless it is removed Terms: by the following March 1 for fall and January terms and by the following • The Pass/Fail Option may be applied to courses taken as electives only October 1 for spring and summer terms. and not to courses intended to fulfill degree requirements, including: • Courses intended to fulfill the Core/Shared curriculum requirements; Note: All incomplete grades for graduating seniors must be cleared before • Courses in the student’s major, in a selected minor or a certificate the 1st of September, the 1st of February or the 1st of June, depending program course; upon the student’s anticipated graduation date. • Courses intended to meet the requirements of graduate schools or other post-collegiate institutions, except where divisions shall provide Change of Grade otherwise Because grades entered on a student’s transcript (except for the INC • Independent Study courses and Internships. grade) are considered permanent, students who wish to appeal a grade • No more than one course in a single term and no more than an overall must make their request to the faculty member for whose course the total of four courses or 12 credits (whichever is fewer) under the P/F grade was earned as soon as possible after receiving his/her grade report. option will be applied to the MMC degree. The decision to review a student’s work and the grade earned is made at • All requirements for the course must be completed to be eligible to the sole discretion of the faculty member. Barring instructor error, grade receive the grade of Pass (P). appeals are only entertained in cases where serious extenuating circum- • A grade of Pass (P) is not counted toward the student’s cumulative stances apply. In any case students may not request to appeal a grade index, but a failing grade (F) is computed in the index. The grade of beyond one semester after the original grade was received. Pass is considered equivalent to a grade of D or better. • Once a student chooses the P/F option, he/she may not later decide to Course Duplication take a letter grade. Under no circumstances may a student take any course offered by the College more than twice, excluding certain Directed Study courses for Process: which content changes. If a student repeats a course, both grades will be • Students must file a request for Pass/Fail Option with the Center for considered in computing the cumulative grade point average, but the Student Services during the Program Change period each term; Under credits of the course will be counted only once in computing total credits no circumstances will a student be allowed to apply the pass/fail option completed. Students who fail a required course twice will, in the case of to any course once the Program Change period has ended. Core curriculum courses, not be allowed to continue their studies at MMC. • Request forms must be signed by the instructor of the course. A student who fails a requirement in his/her major twice will be required to declare a new major in order to continue his/her studies at MMC. NOTE: Grades of P generally do not transfer to other institutions. Note: Repeating a course can also affect a student’s full-time status for Grades of P received at other institutions do not transfer to MMC. Financial Aid purposes. Credits taken under the Pass/Fail option are not calculated in the student’s grade point average and, therefore, may not be counted among the 60 credit minimum MMC credits necessary to receive honors at Commencement.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1491 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 150

Academic DepartmentsRegulations

Grade Reports Each student receives a final complementary copy of his/her transcript The College makes grade reports available to students at the conclusion upon completion of the requirements for her/his degree. of each session when all final grades have been received. Grades can be accessed at our Web site under MMC Connect. Students who have any Degree Completion holds on their record will not be able to access grade reports or transcripts After each registration period has ended, students who have completed through MMC Connect. Students wishing to receive a paper report of 75 credits or more will be registered by the Center for Student Services for their grades for a given semester may go to the MMC Web page and com- GRAD 000, which constitutes the student’s graduation application. A plete a form requesting that a grade report be mailed to them. $175.00 Graduation Fee, which covers the cost of auditing the student’s record, and any other fees associated with graduation activities, will be Computing the Grade Point Index (GPA) included in the bill covering the semester’s registration charges. Note: The following is the method by which a student’s grade point average is This is a one-time only fee. calculated: Multiply the quality points equal to the grade by the number of credits for Registration for GRAD 000 and payment of the graduation fee activates an which the grade was earned [A=4.00 quality points x 3 credits = 12.00 audit of the student’s academic record. points]; AUDIT PROCESS: At the time of registration for GRAD 000, students will Add the total quality points earned in a semester; be required to meet with the Associate Registrar in order to determine what academic requirements have and have not been fulfilled. Divide by the total number of credits for a semester. Candidates for graduation will receive a preliminary audit prior to registra- tion for their final semester of study. This timing allows a student to com- Example: plete any outstanding requirement(s) for graduation in advance of one of Grades Quality points x Credits = Total quality points the official dates for completion of MMC degree requirements; these dates A- 3.66 x 3.00 10.98 are September 1, February 1, and June 1 of a given calendar year. The B 3.00 x 3.00 9.00 degree audit of the student’s academic record determines the student’s A 4.00 x 3.00 12.00 graduation date. A student’s graduation date may be adjusted if her/his B+ 3.33 x 3.00 9.99 requirements cannot be completed by the anticipated completion date. x 12.00 41.97 NOTE: September graduates may choose to participate in the May com- The total quality points, 41.97 divided by 12.00 credits equals 3.4974, mencement exercises, provided they have no more than 6 credits remain- which is the G.P.A. for the semester. To compute a cumulative grade point ing to be completed during the summer at the time of the ceremony. average, include all MMC courses taken to date and divide by the total Candidates must register and pay for a combined total of 6 credits during number of credits for which grades other than W or P have been earned. either or both summer sessions. Note, Students who participate in that year’s commencement ceremony before completing her/his degree forfeit Transcripts eligibility for honors at the Baccalaureate ceremony. Once the student’s A student may request an official copy of her/his transcript at any time for degree is completed, summa, magna and cum laude honors will be submission to graduate schools and universities or to employers. (Access recorded on the student’s diploma and transcript, if s/he is found to have to a student’s grades is always available through MMConnect.) earned such distinction. Transcripts are processed in the order in which applications are received (determined by the date of submission), additional time for processing is The Registrar is the final arbiter determining the candidate’s eligibility for required during grading and registration periods. Only the work complet- graduation and making the final decision as to the date a candidate com- ed at MMC is recorded on the official transcript. Coursework transferred pletes his/her degree requirements. from another institution will be listed as a credit total on a student’s MMC transcript; that is, neither individual courses nor grades earned for cours- A student may choose to be evaluated according to catalogue require- es transferred to MMC will be indicated. ments in place during any of the following catalogue years:

Applications for multiple copies of transcripts are available in the Center 1. The entering year catalogue with requirements in effect on the date the for Student Services. There is a $5.00 charge for each transcript, payable student first entered MMC; this catalogue must be dated more recent- in cash or by check. All transcripts are sent within two business days. ly than 10 years prior to the graduation date. (Additional time may be required for processing for those students who attended MMC or Finch College before 1982.) NOTE: For readmitted students the catalogue in effect at the time of their last readmission replaces the catalogue in effect at the time of their origi- Transcript request forms are also available on the Internet through the nal admission to the College. MMC homepage and may be printed by students from their home com- puters. Please see Publications and Forms. To take advantage of this 2. The graduation year catalogue with requirements in effect on the date convenience, print one copy of the form; complete and mail to the Center of their graduation; or for Student Services, with the appropriate fee. We reserve the right to refuse transcript requests for the following reasons: forms are incomplete; 3. The catalogue preceding the graduation date by one or two years with the student’s record contains a financial hold. We cannot be responsible requirements in effect one year or two years prior to the year of graduation. for incorrect addresses or postal delays. Therefore, the Registrar evaluates each student for graduation on the basis of requirements published in any of four catalogues, based on the

1501 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 151

Academic DepartmentsRegulations

student’s choice. Under no circumstances may a student elect to be eval- and June of the current year) and who receive clearance by the Center for uated for degree requirements under a catalogue in effect prior to his/her Student Services by the date posted in the academic calendar will be eli- first term of studies. gible to participate in that year’s commencement proceedings.

Both the Division Chair and the Academic Dean must approve, in writing, In accordance with federal law requiring access to certain information, the all exceptions due to curricular changes (e.g., elimination of major, cours- College’s graduation rate information is on file at the reserve desk in the es) if the exception is in the student’s major field of study, or by the library, and is, during business hours, open to inspection by the public. Academic Dean alone, if the exception is in general college requirements. (Further information is available from the Office of Institutional Research The Academic Dean will forward the information in question to the and Planning at 212- 517-0670). Registrar in the Center for Student Services. Such exceptions apply only to the awarding of the bachelor’s degree and not to special programs, teacher’s certification or to licenses.

Students who complete all requirements (including degree recipients from September of the previous calendar year as well as those from February

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1511 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 152

Academic DepartmentsStandards and Policies

Academic Standards mination of good academic standing and eligibility and information is avail- able from the Center for Student Services. Students who remain on proba- Colleges and universities in the United States establish and consistently tion during the prescribed period lose their eligibility for aid. apply standards of “good academic standing” to all students matriculated for degrees. In conjunction with this regulation, the federal government Dismissal from the College requires each college receiving funds from Title IV programs of financial Students placed on academic probation who do not meet the require- assistance to maintain these standards. This federal requirement (Section ments of progress and pursuit within the prescribed time face dismissal 497e of the Higher Education Act of 1965) ensures that only those stu- from the College. The Academic Dean, in consultation with the Academic dents who make good progress toward their degree objectives continue Standards Committee, reviews the records of such probationary students to receive financial assistance. and renders a decision on the student’s status. The College may dismiss students whose GPA is so low that it is unlikely that they can improve their Maintaining “Good Academic Standing” academic standing during the prescribed period of time. The College will Colleges and universities define good academic standing by two cate- dismiss students when they are unable to remain in school without detri- gories leading to degree completion: academic progress and academic ment to health or who, in the judgment of school authorities, fail to live up pursuit. to required standards and regulations.

Academic Progress The Academic Dean informs students by certified letter of a dismissal Academic progress means that matriculated students must attain and decision. If a student wishes to appeal such a decision, he/she must sub- maintain a GPA of 2.0 each semester. Failure to achieve and to maintain the mit an appeal in writing to the Dean. In either case, the College considers required GPA requires that the student be placed on academic probation. the decision of the Vice President for Academic Affairs as final. To be removed from probationary status, a student must raise his/her GPA to a level of at least 2.0 within the next academic year or two semesters. College Policies

Academic Pursuit Academic Honesty Policy Academic pursuit means that after each academic year (or the equivalent MMC fosters an academic community; students and faculty work togeth- for part-time students), matriculated students must have completed a er to create a learning experience that imparts knowledge and forms char- specified number of credits. Failure to meet these credit requirements acter – the hallmarks of a university culture. To achieve this, the College results in probationary status for the student. The College allows students adheres to a policy of Academic Honesty – one that teaches students to on probation one additional academic year or two major semesters to complete tasks in a thoughtful, honest manner so as to breed a positive complete the required number of credits. ideal of self-knowledge within each student. It is through this quality that a student understands her/his true capabilities. This policy instructs stu- Full time students must complete: dents to honor their colleagues by producing work that is based on their 15 credits during the first year of study; own capabilities so fellow students receive equal consideration in the eyes 21 credits during the second year of study; of their professor. Honest work — on the computer or in writing — is 24 credits each year thereafter. important in the development of the academic character. MMC desires for each student to finish each course, each program, with a developed sense Pursuit requirements for part-time students are pro-rated based on a full of self, a pride in the integrity of his/her own work toward his/her own level time status. The number of transfer credits accepted by MMC and class of achievement; this will create a true community of dedicated, life-long standing indicated by that number determines the pursuit requirements for learners. transfer students. Policy and Definition: Probation Categories of Academic Dishonesty: Students are placed on academic probation when they so not meet require- A. Plagiarism means to present as one’s own work, the writing, words, or ments for good standing for either progress or pursuit. Students on proba- computer information of someone else. You commit plagiarism if you sub- tion for progress may not receive a grade of Incomplete during a proba- mit as your own work or make use of: tionary period, nor may they enroll for an independent study, internship or research project. Students on academic probation for progress will not 1. Part or all of a written, spoken, or computer-generated assignment receive approval for Maintenance of Matriculation. Additionally, students on copied or accessed from another person’s manuscript, notes, comput- academic probation for progress may not register for more than 12 credits er disks or mainframe account. in a fall or spring semester until they regain good standing and must see an 2. Part or all of an assignment copied, paraphrased, or accessed from a advisor in the Office of Academic Advisement, in addition to a faculty advi- source, such as a book, magazine, pamphlet, computer disk, or main- sor, in order to be cleared for registration for the subsequent semester. frame account without attribution. 3. A sequence of ideas, arrangement of material, pattern of thought of Students who fail to restore their good academic standing within one aca- someone else, even if expressed in your own words. This means that demic year will be academically dismissed from the College. paraphrasing (or rephrasing) someone else’s ideas without identifying them as the source of the idea, is also plagiarism. In this example, even Students placed on academic probation for failure to meet the standards of if there is no proof that “part” has been stolen because no three words progress and pursuit may receive campus-based aid and federal aid during occur in the same sequence as in the original document, plagiarism has the probationary period. However, failure to regain good standing within the still occurred if there is an obvious parallelism among documents. prescribed period of time will result in a loss of financial aid. The New York 4. Plagiarism occurs when such a sequence of ideas is transferred from State Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) sets different criteria for the deter- one source—including electronic sources—without the process of

1521 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 153

Academic DepartmentsStandards and Policies

digestion, integration, and reorganization in the writer’s mind, and with- such action is taken. The course(s) that a student withdraws from will out acknowledgement in the work. appear as a part of the student’s permanent transcript, unless such with- drawals occurred prior to the official “last date to drop a class w/o a B. You are an accomplice to academic dishonesty and equally guilty if you: grade.” In addition, students who receive a “W” grade from such with- drawal action should note that such a grade carries no academic penalty 1. Allow access to your computer account, disks, or to your writing or and is not computed into the student’s GPA. ideas, in outline or finished form, to be copied in any way and submit- ted as the work of someone else. Students who register for courses and cease attending these courses 2. Prepare an assignment for another student and allow it to be submitted without officially withdrawing will be given a grade of “F”; this grade will as her/his own work. factor into the student’s GPA. Students should know that neither ceasing 3. Keep or contribute to a file of work with the clear intent that this work to attend classes nor notifying an instructor of your intent to withdraw con- be copied and submitted as the work of other students. stitutes an official withdrawal. Further, a student who withdraws on med- 4. Allow access to your computer account or disks with the intent of per- ical or psychological grounds is subject to the above policies and proce- mitting someone else to submit that material under their own name. dures, unless he/she supplies appropriate documentation and receives 5. Multi-purpose a paper. This means you cannot submit a paper for one the approval of the Director of Academic Advisement. It is important to class and then submit it again to fulfill the assignments of another class note that this approval does not cancel or modify financial liabilities asso- without consultation with faculty. Even a slightly modified resubmission ciated with such withdrawal action. is considered a form of academic dishonesty. 6. Cheat or assist others in cheating. Withdrawal from the college for a semester 7. Forge the signature of a faculty member, administrator, or another stu- Students who wish to withdraw temporarily during a given semester must dent. complete a withdrawal form as described above, and they must complete an exit survey indicating their desire to return to the college within a given Please Note: Students found in violation of the Academic Honesty Policy time period. If, due to circumstances beyond the student’s control, the will not be permitted to drop the course in which the instance is discov- student cannot complete the withdrawal form, a letter to the Director of ered. If a student is found in violation of policy and the faculty member Academic Advisement or a phone conversation with the Director of or Review Board sanctions an “F” grade for the class, the student’s tran- Academic Advisement will constitute official withdrawal notification. script will reflect a letter grade of “F.” If a student should process a with- Where appropriate, students seeking a temporary withdrawal from the col- drawal form while the case is pending, the grade will be changed to an “F” lege may apply for maintenance of matriculation for the up-coming grade. semester. Failure to secure maintenance of matriculation will require the student to apply for re-admission prior to any future registration The faculty of Marymount Manhattan College composed and approved this Academic Honesty Policy; in the case of academic dishonesty, the Withdrawal from one or more courses in a semester instructor has the authority to, but is not obligated to, fail the student for If a student withdraws from one or more courses during a given semester, either or both the assignment and the course. In consultation with the the withdrawal is effective as of the date the student officially withdraws Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, the instructor may also recommend and a grade of “W” appears on the student’s transcript. Students may other disciplinary action in accordance with college policy. However, in all only withdraw without academic penalty during the official withdrawal cases, whether such action is taken or not, all students who have violated period in each semester/session, listed in the Course Bulletin and at the policy will be recorded in a file maintained jointly by the Offices of MMC’s Web site. Student Affairs and Academic Affairs. A student who ceases to attend a course or who withdraws after the offi- Withdrawal Policy cial withdrawal period is subject to academic penalty and she or he will receive a grade of F for the course(s) in question. Students receiving Permanent Withdrawal from the College financial aid should seek the advice of a Financial Aid counselor before To permanently withdraw from the College during a given semester, a stu- withdrawing to understand the full effect of the withdrawal on his/her dent must formally withdraw from all registered courses by completing a financial aid package for both the semester in question and any subse- special withdrawal form available within Office of Academic Advisement, quent semester. Center for Student Services. At the time of withdrawal, students must complete an exit survey, signed by the Offices of Academic Advisement, Medical Withdrawal Financial Aid, Student Accounts and Residence Life, as appropriate. Such Students who experience extenuating circumstances, such as serious ill- a withdrawal will take effect as of the date the student completes and ness, may apply for a Medical Withdrawal after the specified deadline date signs the withdrawal form, regardless of the student’s last date of course for official withdrawals. The request must be made to the Director of attendance. In addition, a student who chooses to voluntarily withdraw Academic Advisement. Documentation must accompany the student’s from the college will be held liable for tuition and other charges as of the request for Medical Withdrawal. Medical or other emergency withdrawals effective withdrawal date, consistent with the College’s financial policies are subject to all of the conditions that govern withdrawals from all cours- as published. es in a student’s program, except that in the event of an approved docu- mented emergency, academic penalty will be waived regardless of the During the course of a given semester, a student who chooses to withdraw date of last attendance. Students, who seek medical withdrawal for emo- from all classes may incur failing grades for all such withdrawn courses. It tional/psychological reasons must submit documentation verifying his/her is therefore the responsibility of the student to make him/herself fully readiness and capacity to return to school before they will be allowed to aware of the academic implications of such withdrawals at the time that return.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1531 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 154

Academic Standards and Policies

Voluntary and Involuntary Leaves of Absence Re-Admission Policy A voluntary leave of absence may be granted when a student decides on his/her own accord (or by conferring with parents/guardians or College To request re-admission to the college, students must complete a Re- professionals), that a psychological leave is in his/her best interest. In Admit application, available in the Center for Student Services or online at these cases, a student’s psychological/psychiatric issues place the stu- the College’s Web site (www.mmm.edu). There will be no charge for such dent, or others, at risk for harm, or proof that the behavior significantly an application. Students must submit the completed Re-Admit applica- impedes the student’s ability to function at school is necessary in order for tions to the Center for Student Services for review by the Director of the student to receive a leave without academic penalty. In situations Academic Advisement. In some cases, a student may be required to have where an outside mental health practitioner treated the student (a psy- a personal meeting with the Director as part of the review process. chiatrist, a psychologist or a social worker and/or a combination of two or more), documentation from that professional or professionals, along with All continuing degree students who fail to register for a given semester and a meeting with the Director of Counseling Services and the Director of who are not on maintenance of matriculation, will have an RA-hold placed Academic Advisement is necessary for the voluntary leave to be granted. on their record by the Center for Student Services and must be approved for re-admission prior to registering for future semesters. An involuntary leave of absence will be mandated for any student who engages, or threatens to engage, in behavior which poses imminent dan- All approved students will be notified by mail and will be asked to set up ger of causing substantial harm to him/her self or others, and/or engages, a special re-admission advisement appointment with one of the other aca- or threatens to engage, in behavior that might cause significant property demic advisors within the Office of Academic Advisement. damage. Any student engaging in behavior that negatively impacts the emotional and/or physical welfare of any member of the MMC communi- ty may also be subject to an involuntary leave. In this case, students on an involuntary leave are responsible for any financial obligations to the College.

The College’s detailed policies regarding voluntary and involuntary leaves, including readmission, can be read in the MMC Student Handbook.

1541 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 155

Academic Recognition

Academic Honors Omicron Delta Kappa The Omicron Delta Kappa Society, Inc., the National Leadership Honor Dean’s List Society for college students, recognizes and encourages superior schol- The Office of Academic Affairs awards the Dean’s List honor each semes- arship, leadership and exemplary character. Membership in ODK is a ter to all full-time and part-time students who have successfully complet- mark of highest distinction and honor. ed a minimum of 12 and 6 credits respectively at MMC during the previ- To be eligible for admission, a student must be a junior or senior whose ous semester, and who in that period have attained a GPA of at least 3.50. academic rank places her/him within the upper 35% of her/his class and In order to qualify, students must clear any INC grades. All Dean’s List have, in the opinion of the voting members, earned special distinction in students receive invitations to the annual Honors Reception, held in at least one of the five phases of collegiate activity: general scholastic abil- October. ity; athletics; campus or community service, social, religious activities, or campus government; work in journalism, speech or the mass media; abil- The Registrar indicates recognition of a student’s achievement as a Dean’s ities in the creative and performing arts. The society emphasizes the List recipient on the student’s academic transcript for the semester(s) for development of the whole person, both as a member of the college com- which the student received the honor. munity and as a contributor to a better society. MMC’s chapter was established in 1995. Honors Reception Each fall, MMC recognizes those students who achieved academic excel- Kappa Delta Pi lence during the previous year at a reception held in their honor. Invited A chapter of Kappa Delta Pi, the International Honor Society in Education, students are those who have earned election to the Dean’s List for the pre- was initiated at MMC in 1997. The purpose of Kappa Delta Pi is to pro- vious year’s academic work. mote excellence in and recognize outstanding contributions to education. Members must maintain a high degree of professional fellowship, enhance Honors Day professional growth, and honor achievement. Membership is extended to Each spring, the Faculty Standards and Honors Committee and the Alpha students who exhibit commendable professional qualities, worthy educa- Chi Honor Society sponsor an Honors Day at MMC. This is a day dedi- tional ideals, and sound scholarship. The society accepts applications cated solely to the celebration of excellence in our institution, building each spring and induction takes place the following September. Criteria awareness among students of the importance of intellectual achievement to be determined by the end of the spring semester include the comple- within the academic community. This day provides an opportunity to tion of at least 60 college credits and at least 3 courses in the education showcase the talents of individual faculty and the excellent work achieved sequence. Applicants must have earned a cumulative GPA of 3.0 and a in their classrooms through the sharing of scholarly work. The events of minimum GPA in the education sequence of 3.3. the day center on the Honors Colloquium, where selected students pres- ent research papers and scholarly works, creative projects (such as paint- Lambda Pi Eta ings, dramatic or dance performances), scientific projects or psychologi- Lambda Pi Eta is the National Communication Association’s Honor cal experiments to the College community. Other events include the cer- Society. The MMC chapter recognizes, fosters and rewards outstanding emonies to induct deserving students into all of the College’s honor soci- scholastic achievement in communication studies. The society seeks to eties, the presentation of the Teaching Excellence Award and the Part- establish and to maintain close relationships and mutual understanding Time Faculty Recognition awards, and a faculty panel of on-going schol- between speech communications faculty and students to assist in explor- arship presentations. ing options for graduate education in communication studies. Other goals include: the stimulation of interest in the field of communications college- Honor Societies wide and the provision of time and opportunity to discuss and exchange new developments in the field of communications. Alpha Chi Alpha Chi is a national honor society dedicated to the pursuit of knowl- Sigma Beta Delta edge and scholarship. Society members are chosen for their academic The purposes of Sigma Beta Delta are to encourage and recognize schol- excellence. MMC’s Iota chapter was founded in November 1979. To be arship and achievement among students of business management and eligible for membership, students must attain junior or senior standing, administration, and to encourage and promote personal and professional have completed at least 24 credits at MMC and have maintained a 3.75 improvement in a life distinguished by honorable service to humankind. GPA. Induction ceremonies are held each spring, and eligible students are Membership in Sigma Beta Delta is the highest national recognition a notified by mail. Membership in Alpha Chi is lifetime, and MMC’s chapter business student can receive at a college or university with a Sigma Beta is composed of both alumnae/i and current students. Chapter meetings Delta chapter. To receive an invitation from the faculty officers, business are held several times during the academic year. Alpha Chi activities students must rank in the upper 20 percent of the junior or senior class. include planning an event to celebrate Women’s Heritage Month and co- sponsoring with the Faculty Honors Committee the annual Honors Day. Pi Sigma Alpha Pi Sigma Alpha, the national political science honor society, exists to Psi Chi encourage and reward high achievement in the study of political science. Psi Chi is the National Honor Society of Psychology at MMC. To be con- Only junior, senior, and graduate political science students enrolled in sidered for admission, a student must either be a major in Psychology or institutions where chapters of the honor society are located qualify for be recommended by the Psychology faculty. A student must complete at membership. With over 550 chapters nationwide and over 6,000 new stu- least 18 credits in Psychology at MMC after achieving a GPA of 3.5. Psi dents initiated each year, Pi Sigma Alpha is one of the largest collegiate Chi is an affiliate of the American Psychological Association and a mem- honor societies in America. It is also a leader among honor societies in ber of the Association of College Honor Societies. supporting programs and awards that directly benefit its members.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1551 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 156

Academic DepartmentsRecognition

Graduation Honors Valedictorian The Valedictorian is the senior who maintains the highest GPA based on At MMC the official dates for the completion of degree requirements are the highest number of credits earned at the MMC. To qualify, students February 1, June 1, and September 1. Commencement ceremonies are must have earned a minimum of 60 institutional credits. held only once a year in May; the College confers graduation honors only at Commencement. At the Commencement exercises all students who Senior Class Speaker have completed degree requirements since the previous Commencement The Senior Class Speaker is selected by the members of the senior class are awarded any honors they earned during their years at MMC. To qual- as having made the most consistent contribution in fostering community ify for honors at Commencement, students must have earned a minimum spirit among students in the graduating class. The senior accorded this of sixty (60) credits at MMC. Only credits earned through coursework at honor presents a short speech during the Commencement ceremony. MMC will be counted towards all graduation honors; credits earned through Prior Learning Experience, CLEP, CPE and other similar exams as The Gold Crest well as transfer credits are excluded from consideration. The Gold Crest is awarded to the student who has best evidenced the NOTE: A student who has a maximum of 6 credits to complete and will spirit of the educational goals of MMC, i.e., a strong liberal arts program have a graduation date of September 1, may request the permission of the and academic excellence. This award was created by the College in Academic Dean to walk at the Commencement ceremony held the previ- memory of Mother Joseph Butler, who was responsible for establishing a ous spring. If such permission is granted and the student elects “to walk,” network of colleges called “Marymount” throughout the United States. he or she automatically forfeits any and all MMC honors she or he may The President of the College, the College’s chief administrators and the have been eligible for, due to the fact that his/her degree will not have Divisional Chairpersons name the student who receives this honor. been formally completed by the date of the ceremony. Students will, how- ever, achieve cum laude, magna cum laude or summa cum laude, at the The Rowley Medal time their degree is actually conferred, provided that they have achieved Established in memory of Mother Rita Rowley, founder of MMC, the the requisite final grade point average and the 60 credit minimum Rowley Medal is awarded to the student whose educational achievements requirement. represent extraordinary determination and effort. The President of the College, the College’s chief administrators and members of the cum laude Administrative Staff select the student who will receive this honor. The Students who have a GPA of 3.90 or higher are graduated summa cum College routinely consults members of the College community who knew laude; those who have attained a GPA of 3.70 or higher are graduated Mother Rita Rowley on the selection of the medal recipient. magna cum laude; those who have attained a GPA of 3.50 or higher are graduated cum laude. The Raymunde McKay Award This award, given in memory of Mother Raymunde McKay, first President Gerard Scholar of MMC, is given to the senior who has been outstanding in her/his efforts Gerard Scholar is the highest scholastic honor MMC bestows. To be to meet the problems and demands of our society through service at MMC named Gerard Scholar at Commencement, a graduating senior must have and to the larger community. The President of the College, the College’s completed at least 60 college credits at MMC and have maintained a GPA chief administrators and members of the Administrative Staff select the of 3.90 or higher; no more than 2 courses or 6 credits may have been student who will receive this honor. taken under the Pass/Fail option. Calculation of the required credits and of the cumulative index will be based only on those credits earned for The Alumnae/i Association Medal coursework completed at MMC. Students must have resolved any INC This medal is awarded to the senior who, in the opinion of her/his class- grades to be eligible. mates, has shown outstanding leadership and has made the most note- worthy contribution to MMC. The recipient of this award is approved by Curian Honors the Alumnae/i Council and will receive this award from the President of the Curian Honors are bestowed on the basis of academic achievement. A Alumnae/i Association. graduating senior is eligible for election to the Curian Honor Society at Commencement, if his/her GPA is between 3.70 and 3.89, based upon the The Silver “M’’ completion of at least 60 credits earned at MMC; no more than 2 courses These awards are given to seniors who have shown overall leadership and or 6 credits may have been taken under the Pass/Fail option. Calculation contributive involvement in the College during their years at MMC. of the required credits and of the cumulative index will be based only on Members of the administration, the Vice President of Student Affairs and those credits earned for coursework completed at MMC. Students must the Academic Dean select the students who receive these awards. have resolved any INC grades to be eligible.

Gold Keys A Gold Key is awarded in each discipline to one graduate who has achieved a high degree of excellence in his/her chosen academic field. The criteria for the major medal are: a 3.50 GPA based on all credits in the major field completed by the Commencement; a cumulative GPA of 3.00 based on the 60 or more credits taken at MMC; command of subject matter; self-reliance in independent learning and research ability; written clarity of expression; verbal clarity of expression, and breadth of purpose. Faculty members in each department decide on the recipients of the Gold Key award.

1561 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 157

Academic DepartmentsServices

Academic Advisement probation, must also have their program of study for the next semester approved by an academic advisor in the Center for Student Services The Advisement Structure before proceeding to register. Before meeting with their advisors, students As part of the Center for Student Services, the Office of Academic are encouraged to carefully review their own transcripts on MMC Connect Advisement is responsible for the effective coordination and management to ascertain what courses they have already completed and what degree of the College’s academic advisement services. The primary goal of requirements are still outstanding. Such preparation will allow for a more advisement is to assist students in making appropriate academic choices productive advisement session. and to provide them with the individual guidance they may need to com- plete an academic course of study in a successful and timely fashion. At-Risk Intervention Each semester, the Office of Academic Advisement asks faculty members We consider the process of academic advisement to be an invaluable to identify students who might be experiencing academic difficulty in indi- interaction between a student and his/her faculty advisor and an important vidual courses. Through the use of this Academic Early Alert system, stu- factor in a student’s college success. By providing students with critical dents who find themselves at risk of failing one or more courses are able information regarding their majors, minors, elective courses, career to receive appropriate individual advisement support. For instance, advi- options, as well as co-curricular activities, the advisement process allows sors may counsel at-risk students to meet with a tutor in the Center for students to make the best of their college experience. Through our facul- Academic Advancement. Where appropriate, individual faculty advisors ty-based advisement system, students are not only able to develop mean- are asked to meet one-on-one with the student to make recommendations ingful academic relationships with their faculty advisors, but students on how to improve her/his current academic performance. stand to benefit from the expert guidance of an advisor within their select- ed area of study. The Office of Adult and Transfer Services (OATS) The Office of Adult and Transfer Services (OATS) is a resource to benefit MMC expects students to assume full responsibility for the educational all of MMC’s returning adult students. OATS provides consistent individ- decisions made. Therefore, advisement is a working partnership between ualized support, information and assistance in the enrollment process the student and his/her faculty advisor, who is fully grounded in the throughout the college experience, starting with admission to the College. College’s academic requirements, and who helps to bring clarity and logic We offer Information Sessions and individual appointments for prospec- to the student’s choices. Working in concert with the academic advisors in tive applicants and returning adult students. The Office works with local the Center for Student Services, faculty advisors are expected to assist employers to assist their staff in returning to college for a degree or cred- students in making the best academic decisions - from selecting a major ited certificate, and with local community colleges to assist transfer stu- to dropping a course. Equally, students are expected to work closely with dents. For current enrolled students we run informational workshops and their advisors to gain a clear understanding of all their degree require- presentations that address the needs of MMC’s adult student community. ments, and to make appropriate choices in order to ensure efficient com- We encourage students to visit the Office for information about the college pletion of their degree programs. and its opportunities for returning adult students. The Office also coordi- nates the Adult Services Advisory Group comprised of fellow adult stu- While every student is assigned a faculty advisor, all students are welcome dents who help to chart the course of the Adult Services component of to make an appointment with one of our academic advisors with the OATS. The Office is open Monday - Thursday until 7:00pm, Fridays until Center for Student Services to discuss specific academic issues, to 6:00pm and specific Saturdays during registration times from declare or change a major, to add a minor, to clarify program requirements, 10:00am - 2:00pm. to seek permission to take a course at another college, or simply to ask questions about academic policies, procedures or regulations. To sched- International Students ule such an appointment, students should call (212) 517–0568. Students MMC welcomes students from all over the world; the College’s students should visit the College’s Web site to access advisement forms and come from more than fifty countries in any given semester. The Office of information. International Students serves as a resource for international students and facilitates their adjustment to life in the United States. In conjunction with The Advisement Process the Admissions Office, MMC commits to assisting international students Prior to each semester’s advisement and registration period, the Office of with maintaining their visa status. The Office provides personal counsel- Academic Advisement ensures that all degree students are appropriately ing, and programs to promote cross cultural and assigned to faculty advisors within their respective majors. The Office pro- international understanding. vides the name of each student’s faculty advisor in the registration pack- ets distributed each semester; students may verify faculty advisors Students on an F-l Visa must report to the Office upon arriving at MMC through their MMC Connect account as well. Students can meet with their and they must attend the International Student Orientation. F-l students faculty advisor as often as they see fit; before registering for classes each must maintain a full course of study (minimum of 12 credits) each semes- semester, all continuing matriculated students must schedule a meeting ter. The Coordinator of International Students must approve in writing any with their advisor to plan an academic program for the following semester. variation. Students on a valid F-l Visa may work at MMC, provided they Among other things, faculty advisors will help their advisees to choose receive clearance from the Coordinator of International Students. courses based on the individual student’s background, degree require- Students on F-l visas must receive an I-20 endorsed by a Designated ments, and plans for the future. All faculty advisors are provided with elec- School Official (DSO) before they leave the country for the first time and tronic access to their advisees’ transcripts, placement scors and other each year thereafter. Students must not wait until the last minute to com- pertinent academic information to assist them in tracking the advisee’s plete this task. In addition, all international students must participate in the progress toward completing degree requirements. Students whose College’s health insurance plan. cumulative GPA has fallen below 2.0 and have been placed on academic

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1571 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 158

Academic DepartmentsServices

F-l students can accept paid internships and work for up to one year after dents. Trained counselors assist students with exploring and managing graduation under certain guidelines The Coordinator of International many of the personal stressors that accompany their roles as a “student.” Students provides guidance on filing for this permission. If students on other visas would like to become eligible for these privileges, they should The counseling services that MMC offers are tailored to students’ individ- meet with the Coordinator early in their academic career. ual needs, whether these require one-stop crisis intervention or longer term therapy. If appropriate, students will be referred to outside clinics or Higher Education Opportunity Program (HEOP) therapists in the community for longer term and/or more intensive treat- The Higher Education Opportunity Program (HEOP) has been offered at ment to address a specific issue. Additionally, a part-time psychiatrist is MMC since 1969. This program developed out of the need for private col- available to conduct initial evaluations and to provide and monitor pre- leges and universities in New York State to provide higher education for scription medications. students who have academic potential but lack the necessary preparation and demonstrate financial need. The HEOP program receives funding from the New York State Higher Education Opportunity Grant along with Academic Access and Disability Services MMC funding. MMC provides support for students with physical, psychological and learning disabilities. In compliance with Section 504 of the Federal Students in HEOP receive the supportive services of developmental Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act, stu- courses, tutorial work and counseling (academic, personal, and career dents with disabilities who are requesting accommodations of any kind planning). Students entering the College through this program are must register with Disability Services and/or the Program for Academic required to participate in the developmental six-week summer program. Access. Students wishing to apply for HEOP must submit an Admission applica- tion and supporting data to the Admissions Office. (See ADMISSIONS NOTE: The College, in exceptional cases, and for limited time periods, PROCEDURES below.) A personal interview is required for all applicants. may grant learning-disabled students who need to reduce their course Students must be eligible for full TAP and Pell awards. For information load to nine credits full time status. However, if a student receives TAP concerning eligibility requirements, please contact the HEOP office. and/or federal aid, the designation of full-time status under these circum- stances does not imply that the student can continue to receive State or Students in the HEOP program are required to meet standards of progress federal aid if he/she goes below 12 credits. The Learning Specialist and pursuit as previously defined for New York State Aid. Their good makes these decisions on a case-by-case basis in conjunction with the standing is maintained by their continued success in meeting these stan- Vice President for Student Affairs and Enrollment Management. This pol- dards. Detailed guidelines governing these standards for progress and icy does not apply to students with international status or students pursuit are available from the Office of Financial Aid. All students covered enrolled in HEOP. by HEOP must remain eligible for full TAP and Pell awards in order to remain at MMC. HEOP students who fall below the HEOP standards are Disability Servcies subject to dismissal from the program and from the College. Disability Services, in collaboration with the Program for Academic Access (see below), coordinates and facilitates services for students with physi- Career Development and Internships cal, psychological, and learning disabilities. Students requesting an The Office of Career Development and Internships offers students year- accommodation for a qualifying disability should self-identify by the end round services relating to internships and jobs, including information on of the third full week of classes by registering with Disability Services and material about skills preparation and search strategies. The Office and/or the Program for Academic Access. Informing other College offices, maintains books with up-to-date internship postings by discipline, along faculty, or staff does not constitute registering with either office. with entry-level job postings for graduating seniors, and advanced-posi- Accommodation requests are evaluated individually, based on official doc- tion listings for experienced graduates. A part-time job book lists work umentation and completion of the offering hourly positions. Listings for both internships and jobs range from registration process. placements with solo practitioners to major international corporations and cover both the profit and non-profit sectors. Additionally, the coordinator Students enrolled in the Program for Academic Access and are eligible will assist students with finding and securing internships on their own. for classroom accommodations must also register with Disability Each day, the Office posts a list of internships and job opportunities on the Services. Students who do not participate in the Program for Academic MMC Web site. Access and are eligible for accommodations must register with Disability Services in order to receive the requested accommodations. Throughout the year, the career development professionals provide work- shops and seminars on resume and cover letter writing, interviewing tech- MMC does not assume responsibility of identifying students who may be niques, job-finding strategies, graduate school applications and prepara- eligible for accommodations. It is solely the student’s responsibility to tion for internships. Students may also make individual appointments for disclose and define his/her disability and his/her need for accommoda- Myers/Briggs test and the Strong Career Testing Inventories. The Office tions. Self-identifying a disability, and seeking accommodations are per- also provides personalized career counseling and a review of their sonal decisions. If a student requests accommodations at MMC, he or resumes and cover letters. she is responsible for completing the process for registering with Disability Services and/or the Program for Academic Access. Although Counseling Services Disability Services assists students with disabilities with many tasks, it is Students encounter different kinds of personal issues during their college up to the student to take the initiative and remain actively involved in the career and we encourage students to utilize services sponsored through accommodation process. the counseling center. Free, confidential counseling is available to all stu- The most common accommodations for students with learning disabili-

1581 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 159

Academic DepartmentsServices

ties provided by Disability Services includes: •Assistance in identifying a student note taker for classes; • Assignment of in-class student note takers, as needed; •Permission to tape-record lectures; •Examination modifications: additional time, separate testing space, use • Accommodations that may include separate and alternative forms of of a computer; testing, extended time, use of laptops, tape-recorders and calculators, •Extended deadlines for some course assignments; and assignment of note takers. •Assistance in obtaining alternate text formats of course textbooks. For eligibility requirements and application details, contact Dr. Ann Jablon, Students with physical disabilities must register with Disability Services so Director, Program for Academic Access and Disability Services. that the College can accommodate all requests. MMC provides students with physical disabilities adequate wheelchair access throughout the Speech-Communication Services building; all classrooms are wheel-chair accessible and left-handed desks The Ruth Smadbeck Communication and Learning Center provides are available. speech-language and audiological diagnostic services to the Marymount community, and also serves as a training clinic for students majoring in After successfully completing the registration process, the student’s pro- Communication Sciences and Disorders. Speech therapy is available for fessors will be contacted by the Disability Services informing them of the both children and adults, under the supervision of the faculty and Clinic student’s needs for accommodation in the classroom. In addition, these Director. Language and speech disorders ranging from articulation, voice, students receive an Accommodation(s) Card, identifying the accommoda- dysfluency, language delay and other conditions effecting communication tion(s) that the College will provide and the ways that the student is to be are treated. given assistance. The student will present the Accommodation(s) Card to his/her professors at the beginning of the semester to notify them of the The clinic also houses an after-school speech clinic; a service program for required accommodations. adults requiring advanced voice and diction instruction for professional speaking; and an after-care program for aphasic individuals. The Center’s Learning Disabilities: Program for Academic Access (PAA) speech science laboratory is utilized to conduct research, education and Separate from Disability Services, the Program for Academic Access is a deliver training modules. for-fee program for students with learning disabilities designed to provide a structure that fosters academic success. The program fee, $4,000 per Tutoring year above tuition, includes tutoring services, counseling/advisement, and The Center for Academic Advancement, located on the fourth floor of the priority registration. Nugent Building offers free tutorial assistance in all disciplines to help stu- dents achieve greater academic success. The primary focus is to identify The Program for Academic Access welcomes applicants whose school students’ strengths and weaknesses and prescribe individualized pro- records and documents provides evidence of the skills, intellectual poten- grams to improve basic reading, writing, and vocabulary skills. Students tial, and commitment necessary to overcoming learning difficulties. With may work on various computer modules to strengthen these skills. Also accommodations and multifaceted support, the students handle the same within the College Skills Center is the Math Lab which provides assistance curriculum as other qualified applicants to MMC. in basic math through statistics. In addition, accounting majors may receive academic support via Accounting Lab tutorials for levels I and II. MMC’s Program for Academic Access includes a full range of support The College Skills staff sponsors workshops and seminars for students services that center on academic and personal growth for these students. who wish to improve their study habits and test-taking techniques. It is our mission to provide these services in any reasonable manner in order The Program includes: to secure student futures. Our main objective is to assure each student • Two hours of individual tutoring weekly with a professional to reinforce who passes through our doors that he/she can and will succeed in and develop skills and effective study strategies within content-area college. subjects. Students who have been admitted to the full-time program are required to demonstrate commitment to overcoming learning difficulties The Center also provides courses for students who need the opportunity through regular attendance in tutoring; to reinforce their skills in reading comprehension, vocabulary and gram- mar proficiency, and basic writing. Enrollment in these courses is deter- • Academic advisement/counseling to develop a program plan suited to mined by performance on a placement test. administered and evaluated individual needs; by our division.

• Priority registration in college courses as well as workshops sponsored by the program;

• Personal coaching to articulate and work through social and emotional problems related to learning weaknesses;

• Use of technical support, such as laptop computers for note-taking and on-site computers equipped with dictation software. Additional soft- ware for skill development is also available for program participants;

• Use of Kurzweil 3000 software at on-site workstation;

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1591 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 160

AcademicAdmission Departmentsand Financial Information

Procedures after Admission for Degree Students Admission to the College Students must submit the following after receiving their notice of accept- MMC seeks students who show potential for scholarship, leadership, self- ance to MMC: expression and social responsibility. The College believes that these qual- ities can be most effectively evaluated through review of scholastic 1. Tuition Deposit (Full time students; HEOP students are exempt.) records, teacher/employer recommendations, essays, extra-curricular 2. Housing Application and Deposit, if housing is requested activities, and personal interviews. Advisors review student records on an 3. Placement Tests individual basis to identify academically motivated students who can ben- 4. Academic Advisement, Registration and Payment. efit from MMC’s unique educational experience. Non-Degree Students A wide variety of students choose to attend MMC. Of these there are two distinct categories: degree students and non-degree students. A non-degree (non-matriculated) student is one who is not necessarily fol- lowing a program plan or pursuing a degree. Non-degree students may Degree Students register for courses of their own choosing provided that they meet the pre- requisites for those courses. A non-degree student is either taking cours- A degree (matriculated) student is one pursuing a degree at MMC by fol- es for credit while not pursuing a MMC degree or is auditing courses for lowing the program plan of the degree and of the student’s chosen major. no credit. Degree students may study on either a part-time or a full-time basis. All non-degree students need to submit an Application for Admission as a All degree students must file the Application for Admission as a Degree Non-Degree Student. A completed application includes: Student. A complete application includes the following: 1. Completed application 1. Completed application and non-refundable application fee 2. Copy of the applicant’s academic record 2. Official high school or secondary school transcript or General 3. Immunization records Equivalency Diploma (GED) results. (official transcripts from all college or dual enrollment courses completed if applicable) Categories of Non-Degree Students: 3. SAT and/or ACT scores. Writing test results required for tests adminis- The following are categories of non-degree students: tered after March 2005. 4. Two letters of recommendation Alumnae/i 5. Personal essay 6. Immunization records Alumnae/i (graduates of MMC) may audit courses at MMC for a registra- 7. Personal interview (recommended, may be required) tion fee of $50.00 per course and any other fees associated with the course. All regulations governing auditors apply to alumnae/i (see below). MMC strongly recommends that all applicants have completed a minimum No more than two courses may be audited in any given semester. Audit of sixteen academic units (some subject areas are required), which should students will lose their place in class in favor of degree students who may include the following: require a specific course to fulfill their degree requirements.

Subject Area Number of Units Courses may be taken for credit at a 50% tuition discount; the alumna/us English 4 (required) must pay 100% of any fees associated with the course, and understand Language (Foreign or Classical) 3 (recommended) that s/he may be asked to withdraw if the course becomes oversub- Mathematics 3 (required) scribed. Courses taken and grades received after graduation become a Social Sciences 3 (required) part of the alumna/us’ permanent transcript at the College. Science 3 (2 required, 1 recommended) Electives 4 (recommended) Auditors

Please Note: Additional requirements apply for admission to the BA and An auditor is a student who attends a class for the purpose of acquiring BFA Programs in Acting, Dance and Theatre Arts. knowledge, but not to earn credit. The auditor must attend all classes, do assigned readings, and participate in class discussions, but s/he is not Transfer students who apply for degree status must provide academic required to take examinations. An audited course can never be applied records of all coursework completed at any post-secondary institution. toward college credit or a college degree. An auditor may never change Official transcripts must be sent directly from the institution to the MMC to credit status nor a credit student to audit status during a semester. Admissions Office. Once students audit a course, they may not take that course for credit toward a degree. As a rule, credit students may not audit more than one International students must submit: course in any given semester. • Financial documentation • World Education Services Evaluation of Foreign Educational Credentials Auditors are admitted to class only if space permits and are subject to the • TOEFL exam scores fees and regulations prescribed for regular students. Senior citizens 65 years of age or older are eligible to audit classes at a reduced audit fee. Audit students will lose their place in class in favor of degree students who may require a specific course to fulfill their degree requirements. Not all

1601 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 161

AcademicAdmission Departmentsand Financial Information

courses are open to audit, and admission to audit is at the discretion of Guidelines for Transfer of Credit the department offering the course. Audit fees are not refundable. Marymount Manhattan College (MMC) accepts credit in transfer for Certificate Students coursework completed at regionally accredited colleges and universities according to the following guidelines: Students applying to complete a certificate program must take the MMC placement test if they do not hold a bachelor’s degree. Certificate stu- • A maximum of 90 credits will be awarded for coursework completed dents must meet with an academic advisor to discuss and review certifi- with a grade of C- or higher that corresponds to the MMC curriculum. cate requirements before registering. The College applies a standard of The College cannot guarantee that all degree requirements can be met evaluation to the work of students in this category that is similar to that for within the remaining 30 credits. degree students. • Departmental faculty will review requests to transfer internships and independent study credit on a case-by-case basis. MMC currently Visiting Students offers an opportunity for students to apply for prior learning credit. • The College does not normally award credit for courses taken at an Visiting students are those enrolled at another college or university who institution for which the student earned a grade of P (Pass). The want to take courses at MMC for transfer to the home institution. Visiting College does not award credit for remedial courses. students need to submit an official statement from their institution that • All English composition courses accepted will be listed as Open verifies their status as a student in good standing and approves their Electives. Transfer students are referred to placement policies for course of study at MMC. Students may register for up to fifteen credits appropriate writing courses as determined by the Center for Academic per fall or spring term. Degree students at institutions that have recipro- Advancement. cal visiting agreements with MMC are subject to the terms of those agree- • All college-level math courses (grade B or higher) will be listed as equiv- ments. Contact the Registrar for further details. alent MMC courses. All college-level math courses (below grade of B) will be listed as Math Electives. Transfer students are referred to place- ment policies for appropriate math courses as determined by the Math Special Categories of Admission Department.

Deferred Admission Marymount Manhattan College typically awards a maximum of 60 credits in transfer for coursework completed at regionally accredited two-year A student may request deferment of his/her enrollment for one semester colleges; in unusual cases, the awarding of additional credits may be con- after acceptance to the College; this request must be made in writing to sidered. The following guidelines apply: the Dean of Admissions. If a student registers for a program of study prior to deferring admission, the student must take official action to drop cur- A. The College grants credit for those liberal arts courses, taken in A.A., rent classes. Such action requires that notification be made in writing to A.S., A.A.S. and A.O.S. degree programs, in which a grade of C- or bet- the Office of Academic Affairs, including the student’s signature and social ter was achieved, provided that those courses correspond to the MMC security number. In order to avoid academic and financial penalties, stu- curriculum. dents must notify the College prior to the onset of the next semester for B. Credit at the 300 level is most likely to be given for technical and spe- which s/he is registered. cialized courses such as accounting, mathematics and video produc- tion. Non-Degree to Degree The following guidelines govern the acceptance of transfer credit from Any non-degree student who wishes to matriculate at MMC must file an institutions other than regionally accredited colleges and universities: official application for Admission as a Degree Student with the Admissions Office. These students are expected to submit all required 1. Non-Collegiate Sponsored Instruction data for review by the Office of Admissions. (See Admissions Procedures Students or prospective students may have completed college-level for all degree students.) Courses taken at MMC as a “Special” or courses offered by the military, business, industry, government, labor “Visiting” student do not ensure admission to degree status. If accepted unions or police academies for which no college credit was earned. The for admission, students receive credit for any coursework completed for College will recognize and grant credit as appropriate for courses, that credit at MMC. Please consult the Admissions Office for applications and have been evaluated by the American Council on Education, Office of further information. Educational Credit, or the New York State Education Department’s Office on Non-Collegiate Sponsored Instruction. Non-evaluated coursework may also be submitted for review through the Prior Learning process.

2. Advanced Placement Credit High school seniors and traditional transfer students who have taken Advanced Placement examinations administered by the College Entrance Examination Board, and who receive a score of 3, 4, or 5 will be awarded credit in accordance with College policy, with the exception of English in which only a score of 4 or 5 is acceptable as elective cred- it. The student must have the official score sheet sent to MMC. Eligibility will be determined and credit awarded to the student upon

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1611 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 162

Admission and Financial Information

enrollment in the College. Such credit will not exceed a maximum of • Have a valid Social Security number; thirty credits and will not count toward the thirty-credit residency • Not be in default on a federal student loan or owe a repayment of a fed- requirement. Waiver of requirements in any given subject area will be at eral student grant; the discretion of the Divisional faculty. • Have financial need as determined by the FAFSA.

3. Foreign Language Credit Cost of Attendance Students who are fluent in a foreign language but whose instruction in that language did not take place in a formal classroom setting, may The Cost of Attendance (COA) includes tuition, fees, books and supplies, have their skills and fluency in the language evaluated for possible room and board, transportation and personal expenses. The Estimated transfer credit by taking either the CLEP exam or the NYU Language Family Contribution (EFC) consists of the expected parental contribution Proficiency exam. Official scores earned must be sent to Marymount and/or student contribution, based on the student’s status as a depend- Manhattan College. Students may earn up to 12 credits for language ent or independent student. The difference between the COA and the EFC proficiency, but these credits may not be applied at the 300 Level or is called the student’s “financial need.” above. Cost of Attendance – Expected Family Contribution = Financial Need The following requirements apply to all transfer students: A student’s financial planning should begin with an estimate of the total i. At least 30 credits must be completed at Marymount Manhattan cost of attending MMC for one academic year. Direct costs include: College. These will not include credit for internships, independent tuition, fees, room and board charges; indirect costs include: books, sup- study, or prior learning experience. plies, personal needs, and travel. The Office of Financial Aid establishes ii. All transfer students must complete a minimum of 12 credits in their standard budgets, adjusted for such variables as enrollment status, major at Marymount Manhattan College, regardless of the number of dependency status, and whether the student lives at home or in MMC’s transfer credits awarded within the major. residence halls. iii. All transfer students must complete all Core and distribution require- ments as outlined in the Core and Shared Curriculum, even if in doing Types of Financial Aid so the total number of credits exceeds the 120 credits required for a Marymount Manhattan College degree. Transfer credits may be direct- The Office of Financial Aid awards aid in a package to eligible students; a ly applicable to these requirements. package is a combination of different kinds of assistance that includes iv. Students must complete a minimum of 60 credits at MMC to be eligi- scholarships, grants, loans and/or work-study. Refer to appendices for ble for academic honors at Commencement. charts of federal, State and institutional scholarships and grants.

NOTE: Transfer articulation agreements exist or are in progress between Scholarships and grants do not have to be repaid. They are available from Marymount Manhattan College and a wide range of institutions in the New many sources, including the federal government, state agencies, profes- York metropolitan region. For further information, please contact the sional and service organizations, private foundations, and MMC. Office of Admissions. Marymount Manhattan College is the final arbiter of transferability of credit. 1. Federal Pell Grant Federal Pell Grants help those students in most financial need. Financial Aid Congress sets the maximum Federal Pell grant annually. For 2005-06 the maximum grant is $4050 based on the student’s enrollment status. To assist students and parents to meet the cost of education, Financial Aid An ineligible student may be eligible for other federal aid. Counselors in the Center for Student Services provide guidance for all questions relating to the student’s financial aid. The College requires all 2. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) current and prospective students to apply for financial aid each academ- FSEOG helps students who show exceptional financial need. Priority is ic year. MMC awards financial aid to students who demonstrate financial given to Federal Pell Grant recipients. There is a limit to FSEOG funds. need and uses the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) as our financial aid application; MMC’s Federal School Code is 002769. 3. Federal Work-Study (FWS) The FWS program provides jobs for students in need of earnings to meet For financial aid consideration all students must file the FAFSA by the fol- a portion of their educational expenses. Students receive a specific lowing dates: for admission to the fall term: March 15; and for admission work-study allocation, which may not be exceeded, to indicate the total to the spring term: November 15. wages they are eligible to earn during their employment. Students can work up to 19.5 hours per week, the number of hours worked weekly is General Financial Aid Eligibility Requirements determined by the student’s schedule and the number of hours required by the employer. FWS students must be paid at least the federal mini- To be eligible for financial aid, students must: mum wage rate. Students must complete a FWS agreement and sub- • Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment, at least half time, in a degree mit all other required paperwork before their employment can begin. program; Federal Work-Study funds cannot be applied to a student’s account bal- • Be a U.S. citizen, national or permanent resident alien; ance. • Make satisfactory progress in their program of study; • If male, be registered with the Selective Service, if required; 4. Stafford Loans • Not have had her/his eligibility suspended or terminated due to a drug- Stafford Loans may be subsidized or unsubsidized. A subsidized loan related conviction; is a low interest loan on which the federal government pays the interest

1621 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 163

Admission and Financial Information

while the student remains enrolled in school at least half time. To be eli- Students placed on academic probation for failure to meet the standards gible for a subsidized loan, the student must demonstrate financial of progress may be entitled to campus based aid and federal aid during need. the probationary period. TAP sets different criteria for the determination of good academic standing and eligibility for TAP. Information is available An unsubsidized loan is one that the student borrower pays interest on from the Center for Student Services. Students not remaining on proba- while enrolled at least half time; students can choose to have the inter- tion after the prescribed period will lose their eligibility for aid. Refer to est capitalized (that is, have the interest added to the loan principal). appendices for Academic Standing Charts and Information. Unsubsidized loans provide assistance to students who may not have “need” but can benefit from access to a low-interest federal loan. The MMC Scholarships interest rate is variable, capped at 8.25%. Refer to appendices for loan limits. Freshman and transfer students can receive academic scholarships on the basis of academics. The College awards scholarships on the basis of 5. Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS): both academics and need, and any student might receive a combination The PLUS program is for the parents of dependent students. The max- of these scholarships. However, total scholarships may not exceed tuition imum a parent may borrow each year is limited to the difference between costs minus TAP and Federal Pell Grant. All students must file the FAFSA the students’ COA less other eligible financial aid. The variable interest each year for consideration for all institutional scholarships and grants and rate is adjusted annually, capped at 9%. Repayment begins within 60 all federal/state aid they are eligible to receive. days of the second disbursement of the loan. Interest begins to accrue Scholarship recipients whose averages drop below the GPA required for from the date the funds are made available by the lender. renewal will lose their MMC scholarships.

6. Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) Student Accounts TAP is New York State’s largest grant program, helping eligible New York residents to attend in-state post-secondary institutions. Awards Students who register for classes at MMC are responsible for satisfying all range from $275 to $5,000. Because TAP is a grant, it does not have to financial obligations by the designated payment dates. Payment dates are be paid back. MMC’s NYS TAP code is 0447. Refer to appendices for available each semester in the course bulletin. All students are bound by TAP Eligibility and Application Process. the payment due date (determined by your initial registration date) whether or not a computerized bill is received. 7. Aid for Part-time Study (APTS) The NYS APTS program provides grant assistance for eligible part-time Payment Options students enrolled in approved undergraduate studies. Awards provide up to $2,000 per year for part-time undergraduate study at participating Full Payment in Person institutions in New York State. An APTS award cannot exceed tuition Full payment may be made in person via cash, check, money order, or charges. For this program, part-time study means being enrolled for at credit card (VISA, MasterCard, Discover, American Express, or Debit Card) least 3 but less than 12 semester hours per semester. Refer to appen- at the Center for Student Services. dices for APTS Eligibility and Application Process. Full Payment by Mail 8. War Orphans or Armed Services Benefits Payments via mail must be received by the designated due date. Please Students who are dependents of a veteran who died or who is perma- include your social security number or student ID number on your check nently disabled as a result of military duty, are between the ages of 18 or money order and make it payable to MMC. It is not advisable to send and 26, and are enrolled on a full time basis may be eligible for educa- cash via the mail. Credit card authorizations by mail must include the tional benefits. cardholder’s signature as well as the billing address and zip code of the credit card holder (this may be different from the student’s mailing infor- 9. GI Educational Benefits mation). Mail payments to: MMC, Center for Student Services; 221 East Students may receive benefits if they have served over 181 days of 71 Street; New York, NY 10021. active duty, any part that occurred after January 31, 1955, or if they were discharged after that date inside of 181 days because of a dis- Monthly Payment Plan ability incurred while on active duty. The College sponsors Tuition Pay administered by Academic Management Services (AMS) for the purpose of administering monthly 10.Certificate Programs payment plans for the fall and spring semesters only. Plan details are Students enrolled in approved Certificate Programs are eligible for aid available online at http://www.TuitionPay.com. The toll free number is 1- in the form of loans only, provided they are registered at least half time. 800-635-0120. NOTE: Tuition Pay/AMS is not available for January and Summer sessions. Academic Standing & Financial Aid: Financial Aid Recipients Each college establishes and consistently applies standards of good aca- Only validated Financial Aid awards will appear on your bill. If there is a demic standing to all students who receive funds from Title IV programs discrepancy or aid is missing, please contact the Center for Student of financial assistance. This federal requirement is contained in Section Services. Balances not covered by financial aid must be paid by the des- 497(e) of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, and is meant to ignated due dates. In the event that the student receives aid after pay- ensure that only those students who make good progress toward their ment has been made, a refund will be issued according to financial aid degree objectives continue to receive financial assistance. Refer to appen- regulations and based on the existing credit on account. For additional dices for Policy regulating Return of Title IV Funds.. information, please refer to the section on Refund Policy.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1631 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 164

Admission and Financial Information

Third Party (Employer) Billing Student Activities Fee (full-time students) ...... 30.00 Students may submit third party vouchers in lieu of actual payment. All Student Activities Fee (part-time students) ...... 8.00 vouchers must be submitted with a third party billing application available at the Center for Student Services. All paperwork must be submitted by Housing Charges (per semester) the official payment deadline. MMC will only accept vouchers in lieu of 55th Street & De Hirsch Residences ...... 4,760.00 payment as long as the sponsoring agent assumes responsibility for pay- The “V” Residence...... 4,550.00 ment upon receiving an invoice from the College. Resident Student Meal Charge (per semester) Employee sponsored tuition reimbursement programs do not qualify as New students & students who entered in 04-05 ...... 1000.00 third party billing. If your company does not pay until the close of the Students who entered prior to 04-05 ...... 400.00 semester or until successful completion of classes, you do not qualify for Miscellaneous Fees this option. In such cases, the student may have to pay tuition and fees Admission Application Fee ...... 60.00 and seek reimbursement through the corporate sponsor. Audit Fee, per credit ...... 282.00 Audit Fee, per credit, alumni (non-refundable)...... 141.00 Electronic Payment Audit Fee, per credit, senior citizens (non-refundable) ...... 245.00 Wire transfers to the bank account listed below will be accepted as pay- Certificate Fee...... 50.00 ment. To ensure proper crediting of your account, please include the stu- Change of Program Fee ...... 30.00 dent name and ID number on any correspondence. Graduation Filing Fee ...... 175.00 Health Insurance Fee (annual plan) ...... 660.00 Bank Routing Number (ABA): 021-0000-2 Health Insurance Fee (Spring only plan)...... 386.00 Bank Account Number: 616002238 Late Payment Fee...... 100.00 Bank Name: JP Morgan Chase Late Registration Fee ...... 100.00 55 Water Street Bad Check Fee ...... 50.00 New York, NY 10041 Special Course Fees ...... Vary*

Additional Notes Regarding Payment Note: Certain courses carry additional lab or course fees that are noted in MMC accepts personal checks as payment of tuition and fees. The the semester class bulletin next to each course section. College charges a fee of $50 for each check returned unpaid by the bank. The College reserves the right to exclude the use of personal checks and Deposits may require payment by certified check or money order if an account is Tuition Deposit (newly admitted students)...... 200.00 more than 90 days in arrears. Housing Deposit (due with housing application) ...... 500.00 Housing Damage Deposit (due with housing application). . . . . 250.00 Students in arrears to the College cannot obtain academic transcripts nor register for additional semesters until all prior balances are paid in full. Please refer to the version of the College Web site (www.mmm.edu) for Payments received for new enrollments will be applied to any outstanding the most up-to-date information about programmatic and administra- balance due. tive matters.

Delinquency of outstanding balances, including those from payment Tuition Cancellation Policy plans, financial aid reductions, or third party billings, are subject to collec- An official withdrawl from any or all classes does not always entitle a stu- tion by the College or its designated agents. There is no statute of limita- dent to a refund of tuition and fees paid or a reduction of costs incurred. tions for outstanding financial obligations to the College. Student accounts that are sent to a collection agency may be subject to addition- It is important to note that the College assesses charges and cancellations al collection costs. based upon tuition commitments for the full semester. The effective date of withdrawal and cancellation, if any, will be the date when a student files Tuition and Fees (Subject to change) a formal application with the Center for Student Services. Please note that all rates listed below are in effect beginning September 2005 through June 2006. All published rates may be subject to change at Students receiving financial aid who withdraw from school completely will the discretion of the College. have their tuition liability calculated based on the federal formula for Title IV withdrawals. Students using payment plans or receiving financial aid Tuition are responsible for completing all payments if a balance exists after can- Full-time (12 - 15 credits) ...... 8,843.00 cellation of tuition. Please note that all fees are non-refundable after the Part-time per credit rate ...... 564.00 first day of the semester and only tuition will be cancelled according to the Per credit rate in excess of 15 credits ...... 564.00 following schedule: 1/2 credit charge...... 282.00

Mandatory Fees per Semester (Non-refundable) Library Usage Fee ...... 140.00 Technology Usage Fee ...... 140.00 Registration Fee - (full-time students) ...... 112.00 Registration Fee - (part-time students) ...... 84.00 Registration Fee - (short session)...... 84.00

1641 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 165

Admission and Financial Information

Tuition Cancellation Schedule Refund Policy Students with credit balances resulting from excess financial aid funds, Fall and Spring Sessions (based on a 15 week term) tuition cancellations, etc., will receive a refund check via mail within 14 Time of withdrawal ...... % of Cancellation days from the date of processing. The Center for Student Services mails On or before term start date ...... full cancellation checks to the permanent home address on file unless notified by written During the first week of term ...... 75 % instruction from the student. Students may request to apply their credit During the second week...... 50% balance to future semester charges by completing the appropriate author- During the third week...... 25% ization form at the Center for Student Services. During & after the fourth week...... 0% If a student’s registration status changes and he/she is a recipient of finan- Summer Sessions (based on a five or six week term) cial aid funds, a Financial Aid Counselor will review the student’s record If you withdraw...... % of Cancellation before issuing a refund. A parent will receive credit balances resulting On or before term start date ...... full cancellation from the disbursement of Parent Plus Loans unless written instruction is During the first week of term ...... 75 % submitted to the Center for Student Services by the parent authorizing the During the second week...... 25 % student to receive the funds. During & after the third week...... 0% PLEASE NOTE January Session (based on terms shorter than five weeks) The College reserves the right to change the programs, requirements, If you withdraw...... % of Cancellation policies and other provisions set forth in this catalogue, as it deems nec- On or before term start date ...... full cancellation essary. During the first week of term ...... 25 % During & after the second week ...... 0% Every student, regardless of his/her date of admission to the College, is subject to compliance with new policies or procedures. Changes in poli- Housing and Meal Plan Cancellation Schedule cies or procedures will be posted on the College website. Courses and programs described in the Catalogue are subject to change Fall and Spring Sessions (based on a 15 week term) through normal academic channels. New courses and changes in exist- Time of withdrawal...... % of cancellation ing programs are initiated by the sponsoring departments and divisions On or before term start date...... 75% housing and 85% of and approved by the Curriculum Committee and the Academic Vice ...... remaining balance of meal plan President. Students are subject to program requirements in effect at the During the first week of term ...... 0% housing and 85% of time of their admission or readmission to the College; however, upon the ...... remaining balance of meal plan recommendation of his/her faculty advisor, a student may choose to After the first week of term ...... 0% housing and 50% of complete more recent program requirements, should these be better ...... remaining balance of meal plan suited to the student’s professional and career goals. Additions and/or changes to the curriculum are published in the catalogue that is printed Summer and January Sessions subsequent to the approved change, in addition to the College website. If you withdraw ...... % of cancellation On or before term start date...... 50% Please refer to the version of the catalogue that appears on the College After first day...... 0% website at www.mmm.edu for the most up-to-date information about programmatic and administrative matters.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1651 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 166

AcademicFacilities and Departments Resource Centers

Marymount Manhattan College is centrally located in contain therapy rooms equipped with a state of the art closed circuit Manhattan at 221 East 71 Street between Second and Third audio/visual system to maximize teaching and learning opportunities. Avenues, near bus and subway lines. Facilities are accessible The Center has new soundproof rooms that house the audiology and to physically handicapped students. The College has the fol- speech science labs. The Center is located on the seventh floor of the lowing Academic Facilities and Resource Centers. Main Building in the Departments of Communication Sciences and Disorders and Psychology. The Program for Academic Access is located Main Building within this center as well. The Main Building houses classrooms, administrative and faculty offices, art, photography, theatre, and dance studios, new state-of-the-art science Joseph C. Nugent Building labs, the Academic and Administrative computer centers, a chapel, a din- Adjoining the Main Building is the Joseph C. Nugent Building, opened in ing room, the art gallery and a formal meeting and reception room. September 1974. This facility houses classrooms, administrative and fac- ulty offices and specialized laboratories, including: the Center for Student Hewitt Gallery of Art Services, the Nugent Lounge, the Theresa Lang Theatre, the Thomas J. The Hewitt Gallery of Art, located in the main esplanade and adjacent Shanahan Library/Media Center, the Writing Center, the Center for black and white galleries in the Main and Nugent Buildings, is a highly rec- Academic Advancement, the Theresa Lang Center for Producing, WMMC ognized showcase gallery that offers both well-known and emerging Radio and WMMC-TV. artists an opportunity for exposure within the art world and the MMC com- munity. Works reflecting a wide range of concerns, styles and media, such The Center for Student Services as painting, drawing, photography, sculpture, video, and multimedia The Center for Student Services (CSS) provides a single location (Nugent, installations are exhibited on a regular basis throughout the year. The lower level) for students to conduct the business transactions necessary Gallery allows our students the opportunity to engage in an ongoing dia- to completing a degree: participating in academic advisement, registering logue with contemporary art and artists, as many of the exhibitors are for classes, applying for financial aid and paying bills. The design of the guest presenters in our art department classes in both studio and art his- Center allows for a seamless sequence of interactions with key personnel tory. Hundreds of artists, critics, collectors, and curators visit the gallery trained to answer questions and resolve administrative matters. each year, and the visibility of innovative and challenging works of art throughout the College plays an important role in expanding the creative The Theresa Lang Theatre horizons of MMC students. Through internships and curatorial studies, The Theresa Lang Theatre affords students training and work experience students have the opportunity to participate directly in a professional in a professionally equipped facility, while also serving as a performance gallery environment. space for professional music, dance, opera and theatre companies. Through student and professional performances, master classes and The Regina S. Peruggi Mezzanine open rehearsals, students can view a wide range of events from The Mezzanine, named in honor of the College’s sixth President, is locat- Restoration comedy to Caribbean dance. Forums about the American ed on the second floor of the Main building and serves as a formal meet- theatre are held with such theatre professionals as Stephen Sondheim, ing and reception space. John Guare, Wendy Wasserstein, George C. Wolfe and Harold Prince. The Lang Theatre is the primary venue for exhibiting the work of students in Technology Enhanced Classrooms the Dance and Theatre programs. The College maintains two technology enhanced classrooms (computer labs) on the fourth floor of the Main building, which serving as resource The Nugent Lounge centers for students and faculty. The 44 Intel-based workstations are The Nugent Lounge, located on the first floor of the Nugent Building is a used for instructional purposes; however, open lab hours allow for student lounge, equipped with computer stations for students wishing to unscheduled use by members of the community. The labs are open seven work, as well as with comfortable furniture for relaxation and social days a week. An additional ten computers are available in the Nugent exchange. The Lounge also houses Java City, a cafÈ serving beverages Lounge and 18 hardwire computers and 100 wireless laptops are available and light snacks. in the Library. The Thomas J. Shanahan Library and Media Center The Chapel The Thomas J. Shanahan Library offers facilities, resources, and services The Chapel, on the 4th floor of Main, offers a quiet place for reflection and in support of the instructional and cultural programs of the College. The is used to conduct various services throughout the year. Library is dedicated to providing information and instruction as a central and integral part of the total educational experience of every student. The Samuel Freeman Science Center The Samuel Freeman Science Center for Science Education, dedicated in Its collection of 85,000 books, 4000 videos and CDs, 735 periodical sub- 1997, with new biology, chemistry and physics laboratories, helps position scriptions, and over fifty electronic databases (available via remote MMC to respond to projected growth in research and to enhance the edu- access) is easily accessible to both students and faculty. Nowhere is the cational experience of all students. College’s commitment to new technological learning resources more visi- ble than in the Library. The library system, Voyager, has many advanced The Ruth Smadbeck Communication and Learning Center features that allow its users to go directly to e-books and full-text journals. The Ruth Smadbeck Communication and Learning Center is a valuable Voyager also enables its users to simultaneously search the catalogues of educational asset that provides on-site supervision and training for stu- 15 other local colleges along with MMC’s own catalog. Both the new cat- dents in Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology. Such training is not alogue and 50 full-text databases are accessible through MMC’s Web usually available at the undergraduate level. The newly designed facilities pages on the Internet. In the past year the library has significantly

1661 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 167

AcademicFacilities and Departments Resource Centers

increased its e-book collection, and now offers over 4000 e-books that are The Library staff is available to provide individual assistance and instruc- directly accessible through MaMaCat, the library’s online catalogue. tion in the use of library resources. The Library’s active participation in the formal instruction of library research methods provides students in the During the summer of 2001 the library underwent major renovations to First Year Mentoring 101, and Writing Seminar II, and other research-relat- provide comfortable and attractive space for students to study and to pre- ed courses with necessary assistance. Tours, orientation talks, and spe- pare for a wireless computer environment that would allow over 100 stu- cialized lectures and workshops are available upon request. dents to use laptop computers. The renovation was very successful, evi- denced by the increasing number of students using the library. Library Membership is available to the community through MMC’s Friends of the Library Program. Alumnae receive borrowing privileges as part of Now in its fifth year, the laptop program continues successfully. The Dell their membership in the Alumni Association. computers feature Microsoft components such as, Excel, PowerPoint, Word, and Internet capability. Printing and copying is available in two During the fall and spring semesters the Library/Media Center is open areas in the library. from 8:00 a.m. until 10:00 p.m. Monday through Thursday; 8:00 a.m. until 7:00 p.m. on Friday; 11:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. on Saturday; and from noon The Library’s collections span a broad spectrum of subjects, from the until 6:00 p.m. on Sunday. The library extends its hours during exam peri- classical to the contemporary and are available in various formats acces- ods. The Library/Media Center operates on a slightly reduced schedule sible outside the Library. Over the past few years, faculty suggestions during the January and summer sessions. (Check current postings and have helped to develop the collections in the arts, sciences, women’s library Web site for specific times.) studies, business and communications The Library receives an annual grant from the State of New York specifically for collection development. The Writing Center Over the next few years the Library plans to increase the number of e-jour- The Writing Center opened in February 1995 (on the third floor of the nals while at the same time adding hard copy editions of critical literature Thomas J. Shanahan Library); it encourages the craft of writing through and scholarship in the humanities. instruction, programs, and user-friendly facilities. Its resources include a literary library, publications, audio and video archives and a number of Located on the second and third floors of the Nugent building, the writing carrels with personal computers. The Writing Center also features Library’s main circulation, reserves and reference services are available on many unique events: courses and workshops including the Best Selling the second floor. Articles placed on reserve are available electronically Authors Series with authors such as Tom Wolfe, William Styron, Dominick through the Blackboard system. Also, the second floor houses an exten- Dunne, Gloria Steinem and others; monthly workshops celebrating differ- sive reference collection, a large study space, a computerized research ent heritages and various aspects of the writing business; fifteen courses area, a microform and printing/copying center, and the Media Center. The in creative writing and journalism taught by professional writers and edi- circulating collection twenty PCs, a printing/copying center, large study tors, such as ìFind Your Literary Voiceî with William Zinsser, or ìFiction areas, and the MMC archives are housed on the third floor. Writingî with Grace Edwards; and the annual Writers’ Conference - a full day of informative panel discussions along with a celebrated keynote In addition to its own archives, MMC houses the archives of alumna speaker. Writers of every level may receive expert assistance from authors Geraldine Ferraro, the first woman to run for Vice President of the United such as Director Lewis Burke Frumkes, members of the MMC faculty and States on a major political ticket. Recently, the college received the the Center staff. papers of William Harris, a noted dance and theatre critic, and the person- al papers of Ethel and George Martin, noted Broadway choreographers. The Center for Academic Advancement Located in Nugent 451 and 462, the Center for Academic Advancement The Media Center houses an extensive videotape library, an audiotape has three primary functions – providing tutoring for all Marymount collection, interactive multimedia CD-ROMs, and over 1000 DVDs. It also Manhattan students, conducting courses for students with developmental provides audiovisual hardware including, CD and DVD players; slide pro- and/or ESL needs and offering placement tests for incoming students. jectors; 16mm film projectors; VHS VCRs; and DVD players. The Media Center recently purchased four flat monitors for student viewing and The Center’s academic support services offer students tutorial assistance acquired the Criterion Collection, a critically acclaimed set of 500 major in all academic subjects. The Center prides itself on providing one-on- foreign and domestic films. one support for every student in need. For students who need the oppor- tunity to reinforce their skills in reading comprehension, vocabulary and With the support of a Mellon Grant, the library installed an IPTV system on grammar proficiency, and basic writing, the Center provides courses in the local college system. This LAN enables students and staff to view these subject areas. Performance on placement exams determines enroll- videos, workshops, and presentations from any computer in the network. ment in these courses; Center staff administer and evaluate the exams. Faculty members have been placing reserve items on the IPTV network so It is the mission of the Center to provide these services in any reasonable students can view videos on their laptops. manner in order to secure student futures; its main objective is to assure each student who passes through our doors that he/she can and will suc- In addition to the collections of the Thomas J. Shanahan Library, MMC students ceed in college. and faculty have access to the resources of some of the world’s greatest research libraries located in New York City and in the surrounding suburbs. MMC students and faculty may access these resources through a variety of cooperative and resource sharing programs that the Library participates in, including METRO, WALDO, and OCLC. Library staff members are available to help with searches, to secure interlibrary loans, and to deliver research documents for free, or at minimal cost to users.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1671 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 168

AcademicFacilities and Departments Resource Centers

Technology Enhanced (TEC’s) and Workstation Equipped (WEC’s) Residence Halls Classrooms Students are likely to have classes in one of many Technology-Enhanced The College maintains residence facilities to house approximately 650 stu- Classrooms (TECs) including Main 509 and Nugent 558. In addition, all dents at the following locations: classrooms on Nugent 4 contain state of the art instructional technology, including student access to the network in a wireless environment. The 55th Street Residence, located on East 55th Street between 2nd Other classes are held in Workstation-Equipped Classrooms (WECs); and 3rd Avenues; these include Main 410 and Main 411, each equipped with 22 Intel-based computer workstations. Nugent 556 and Nugent 559 each have 11 The De Hirsch Residence, located on East 92nd Street between 2nd Macintosh workstations. and 3rd Avenues;

The Theresa Lang Center for Producing The “V” located on East 47th Street between 2nd and 3rd Avenues. The Theresa Lang Center for Producing extends education in the liberal arts into the pre-professional arena, making connections to New York City’s exciting internship experiences, and providing students with the knowledge and skills they need to become creative leaders in the media industries. The Center comprises an experimental video studio, digital sound design and graphic design rooms, a suite of non-linear digital video editing rooms and a digital media lab, where students publish their work on a Web server, and broadcast programming over the Internet. Macintosh workstations run a broad array of industry standard software including, Maya for 3-D design, Pro-Tools for sound design, and Final Cut Pro for video editing. Ancillary equipment includes digital video cam- corders and mini-disc recorders.

Institutional Information

Crime Statistics Family Education Right to Privacy Act (FERPA) The College is obliged under federal law annually to report any instance of The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 exists to protect certain criminal offenses that may have occurred during the previous aca- the privacy of the educational record of college students. The College is demic year. Accordingly, the following statistics are provided for the not allowed to release any information to parents, guardians, or any other 2004-2005 year: party concerning a student’s educational record or disciplinary proceed- ings without the written consent of the student. The College’s policy with Rape None regard to this act can be read in detail in the MMC Student Handbook. Robbery None Aggravated assault None HIV/AIDS Policy Burglary 1 MMC does not discriminate on the grounds that a student has or is Motor vehicle theft None believed to have AIDS or to have tested positive for the HIV virus. This Arrests for: policy applies to all departments and divisions of the College. Liquor law violations None Drug abuse violations None Religious Observance Weapons possessions None It is the policy of the College to respect its members’ observance of their major religious holidays. Administrators and instructors responsible for PLEASE REMEMBER THAT THESE NUMBERS ONLY REFLECT CRIMES the scheduling of required academic activities or essential services are THAT ARE REPORTED TO OFFICIALS AT THE COLLEGE. Current year expected to avoid conflict with such holidays as much as possible. Such crime statistics are available to all students, visitors, guest, and potential activities include examinations, registration, and various deadlines that are students at the security desk located at the main entrance to the building. a part of the Academic Calendar. When scheduling conflicts prove unavoidable, no student will be penalized for absence due to religious rea- Equal Opportunity/Nondiscrimination Policy sons, and alternative means will be sought for satisfying the academic MMC policy prohibits discrimination on the basis of race, color, national or requirements involved. If a suitable arrangement cannot be worked out ethnic origin, religion, age, disability, veteran status or other basis prohib- between the student and the instructor involved, students and instructors ited by law. This policy extends to all rights, privileges, programs, and should consult the appropriate Chair or Director. If an additional appeal is activities including admissions, employment, financial assistance, educa- needed, it may be taken to the Vice President for Academic Affairs. tional and athletic programs, and is required by federal law, including Title IX of the Educational Amendments of 1972, and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the regulations there under. Inquiries con- cerning the application of these laws to MMC should be addressed to the Director of Human Resources, 221 East 71st Street, New York, New York 10021, (212) 517-0532. The Compliance Coordinator under Section 504 Legislation, and the Coordinator of Affirmative Action is Christina Flanagan (212)-517-0532.

1681 Marymount Manhattan College MMC CatalogInside003868/5/0512:02PMPage169

Directories MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 170

Board of Trustees

Officers

Anna Hayes Levin Chair of the Board

Barbara McIntyre Hack ’73 Secretary of the Board Alumna; Attorney at Law

Lyn Andrews Ginger Lyons de Neufville ’70 Media Consultant Alumna; Executive Director, Mount Auburn Cambridge Independent Practice Association Rita Arthur, RSHM, Ph.D. Study Abroad Consultant Carolyn Makinson, Ph.D. Marymount College of Fordham University Executive Director, Women’s Commission for Refugee Women and Children Richard S. Berry Member, Zuberry Associates, LLC Louis A. Martarano

Gloria Spinelli Bohan ’63 Catherine Mary Patten, RSHM, Ph.D. Alumna; President, Omega World Travel Coordinator, Catholic Common Ground Initiative, National Pastoral Life Center Judith M. Carson ’03 Alumna John Ravitz Executive Director, Edgar Eisner New York City Board of Elections

Anne C. Flannery, Esq. ‘73 Judson R. Shaver, Ph.D. Alumna; First Vice President & President, Marymount Manhattan College General Counsel Global Regulatory Affairs Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc. Kathleen G. Strickland Founder and Chairman, Marsha A. Hewitt ’67 The Strickland Group Alumna; Former Attorney Angela E. Vallot Ellen Marie Keane, RSHM, Ph.D. Principal, AV Consulting Associate Professor of Philosophy, Marymount College of Fordham University Erwin A. Zeuschner Senior Partner, David J. Greene & Co. Theresa Lang ‘97 Alumna William Edwards Murray, Esq. Trustee Emeritus

1701 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 171

Administrative Directory

Office of the President Rekha Swami, B.A. Judson R. Shaver, Ph.D. Administrative Assistant President, Marymount Manhattan College Zinovia Abatzis, B.S. Marilyn Mills, B.A. Laboratory Supervisor Administrative Assistant Social Sciences Kenton Worcester, Ph.D., Chair DIVISION OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS OFFICE OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS Michael Backus, M.S.A. Administrative Assistant II Dawn R. Weber, Ph.D. Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College THOMAS J. SHANAHAN LIBRARY Marguerita J. Grecco, Ph.D. Associate Dean for Academic Affairs Donna Hurwitz, M.A., M.L.S. Director of the Library Judith Slisz, M.B.A., M.A. Assistant Dean for Academic Affairs Henry Blanke, M.A., M.L.S. Reference Librarian Elaine Vukov, M.A. Director of Summer/Winter Programs and Study Abroad Tammy Wofsey, M.L.S. Reference Librarian Yvonne Erazo, B.A. Assistant to the Vice President for Academic Affairs Brian Rocco M.L.S. Technical Librarian Madeline Waldron Administrative Assistant Kunchog Dolma, M.A., M.L.S. Serials Librarian Colleen Cariello, B.A. Administrative Assistant Mary Brown, Ph.D. Archivist and Bibliographer ACADEMIC DIVISIONS Jordan Horsley, B.A. Coordinator of Media Center Accounting and Business Management Eileen A. Tynan, Ph.D., Chair David Fults B.A. Circulation Supervisor Carmen Jackman-Torres, B.A. Administrative Assistant CENTER FOR ACADEMIC ADVANCEMENT Fine and Performing Arts Mary R. Fleischer, Ph.D., Chair Paul Simpson, M.A. Assistant Director of Academic Advancement Hally Gutman, B.F.A. Administrative Assistant, FAPA & Theatre James Scagliola, M.A. Director of Higher Ed Opportunity Program Ross Chappell, M.A. Operations Director for FAPA Allen Francis, B.A. Coordinator Jennifer Spenner, B.F.A. Administrative Assistant, Dance Ana Leyva, B.A. Secretary Humanities David S. Linton, Ph.D., Chair OFFICE OF CONTINUING EDUCATION

Eleanor Bazzini Denise Ward, M.B.A. Administrative Assistant Associate Dean for Continuing Education

Sciences Steve DeMaio, M.A. Ann D. Jablon, Ph.D., Chair Director of English As a Second Language Program

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1711 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 172

Administrative Directory

Ramona Holman, B.S. Rosemary Ampuero M.A. Accountant Director of Student Activities

Robert Sherrill, M.B.A. Jennifer Chappell Clerk Administrative Assistant

Selma Henandez OFFICE OF RESIDENCE LIFE Administrative Assistant Misty Beasley, B.S. THE THERESA LANG THEATRE Director of Residence Life J. William Bordeau, M.A. Artistic Director Maran Kajfez B.S. Resident Director Mary R. Fleischer, Ph.D. Managing Director CAMPUS MINISTRY

Ray Recht, M.F.A. Virginia Dorgan, R.S.H.M. Resident Designer Director of Campus Ministry

Robert Dutiel, M.F.A. COUNSELING Technical Director Gayle Brodzki, Ph.D. Ross Chappell, M.A. Counselor Operations Director for FAPA Jacqueline Bonomo, Ph.D. Hally Gutman, B.F.A. Assistant Director, Program for Academic Access Administrative Assistant OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS THE HEWITT GALLERY OF ART Jim Rogers M.B.A. Millie Burns, B.A. Dean of Admissions Director Lisa Velez, B.A. THE THERESA LANG CENTER FOR PRODUCING Assistant Director Alister Sanderson, Ph.D. Director Nakimuli Torkornoo, M.A. Director of New Student Advisement THE RUTH SMADBECK COMMUNICATION AND LEARNING CENTER Krzysztof Zaba Linda Carozza, Ph.D., C.C.C./S.L.P. Director of International Students and Multicultural Programs Director Taren Hastings, B.F.A. THE WRITING CENTER Admissions Counselor Lewis Burke Frumkes, M.A. Director William Richards IV, B.A. Admissions Counselor

Judy Figueroa Khan B.A DIVISION OF STUDENT AFFAIRS AND ENROLLMENT Adult Counselor/Corporate Recruiter MANAGEMENT Lee Savage, B.A. vacant Office Manager Vice President for Student Affairs and Enrollment Management Catherine Henson, B.A. Tatum Thomas, Data Entry Clerk Assistant to the Vice President for Student Affairs

OFFICE OF STUDENT AFFAIRS Ron Jackson, M.A. Dean of Students

1721 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 173

Administrative Directory

CENTER FOR STUDENT SERVICES Anayansi Duff, B.S. Student Service Representative Advisement Michael Salmon, M.Sc. Joy Kenner, A. A. S. Director of Academic Advisement Student Service Representative

Lisa Moalem B.A. Raquel Morales, M.S. Academic Advisor Student Service Representative

Heather Wotton, M.S. Sheila Richardson Academic Advisor Student Service Representative

Marissa Higgins, B.A. Mary White Administrative Assisttant Student Service Representative

Registrar Luz Torres, B.A. DIVISION OF ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE Registrar Paul Ciraulo, B.A. Vice President for Administration and Finance Ruth Falconer, A.A.S. Associate Registrar Mary Kay Jeynes. B.S. Coordinator, Special Events Financial Services Maria DeInnocentiis, M.S. Melissa Wiener Director of Student Financial Services Administrative Assistant to the Vice President for Administration and Finance

Evelyn Disla, M.S. OFFICE OF FINANCE Associate Director of Financial Aid Wayne Santucci, M.B.A. Associate Vice President, Administration and Finance & Controller Farah Burnett, B.A. Assistant Director of Financial Aid Menal Menasha, B.S. Assistant Controller Rosanna Rivera, B.S. Financial Aid Technical Advisor Robert Alexander, B.B.A. Senior Financial Analyst Christina Rosado Financial Aid Counselor Erica Fazio, M.B.A. Budget Analyst Rosa Smith B.A. Financial Aid Counselor Ngan Man Ng, B.S. Staff Accountant Fanny Perez Assistant Director of Student Accounts Christian Rubio, B.S. Payroll Coordinator Laura Tempesta B.A. Student Accounts Counselor Azeena Melissa Mohammed Accounts Payable Clerk Career Development Diana Nash, M.A. Gina Marie Jones, B.S. Director of Career Development and Internships Office Assistant Susan Ach, M.S. Career Counselor OFFICE OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Patricia Hansen Student Services Staff Director of Information Technology Jason Koth, B.A. Coordinator of Student Services Center Peter Travaglione, B.S. Sr. System Programmer Developer Vernell Bolar, A. A.S. Student Service Representative

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1731 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 174

AcademicAdministrative Departments Directory

James Shan, M.S. OFFICE OF HUMAN RESOURCES Systems Manager Christina Flanagan, B.S. Director of Human Resources John Walter, B.S. Director of Systems Application Kevin Ng, B.A. HRIS/Benefits Manager Jogy Vathappallil, B.S. Assistant Director for Client Services Maria Arone M.A, M.S Assistant Director of Human Resources Anthony Hardy, A. A. S. Network/Telecom Support Technician DIVISION OF INSTITUTIONAL ADVANCEMENT Margaret Dwyer Minson, M.S. Michael Roberts Vice President for Institutional Advancement Programmer/Colleague User Support Specialist

Jean Wilhelm B.A. Luciano Mazzella Director of Corporations, Foundations and Planned Giving Systems Administrator

Helen Shirah Caughman, B.S.L.A. Christopher McCrank Director of External Affairs Telecommunication Supervisor

Erin Sauer, B.A. Stephen Roman Director of Publications and Communications Jr. Technician

Claire Sullivan, B.A. Marie Joseph Director of Alumni Relations Switchboard Operator

Eleni Daniels. B.A. OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATION Manager of Annual Fund Security Richard Barbakoff Sara Mayeux, B.A. Director Alumni Relations Assistant

Joseph Jenkins Fania Tavarez, B.A. Assistant Director Assistant to the Vice President for Institutional Advancement

PURCHASING Maria Marzano, B.S. DIVISION OF INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH AND Director of Administrative Services PLANNING Jose Irizarry Peter H. Baker, M.A. Purchasing Coordinator Vice President for Institutional Research and Planning

Jason Marrero Matthew Berlyant, M.A. Mailroom Coordinator Research Associate

174 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 175

Adjunct Faculty

In addition to our esteemed full-time faculty, the College employs many Seth Nathan Baumrin exceptional part-time faculty members, who are experts in their respective Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication Arts fields and whose knowledge and backgrounds add breadth and depth to B.A., Hunter College of the City University of New York our programs. Part-time faculty are valued members of the MMC com- B.A., Washington College munity and provide invaluable support to our students and to the accom- M.F.A., Brooklyn College of the City University of New York plishment of our goals. M.Phil., Graduate School and University Center/City University of New York Ph.D., Graduate School and University Center Robin Adam The City University of New York Adjunct Instructor in Speech-Language Pathology/Audiology B.A., University of Miami Cheryl D. Belsky M.A., Hunter College of The City University of New York Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Management B.A., Barnard College Reba Adler M.A., Columbia University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Dance M.A., Johns Hopkins University B.A., Oberlin Conservatory M.A.T., Johns Hopkins University Ph.D., New York University Ph.D., Columbia University

Patricia Agnello John Benton Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Management Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication Arts B.A., Marymount Manhattan College B.F.A., Art Institute of Chicago M.B.A., Adelphi University M.P.S., New York University J.D., St. John’s University School of Law Andrew Beran Doree Albritton Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics Adjunct Instructor in Professor of Art B.A., New York University B.F.A., Auburn University M.A., New York University

Roy (Rosario) Amato Kristina Berger Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Management Adjunct Instructor in Dance B.A., Williams Peterson University B.A., The American University M.B.A., Columbia University Ph.D., California School of Professional Psychology Sue Bernhard Adjunct Instructor in Dance Sylvie Arnaud B.F.A., State University of New York, College at Purchase Adjunct Instructor in French Former Dancer, Jose Limon Dance Company B.A., University of Nice, France M.A., University of Nice, France M. Romana Bertolotti Adjunct Instructor in Communication Arts Robert Atwood B.A., Marymount Manhattan College Adjunct Assistant Professor of Dance M.A., New York University B.A., Haverford College M.F.A., Florida State University Amit Kumar Bhattacharyya Adjunct Assistant Professor of International Studies Craig Banholzer B.A., University of Calcutta Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art LLB, University of Calcutta B.A., Indiana University M.A., Northeastern University M.F.A., New York Academy of Art Ph.D., Brown University

Susan Shapiro Barash Robert Biolsi Adjunct Instructor in English Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Management B.A., Sarah Lawrence College B.A., St. John’s University M.A., New York University M.B.A., St. John’s University

Sheila Barker Brondi Borer Adjunct Instructor in Dance Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking B.F.A., City College of the City University of New York B.A., George Washington University J.D., Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law Rob Barron Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Rachel Brandoff B.F.A., Brown University Adjunct Instructor in Psychology M.F.A., Yale University B.A., University of Maryland M.A., Lesley University, Cambridge, MA

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1751 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 176

Adjunct Faculty

Joe W. Bratcher III Quentin Chiappetta Adjunct Assistant Professor in Critical Thinking Adjunct Instructor in Dance B.A., Tulane University B.M., Eastman School of Music M.A., University of Texas at Austin B.A., Interlochen Arts Academy Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin Cheryl E. Clark Mary E. Brown Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts Adjunct Assistant Professor of History B.A., Hunter College of The City University of New York B.A., University of Virginia C.M.A., Laban/Bartenieff Institute of Movement Studies M.A., Columbia University M.Phil., Columbia University Elena Comendador Ph.D., Columbia University Adjunct Instructor in Dance Former member: Maggie Bruen Connecticut Ballet Theater & Joyce Trisler Dance Company Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication Arts Co-Director, Alvin Ailey American Dance Center, Junior Division B.F.A., School of Visual Arts M.F.A., Columbia University Margaret M. Condron Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry Rebecca Buchanan B.S., Loyola University Adjunct Instructor in Religious Studies M.B.A., University of Pittsburgh B.A., Gonzaga University Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic University M.A., Gonzaga University M.A., Fordham University Donna Cornachio Adjunct Instructor in Communication Arts Anne Buddenhagen B.A., New York University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology M.S., Columbia University Graduate School of Journalism B.A., Hofstra University M.A., Boston University Gary Counsil Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking Dave Anthony Burke B.A., University of Colorado Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art M.A., Antioch New England Graduate School B.A., Central Connecticut State University M.F.A., Brandeis University Donna Cribari Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music Janet A. Burroughs B.A., Marymount College Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking M.Mus.Ed, Duquesne University B.A., Marymount Manhattan College M.A., Columbia University Michele M. Cuomo Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Armando Candal B.A., The College of New Rochelle Adjunct Instructor in English M.F.A., The Ohio State University B.A., Queens College of The City University of New York Roger Danforth Larry Carpenter Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts B.A., Western Michigan University B.F.A., Boston University M.F.A., Florida State University M.A., Gallantin School, New York University Patrick Daugherty Joao M. Carvalho Adjunct Instructor in Dance Adjunct Instructor in Dance B.A., University of Illinois, Champagne Urbana B.S., Sao Paulo University Former member of the Paul Taylor Dance Company Matthew Ethan Davis Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Pat Catterson B.F.A., Tisch School of the Arts, New York University Adjunct Instructor in Dance M.F.A., Tisch School of the Arts, New York Univesity B.A., Northwestern University M.A., Hunter College of the City University of New York Professional Choreographer Mary Elizabeth Dee Ross Chappell Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts B.A., State University of New York, College at Stonybrook B.A., Carson-Newman College M.A., State University of New York, College at Stonybrook M.A., University of Montevallo

1761 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 177

Adjunct Faculty

Dan Diggles Nancy Frieden Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Adjunct Assistant Professor of History B.A., University of Notre Dame, South Bend B.A., Wellesley College M.F.A., Catholic University M.A., University of Chicago J.D., New York University Edward Doherty Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center Adjunct Assistant Professor of History The City University of New York B.A., University of Wisconsin Ph.D., The City University of New York Graduate Center Nancy Friedemann Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art Jeffrey Doig-Marx B.F.A., Otis Art Institute, Los Angeles, CA Adjunct Instructor in Dance M.F.A. New York University, Artistic Director, The Mantis Project Lewis B. Frumkes Ezzat F. El-Akkad Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., New York University B.S., Ain-Shams University, Cairo M.A., New York University M.S., Al-Azhar University, Cairo Ph.D., Cairo University Lynn Glauber Adjunct Instructor in Dance Jacques Jean F. Emile Former Dancer, The Bejart Ballet of The Twentieth Century Adjunct Instructor in Dance and Joffrey Ballet Former Dancer, Netherlands Dance Theater, Compania Nacional de Danza and Donald Byrd/The Group Marcyanne Goldman Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Emily Epstein B.S., Emerson College Adjunct Instructor in Speech Language Pathology/Audiology M.F.A., University of Alberta B.A., Emerson College M.A. Hunter College Elizabeth Greenman Adjunct Assistant Professor of Dance Karen Evans B.A., Williams College Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy M.F.A., University of California, Los Angeles B.A., University of Pittsburgh Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center Sherry S. Hanson The City University of New York Adjunct Instructor in Biology B.S., New York University Gordon Farrell M.S., New York Institute of Technology Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts B.F.A., United States International University, San Diego Valerie Harris M.F.A., Yale University Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking B.A., University of Buffalo Sofia Fasos M.F.A., Florida State University Adjunct Instrcutor in Communication Arts B.A., Queens College of the City University of New York Melissa Hart M.A., New York University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts B.S., Northwestern University Michelle Ferranti M.F.A., Florida Atlantic Unviversity Adjunct Instructor in Dance B.F.A., Marymount Manhattan College Darlene Haut Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Management Stephen D. Fox B.S. University of Buffalo Adjunct Instructor in Music M.B.A., Columbia Business School B.M., Mansfield University C.F.A. M.A., Mansfield University Rabbi Philip Hiat Kevin Frey Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religious Studies Adjunct Assistant Professor of English B.A., Yeshiva University B.A., Rutgers College B.H.L., Hebrew Union College, Jewish Institute of Religion Ph.D., The State University of New York, College at Stonybrook M.H.L., Hebrew Union College, Jewish Institute of Religion D.D., Hebrew Union College., Jewish Institute of Religion

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1771 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 178

Adjunct Faculty

Richard Hutzler Max Lee Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts & English Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Marymount Manhattan College B.S., Norwich University M.A., New York University M.S., Southern Illinois University

Virginia Johnson Pamela Levi-Arauz Adjunct Instructor in Dance Adjunct Instructor in Dance Founding Member and Prima Ballerina Absolute with B.F.A., Rutgers University Dance Theatre of Harlem Former Member, Murray Louis & Nilolais Dance Co.

Barbara Jones Daniel Levy Adjunct Instructor in Spanish Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication Arts B.A., The State University of New York, College at Geneseo B.M., Miami University of Ohio M.Ed., Massachusetts State University M.F.A., New York University

Zoe C. Kaplan Deborah Little Adjunct Assistant Professor of Critical Thinking and English Adjunct Instructor in Social Work B.A., Hunter College of The City University of New York B.S., Cleveland State University M.A., The City University of New York M.S., Case Western Reserve University Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center The City University of New York Norma Lomboy Adjunct Assistant Professor of Spanish Tom Dale Keever Diploma, Master’s Level, University of Chile Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts B.A., Justin Morrill College Nancy Lushington M.A., Columbia University Adjunct Instructor in Dance MPhil., Columbia University B.F.A., Adelphi University

Daniela Kempf Terese Lyons Adjunct Instructor in Communication Arts Adjunct Instructor in French B.A., Zagreb University, Croatia B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison M.A., Emerson College M.A., Columbia University M. Phil., Columbia University Rachel Kerr Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking Tom Marion M.F.A., San Francisco State University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts B.F.A., Ithaca College K.M. Faisal Khan M.F.A., Rugers University, Mason Gross School of the Arts Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology B.S., University of Dhaka Francisco Martinez M.S., University of Dhaka Adjunct Instructor in Dance Ph.D., University of Tokushima Former Member, Compania Nacional de Danza

Edward Kleinert Patrick McCarthy Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Management Adjunct Instructor in Critcal Thinking B.A., University of Missouri B.A., Fordham University M.P.H., Columbia University M.A., Fordham University M.B.A., New York University Claire McConaughy Edmond Kresley Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art Adjunct Instructor in Dance B.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University Broadway performer M.F.A., Columbia University

Bruce Lazarus Vincent M. McConnnell Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music Adjunct Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Business Management B.M., The Juilliard School B.A., St. Joseph’s College M.M., The Juilliard School M.A., Fordham University Ph.D., Rutgers University M.A., Sierra University J.D., St. John’s University Law School M.L.L., New York University Graduate Law School

1781 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 179

Adjunct Faculty

Tommy McDonell Misty Owens Adjunct Assistant Professor of Critical Thinking Adjunct Instructor in Dance B.A., Lindenwood College B.F.A., University of New Mexico M.P.S, New York University Rebecca M. Painter Cathleen T. McLoughlin Adjunct Assistant Professor of Liberal & Religious Studies Adjunct Assistant Professor of English B.A., Scripps College B.A., Marymount Manhattan College M.A., Columbia University M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University M.Phil., New York University Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center Ph.D., New York University The City University of New York Kristin Pape Roberta Melendy Adjunct Instructor in Humanities Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics B.A., Carnegie Mellon University B.A., University of Wisconsin M.A., State University of New York, College at Stony Brook M.S., Long Island University, C.W. Post Center M.F.A., Sarah Lawrence College

Daniel Meltzer Lenore Pavlakos-Morales Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts & Communication Arts Adjunct Instructor in Dance B.A., City College, City University of New York B.F.A., The Juilliard School M.A., Hunter College, City University of New York Former Principal Dancer, Dance Theatre of Harlem

Michele Ment Helen Pfeffer Adjunct Instructor in English Adjunct Assistant Professor of Communication Arts B.A., The State University of New York, College at New Paltz B.A., Barnard College M.A., Brooklyn College of the City University of New York M.F.A., Columbia University

Jennifer-Scott Mobley Helen Pickett Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Adjunct Instructor in Dance B.A., College of William and Mary Former Principal Dancer, Ballet Frankfurt M.F.A., Brooklyn College of the City University of New York Nicole Potter Ellen Anthony Moore Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts B.F.A., The State University of New York, College at Purchase B.A., Sarah Lawrence College M.F.A., Brooklyn College of The City University of New York M.F.A., Columbia University William Quattromani Susan Nagel Adjunct Instructor in Mathematics Adjunct Assistant Professor of English B.A., St. John’s University A.B., Mt. Holyoke College M.A., St. John’s University M.A., New York University Ph.D., New York University Brian Rhinehart Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Diana Nash B.A., University of South Florida, Tampa Adjunct Instructor in Humanities M.A., The University of Florida B.A., Marymount Manhattan College M.F.A., New School University M.A., New York University Ph.D., University of Florida, Gainesville

Christopher Neher Connie Rizzo Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Adjunct Assistant Professor of Biology B.F.A., State University of New York, College at Fredonia B.A., Barnard College M.F.A., Ohio State University, Columbus M.D., The State University of New York, Downstate Medical Center

Ann Newman M J Robinson Adjunct Instructor in Speech Language Pathology/Audiology Adjunct Instructor in Communication Arts B.A., Queens College of the City University of New York B.A., Loyola Marymount University M.A., Queens College of the City University of New York M.A., Loyola Marymount University M.A., New York University Nina O’Brien Adjunct Instructor in Communication Arts Michael Rock B.A., Syracuse University Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts M.A., New York University B.A., Pennsylvania State University

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1791 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 180

Adjunct Faculty

Ryan Rogers Scott Sibbald Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Management B.A., Occidental College B.Sc., University of South Florida M.F.A., University of Washington, Seattle M.B.A., McGill University M.B.A., McGill University John Ruggeri Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art Eileen Siegel B.F.A., School of Visual Arts Adjunct Instructor in Business Management M.F.A., School of Visual Arts B.A., Fordham University CE Business Certificate, New York University Lisa Jo Sagolla Broadcasting, Endicott College Adjunct Assistant Professor of Dance B.A., The College of William and Mary Henry M. Silvert M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University B.A., New York University M.A., New York University Robert Salmaggi Ph.D., New York University Adjunct Instructor in Communication Arts B.A., Hunter College, City University of New York Fay Simpson M.A., New York University Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts B.A., Colorado College Michael G. Salmon M.A., Gallantin School, New York University Adjunct Instructor in Economics B.Sc., University of the West Indies Surinder Singh M.Sc., University of the West Indies Adjunct Assistant Professor of Business Management B.S., Hofstra University Karin Sanders M.S., Hofstra University Adjunct Instructor in Art M.B.A., Columbia Business School B.A., Marymount Manhattan College Henry Solomon James Scagliola Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology Adjunct Instructor in Humanities B.A., Hunter College of the City University of New York B.A., Iona College M.A., The City University of New York M.A., St. John’s University Ph.D., The City University of New York

Andrew Schiavoni Peggy Spina Adjunct Instructor in English Adjunct Instructor in Dance B.S., St. John’s University B.S., University of California, Los Angeles M.A., St. John’s University Paul Stancato Jordan Schildcrout Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Adjunct Assitant Professor of Theatre Arts B.A., Western Illinois University B.A., Yale University M.F.A., University of Florida Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center The City University of New York Bernard D. Starr Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology/Gerontology Joanne Schultz B.A., The City University of New York Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts M.A., Yeshiva University B.A., Goddard College Ph.D., Yeshiva University M.F.A., Sarah Lawrence College Cecile Stein Margaret Shakibai Adjunct Assistant Professor of Speech-Language Pathology/Audiology Adjunct Instructor in Speech-Language Pathology/Audiology B.A., Hunter College of The City University of New York B.A. Marymount Manhattan College M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University M.Phil. City University of New York Graduate Center Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center The City University of New York Betty Shamieh Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking Antonio Edwards Suarez B.A., Harvard University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts M.F.A., Yale University B.F.A., Marymount Manhattan College M.F.A., Institute for Advanced Theatre Training, Harvard University

1801 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 181

Adjunct Faculty

Jean Taylor Carol Wiebe Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Adjunct Instructor in Communication Arts B.A., University of Denver B.A., University of Wisconsin at Madison M.F.A., Brooklyn College of The City University of New York M.A., New York University

Valerie Taylor David Wiener Adjunct Instructor in Dance Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Former Member and Soloist, Royal Ballet B.A., Duke University M.F.A., Columbia University Dmitry Troyanovsky Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts Stephen Weinstock B.A., Brandeis University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Dance M.F.A., Institute for Advanced Theatre Training at Harvard University B.A., University of Chicago M.A., University of California, Berkeley Deanna Twain Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley Adjunct Instructor in Speech-Language Pathology/Audiology B.A., Michigan State University Kriota Wilberg B.A., Goodman School of Drama in Chicago Adjunct Instructor in Dance M.F.A., Goodman School of Drama in Chicago B.A., Northeastern Illinois University Certificate, Swedish Institute of Massage & Allied Health Sciences Michelle Y. Valladares Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking Marcia Horowitz Wolpert B.A., Bryn Mawr College Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking M.F.A., Sarah Lawrence College B.A., University of Tennessee, Chattanooga M.A., Adelphi University Judy Tyrus Adjunct Instructor in Dance Lisa Yui Former Member and Principal, Dance Theatre of Harlem Adjunct Instructor in Humanities B.M., Juilliard School Debra Vanderlinde M.M., Manhattan School of Music Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts B.A., Denison University Constance Zaytoun M.A., Eastman School of Music Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts B.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Barbara Waldinger M.A., Gallatin School, New York University Adjunct Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts B.A., Queens College of the City University of New York Lori Ann Zepp M.S., Queens College of the City University of New York Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts M.A., Hunter College of the City University of New York B.A., Bennington College Ph.D., The Graduate School and University Center, The City University of New York Margaret Zeuschner Alexis P. Walker Adjunct Instructor in Art Adjunct Instructor in Critical Thinking B.A., Manhattahville College B.A., Yale University M.B.A., Columbia University M.A., Columbia University M.A., Queens College of the City University of New York M.Phil., Columbia University Thomas A. Zlabinger Susan N. Walkley Adjunct Instructor in Music Adjunct Instructor in Biology B.A., Grinnell College B.A., New York University M.A., Queens College of the City University of New York M.A., Teachers College of Columbia University John Znidarsic Estha Weiner Adjunct Instructor in Theatre Arts Adjunct Instructor in English B.A., John Carroll University B.A., Sarah Lawrence College M.A., The City University of New York

Marcella Bakur Weiner Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology/Gerontology Ed.D. Columbia University Ph.D. American Institute of Holistic Theology

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1811 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 182

AcademicDirections Departmentsto Campus

Marymount Manhattan College is located on E. 71st Street between Second and Third avenues. Follow the directions below to find us.

From Long Island By car: Take Northern State Parkway (Grand Central Parkway) to Triboro Bridge. Exit from bridge to FDR Drive South. Exit FDR Drive at E. 71st Street.

By train: Take LIRR to Penn Station. Take the E train uptown to 51st/Lexington Avenue. Transfer to the #6 train Uptown. The station is 68th Street/Lexington Avenue.

From Upstate New York (depending on origin) By car: Take the New York State Thruway (Rt. 87) South to Triboro Bridge. Exit from bridge to FDR Drive South. Exit FDR Drive at E. 71st Street.

Alternate route: Take Rt. 684 South to Hutchinson River Parkway to Rt. 278 West. Follow signs to Triboro Bridge. Exit from bridge to FDR Drive South. Exit FDR Drive at E. 71st Street.

By train: Take the Metro North to Grand Central Station. Transfer to the #6 Uptown train. The station is 68th Street/Lexington Avenue.

From New England By car: Take Rt. 95 South to Rt. 278 West to Triboro Bridge. Exit from bridge to FDR Drive South. Exit FDR Drive at E. 71st Street.

From points west and south of New York City By car: Take the George Washington Bridge to Harlem River Drive South, which becomes FDR Drive. Exit FDR Drive at E. 71st Street.

1821 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 183

Appendix I

Loan Limits for Stafford Loans:

Annual Stafford Loan Limits for Dependent Students:

Freshman $2625 subsidized or unsubsidized Sophomore $3500 subsidized or unsubsidized All others $5500 subsidized or unsubsidized

Additional annual Stafford Loan limits for Independent students and Dependent students whose parents are denied a PLUS Loan:

Freshman $4000 unsubsidized Sophomore $4000 unsubsidized All others $5000 unsubsidized

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1831 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 184

Appendix II

TAP Eligibility and Application Process.

To be eligible for TAP, a student must:

• Be a United States citizen or eligible non-citizen. • Be a legal resident of New York State. • Study full time (at least 12 credits per semester). • Have graduated from high school, or have a GED, or have passed a federally-approved exam demonstrating the student can benefit from the education offered. • Be matriculated in an approved program of study and be in good academic standing. • Have at least a cumulative “C” average after receipt of two annual payments. • Not be in default on a student loan guaranteed by HESC and not be in default on any repayment of state awards. • Meet income eligibility limitations.

Undergraduate students enrolled in four-year programs may receive up to four years of assistance for full- time study, and up to five years of assistance in an approved specialized program.

Transfer students who have been TAP recipients will be required to meet the standards that apply based on the number of credits accepted in transfer plus those accumulated while at Marymount Manhattan College. For financial aid purposes, students will be considered first term students if they are applying for TAP for the first time, regardless of the number of credits they may have completed or the number of terms they may have attended at any post-secondary institution.

How to Apply for TAP: Complete and submit the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) electronically at www.fafsa.ed.gov. You can also get a paper FAFSA from a high school guidance office, the local library, or Marymount Manhattan College’s Center for Student Services.

If you are a New York State resident, and include a New York school in “Step Six” of your FAFSA, HESC will mail you an Express TAP Application (ETA). Information from your FAFSA and your family’s calculated NYS net taxable income will be preprinted on your ETA. Review this information, change any incorrect items, complete any missing items, then SIGN AND MAIL THE FORM USING THE RETURN ENVELOPE. If you have previously received TAP, and your information remains the same, you may not need to file the ETA to receive an award.

The final filing deadline for TAP is May 1 of the academic year for which aid is sought.

1841 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 185

Appendix III

APTS Eligibility and Application Process

Eligibility: To be considered for an APTS award, students must: • Enroll part-time as matriculated students in approved undergraduate degree programs or registered certificate programs at degree-granting institutions in New York State.

• Meet the program income limits.

• Be New York State residents and either United States citizens or qualifying non-citizens

• Not have used up Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) eligibility.

• Maintain good academic standing.

• Not be in default on a Federal Family Education Loan.

• Have achieved at least a cumulative “C” average after having received the equivalent of two full years of payment of State-sponsored student financial aid.

• Be a high school graduate, or receive the equivalent of a high school certificate, or receive a passing grade on a federally-approved examination if receiving a State-sponsored award for the first time in the 1996-97 academic year. Selection for an APTS Award: The New York State Higher Education Services Corporation (HESC) distributes APTS funds to participating colleges in New York State. College financial aid administrators will select recipients from eligible students. Colleges decide who to award APTS funds to, based on the funds they have available and students’ needs.

How to Apply: To apply, an APTS application must be obtained from the Center for Student Services. The student should complete the application, attach a copy of their NYS tax form, and return it to the Center for Student Services for processing as early as possible, as funds are limited.

Note: The amounts of Federal and State grants are subject to legislative approval and can change. The amounts listed in this catalogue are accurate as of the date of printing.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1851 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 186

Appendix IV

Return of Title IV Funds Policy • This policy applies to students who withdraw, officially or unofficially.

These proposed rules govern the return of Title IV funds disbursed for a student who completely withdraws from a term, payment period, or period of enrollment.

The rules assume that a student earns his or her aid based on the period of time he or she remains enrolled.

These rules replace the previous rules that governed refunds. Federal Law or regulations no longer dictate institutional policy. There is no longer a concept of earned or unearned institutional charges, only earned and unearned aid. Earned aid has no relationship to the amount of costs a student may have incurred while enrolled. (NASFAA Participants Guide, Session 2 2-1)

Marymount Manhattan College’s responsibilities with regard to this policy include: • Providing the student with the information given in this policy. • Identifying students affected by this policy and completing the Return of Title IV Funds calculation for those students. • Returning Title IV Funds that are due to Title IV programs in the order prescribed by the Federal Government.

The term Title IV Funds refers to the Federal Financial Aid programs authorized under the Higher Education Act of 1965 and includes the following programs: Unsubsidized FFEL loans, Subsidized FFEL loans, FFEL, PLUS (Parent Loans for Undergraduate Students), Federal Pell Grants and Federal SEOG (Supplemental Education Opportunity Grant), Federal Perkins Loans.

Date of institution’s determination that a student withdrew 668.22 (l) (3) 1. The date the student began the institution’s withdrawal process (as described in the Marymount Manhattan College Catalogue), or officially notified the institution of intent to withdraw. The date of the institution’s determination that a student withdrew is used for two purposes: a. It provides the dividing date between disbursed aid and late disbursements. b. It starts the clock for the period of time within which the institution must return funds. 2. The midpoint of the period for a student who leaves without notifying the institution. 3. The student’s last date of attendance at an academically related activity in lieu of any other withdrawal date. An “aca- demically-related activity” is one that has been confirmed by an employee of the college (such as an exam, comput- er assisted instruction, academic counseling, academic advisement, turning in a class assignment, or attending a study group assigned by the institution.)

Unearned Aid 668.22 (a) (1), (e) (4) Unearned Title IV funds must be returned. Unearned aid is the amount of disbursed Title IV aid that exceeds the amount of Title IV aid earned as per the Federal Government formula.

Earned Aid 668.22 (e) During the first 60% of the period, a student “earns” Title IV funds in direct proportion to the length of time he or she remains enrolled. That is, the percentage of time during the period that the student remained enrolled for that period equals the percentage of aid for that period that the student earned. A student who remains enrolled beyond the 60% period earns all the aid for that period.

Aid is “disbursable” if the student could have received it at the point of withdrawal. Total disbursable aid includes aid that was disbursed and aid that could have been (but was not) disbursed as of the student’s withdrawal date.

Percentage of period enrolled 668.22 (e) (2) The percentage of the period that the student remained enrolled is derived by dividing the number of days the student attended by the number of days in the period. Calendar days are used, but breaks of at least 5 days are excluded from the numerator and denominator.

Repayment of unearned aid 668.22 (g), (h), (l) The responsibility to repay unearned aid is shared by the institution and the student in proportion to the aid each is assumed to possess.

The institution’s share is the lesser of: The total amount of unearned aid; or Institutional charges multiplied by the percentage of aid that was earned. The student’s share is the difference between the total unearned amount and the institution’s share.

1861 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 187

Appendix V

Satisfactory Academic Progress for Federal Student Aid

Semester 12345678910111213141516 Count # of credits 7 15 25 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Completed GPA 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00

To calculate semester count for pursuit (# of credits completed), divide the number of attempted credits (including transfer, CLEP, AP, etc) by 12. Round down to the nearest whole number. (ie. 8.3 is 8 semesters and 5.9 is 5 semesters).

All students (except those enrolled in the HEOP program) must meet the academic standards set above in order to receive Federal and MMC aid. First semester students are expected to meet the academic criteria, however, they are only issued a warning if the standards are not met. All other students who do not meet the criteria are placed on probation. Students may receive aid while on probation for two consecutive semesters. If the student does not regain satisfactory academic progress within 2 semesters, the student is no longer eligible for aid and is subject to dismissal.

All students must complete their degree program by 180 attempted credit hours. (Note: All MMC degree programs are 120 credit hours.)

Satisfactory Academic Progress for HEOP Students’ Federal Student Aid

Semester 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Count # of credits 7 15 25 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180 Completed GPA .50 1.00 1.20 1.40 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.80 1.90 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00

HEOP students must meet the academic standards set above in order to receive Federal and MMC aid. First semester students are expected to meet the academic criteria, however, they are only issued a warning if the standards are not met. All other students who do not meet the criteria are place on probation. Students may receive aid while on probation for two consecutive semesters. If the student does not regain satisfactory academic progress within 2 semester, the student is no longer eligible for aid and is subject to dismissal.

Satisfactory Academic Progress for State Student Aid

Calendar: Semester Program: Baccalaureate Program

Before being certified For this payment 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th Student must have accrued at Least this many credits 0 3 9 21 33 45 60 75 90 105 With at least this GPA 0 1.1 1.2 1.3 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0

Note: Only students in five –year programs, approved pursuant to Section 145-2.7 of the Regulations, are eligible for more than eight semesters of undergraduate awards.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1871 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 188

Appendix VI

MARYMOUNT MANHATTAN COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS

Program Eligibility Selection Criteria Application Renewal and Amount Academic Full-time undergraduates 1. SAT of 1150 or higher 1. Maintain full-time status Excellence who enter MMC directly 2. $5,000 award 2. Cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher Scholarship from high school Competitive Full-time undergraduates 1. Entering from high 1. Maintain full-time status Scholarship who enter MMC directly school 2. Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 in major from high school 2. Competitive demonstration 3. Overall cumulative grade point average of at least 2.8 majoring in Theatre, in specialized area 4. Must continue to major in area of scholarship Dance or Fine Arts 3. $1,000- $4,000 awarded 5. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only per academic year from freshman year for four years. Student Full-time 1. Must have demonstrated 1. Leadership 1. Maintain full-time status Leadership undergraduates leadership abilities during Essay 2. Cumulative grade point average 2.8 Scholarship who enter MMC high school in such areas 2. Letter of 3. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only directly from high as student government, support from from freshman year for four years school student newspapers, school or 4. Successful completion of annual requirements magazines, clubs and community 5. Meeting with Director of Student Activities at service activities. The leader end of Spring term to evaluate the quality of student must also show involvement potential for future leadership in college 2. $2,000 awarded Board of Current recipients only 1. Maintain full-time status Trustees 2. Cumulative grade point average of 3.2 Scholarship 3. Must apply for TAP and Pell each year 4. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only from freshman year for four years Presidential Current recipients only 1. Maintain full-time status Scholarship 2. Cumulative grade point average of 3.2 3. Must apply for TAP and Pell each year 4. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only from freshman year for four years Dean’s Current recipients only 1. Maintain full-time status Scholarship 2. Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 3. Must apply for TAP and Pell each year 4. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only from freshman year for four years

Honorary Current recipients only 1. Maintain full-time status Scholarship 2. Cumulative grade point average 2.8 3. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only from freshman year for four years. MMC Current recipients only 1. Maintain full-time status Academic 2. Cumulative grade point average of 2.8 Scholarship 3. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only from freshman year for four years Transfer Full-time undergraduates 1. Entering from college 1. Maintain full-time status Academic who enter MMC from 2. Cumulative GPA of 2. Cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher. Excellence another college with 3.2 or higher from all Scholarship at least 12 credits colleges attended. completed. 3. $4000 award

Transfer Full-time undergraduates 1. Entering from college 1. Maintain full-time status Competitive who enter MMC from 2. Competitive 2. Cumulative grade point average of 3.0 in major Scholarship another college and demonstration 3. Overall cumulative grade point average of at least 2.8 major in Theatre, Dance, in specialized area 4. Must continue to major in area of scholarship or Fine Arts 3. $1,000- $4,000 award 5. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only from entering year for four years.

1881 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 189

Appendix VI (Continued)

MARYMOUNT MANHATTAN COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS (continued)

Program Eligibility Selection Criteria Application Renewal and Amount Transfer Full-time undergraduates 1. Entering from college 1. Leadership 1. Maintain full-time status Students who enter MMC from 2. Must have demonstrated Essay 2. Cumulative grade point average of 2.8 Leadership another college leadership abilities during 2. Letter of support 3. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only Scholarship college in such areas as from school or from entering year for four years Student Government, student community 4. Successful completion of annual requirements newspapers, magazines leader 5. Meeting with Director of Student Activities at clubs and service activities. end of Spring term to evaluate the quality of The student must also show involvement potential for future leadership in college 3. $2,000 award Marymount Full-time or part time 1. Required index of 3.5 or 1. Maintain full time status Manhattan students from a designated higher 2. Cumulative index of 3.3 College- NYC Community College, 2. $1,000 to full tuition 3. Award possible for Fall and Spring terms only Community with an index of 3.5 or College higher and at least 12 Excellence credits completed Award Diplomatic 1. Full-time freshman or 1. Student must show evidence Confirmation letter 1. Maintain full-time status Scholarship transfer students that he/she is a member of a of involvement with 2. $1,000 to ¾ tuition for Fall & Spring terms only 2. Citizens or permanent foreign mission or consulate, foreign mission or 3. Overall cumulative GPA of 2.5 residents of the United or the United Nations, or that consulate or United States are not eligible she/he is the daughter/son or Nations. for this scholarship spouse of a member or the above 2. Must have achieved a high school average of 85% or a score of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language. 3. Amount of award ranges from $1,000 to ¾ tuition. Transfer Current recipients only Renewable. Students must maintain 2.8 Student cumulative GPA Scholarship

MARYMOUNT MANHATTAN COLLEGE GRANTS Grants are offered to entering students on the basis of financial need and housing preferences. All grants and combinations of grants are awarded up to tuition costs only depending on individual need.

Program Eligibility Selection Criteria Renewal and Amount Marymount Manhattan Full-time undergraduates Demonstrated financial need. 1. Renewal FAFSA College (MMC) Grants 2. Demonstrate need 3. Maintain full-time status Returning Student’s 1. Undergraduate students 1. Demonstrated financial need 1. Renewal FAFSA Grant taking at least 6 credits 2. $300- $700 award 2. Maintain cumulative GPA of 2.7 2. Head of household with 3. Maintain at least 6 credits dependent(s) Career Development Award Undergraduate part-time students 1. Demonstrated financial need 1. Renewal FAFSA taking at least 6 credits 2. $750 award 2. Maintain part-time status 3. Good Academic Standing

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1891 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 190

Appendix VI (Continued)

FEDERAL AND STATE GRANTS AND SCHOLARSHIPS Each student is reviewed for eligibility when the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) is processed. MMC requires full time students who are New York State residents to complete requests for information from HESC to determine eligibility for TAP.

Program Eligibility Selection Criteria Application Renewal and Amount Federal PELL Grant 1. Matriculated undergraduate Awards range from $400 to a. FAFSA 1. Must file a renewal (MMC FAFSA code #002769) 2. Must not possess a B.A. $4,050 per academic year. b. Income FAFSA each year. 3. Enrolled for at least 3 credits Federal government funds documentation (if 2. Continue to meet each semester. program, selects eligible required). eligibility requirements. 4. Demonstrate need according to students and determines 3. Maintain good federal guidelines. amount of each student’s academic standing. 5. U.S. citizen or eligible non- grant. resident. 6. Maintain good academic standing. 7. Not in default on a student loan or owe repayment on a Pell or SEOG grant Federal Supplemental 1. Must be Pell Grant eligible 1. Demonstrated financial Same as Pell Grant. Same as Pell Grant. Educational 2. Priority given to full-time need Opportunity students 2. Awards are offered in Grant (FSEOG) combination with MMC grants. 3. $100- $2,500 awards New York State Tuition 1. N.Y. State resident 1. N.Y. State fund program, 1. FAFSA 1. Must file a TAP Assistance Program 2. Enrolled full-time (12 credits selects students, 2. TAP application. application each year. (TAP) each semester). determines amount of 2. Continue to meet NYS (MMC Tap Code- # 0447) 3. Family income can not exceed each student’s grant. eligibility requirements. statutory limits. 2. Awards can range from 4. Matriculated and maintaining $250 to $5,000 for the satisfactory academic progress year as per TAP regulations. N.Y State Aid for Part Same as TAP, except must 1. Awards can range from 1. APTS Application 1. Retain good academic Time Study (APTS) be enrolled for 3-11 credits. $250 - $2,000 for the 2. Copy of NYS tax standing year. return for current 2. Continue to meet 2. For income limits, see tax year. eligibility requirements. current APTS 3. Re-file all applications, applications. each year by deadline. New York State Higher 1. Must meet N.Y. State economic Awards can range up to full New students 1. Must continue to Educational and academic guidelines for tuition and can include a must contact the satisfy HEOP and Opportunity admissions criteria. maintenance stipend. Admissions Office or satisfactory academic Program (HEOP) 2. Must be admitted to the HEOP Office at requirements according to MMC as a HEOP student MMC for N.Y State guidelines details. 2. Must file a renewal FAFSA each year. 3. Continue to meet eligibility requirements. New York State Child Provides aid to children of $450 per academic year up a. Student submits a 1. Must file a renewal of Veteran Award veterans who served in U.S. armed to four years without special application FAFSA each year. forces during 1941-46, 1950-53, consideration of income supplement form 2. Must re-file NYS forms 1961-73 or national emergency and for tuition and other supplied by HESC each year. as a result of service or when prisoner education costs. If TAP upon request. of war or missing in action, died or award is also received b. FAFSA suffered 50% or more disability. the combination award c. HESC information Qualifications: cannot exceed the tuition requests 1. Full-time student costs. TAP is reduced 2. New York State resident accordingly. 3. Matriculated and making satisfactory progress

1901 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 191

Appendix VI (Continued)

LOAN PROGRAMS This section describes all loans that are available to both students and parents of dependent students. The federal loan programs are known as the Federal Family Education Loans (FFEL).

Program Eligibility Selection Criteria Application Renewal and Amount Federal Stafford 1. Enrolled for 6 credits 1. Demonstrated need. 1. Variable interest rate, not 1. FAFSA renewal. Student Loan or more per semester. 2. Can borrow up to $2,625 to exceed 8.25% 2. Automatically a. Subsidized Stafford 2. Not in default of a as a freshman, $3,500 as 2. No payment is due and renewed unless Student Loan prior student loan or a sophomore and $5,500 no interest accrues while notification is given in repayment of a Pell each year as a junior and student is continually to Financial Aid in grant or SEOG. senior. enrolled for at least 6 writing. 3. Enrolled in a degree 3. Must sign a Master credits. Interest accrues and program. Promissory Note (MPN) repayment begins 6 months 4. Complete an Entrance after the student is no longer Interview at : enrolled for 6 credits. www.mapping-your-future.org 3. There is a 3% origination fee and a 1% insurance fee charged on the amount borrowed.

b. Unsubsidized Stafford 1. Same as Subsidized 1. Loan is based on the 1. Variable interest rate, not Same as for Subsidized Student Loan Stafford. student’s cost of to exceed 8.25% loan 2. Students who meet education minus any 2. Repayment of interest the federal requirements other financial aid begins 30 to 60 days after for being independent received. disbursement of the loan. of their parents. 2. Can borrow up to $4,000 (Interest can be deferred 3. Students whose each year as a freshman until 6 months after the parents are denied a or sophomore and student is no longer parent loan. $5,000 each year as a enrolled for 6 credits but it junior or senior. does accrue.) 3. Can apply for the 3. Repayment of the loan Subsidized and principle begins 6 months. Unsubsidized loan with after the student is no the same MPN. longer enrolled for 6 credits. 4. Fees are the same as the Subsidized Stafford Loan Program. Parent Loan for 1. Parents of financially 1. Loan is based on the 1. Variable interest rate, not 1. Must file a FAFSA dependent students. student’s cost of to exceed 9%. renewal each year. Undergraduate 2. Students must meet education minus any 2. Repayment begins 60 days 2. PLUS Pre- Approval Students (PLUS) Stafford eligibility other financial aid after loan is completely each year for renewal. Requirements. received. disbursed 3. Parents must receive 2. Parent and student must 3. Fees are the same as the credit approval. complete the PLUS Stafford Loan Program. MPN.

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1911 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 192

AcademicIndex Departments

Academic Advancement Center ...... 167 Dean’s List...... 155 Academic Advisement ...... 157 Degree Completion and Commencement ...... 150 Academic Appeals and Grade Challenges...... 149 Degree Requirements ...... 148 Academic Calendar...... 2 Directions to the College ...... 182 Academic Departments ...... 17 Directories ...... 169 Academic Honors ...... 155 Disability Services...... 158 Academic Integrity: The Academic Honesty Policy...... 152 Academic Recognition ...... 155 Economics ...... 56 Academic Regulations ...... 148 Education ...... 58 Academic Semester/Year Abroad...... 16 English...... 65 Academic Services ...... 157 Equal Opportunity ...... 168 Academic Standards...... 152 Academic Standards and Policies...... 152 Facilities ...... 166 Accounting ...... 17 Family Education Right to Privacy Act (FERPA) ...... 168 Accreditations and Memberships ...... 6 Financial Aid...... 162 Additional Opportunities for Earning Credit...... 145 Financial Information...... 162 Administrative Directory...... 171 55th Street Residence ...... 168 Admission and Financial Information ...... 160 French ...... 72 Admission Information ...... 160 Advisement Process ...... 157 General Education Requirements ...... 10 Advisement Structure ...... 157 General Information ...... 6 Alternative Learning Formats...... 15 General Science...... 75 Art...... 20 Grade Reports...... 150 At-Risk Intervention ...... 157 Grades...... 148 Grading System ...... 148 Biology ...... 28 Graduation Honors...... 156 Blackboard™ ...... 146 Board of Trustees...... 170 Hewitt Gallery of Art...... 166 Brief History of MMC ...... 6 Higher Education Opportunity Program (HEOP) ...... 158 Business Management ...... 33 History...... 77 Honor Societies ...... 155 Career Development and Internships ...... 158 Honors Day ...... 155 Change of Grade ...... 149 Honors Reception ...... 155 Chapel...... 166 Humanities ...... 83 Chemistry...... 39 Classification of Degree Students ...... 148 Incomplete Grades...... 149 CLEP/CPE...... 145 Index ...... 192 College Policies...... 152 Institutional Information ...... 168 College Skills...... 14 International Students Office ...... 157 Communication Arts ...... 41 International Studies ...... 86 Computer Specifications ...... 146 Computer Stations and Laptop ...... 146 Joseph C. Nugent Building...... 166 Computing the Grade Point Average...... 150 Cooperative Programs ...... 145 Learning Disabilities...... 159 Counseling ...... 158 Letter from the President ...... 1 Course Duplication ...... 149 Limitations and Exclusions ...... 148 Curriculum...... 7

Dance...... 48 De Hirsch Residence ...... 168

1921 Marymount Manhattan College MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 193

AcademicIndex Departments

Main Building ...... 166 Samuel Freeman Science Center ...... 166 Maintaining Good Academic Standing...... 152 Sociology ...... 118 Mathematics ...... 91 Spanish ...... 125 Mission Statement ...... 6 Speech Communication Services...... 159 Music...... 95 Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology ...... 128 Student email accounts and MMC Connect ...... 146 Nugent Lounge ...... 166 Student Services Center...... 166 Student Support Services...... 158 Office of Adult and Transfer Students (OATS) ...... 157 Online and Hybrid Courses...... 146 Technology at MMC...... 146 Technology Enhanced Classrooms (TEC)...... 168 Part-Time Faculty Directory ...... 175 TECs and WECs ...... 146 Pass/Fail Option...... 149 The Audit Process...... 150 Philosophy ...... 98 Theatre Arts...... 132 Physics...... 103 Theresa Lang Center for Producing ...... 168 Political Science...... 104 Theresa Lang Theatre ...... 166 Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) ...... 145 Thomas J. Shanahan Library and Media Center...... 166 Probation and Dismissal from the College ...... 152 Transcripts...... 150 Program for Academic Access ...... 159 Transfer of Credit ...... 161 Programs of Study...... 17 Tuition and Fees ...... 164 Psychology...... 107 Tutoring ...... 159

Readmission Policy...... 154 “V” ...... 168 Refund Policy...... 164 Voluntary and Involuntary Leaves of Absence...... 153 Regina S. Peruggi Mezzanine...... 166 Religious Studies ...... 115 Website: www.mmm.edu ...... 146 Residence Halls ...... 168 Withdrawal Policy ...... 153 Ruth Smadbeck Communication and Learning Center...... 166 Writing Center ...... 167

1-800-MARYMOUNT Web: www.mmm.edu 1931 MMC Catalog Inside 00386 8/5/05 12:02 PM Page 194

1941 Marymount Manhattan College